S-1/A

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 19, 2004

Registration No. 333-117722

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 2

to

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware	6331	20-0432760
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

8585 Stemmons Freeway

Suite 200, South Tower

Dallas, Texas 75247

(469) 547-3035

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

Courtney C. Smith

Chief Executive Officer

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

8585 Stemmons Freeway

Suite 200, South Tower

Dallas, Texas 75247

(469) 547-3035

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

William W. Rosenblatt, Esq.
Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP
180 Maiden Lane
New York, New York 10038-4982
(212) 806-5940
Facsimile: (212) 806-6006 John J. Sabl, Esq.
Sidley Austin Brown & Wood LLP
Bank One Plaza
10 South Dearborn Street
Chicago, Illinois 60603
(312) 853-7437
Facsimile: (312) 853-7036

    Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

    If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.    o

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o                          

    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o                          

    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o                          

    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.    o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

		Proposed Maximum	Proposed Maximum	Amount of
Title of Each Class of	Amount to be	Aggregate Offering	Aggregate Offering	Registration
Securities to be Registered	Registered(1)	Price Per Share	Price(1)(2)	Fee(3)
Common Stock, $0.01 par value	23,929,953 shares	(2)	$284,648,545	$36,065

(1)	Includes (a) 20,000,000 shares of common stock to be sold in the underwritten offering plus 3,000,000 shares which may be sold pursuant to the over-allotment option being granted to the underwriters; (b) up to 86,023 shares of common stock to be sold to executive officers of the Registrant for $800,006 in cash; (c) up to 231,026 shares to be issued to repay indebtedness of $2.0 million plus accrued interest; and (d) up to 612,904 shares of common stock subject to certain warrants with an aggregate exercise price of $4.5 million.
(2)	Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as follows: (a) with respect to the up to 23,000,000 shares in the underwritten offering at a proposed maximum offering price of $12 per share (i.e. $276,000,000), (b) as to shares to be sold to executive officers at the aggregate purchase price of $800,006, (c) as to the shares to be issued to retire certain indebtedness at the estimated maximum principal and accrued interest thereof at closing of $2,148,539 and (d) as to the shares subject to issuance of warrants at the aggregate exercise price of $5,700,000.
(3)	The Registrant paid $29,141 in connection with its previous filing.

     The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS DECLARED EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IT IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

Subject To Completion, Dated October 19, 2004

PROSPECTUS

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

20,000,000 Shares

Common Stock

       This is our initial public offering of shares of our common stock, $0.01 par value per share. We are offering 20,000,000 shares of our common stock. We currently anticipate the initial public offering price of our common stock to be between $10.00 and $12.00 per share. Our common stock is not currently listed on any national exchange or market system and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq National Market System under the symbol “SUAI.”

      This prospectus also relates to the sale of approximately 78,000 shares of common stock that we intend to sell directly to certain executive officers at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions and approximately 208,000 shares of common stock that we intend to issue to repay indebtedness in the amount of $2.0 million plus accrued interest.

       See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this prospectus for certain risk factors you should consider before investing in shares of our common stock.

	Per Share	Total
Public offering price	$	$
Underwriting discounts and commissions	$	$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us	$	$

      Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

      We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 3,000,000 shares of common stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any. The above table does not include the shares that we will issue upon the exercise of the over-allotment option.

      We expect to deliver the shares of our common stock on or about                     , 2004.

Friedman Billings Ramsey

William Blair & Company

Cochran, Caronia & Co.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2004

INFORMATION CONCERNING DEFINITIONS AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION

      In this prospectus, references to the “Company,” “SUA,” “we,” “us” or “our” and similar designations refer to Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. and, following the acquisition described below, its subsidiary. Other trademarks or service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

      We have entered into a stock purchase agreement to acquire all of the outstanding shares of Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois. We refer to this acquisition as the Acquisition. The Acquisition will occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering. The closing of this offering is conditioned upon the closing of the Acquisition. For more information regarding the Acquisition, see “Prospectus Summary— The Acquisition.”

      Unless otherwise indicated, all information presented herein assumes that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised. In addition, information included herein assumes that the offering is priced at $11.00 per share, the midpoint of the range of estimated offering prices.

      For your convenience, we have provided a glossary, beginning on page G-1, of selected insurance and investment terms. In this prospectus, amounts are expressed in dollars and the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, except as otherwise indicated.

i

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying shares of our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an investment in our common stock.

Our Company

Overview

      We are focused on achieving attractive returns in the specialty program commercial property and casualty insurance business by using an innovative business model. Specialty programs typically serve niche groups of insureds that require highly specialized knowledge of a business class risk to achieve underwriting profits. Business class risks are commercial business risks of an industry sector such as the risk associated with the specialized equipment used in the tow truck industry. These niche markets are typically well-defined, homogeneous groups of insureds to which, due to some particular risk exposure, standard market insurers do not offer insurance coverage. This segment has traditionally been underserved by most standard commercial property and casualty insurers, due to the complex business knowledge and investment. As opposed to other insurers who insure many business classes for each line of business, we are able to assign underwriting, claims and actuarial personnel to focus on specific programs such as artisan contractors where they develop in-depth knowledge of that particular industry. Competition in this segment is based primarily on client service, availability of insurance capacity, specialized policy forms, efficient claims handling and other value-based considerations, rather than price. Examples of products that we will write for these markets include property and casualty insurance for artisan and general contractors, lessor’s risk for property owners, small business workers’ compensation, and property and liability coverage for towing and recovery operators and public entities.

Historical Specialty Program Business Model

      We believe that our business model, which stresses a “partnership” relationship with key agents, will be a substantial improvement over the historical model for specialty program business. We believe that the historical model has not served carriers, agents and insureds well. Historically, many agents have had substantial underwriting authority and were responsible for handling claims. Such agents often have been motivated to produce business without regard to underwriting profit in order to receive commissions, which often led to higher underwriting losses for the insurance carriers. The underwriting results led to instability in the program insurance market as carriers withdrew underwriting capacity, resulting in agents incurring additional costs searching for and converting to new carriers. In addition, insureds faced uncertainty regarding the placement of their coverage with insurance carriers from year-to-year and varying levels of service on their business as their coverage moved between insurance carriers.

Innovative Model for Specialty Program Business

      We believe that our innovative business model will better serve the specialty program commercial property and casualty insurance marketplace by addressing the misalignment of interests between agent and carrier, and providing a framework for improving service and achieving cost efficiencies. To date, we have identified an initial group of eight insurance agents that we believe to be the “best in class” in certain specialty programs. We will seek to partner with agents, referred to as Partner Agents, who we expect to produce at least $20 million each of annual written premiums, and who agree to:

•  receive an up-front commission designed to cover their costs, which commission will likely be lower than they had been receiving previously from other companies;

•  receive a meaningful, underwriting profit-based commission, which will be paid over several years;

•  purchase, or commit to purchase, shares of our Class B common stock, with the returns on their investment tied to our performance; and

•  focus their efforts on marketing and pre-qualifying business for us.

1

      We believe this partnership will create an alignment of interests with us over the long-term. In exchange for this commitment, we will provide:

•  a stable, dedicated source of specialty program commercial property and casualty insurance capacity;

•  a five-year exclusive arrangement, covering a specific program, class of business, line of business and territory/region; and

•  a centralized information system designed to reduce processing and administrative time and better manage risks, with all underwriting and claims being handled by us.

Our Strategy

      We believe certain characteristics and features of our business model will enhance our competitive position:

•  Extensive Experience of our Management Team in the Specialty Insurance Industry. Our senior management team includes Courtney C. Smith, Peter E. Jokiel, William S. Loder and Gary J. Ferguson. Each member of our senior management team has more than 30 years of insurance industry experience and extensive contacts in the specialty program insurance industry. We expect that the experience of our management team will help us to attract and select additional employees and “best in class” Partner Agents.

•  Alignment of Interests with Established Partner Agents. Partner Agents have been selected through a detailed vetting process, including an independent actuarial analysis in conjunction with Guy Carpenter & Company, Inc., or Guy Carpenter, the reinsurance brokerage subsidiary of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. To date, we have entered into definitive agreements with three Partner Agents, which produced approximately $150 million in annual written premiums in 2003 in six programs. We also have entered into non-binding letters of intent with five potential additional Partner Agents. We expect that our Partner Agents will seek to have most of this business written by us as the insurance policies come up for renewal. We are currently working with Guy Carpenter to evaluate additional Partner Agents.

•  Opportunistically Managed Diverse Portfolio of Profitable Specialty Programs. We intend to offer insurance products and policies to specialty commercial programs that require detailed business and industry knowledge. We believe these lines have the potential to offer attractive risk-adjusted returns on capital through various business cycles. We plan to allocate our insurance capacity to those lines of business and programs that we believe offer the best risk-adjusted return on capital.

•  Cost-Efficient Platform through Outsourcing Non-Core Functions. Our management team and professionals are focused on establishing core operations, including underwriting and claims handling. In addition, we have contracted with Syndicated Services Company, Inc., or SSC, a subsidiary of R.K. Carvil & Co., Ltd., an international reinsurance intermediary, to provide management of non-core functions such as policy administration, regulatory compliance and billings and collections. Our arrangement with SSC should minimize our fixed costs while providing a scalable and highly flexible solution to support our growth.

•  Strong, Unencumbered Balance Sheet. We intend to capitalize our insurance company unburdened by loss exposures from historical operations. We have received a secure category indicative rating of “B+” (Very Good) from A.M. Best. The rating assignment will be subject to the completion of this offering, funding of our operating subsidiary and execution of all pertinent transactions on terms detailed in this prospectus.

•  Common Technology System. Our licensed, real-time technology system is being designed to allow our program teams to control underwriting, policy issuance and claims administration.

2

The system also is expected to allow our Partner Agents to grant their retail agents access through each Partner Agent’s website. We believe that our technology system will significantly reduce the time and cost required to rate and quote policies.

Market Opportunities and Industry Trends

      The reduction in capital available for underwriting from the beginning of 2001 through the end of 2003 caused many significant insurers either to withdraw from particular business lines or significantly reduce the amount of capital dedicated to these business lines. We believe this impairment in capital has been caused primarily by the following factors:

•  inadequate pricing and increasingly broad policy terms and conditions from 1986 through 2000;

•  misalignment of interests between managing general agents and insurance carriers;

•  the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001;

•  the withdrawal by several market participants from particular business lines due to substantial underwriting losses or changes in strategy;

•  significant deficiencies in core reserves in various lines of business, including workers’ compensation, medical malpractice and commercial multiperil, as well as asbestos and environment-related lines;

•  a significant number of ratings downgrades of existing insurers;

•  an adverse investment environment due to a decline in global equity markets and significant credit losses brought about by high-profile bankruptcies; and

•  an overhaul of corporate governance and increased scrutiny of financial results of public companies.

      According to reports issued by A.M. Best and Swiss Reinsurance Company, or Swiss Re, from the beginning of 2001 through the end of 2003, the amount of capital available to write property insurance and casualty insurance and reinsurance was reduced by an estimated $240 billion to $260 billion in potential and realized underwriting and investment losses. This amount is equal to 34% to 37% of the approximately $700 billion estimated by Swiss Re to be available capital at the end of 2000. According to A.M. Best, the property and casualty insurance industry had a reserve deficiency of about $75 billion as of December 31, 2003. There have been additions to industry capital in recent years from the start-up of new property and casualty insurers or otherwise. However, we believe that the capital raised in the industry during this period has been substantially less than reductions in capacity described above.

      The lines of business that were most deficient as of September 2003 include workers’ compensation, medical malpractice, commercial multiperil, other types of liability insurance and excess of loss liability reinsurance. At the same time that capacity has declined, we believe the demand for commercial insurance and reinsurance has risen as insureds have become increasingly aware of their risk exposures. This reduction in underwriting capacity, coupled with increased demand for insurance, has resulted in considerable increases in pricing and in terms and conditions that are significantly more favorable for insurers and reinsurers. We believe these industry developments present us with an opportunity to provide needed underwriting capacity at attractive rates and upon terms and conditions more favorable to insurers than in the past.

      In addition, in 2004 several property and casualty insurance companies experienced significant losses associated with the unusually severe Florida hurricanes.

The Acquisition

      In order to enter into an insurance business, new entities often acquire existing licensed insurance companies. The terms of such acquisitions typically include the retention by the selling entity of any liabilities of such companies incurred prior to the closing of the acquisition. In a highly regulated industry such as insurance, this approach allows a new company to acquire licenses in each state in which it plans

3

to conduct business. Otherwise, a newly formed company would need to wait several years to complete the qualifications process in all states necessary to the conduct of its insurance business.

      As part of our business plan, on March 22, 2004 we entered into a stock purchase agreement to acquire all of the outstanding shares of Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois from OneBeacon Insurance Company, or OneBeacon. We refer to this acquisition as the Acquisition and to Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois as Potomac.

      Under the terms of the stock purchase agreement, we will acquire all of the issued and outstanding stock of Potomac for a purchase price equal to a cash payment of $10.5 million, plus the amount of Potomac’s statutory capital and surplus as of the closing date of the Acquisition (in the form of cash and short-investments presently estimated to be of $42.6 million). We expect to pay an aggregate of approximately $53 million to acquire all shares of Potomac.

      The Acquisition will occur simultaneously with, and our obligation and the sellers’ obligation to close the Acquisition will be conditioned upon, the closing of this offering. After the closing of the Acquisition, Potomac will become our wholly owned operating subsidiary.

      Potomac is licensed to conduct insurance business in 41 states and the District of Columbia. We consider these jurisdictions to be those that are important to our current business plan because these jurisdictions account for approximately 90% of the population of the United States. Potomac is not licensed in Hawaii, Maine, Minnesota, Montana, New Hampshire, North Carolina, Oregon, Tennessee and Wyoming. However, in the future we may apply for licenses in the states listed above. Failure to obtain such licenses or a significant delay in our obtaining such licenses could affect our future business plans.

Organization and Principal Executive Offices

      We were organized as a Delaware corporation on April 3, 2003. Our principal executive offices are currently located at 8585 Stemmons Freeway, Suite 200, South Tower, Dallas, Texas 75247 and our telephone number is (469) 547-3035. We contemplate establishing our new principal executive offices in the Chicago area during 2004. After giving effect to the Acquisition, we will be a holding company of a wholly owned operating subsidiary. We may change our corporate organization from time to time as we expand our business.

Selected Risks Related to Our Company

      An investment in our common stock involves risk. As part of your evaluation of us, you should take into account the risks we will face. These risks are explained in more detail in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Some of the more significant risks are as follows:

•  We have no operating history. If we are unable to implement our business strategy or operate our business as we currently expect, our results may be adversely affected.

•  We are dependent on our key executives and may not be able to attract and retain key employees or successfully integrate our management team and service providers to fully implement our newly formulated business strategy.

•  We expect to rely on Partner Agents for all of our business. However, our failure to recruit and retain such Partner Agents could materially adversely affect our results.

•  We may be subject to losses as a result of the Acquisition in the event of the failure to pay by our reinsurer.

•  We have received a secure category indicative rating of “B+” (Very Good) from A.M. Best. A poor final rating or a future downgrade in our rating could affect our competitive position with customers and our indicative rating may put us at a disadvantage with higher-rated carriers.

•  A delay or other problem in the implementation of our centralized technology system could have a material adverse effect on our business plan.

4

This Offering

Common stock offered by us	20,000,000 shares
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering	20,724,781 shares
Use of proceeds	We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $203.1 million. We will contribute most of the proceeds of this offering to the capital of Potomac and will use the remaining proceeds for repayment of outstanding debt, to fund the Acquisition and for general working capital purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol	“SUAI”

      The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering does not include:

•  shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase from us solely to cover the over-allotment option;

•  579,914 shares subject to warrants with an exercise price equal to (i) the initial public offering price per share as to 22,727 shares and (ii) the initial public offering price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions, as to 557,187 shares (see “Certain Transactions—Transactions with our Executive Officers,” “Certain Transactions—Transactions with Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc. and Standard American Insurance Limited” and “Certain Transactions—Transactions with Guy Carpenter”);

•  commitments by three Partner Agents to purchase over time an aggregate of $3.0 million of our Class B common stock, 18,182 shares to be sold by us to such Partner Agents concurrently with the completion of this offering (see “Description of Capital Stock”); and

•  an aggregate of 1,527,000 shares that may be issued upon the exercise of stock options to be granted to our executive officers, directors and employees (see “Management—Stock Option Plan”).

5

Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

      You should read the summary pro forma financial information set forth below in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus and the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” You also should read “Risk Factors.” Our future performance cannot be predicted based on the financial information included in this prospectus. The following unaudited pro forma financial information assumes this offering was completed and the net proceeds were applied as described in this prospectus, including to purchase Potomac, as if these actions had occurred as of June 30, 2004 with respect to the pro forma balance sheet and as of January 1, 2003 with respect to the pro forma statement of operations for the period ended December 31, 2003 and for the six months ended June 30, 2004.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet

				At June 30, 2004
				Potomac		Specialty							Purchase of
				Historical		Underwriters’			Offering				Potomac by
in thousands				Predecessor (a)		Alliance (b)			Proceeds				SUA (h)			Pro forma
Assets
Fixed maturity investments, at fair value				$	39,543								$	(39,543	)	$	—
Cash and short-term investments					680	$	31		(c)	$	203,792
									(e)		4
									(f)		200
									(g)		800			(10,930	)		194,577
Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses and unearned premiums (from OneBeacon)					115,995												115,995
Other assets					2,380		750							(2,880	)		250
Deferred charges							692		(c)		(692	)					—
Intangible assets							—							10,750			10,750
	Total Assets			$	158,598	$	1,473			$	204,104		$	(42,603	)	$	321,572
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves				$	115,771											$	115,771
Unearned insurance premiums					224												224
Short-term debt						$	1,900		(d)	$	(1,900	)					—
Accounts payable and other liabilities					38		2,727							(38	)		2,727
Accrued interest							71		(d)		(71	)					—
Stock warrants							4,795		(e)		(4,795	)					—
		Total liabilities			116,033		9,493				(6,766	)	$	(38	)		118,722
Common shares					4,200		—		(c)		200
									(d)		2
									(e)		4
									(g)		1			(4,200	)		207
Class B common shares									(f)		—						—
Additional paid-in capital					36,163		—		(c)		202,900
									(d)		1,969
									(e)		3,996
									(f)		200
									(g)		799			(36,163	)		209,864
Retained earnings					1,952									(1,952	)		—
Accumulated deficit							(8,020	)	(e)		799						(7,221	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income					250									(250	)		—
			Total shareholders’ equity		42,565		(8,020	)			210,870			(42,565	)		202,850
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity				$	158,598	$	1,473			$	204,104		$	(42,603	)	$	321,572

Footnotes following on next page

6

(a)   Amounts reflecting the unaudited balance sheet of Potomac at June 30, 2004.

(b)	Amounts reflecting the audited balance sheet of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. at June 30, 2004.
(c)	Reflects the proceeds of this offering estimated at $203.1 million based on 20 million shares at the estimated offering price of $11.00 per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions of $15.4 million and other estimated offering costs of $1.5 million, including $0.7 million of deferred offering costs recorded at June 30, 2004.
(d)	Upon completion of this offering, short term-debt and accrued interest is due and payable to Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc., or FBR, and to certain executive officers upon completion of the offering in stock at the offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. See “Certain Transactions— Transactions with Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc. and Standard American Insurance Limited” and “Certain Transactions— Transactions with our Executive Officers.”
(e)	As of June 30, 2004, warrants for shares valued at $4.8 million with an exercise price of $0.01 per share were held by FBR and certain executive officers in conjunction with the short-term debt. Subsequent to June 30, 2004 these warrants were exchanged for warrants for shares valued at $5.7 million with an exercise price equal to the offering price. Further, subsequent to June 30, 2004, additional warrants for shares valued at $4.0 million with an exercise price of $0.01 per share were issued to FBR, Standard American Insurance Limited, or SAIL, and one executive officer in conjunction with additional short-term debt borrowings. The $0.01 warrants are assumed to be automatically exercised upon the completion of this offering, whereas the warrants at the initial public offering price are not assumed to be exercised. See “Certain Transactions— Transactions with Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc. and Standard American Insurance Limited” and “Certain Transactions— Transactions with our Executive Officers.”
(f)	Concurrent with the completion of this offering 18,182 shares of Class B common shares with a par value of $0.01 per share will be issued to Partner Agents in exchange for $200,000 in cash.
(g)	Concurrent with this offering, our executive officers will purchase 78,202 shares of common stock at an estimated purchase price of $10.23 per share, for an aggregate price of $0.8 million. See “Certain Transactions— Transactions with our Executive Officers.”
(h)	Approximately $53 million of the proceeds of this offering will be used to purchase the outstanding shares of Potomac from OneBeacon. The purchase price consists of an estimated $42.6 million in statutory capital and surplus and $10.5 million for 42 licenses at $250,000 each, less a $0.5 million non-refundable deposit plus transaction costs. Prior to the completion of the Acquisition, OneBeacon is required to liquidate all of Potomac’s assets other than cash and short-term investments backing statutory capital and surplus, and OneBeacon is required to settle or assume Potomac’s remaining non-insurance liabilities. Thus, at the Acquisition, Potomac will have cash and short-term investments equal to its statutory capital and surplus (estimated to be $42.6 million). Also see “Summary— The Acquisition.” The cost of insurance licenses is an indefinite life intangible asset because they will remain in effect indefinitely as long as the company complies with relevant state insurance regulations. This intangible asset will not be amortized, but will be evaluated for impairment at least annually or upon the occurrence of certain triggering events. Additionally, the pro forma liabilities include Potomac’s direct loss and loss adjustment expense reserves of $115.8 million and the direct unearned insurance premiums of $0.2 million. Pro forma assets include the offsetting $116.0 million of reinsurance recoverables due from OneBeacon.

7

     We caution you that the pro forma information presented in this prospectus is neither comparable with nor representative of the results that we expect to achieve once we commence operations. The existing in-force insurance obligations of Potomac will be reinsured to OneBeacon prior to closing the acquisition of Potomac so there will be no future revenues or losses arising from Potomac’s historical in-force insurance business unless OneBeacon fails to perform on its reinsurance obligations.

      The pro forma statement of operations includes adjustments to exclude all insurance operations of Potomac and net investment income and realized gains/losses of Potomac to reflect the effect of reinsuring Potomac’s historical in-force insurance to OneBeacon.

      Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to begin writing new business with a core group of Partner Agents in the specialty commercial insurance market that will serve niche group of insureds that require highly specialized business knowledge of each business class to achieve underwriting profits. See “Business.” The pro forma statement of operations does not include this future new business.

Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations

				Specialty
	Potomac Historical			Underwriters’			Purchase of
in thousands	Predecessor (a)			Alliance (c)			Potomac (b)			Pro forma
	For the periods ended December 31, 2003:
Revenues:
Earned insurance premiums	$	9,961		$	—		$	(9,961	)	$	—
Net investment income		2,128			—			(2,128	)		—
Net realized losses		(466	)		—			466			—
Other revenue		318			—			(318	)		—
Total revenue		11,941			—			(11,941	)		—
Expenses:
Loss and loss adjustment expenses		7,064			—			(7,064	)		—
Insurance acquisition expenses		1,843			—			(1,843	)		—
Financing expenses		—			157			—			157
General and administrative expenses		939			421			(939	)		421
Total expenses		9,846			578			(9,846	)		578
Income before income taxes		2,095			(578	)		(2,095	)		(578	)
Federal income tax expense		736			—			(736	)		—
Net income/(loss)	$	1,359		$	(578	)	$	(1,359	)	$	(578	)
	For the six months ended June 30, 2004
Revenues:
Earned insurance premiums	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Net investment income		792			—			792			—
Net realized losses		(102	)		—			(102	)		—
Total revenue		690			—			690			—
Expenses:
Loss and loss adjustment expenses		—			—			—			—
Insurance acquisition expenses		—			—			—			—
Financing expenses		—			4,747			—			4,747
General and administrative expenses		—			2,695			—			2,695
Total expenses		—			7,442			—			7,442
Income before income taxes		690			(7,442	)		(690	)		(7,442	)
Federal income tax expense		242			—			(242	)		—
Net income/(loss)	$	448		$	(7,442	)	$	(448	)	$	(7,442	)

Footnotes following on next page

8

(a)	Amounts reflecting the audited statement of income of Potomac for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the unaudited statement of income of Potomac for the six months ended June 30, 2004, respectively.
(b)	Potomac was a participant in a OneBeacon intercompany pooling arrangement under which Potomac ceded all of its insurance business into the Pool and assumed 0.5% of the Pool’s insurance business. Potomac ceased its participation in the Pool effective as of January 1, 2004 and entered into reinsurance agreements whereby it ceded all of its business to OneBeacon. As a result, Potomac will not share in any favorable or unfavorable development of prior losses recorded by it or the Pool after January 1, 2004 unless OneBeacon fails to perform on its reinsurance obligations. Pro forma liabilities include Potomac’s direct loss and loss adjustment expense reserves of $115.8 million and the direct unearned insurance premiums of $0.2 million. Pro forma assets include the offsetting $116.0 million of reinsurance recoverables due from OneBeacon.
	Prior to completion of the Acquisition, OneBeacon is required to liquidate all of Potomac’s assets other than cash and short-term investments and settle or assume Potomac’s remaining non-insurance liabilities. As a result, Potomac’s future earnings will be limited to investment results on invested assets backing statutory capital and surplus (before considering revenues and expenses from insurance business expected to be written by us subsequent to our acquisition of Potomac).
(c)	Amounts reflecting the audited statement of operations of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. from April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003 and the audited statement of operations of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. for the six months ended June 30, 2004, respectively.

9

RISK FACTORS

      An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. In deciding whether to invest, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects and cause the value of our stock to decline, which could cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that are currently deemed immaterial, also may become important factors that affect us. Our forward-looking statements in this prospectus are subject to the following risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated by our forward-looking statements as a result of the risk factors below. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to our Business

We have no operating history. If we are unable to implement our business strategy or operate our business as we currently expect, our results may be adversely affected.

      We were formed on April 3, 2003 and expect to commence insurance operations upon the closing of the Acquisition of Potomac. As a result, we have not written any insurance or otherwise generated any revenues prior to this offering. Businesses, such as ours, that are starting up or in their initial stages of development present substantial business and financial risks and may suffer significant losses. We also are not yet able to engage in certain insurance business in certain jurisdictions because we have not received regulatory approval. We cannot assure you that we will obtain the regulatory approvals necessary for us to conduct our business as planned or that any approval granted will not be subject to conditions that restrict our operations. While we are commencing our operations with senior management who are experienced in the property and casualty insurance industry, members of our management team may not be able to successfully develop or maintain their relationships in the industry, as we have no name recognition or established reputation. Additionally, we must hire and retain key employees and other staff, develop business relations, continue to establish operating procedures, obtain additional facilities, implement new systems and complete other tasks necessary for the conduct of our intended business activities. If we are unable to implement these actions in a timely manner, our results may be adversely affected. As a result of industry factors or factors specific to us, we may have to alter our anticipated methods of conducting our business, such as the nature, amount and types of risks we assume and the terms and limits of the products we write or intend to write.

Our future performance cannot be predicted based on the financial information included in this prospectus.

      As a newly formed company, we have no operating history on which you can base an estimate of our future earnings prospects. The business of Potomac, our predecessor, is not representative of or comparable with our primary business strategy. Additionally, the historical activity of Potomac is not indicative of future results since OneBeacon is assuming all of Potomac’s liabilities and existing business. As a result, the pro forma financial information and the historical financial information of Potomac presented in this prospectus are not comparable with or representative of the results that we expect to achieve in future periods and will not be helpful in deciding whether to invest in our shares. At the closing of the Acquisition, Potomac’s assets will consist of cash and short-term investments (presently estimated to be $42.6 million) and a reinsurance recoverable owed to Potomac by OneBeacon for business written by Potomac prior to the Acquisition which is reinsured but not novated.

We are dependent on our key executives and may not be able to attract and retain key employees or successfully integrate our management team and service providers to fully implement our newly formulated business strategy.

      We expect that our success will depend largely on our senior management, which includes, among others, Courtney C. Smith, our chief executive officer, Peter E. Jokiel, our chief financial officer,

10

William S. Loder, our chief underwriting officer, and Gary J. Ferguson, our chief claims officer. We have entered into an employment agreement with each of these officers. After our management team and other personnel are assembled, our ability to implement our business strategy is expected to depend on their successful integration. The number of available, qualified personnel in the insurance industry to fill these positions may be limited. In addition, we plan to outsource to third party service providers a substantial portion of our non-core functions. Our inability to attract and retain these additional personnel or the loss of the services of any of our senior executives, key employees or service providers could delay or prevent us from fully implementing our business strategy and could significantly and negatively affect our business. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will successfully integrate our executive or other personnel after we commence operations. With the exception of a $5 million key man insurance policy we have obtained for Courtney C. Smith, we do not have any key man insurance for our key executives.

We expect to rely initially on a limited number of Partner Agents for all of our business.

      We expect to rely initially on a limited number of Partner Agents for all of our business. We have entered into definitive agreements with three Partner Agents (AEON Insurance Group, American Team Managers and Specialty Risk Solutions) and have entered into non-binding letters of intent with five other potential Partner Agents. We intend to enter into binding agreements with at least two of the five potential Partner Agents and establish three to five additional Partner Agent relationships over the next two years. The three Partner Agents with whom we have entered into definitive agreements produced approximately $150 million in annual written premiums in 2003 in six programs (artisan contractors, general contractors, lessor’s risk property owners, small business workers’ compensation, towing and recovery operators and public entities). These programs include workers’ compensation, general liability, automobile and property lines of business coverage. As part of the process of negotiating the definitive agreements with these three Partner Agents, we reviewed the business currently written by them in light of the underwriting and pricing guidelines that we would plan to apply going forward and concluded that virtually all of their historical annual written premiums written by the Partner Agents in 2003 related to business that would meet these guidelines. However, we cannot assure you that these Partner Agents will be able to produce this or any other level of premiums in the future or that their customers will agree to write policies with us. However, we cannot assure you that such Partner Agents would be able to produce this level of premiums in the future.

Our failure to recruit and retain such Partner Agents could materially adversely affect our results.

      We are developing and working to identify at least 5 to 10 potential additional agents over the next two years. Our ability to recruit and retain Partner Agents may be negatively impacted by certain aspects of our business model, including our requirement that Partner Agents defer and make contingent a portion of their agency commissions and purchase, or commit to purchase, shares of our Class B common stock. Our failure to recruit and retain qualified Partner Agents could materially adversely affect our results. In addition, under the agreements with our Partner Agents, each Partner Agent will have the right to terminate its relationship with us on 180 days’ notice. If some or all of our Partner Agents terminate their relationships with us within a short period of time, or if any factors exist that may adversely affect the performance of our Partner Agents or their programs, such events would materially adversely affect our business.

We may be subject to losses as a result of the Acquisition in the event OneBeacon fails to honor its reinsurance obligations to us.

      Potomac has entered into a transfer and assumption agreement with OneBeacon whereby all of Potomac’s liabilities, including all direct liabilities under existing insurance policies, were ceded to and assumed by OneBeacon.

      The legal requirements to transfer insurance obligations from one insurer to another, sometimes referred to as a novation, vary from state to state, generally based on the state in which the policy was issued. In some states, if certain notifications are made to policyholders and they do not object to the

11

transfer within certain periods of time, they are deemed to have agreed to the transfer. In other states, policyholders must consent to the transfer in writing. Additionally, in some states insurance regulatory approval is required in addition to policyholder consents.

      To the extent the legal requirements for novation have been met, OneBeacon will become directly liable to the policyholder for any claims arising from insured events under the policy, and Potomac’s obligation to the policyholder would cease. Accordingly, Potomac would extinguish any recorded liabilities to such policyholders and the related reinsurance recoverables, so no gain or loss would occur.

      Until a novation is achieved, Potomac continues to be directly liable to policyholders for claims arising under their policies, but has reinsurance coverage from OneBeacon to reimburse Potomac for any such claims. Thus Potomac would not experience any gains or losses with respect to such policies unless OneBeacon failed to honor its reinsurance obligation to Potomac. In the event of the failure to pay by OneBeacon, Potomac could experience losses which could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We have received a secure category indicative rating of “B+” (Very Good) from A.M. Best. A poor final rating or a future downgrade in our rating could affect our competitive position with customers and our indicative rating may put us at a disadvantage with higher-rated carriers.

      Competition in the types of insurance business that we intend to underwrite is based on many factors, including the perceived financial strength of the insurer and ratings assigned by independent rating agencies. A.M. Best Company, Inc., or A.M. Best, is generally considered to be a significant rating agency with respect to the evaluation of insurance companies. A.M. Best’s ratings are based on a quantitative evaluation of a company’s performance with respect to profitability, leverage and liquidity and a qualitative evaluation of spread of risk, investments, reinsurance programs, reserves and management. Insurance ratings are used by customers, reinsurers and reinsurance intermediaries as an important means of assessing the financial strength and quality of insurers.

      We have received a secure category indicative rating of “B+” (Very Good) from A.M. Best, which is the sixth highest of 15 rating levels and indicates A.M. Best’s opinion of our financial strength and ability to meet ongoing obligations to our future policyholders. This rating assignment is subject to the completion of this offering and the receipt of the offering proceeds described in this prospectus consistent with representations made to A.M. Best. In addition, A.M. Best’s rating of us will take into consideration the fact that we will have only recently commenced our operations. The rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold our securities. Our rating assignment is contingent upon the funding of our operating subsidiary to levels indicated by our management as well as the execution of all pertinent transactions as detailed by this prospectus. The prospective rating is not a guarantee of a final rating outcome. A final rating assignment will be made once all necessary conditions and expectations set by A.M. Best are met to its satisfaction. The final rating might differ from the indicative rating should the closing documentation and execution prove to be materially different than we are representing in this prospectus. If we do obtain a final “B+” (Very Good) rating from A.M. Best, we cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain this rating. If we fail to obtain a final “B+” (Very Good) rating or experience a significant ratings downgrade, we may experience a substantial loss of business as policyholders might purchase insurance from companies with higher claims-paying and financial strength ratings instead of from us.

Our rating may place us at a competitive disadvantage or cause us to incur additional expenses.

      Certain financial institutions and banks require property owners with loans to be insured by insurers with at least an “A-” rating by A.M. Best. Certain other insureds choose to insure their own property and casualty risks only with such higher-rated insurers. Also, due to financial responsibility laws, some states and the federal government require certain regulated entities to purchase mandatory insurance from insurers holding a minimum of “A-” rating by A.M. Best. Some agents may be unwilling or unable to write certain lines of business such as property, long-tail liability lines and automobile liability with insurers that are not rated at least “A-” (Excellent) by A.M. Best. We have talked to some potential

12

Partner Agents who require at least “A-” rating by A.M. Best. We may seek to enter into fronting arrangements under which policies may be nominally written by a higher rated insurer to allow our Partner Agents to produce business in these lines, but there can be no assurances that these arrangements will be available at a reasonable price or acceptable to agents, and the cost of these arrangements will reduce our operating profit.

At the completion of this offering, we will not be licensed to operate our business in all states of the United States. Our failure to obtain licenses in the remaining states could adversely affect our results of operations.

      We have entered into a stock purchase agreement to acquire all of the outstanding shares of Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois from OneBeacon Insurance Company. Potomac is licensed to conduct insurance business in 41 states and the District of Columbia. We consider these jurisdictions to be those that are important to our current business plan. Potomac is not licensed in Hawaii, Maine, Minnesota, Montana, New Hampshire, North Carolina, Oregon, Tennessee and Wyoming. However, in the future we may apply for licenses in the states listed above. Our failure to obtain licenses in such states, or a significant delay in our obtaining such licenses, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

A delay or other problem in the implementation of our centralized technology system could have a material adverse effect on our business plan.

      We are implementing a centralized technology system for underwriting, policy issuance and claims administration through each Partner Agent’s website. We have licensed technology from AscendantOne, Inc., or AscendantOne, to develop our insurance rating software and from SunGard Sherwood Systems (US) Inc., or SunGard, to develop our policy processing software. Our chosen vendors must rely upon integrating their technology in order to implement our system and they have relatively limited experience in doing so. As a result, we cannot assure you that our vendors will be able to develop our technology system for us in a timely manner and at the price we anticipate. A delay in implementation of our centralized technology system would inhibit us from automating our underwriting, policy issuance and claims administration. Instead, we would need to manually process our policies and claims which could lead to less efficiency and the possibility of a decrease in premium volume. Accordingly, a delay or other problem in our implementation schedule could have a material adverse effect on our business plan.

We may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

      We expect that our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our ability to write new business successfully and to establish premium rates and reserves at levels sufficient to cover our losses. We believe that our funds, including the proceeds of the offering, will be sufficient to support our current business plan for at least two years. However, to the extent that the funds generated by this offering are insufficient to fund future operating requirements, we may need to raise additional funds through financings or curtail our growth and reduce our assets. Any equity or debt financing, if available at all, may be on terms that are not favorable to us. If we are able to raise capital through equity financings, your interest in our company would be diluted, and the securities we issue may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of the shares offered in this offering. If we cannot obtain adequate capital, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We may misevaluate the risks we seek to insure. If we misevaluate these risks, our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

      We were formed to provide commercial lines insurance to specialty program markets through our operating subsidiary. The market for commercial lines insurance to specialty programs differs significantly from the standard market. In the standard market, insurance rates and forms are highly regulated, products and coverages are largely uniform and have relatively predictable exposures and companies tend to compete for customers on the basis of price. In contrast, the specialty market provides coverage for risks

13

that do not fit the underwriting criteria of most standard carriers. We expect that our success will depend on the ability of our underwriters to accurately assess the risks associated with the businesses that we insure. We expect that underwriting for specialty program lines will require us to make assumptions about matters that are inherently unpredictable and beyond our control, and for which historical experience and probability analysis may not provide sufficient guidance. Such matters include, but are not limited to the effects of future inflation on our claim trends, future law changes in jurisdictions where we do business, judicial interpretations regarding policy coverage, the predictability and frequency of catastrophic events, and medical protocol changes. If we fail to adequately evaluate the risks to be insured, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, since our claims experience could be significantly different than what we assumed in our pricing, resulting in reduced underwriting profits or underwriting losses.

We expect to compete with a large number of companies in the insurance industry for underwriting revenues.

      We expect to compete with a large number of other companies in our selected lines of business. We expect to compete with major U.S. and non-U.S. insurers such as American International Group, Inc., or AIG, Travelers Insurance Group Holdings Inc., or Travelers, CNA Financial Corporation, or CNA, and ACE Limited, or ACE, that offer the lines of insurance that we expect to offer and that target the same market as we do and utilize similar business strategies. We expect to face competition both from specialty insurance companies, underwriting agencies and intermediaries, as well as diversified financial services companies such as W.R. Berkley Corporation, Markel Insurance Company, or Markel, Philadelphia Consolidated Holding and RLI Insurance Company, or RLI. In addition, newly formed and existing insurance industry companies such as Arch Capital Group Ltd., or Arch, Meadowbrook Insurance Group, or Meadowbrook, and Argonaut Insurance Company, or Argonaut, have recently raised capital to meet perceived demand in the current environment and address underwriting capacity issues. Other newly formed and existing insurance companies also may be preparing to enter the same market segments in which we expect to compete or raise new capital. Since we have no operating history, we expect that our competitors will have greater name and brand recognition than we expect to have. Many of them also have higher financial strength and ratings assigned by independent ratings agencies and more (in some cases substantially more) capital and greater marketing and management resources than we expect to have and may offer a broader range of products and more competitive pricing than we expect to, or will be able to, offer.

      We expect that our competitive position will be based on many factors, including our perceived financial strength, ratings assigned by independent rating agencies, geographic scope of business, client relationships, premiums charged, contract terms and conditions, products and services offered (including the ability to design customized programs), speed of claims payment, reputation, experience and qualifications of employees and local presence. We expect to be able to choose types and lines of businesses (tow trucks, workers’ compensation) that do not require “A” level A.M. Best ratings. We expect that we will work with a limited number of Partner Agents which will enable us to provide them with customized approaches to their business and give them long term (five years) exclusive arrangements. Our systems capability is designed for this type of business which enables us to change and adapt quicker to changes in the marketplace. Since we have not yet commenced operations, we may not be able to compete successfully on many, or any, of these bases. In addition, some companies in our lines of business are increasing their capital-raising activities, which could result in additional new entrants to our markets and an excess of capital in the industry. If competition limits our ability to write new business at adequate rates, our return on capital may be adversely affected.

      In addition, a number of new, proposed or potential legislative or industry developments could further increase competition in our industry. In certain states, state-sponsored entities provide property insurance in catastrophe-prone areas or other “alternative markets” types of coverage. Furthermore, the growth of services offered over the Internet may lead to greater competition in the insurance business. New

14

competition from these developments could cause the supply and/or demand for insurance to change, which could adversely affect our underwriting results.

If we are unable to obtain regulatory approval to begin writing policies and transition business in a timely manner, our ability to generate revenue could be delayed.

      Once we have completed the Acquisition, we must successfully receive approval of our rates and forms in order to issue policies in certain jurisdictions. Our Partner Agents cannot begin to transition policies to be written in those states to us until we have completed this process. Because we are unlikely to seek or obtain mid-term cancellations of existing policies produced by our Partner Agents, we will seek to transition policies over a 12-month period as they are renewed. We will be unable to generate premium revenue until policies are written by us, and a delay in our ability to write or transition policies could lead to a significant delay in our ability to generate substantial amounts of revenue.

Our reliance on retail agents to market our products subjects us to their credit risk.

      We intend to market our insurance products primarily through retail insurance agents who produce business for our Partner Agents. Our clients will pay premiums for insurance policies to a retail agent for payment over to us. These premiums are considered to have been paid and, in most cases, the client will no longer be liable to us for those amounts, whether or not we actually receive the premiums from such retail agent. In accordance with industry practice, we will also make claims payments to these agents and under local law we are likely to be liable to our client if the agent does not forward the claim payment to the client. Consequently, we expect to assume a degree of credit risk associated with retail agents with respect to most of our insurance business. We expect to receive business from many retail agents and will not be able to determine the creditworthiness of all of them.

The availability of reinsurance that we intend to use to limit our exposure to risks may be limited, and counterparty credit and other risks associated with our reinsurance arrangements may result in losses that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

      To limit our risk of loss, we intend to use reinsurance. The availability and cost of reinsurance protection is subject to market conditions, which are beyond our control. Currently, there is a high level of demand for these arrangements, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain, or in the future renew, adequate protection at cost-effective levels. We plan to retain liability under our reinsurance arrangements for 80% to 90% of the first $1 million of losses and 10% to 20% of the next $20 million to $30 million of losses under each of our property lines policies. We expect that we will utilize a similar structure with respect to our casualty lines policies, except we anticipate that we will only seek coverage for the first $6 million of losses per policy. We do not expect that we will write policies in our casualty lines with significant exposure above this amount.

      As a result of market conditions and other factors, we may not be able to successfully alleviate risk through reinsurance. Further, we expect to be subject to credit risk with respect to our reinsurance arrangements because the ceding of risk to reinsurers will not relieve us of our liability to the clients or companies we insure. Our failure to establish adequate reinsurance arrangements or the failure of our reinsurance arrangements to protect us from overly concentrated risk exposure could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The occurrence of severe catastrophic events may have a material adverse effect on us.

      We intend to underwrite property and casualty insurance which will cover catastrophic events. Therefore, we expect to have large aggregate exposures to natural and man-made disasters, such as hurricane, typhoon, windstorm, flood, earthquake, acts of war, acts of terrorism and political instability. We expect that our loss experience generally will include infrequent events of great severity. Although we may attempt to exclude losses from terrorism and other similar risks from some coverages we write, we may not be successful in doing so. The risks associated with natural and man-made disasters are inherently

15

unpredictable, and it is difficult to predict the timing of such events with statistical certainty or estimate the amount of loss any given occurrence will generate. The extent of losses from a catastrophe is a function of both the total amount of insured exposure in the area affected by the event and the severity of the event. While we will attempt to limit our net exposure in any area and to any one catastrophe, we may not be able to do so. Therefore, the occurrence of losses from catastrophic events could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. These losses could adversely affect our net worth and reduce our stockholders’ equity and statutory surplus of our operating subsidiary (which is the amount remaining after all liabilities, including loss reserves, are subtracted from all admitted assets, as determined under statutory accounting principles, or SAP). A decrease in statutory surplus would adversely affect our operating subsidiary’s ability to write new business. Increases in the values and geographic concentrations of insured property and the effects of inflation have resulted in increased severity of industry losses in recent years and we expect that those factors will increase the severity of catastrophe losses in the future.

The effects of emerging claim and coverage issues on our business are uncertain.

      As industry practices and legal, judicial, social and other environmental conditions change, unexpected issues related to claims and coverage may emerge with respect to various segments of our business. These issues may adversely affect our business by either extending coverage beyond our underwriting intent or by increasing the number or size of claims. In some instances, the effects of these changes may not become apparent until some time after we have issued insurance contracts that are affected by the changes. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance contracts may not be known for many years after a contract is issued.

      Recent examples of emerging claims and coverage issues that could affect us include:

•  larger settlements and jury awards against professionals and corporate directors and officers covered by professional liability and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance; and

•  a growing trend of plaintiffs targeting property and casualty insurers in purported class action litigation relating to claims-handling, insurance sales practices and other practices related to the conduct of business in our industry.

      The effects of these and other unforeseen emerging claim and coverage issues are extremely hard to predict and could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our future insured losses may be greater than our future loss reserves, which would negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

      We expect that our success will depend upon our ability to assess accurately the risks associated with the businesses that we expect to insure. Significant periods of time often elapse between the occurrence of an insured loss, the reporting of the loss to an insurer and payment by the insurer of that loss. After we begin to write insurance business and to recognize liabilities for unpaid losses, we expect to establish reserves as balance sheet liabilities. These reserves are expected to represent estimates of amounts needed to pay reported losses and unreported losses and the related loss adjustment expense. Loss reserves are only an estimate of what an insurer anticipates the ultimate costs of claims to be and do not represent an exact calculation of liability. Estimating loss reserves is a difficult and complex process involving many variables and subjective judgments, particularly for recently formed companies, such as ours, that have no loss development experience. As part of our reserving process, we expect to review historical data as well as actuarial and statistical projections on the business we have underwritten and consider the impact of various factors such as:

•  trends in claim frequency and severity;

•  changes in operations;

•  emerging economic and social trends;

16

•  inflation; and

•  changes in the regulatory and litigation environments.

      This process assumes that past experience, adjusted for the effects of current developments and anticipated trends, is an appropriate basis for predicting future events. There is no precise method, however, for evaluating the impact of any specific factor on the adequacy of reserves, and actual results are likely to differ from original estimates. In addition, unforeseen losses, the type or magnitude of which we cannot predict, may emerge in the future. To the extent our loss reserves are insufficient to cover actual losses or loss adjustment expenses, we expect to have to add to these loss reserves and incur a charge to our earnings, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of underwriting and cash flows.

Recent federal legislation may negatively affect the business opportunities we perceive are available to us in the market.

      The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, or TRIA, was enacted by the U.S. Congress and became effective in November 2002 in response to the tightening of supply in some insurance markets resulting from, among other things, the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001. TRIA will apply to the insurance written by us.

      TRIA requires some U.S. commercial property and casualty insurers, including us, to make available to their policyholders terrorism insurance coverage for certified acts of terrorism at the same limits and terms as are available for other coverages. Exclusions or sub-limit coverage for certified acts of terrorism may be established, but solely at the discretion of an insured. We are currently unable to predict the extent to which TRIA may affect the demand for our products, or the risks that may be available for them to consider underwriting. We may or may not offer such coverage in the future and if we do offer coverage we are unable to assure the adequacy of the premium we will charge to cover losses.

We expect that a significant amount of our invested assets will be subject to market volatility and we may be adversely affected by interest rate changes.

      We expect to invest the premiums we receive from customers and expect that our investment portfolio will initially consist of highly rated and liquid fixed income securities. The fair market value of these assets and the investment income from these assets will fluctuate depending on general economic and market conditions. Because we intend to classify substantially all of our invested assets as available for sale, changes in the market value of our securities will be reflected in our consolidated balance sheet. In addition, we expect that market fluctuations and market volatility will affect the value of our investment portfolio and could adversely affect our liquidity. Our investment results and, therefore, our financial condition may be impacted by changes in the business, financial condition or results of operations of the entities in which we invest, as well as changes in interest rates, government monetary policies, general economic conditions and overall market conditions.

      We expect that our investment portfolio will contain interest rate-sensitive instruments, such as bonds, which may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates. Because of the unpredictable nature of losses that may arise under insurance policies, we expect our liquidity needs will be substantial and may arise at any time. Increases in interest rates during periods when we sell investments to satisfy liquidity needs may result in losses. Changes in interest rates also could have an adverse effect on our investment income and results of operations and may expose us to prepayment risks on certain fixed income investments.

      Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control. Although we attempt to take measures to manage the risks of investing in a changing interest rate environment, we may not be able to mitigate interest rate sensitivity effectively. Our mitigation efforts include maintaining a high quality portfolio with a relatively short duration to reduce the effect of interest rate changes on book value.

17

Despite our mitigation efforts, a significant increase in interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our book value.

Our profitability may be adversely impacted by inflation.

      The effects of inflation could cause the severity of claims from catastrophes or other events to rise in the future. We expect that our reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses will include assumptions about future payments for settlement of claims and claims handling expenses, such as medical treatments and litigation costs and the length of time claims are settled and paid. To the extent inflation causes these costs to increase above reserves established for these costs (particularly on liability coverages which often take many years to settle), we expect to be required to increase our loss reserves with a corresponding reduction in our net income in the period in which the deficiency is identified.

Our holding company structure and certain regulatory and other constraints affect our ability to pay dividends and make other payments.

      We are a holding company. As a result, we do not have, and expect to not have, any significant operations or assets other than our ownership of the shares of our subsidiary.

      We expect that dividends and other permitted distributions from our operating subsidiary will be our primary source of funds to pay dividends, if any, to stockholders and to meet ongoing cash requirements, including debt service payments and other expenses. The inability of our operating subsidiary to pay dividends in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet our cash requirements at the holding company level could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

      The ability of our operating subsidiary to pay dividends or make other distributions to stockholders will be subject to statutory and regulatory restrictions under Illinois law, including restrictions imposed as a matter of administrative policy, which are applicable generally to any insurance company in its state of domicile that limit such payments or distributions without prior approval by regulatory authorities.

      Illinois law provides that no dividend or other distribution may be declared or paid at any time except out of earned surplus, rather than contributed surplus. A dividend or other distribution may not be paid if the surplus of the domestic insurer is at an amount less than that required by Illinois law for the kind or kinds of business to be transacted by such insurer, or when payment of a dividend or other distribution by such insurer would reduce its surplus to less than such amount. Additionally, if insurance regulators determine that payment of a dividend or any other payments to an affiliate would, because of the financial condition of the paying insurance company or otherwise, be hazardous to such insurance company’s policyholders, the regulators may prohibit such payments that would otherwise be permitted without prior approval.

      Illinois law provides that a domestic insurer which is a member of a holding company system may not pay any extraordinary dividend nor make any other extraordinary distribution to its securityholders until 30 days after the Director has received notice of the declaration thereof and has not within such period disapproved the payment unless the Director approves such payment within the 30-day period. Illinois law defines an extraordinary dividend or distribution as “any dividend or distribution of cash or other property whose fair market value, together with that of other dividends or distributions, made within the period of 12 consecutive months ending on the date on which the proposed dividend is scheduled for payment or distribution exceeds the greater of: (a) 10% of the company’s surplus as regards policyholders as of the 31st day of December next preceding, or (b) the net income of the company for the 12-month period ending the 31st day of December next preceding, but does not include pro rata distributions of any class of the company’s own securities.” See “Regulation—Regulation of Dividends and Other Payments from Our Operating Subsidiary.”

18

We expect to be subject to extensive regulation, which may adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives. If we do not comply with these regulations, we may be subject to penalties, including fines, suspensions and withdrawals of licenses, which may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

      We expect to be subject to extensive governmental regulation and supervision. Most insurance regulations are designed to protect the interests of policyholders rather than stockholders and other investors. These regulations, generally administered by a department of insurance in each jurisdiction in which we expect to do business, relate to, among other things:

•  approval of policy forms and premium rates;

•  standards of solvency, including risk-based capital measurements;

•  licensing of insurers and their agents;

•  restrictions on the nature, quality and concentration of investments;

•  restrictions on the ability of our insurance company subsidiary to pay dividends to us;

•  restrictions on transactions between insurance company subsidiaries and their affiliates;

•  restrictions on the size of risks insurable under a single policy;

•  requiring certain methods of accounting;

•  periodic examinations of our operations and finances;

•  prescribing the form and content of records of financial condition required to be filed; and

•  requiring reserves for unearned premium, losses and other purposes.

      For example, our operating subsidiary is subject to minimum capital and surplus requirements imposed by the laws of the jurisdictions in which it is licensed to transact an insurance business. If our operating subsidiary does not maintain the required minimum capital and surplus of any jurisdiction in which it is licensed, it could be subject to regulatory action in such jurisdiction, including, but not limited to, the suspension or revocation of its license to transact an insurance business in such jurisdiction. No jurisdiction in which our operating subsidiary is licensed has minimum capital and surplus requirements in excess of $35 million for the lines of insurance for which our operating subsidiary is licensed. Additionally, if our operating subsidiary does not maintain the required minimum capital and surplus for Illinois, its state of domicile (which currently is $2.2 million), it could be placed into receivership in Illinois. Also, any new minimum capital and surplus requirements adopted in the future may require us to increase the capital and surplus of our operating subsidiary, which we may not be able to do. See “Regulation— Statutory Surplus and Capital.”

      The stock purchase agreement relating to our purchase of Potomac contemplates that at the time of the Acquisition, our operating subsidiary will possess the required minimum capital and surplus for it to transact an insurance business in each jurisdiction in which it is presently licensed. After the capital contribution to our operating subsidiary contemplated by the use of the proceeds of this offering, our operating subsidiary’s capital and surplus is expected to exceed $160 million.

      Insurance departments also conduct periodic examinations of the affairs of insurance companies and require the filing of annual and other reports relating to financial condition, holding company issues and other matters. These regulatory requirements may adversely affect or inhibit our ability to achieve some or all of our business objectives.

      In addition, regulatory authorities have relatively broad discretion to deny or revoke licenses for various reasons, including the violation of regulations. We intend to base some of our practices on our interpretations of regulations or practices that we believe are generally followed by the industry. These practices may turn out to be different from the interpretations of regulatory authorities. If we do not have the requisite licenses and approvals or do not comply with applicable regulatory requirements, insurance

19

regulatory authorities could preclude or temporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our activities or otherwise penalize us. This could adversely affect our ability to operate our business. Further, changes in the level of regulation of the insurance industry or changes in laws or regulations themselves or interpretations by regulatory authorities could adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

      In recent years, the state insurance regulatory framework in the United States has come under increased federal scrutiny, and some state legislators have considered or enacted laws that may alter or increase state authority to regulate insurance companies and insurance holding companies. Moreover, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC, which is an association of the senior insurance regulatory officials of all 50 states and the District of Columbia, and state insurance regulators regularly reexamine existing laws and regulations, interpretations of existing laws and the development of new laws, which may be more restrictive or may result in higher costs to us than current statutory requirements.

Risks Related to the Offering

We have arbitrarily determined the offering price for our shares.

      We are a newly formed entity and will not write any insurance before this offering closes. As a result of our lack of operating history, we and the representative of the underwriters have not been able to set the offering price with reference to historical measures of our performance. In addition, there is currently no trading market for our shares. As a result of these factors, we and the representative of the underwriters have arbitrarily determined the offering price, and it bears no relationship to our assets, earnings book value, net worth or other economic or recognized criteria of value. The offering price is not an indication of, and is not based upon, our actual value and should in no event be regarded as an indicator of any future price of our shares, which could be significantly lower than the offering price.

A market for our shares may never develop.

      Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that one will develop or be sustained after this offering. If a market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your common stock at an attractive price or at all. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through our negotiations with the representative of the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which it will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of our value. It is possible that in some future quarter our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors and, as a result of these and other factors, the price of our common stock may fall.

The price of our shares of common stock may be volatile.

      The trading price of shares of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially. The price of the shares of our common stock that will prevail in the market after this offering may be higher or lower than the price you pay, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose part or all of your investment in shares of our common stock. Those factors that could cause fluctuations include, but are not limited to, the following:

•  price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

•  significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of insurers;

•  actual or anticipated changes in our earnings or fluctuations in our operating results or in the expectations of securities analysts;

•  general economic conditions and trends;

•  losses in our insured portfolio;

20

•  sales of large blocks of shares of our common stock; or

•  departures of key personnel.

Our results of operations and revenues may fluctuate as a result of many factors, including cyclical changes in the insurance industry, which may cause the price of our shares to decline.

      The results of operations of companies in the insurance industry historically have been subject to significant fluctuations and uncertainties. Our profitability can be affected significantly by:

•  the differences between actual and expected losses that we cannot reasonably anticipate using historical loss data and other identifiable factors at the time we price our products;

•  volatile and unpredictable developments, including man-made, weather-related and other natural catastrophes or terrorist attacks, or court grants of large awards for particular damages;

•  changes in the amount of loss reserves resulting from new types of claims and new or changing judicial interpretations relating to the scope of insurers’ liabilities; and

•  fluctuations in equity markets, interest rates, credit risk and foreign currency exposure, inflationary pressures and other changes in the investment environment, which affect returns on invested assets and may impact the ultimate payout of losses.

      In addition, the demand for the types of insurance we will offer can vary significantly, rising as the overall level of economic activity increases and falling as that activity decreases, causing our revenues to fluctuate. These fluctuations in results of operations and revenues may cause the price of our securities to be volatile.

Purchasers in this offering will suffer immediate dilution.

      If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, the value of your shares based upon our actual book value will immediately be less than the offering price you paid. This reduction in the value of your equity is known as “dilution.” Based upon the net tangible book value of our common stock, your shares will be worth $1.71 less per share than the price you would pay in the offering ($1.59 per share if the over-allotment option is exercised in full). In addition, if we raise additional funding by issuing more equity securities, the newly issued shares will further dilute your percentage ownership of our shares and also may reduce the value of your equity.

If a substantial number of our shares of common stock become available for sale and are sold in a short period of time, the market price of our shares of common stock could decline.

      If our existing shareholders sell substantial amounts of our shares of common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our shares of common stock could decrease significantly. The perception in the public market that our existing shareholders might sell our shares of common stock could also depress our market price. We will also grant options to directors and employees to purchase approximately 1,527,000 shares at the completion of this offering. We have granted warrants with an exercise price of $0.01 per share that will be issuable and immediately exercisable after the completion of this offering for 391,007 shares, which number of underlying shares of our common stock are included for purposes of this prospectus in the number of shares outstanding after completion of this offering. Upon completion of this offering we will have 20,724,781 of our shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option. Our principal shareholders will be subject to agreements with the underwriters that restrict their ability to transfer their shares for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to a few exceptions.

21

After all of these agreements expire, an aggregate of 258,411 additional shares will be eligible for sale in the public market. However, the underwriters may waive these restrictions and allow these shareholders to sell their shares at any time. The market price of our shares of common stock may drop significantly when the restrictions on resale by our existing shareholders lapse. A decline in the price of shares of common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional of our shares of common stock or other equity securities.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends to our stockholders and any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors.

      We currently intend to retain any profits to provide capacity to write insurance and to accumulate reserves and surplus for the payment of claims. As a result, our board of directors currently does not intend to declare dividends or make any other distributions to our stockholders. Our board of directors plans to periodically reevaluate our dividend policy. Any determination to pay dividends to our stockholders in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Consequently, it is uncertain when, if ever, we will declare dividends to our stockholders. If no dividends are paid, investors will only obtain a return on their investment if the value of our shares of common stock appreciates.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware law could prevent or delay transactions that stockholders may favor and entrench current management.

      We are incorporated in Delaware. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as Delaware corporate law, contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control or changes in our management that a stockholder might consider favorable, including a provision that authorizes our board of directors to issue preferred stock with such voting rights, dividend rates, liquidation, redemption, conversion and other rights as our board of directors may fix and without further stockholder action. The issuance of preferred stock with voting rights could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting stock. This can frustrate a change in the composition of our board of directors, which could result in entrenchment of current management. Takeover attempts generally include offering stockholders a premium for their stock. Therefore, preventing a takeover attempt may cause you to lose an opportunity to sell your shares at a premium. If a change of control or change in management is delayed or prevented, the market price of our common stock could decline.

      Delaware law also prohibits a corporation from engaging in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock until the holder has held the stock for three years unless, among other possibilities, the board of directors approves the transaction. This provision may prevent changes in our management or corporate structure. Also, under applicable Delaware law, our board of directors is permitted to and may adopt additional anti-takeover measures in the future.

      Delaware law provides that no person shall enter into an agreement to merge with or acquire control of any person controlling a domestic insurer (including an insurance holding company) unless, at the time any such agreement is entered into, the agreement or acquisition has been approved by the Commissioner of the Delaware Department of Insurance. Control is presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing, 10% or more of the voting securities of any other person.

22

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. We may, in some cases, use words such as “project,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “target,” “should,” “would,” “could,” or “may,” or other words that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. Because we have no operating history, most of the statements relating to us and our business, including statements relating to our competitive strengths and business strategies, are forward-looking statements.

      All forward-looking statements address matters that involve risks and uncertainties. There are important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe that these factors include but are not limited to those described under “Risk Factors,” including the following:

•  our lack of any operating history and the outcome of our efforts to complete the process of making necessary rate and form filings;

•  the risk that we may not be able to implement our business strategy;

•  the results of the efforts of our Partner Agents to transition program business from prior carriers to us;

•  the risk that we may be subject to losses as a result of the Acquisition in the event of the failure to pay by our reinsurer;

•  the risk that a delay or other problem in the implementation of our centralized technology system could have a material adverse effect on our business plan;

•  the ineffectiveness or obsolescence of our planned business strategy due to changes in current or future market conditions;

•  changes in laws applicable to us, our brokers or our customers;

•  changes in the availability, cost or quality of reinsurance;

•  actual results, changes in market conditions, the occurrence of catastrophic losses and other factors outside our control that may require us to alter our anticipated methods of conducting our business, such as the nature, amount and types of risk we assume and the terms and limits of the products we intend to write;

•  our ability to hire, retain and integrate our management team, other personnel and service providers as well as develop and maintain cost-effective outsourcing arrangements;

•  changes in rating agency policies or practices;

•  changes in accounting policies or practices; and

•  changes in general economic conditions, including inflation, interest rates and other factors.

      This list of factors is not exhaustive and should be read with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

      Market data forecasts used in this prospectus have been obtained from independent industry sources as well as from research reports prepared for other purposes. We have not independently verified the data obtained from these sources and we cannot assure you of the accuracy or completeness of the data. Forecasts and other forward-looking information obtained from these sources are subject to the same qualifications and uncertainties applicable to the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus.

23

USE OF PROCEEDS

      We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in this offering by us will be approximately $203.1 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $11.00 per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, we estimate that we will receive additional net proceeds of approximately $30.7 million.

      We expect to use approximately $53 million of our net proceeds for the Acquisition and approximately $1.5 million of our net proceeds to repay the loan from SAIL included in the outstanding senior indebtedness incurred to finance certain start-up expenses which accrues interest at 12% per year and will mature upon the consummation of this offering.

      We expect to use most of the remaining proceeds to make capital contributions to our operating subsidiary, so that these contributions, together with the statutory capital and surplus resulting from the Acquisition, will equal approximately $180 million. In addition, we expect to retain approximately $10 million of the proceeds to pay our corporate expenses.

      We will have broad discretion over the manner in which we apply the remaining net proceeds. Currently, other than the Acquisition, we do not have any acquisitions or investments pending. During the initial six to nine months after the completion of this offering as we commence our operations and hire underwriting officers, underwriters, claim adjusters and other personnel, we will have limited operating income. Consequently, a portion of the net proceeds allocated to our subsidiary will be used to fund the costs required to commence our operations, including costs incurred to establish offices in Chicago, develop new policy forms and rate schedules, and complete regulatory filings. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations— Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Business— The Acquisition.”

DIVIDEND POLICY

      Our board of directors currently does not intend to declare dividends or make any other distributions. Our board of directors plans to periodically reevaluate our dividend policy. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the board’s discretion and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. As a holding company, we depend on future dividends and other permitted payments from our subsidiary to pay dividends to our stockholders. Our subsidiary’s ability to pay dividends, as well as our ability to pay dividends, is, and is expected to be, subject to regulatory, contractual, rating agency and other constraints. Risks relating to our holding company structure and its effect on our ability to receive and pay dividends are described under “Risk Factors— Risks Related to the Offering— We do not currently intend to pay dividends to our stockholders and any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors.”

24

CAPITALIZATION

      The following table sets forth our short-term debt and capitalization as of June 30, 2004:

•  on an actual basis;

•  on an adjusted basis to give effect to:

(1)	the issuance and sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses and application of proceeds as set forth in the “Use of Proceeds”;
(2)	the issuance to Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc., or FBR, and our subordinated lenders of 207,940 and 47,622 shares, respectively, of our common stock as payment of outstanding principal and interest due and payable to such lenders on our short-term debt, including borrowings made subsequent to June 30, 2004 and interest through November 1, 2004;
(3)	the sale to our Partner Agents of 18,182 shares of our Class B Common Stock at the initial public offering price per share;
(4)	the exchange of certain warrants with an exercise price of $0.01 per share held by FBR and the subordinated lenders for warrants with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share, less underwriting discount, and commissions, and;
(5)	the exercise of warrants issued to FBR, Standard American Insurance Limited, or SAIL, and Mr. Smith for 97,752, 283,480 and 9,775 shares, respectively, at an exercise price of $0.01 per share related to additional loans after June 30, 2004. See “Business— Our Model” and “Certain Transactions.”
(6)	the purchase by our executive officers of 78,202 shares of common stock at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions per share, for an aggregate price of $0.8 million. See “Certain Transactions— Transactions with our Executive Officers.”

      The “As Adjusted” column below does not reflect stock options and warrants that are exercisable at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

25

      This table should be read in conjunction with the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

			As of June 30, 2004
			Actual			As Adjusted
			(in thousands, except for share
			and per share amounts)
Debt			$	1,900		$	—
Stockholders’ equity
	Common shares, $0.01 par value per share: 75,000,000 shares authorized and 10 shares issued and outstanding, actual, and 75,000,000 shares authorized and 20,724,781 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted			—			207
	Class B common stock, $0.01 par value per share: 2,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, actual, and 2,000,000 shares authorized and 18,182 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted			—			—
Preferred shares, $0.01 par value per share: 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding historical and as adjusted				—			—
Additional paid-in capital				—			210,508
Accumulated deficit				(8,020	)		(7,315	)
		Total stockholders’ equity	$	(8,020	)	$	203,400
Total capitalization			$	(6,120	)	$	203,400
Book value per common share – basic			$	(801,995.90	)	$	9.81
Book value per common share – diluted			$	(801,995.90	)	$	9.81

26

DILUTION

      If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the offering price per share of our common stock and our net tangible book value per share after the offering. The net tangible book value of our common stock as of June 30, 2004 was a deficit of $8.0 million, or $(20.50) per share of common stock, as adjusted to include the effect of the issuance of 391,007 shares upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares at $0.01 per share in connection with this offering. Net tangible book value per share on an as adjusted basis is equal to our total assets less intangible assets and less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock deemed outstanding after the offering, assuming conversion of shares of our Class B common stock. Assuming that we sell the 20,000,000 shares offered by this prospectus at an offering price of $11.00 per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, and complete the Acquisition, our net tangible book value would have been $192.7 million, or $9.29 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $29.79 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in adjusted net tangible book value of $1.71 per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed offering price per share				$	11.00
Net tangible book value per share as adjusted as of June 30, 2004.	$	(20.50	)
Increase per share attributable to this offering and other transactions		30.31
Net tangible book value per share on an as adjusted basis after this offering		9.81
Decrease per share attributable to intangible assets relating to the acquisition of Potomac		(0.52	)
Net tangible book value per share following the offering					9.29
Dilution per share to new investors				$	1.71

      The following table shows at June 30, 2004, on an as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for their common stock and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering:

	Shares Purchased					Net Proceeds
Existing Shareholders		391,017	(1)	1.9	%	$	3,920	0.0	%
New Investors		20,351,946	(2)	98.1	%		223,614,381	100.0	%
		20,742,963		100.0	%	$	223,618,301	100.0	%

(1)	Includes all shares of common stock deemed outstanding after this offering, including shares to be issued upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares at $0.01 per share.
(2)	Includes shares of our common stock purchased in this offering, as well as shares of our Class B Common Stock being purchased by our Partner Agents, shares of common stock being purchased by our executive officers, and shares issued in repayment of indebtedness, all concurrently with this offering.

      If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, dilution to new investors would be $1.59 per share and the number of shares held by new investors will increase to 23,351,946 shares, or 98.4% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

27

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.

      This section presents our selected financial information. You should read carefully the financial statements included in this prospectus, including the notes to the financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.” The selected financial information in this section is not intended to replace the financial statements.

      The selected financial information as of December 31, 2003 and for the period from April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003 is derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this offering. The selected financial information as of June 30, 2004 and for the six months ended June 30, 2004 is derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this offering.

      These historical results are not indicative of the results expected for any future period. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2004 are not indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

					From April 3, 2003
		Six Months			(Date of
		Ended			Inception) to
		June 30, 2004			December 31, 2003
		(in thousands)
Statement of Operations Data:
	Revenues	$	—		$	—
	Total expenses		7,442			578
	Net loss		(7,442	)		(578	)

		As of			As of
		June 30, 2004			December 31, 2003
Balance Sheet Data:
	Cash	$	31		$	200
	Total assets		1,473			4,940
	Total liabilities		9,493			5,518
	Total shareholder’s equity		(8,020	)		(578	)

28

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’

ALLIANCE, INC.

      The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and related notes contained in this prospectus and the information set forth under “Capitalization.” Much of the information contained in this discussion and analysis includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Many factors will cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated or implied by these forward-looking statements including, but not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors.” You should read the information under “Risk Factors” for information about material risks and uncertainties that affect our business, as well as “Forward-Looking Statements.”

The Company

General

      We were formed on April 3, 2003 for the purpose of achieving attractive returns in the specialty program commercial property and casualty insurance business by using an innovative business model. Specialty programs typically serve niche groups of insureds that require highly specialized knowledge of a business class to achieve underwriting profits. This segment has traditionally been underserved by most standard commercial property and casualty insurers, due to the complex business knowledge and the investment required to achieve attractive underwriting profits. Competition in this segment is based primarily on client service, availability of insurance capacity, specialized policy forms, efficient claims handling and other value-based considerations, rather than price.

      We have not commenced substantive operations. During the periods from April 3, 2003 to December 31, 2003 and from January 1, 2004 to June 30, 2004, we incurred costs related to this offering and initial start-up costs for infrastructure required to commence insurance operations generating an accumulated deficit of $8.0 million. Among these activities, we engaged Guy Carpenter to assist us in our business selection process of Partner Agents, we contracted with SSC to assist us in reviewing the business of those agents and developing underwriting and pricing guidelines, we began the development of our key business processing systems with vendors and consultants, and we began work on the development of our offering documents together with our underwriter and legal counsel. We must complete our acquisition of Potomac, which we expect to do concurrently with the completion of this offering, to be in a position to conduct our intended business activities. The terms of the Acquisition are described further in “Business— The Acquisition.” Upon completion of this offering and closing of the Acquisition, we plan to commence writing insurance utilizing the core group of Partner Agents currently assembled. Because we are unlikely to seek to or obtain cancellations of existing policies produced by our Partner Agents prior to the end of their terms, we will seek to transition policies over a 12-month period following the commencement of our insurance operations. Additionally, we must hire other key employees, establish operating procedures, obtain facilities and implement new systems during the remainder of 2004 in order to implement our business strategy. As of June 30, 2004, we had not underwritten any insurance business and we do not intend to underwrite any business prior to the completion of this offering. As a result, we will have no revenue and all of our expenditures to date have been funded by borrowings from our senior and subordinated lenders. Outstanding commitments and future expenditures cannot be met until this offering is completed.

      Our business model stresses a “partnership” relationship with Partner Agents designed to better serve the specialty program commercial property and casualty insurance marketplace by addressing the typical misalignment of interests between agent and carrier. Partner Agents will receive up-front commissions capable of covering their costs and meaningful underwriting profit-based commissions payable over several years as compensation for writing business for us. As a result of these commission arrangements, a substantial amount of our commission expenses will be variable and will depend on the underwriting profits of the business.

29

Revenues

      We expect to derive the majority of our revenues from net earned premiums from policies written by our insurance operations and investment income from our investment portfolios. The amount of our insurance premiums written will depend on the number and type of policies we write, as well as prevailing market prices. We will strive to focus on the profitability over time of our blocks of policies rather than amount of premiums. As a result, the volume of premiums written may not be indicative of our ultimate expected profitability.

      Our investment income will depend on the amount of invested assets in our investment portfolios and the yield that we earn on those invested assets. Our investment yield is a function of market interest rates and the credit quality and maturity period of our invested assets. Although we expect our investment portfolio to principally include fixed-income securities, as of June 30, 2004 our limited amount of invested assets was comprised entirely of cash. In addition, we could realize capital gains or losses on sales of investments as a result of changing market conditions, including changes in market interest rates and changes in the credit quality of our invested assets.

Expenses

      We expect that our expenses will consist primarily of loss and loss adjustment expenses, policy acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses.

      Loss and loss adjustment expenses (“ LAE”) will depend on the number and type of insurance contracts we write and will reflect our best estimate of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses we expect to incur on each contract written using various actuarial analyses. Actual loss and loss adjustment expenses will depend on actual costs to settle insurance claims. Our ability to accurately estimate ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense at the time of pricing each insurance contract will be a critical factor in determining our profitability.

      Policy acquisition expenses are expected to consist principally of up-front commissions, fees, brokerage and tax expenses that are directly related to obtaining and writing insurance contracts. Typically, policy acquisition expenses are based on a certain percentage of the premiums written on contracts of insurance. Since our commission expense will include meaningful underwriting profit-based commission accruals, as well as up-front commissions, our commission expense is likely to be higher in periods of greater profitability and lower in periods with poorer underwriting results. We expect that these expenses will be a function of the number and type of insurance contracts written.

      General and administrative expenses will consist primarily of personnel expenses, payments to providers of outsourced services, professional fees and other operating overhead. We expect to use various third party service providers as necessary to administer and manage the insurance business that we underwrite. Additionally, from time to time we engage legal, accounting, tax and financial advisors. General and administrative expenses are a function of the development of our business, including the growth in personnel and the overall volume of insurance contracts written.

      We plan to outsource most of our administrative services primarily to a third-party services provider. See “Business—Outsourcing Arrangements.” Pursuant to these arrangements, we will pay a fixed payment together with additional amounts based on other factors. As a result, our administrative expenses generally will vary with the volume of our business as well as the other factors.

Results of Operations from April 3, 2003 (Inception) to December 31, 2003 and from January 1, 2004 to June 30, 2004

      We were formed April 3, 2003 and have not commenced substantive operations. Therefore, our results of operations from April 3, 2003 to December 31, 2003 are not representative of the actual results that we expect to achieve in future periods as we develop our core business lines relating to insurance. We did not write any insurance business during the period from the date of our inception to December 31, 2003. As a

30

result, we did not record any earned premiums, incurred loss and loss adjustment expenses or policy acquisition costs as of December 31, 2003.

      For the period from April 3, 2003 to December 31, 2003, we reported a net loss of $0.6 million as a result of initial start-up costs while not recording any revenues. Total expenses of $0.6 million were primarily comprised of $0.2 million in service company fees, $0.2 million in financing costs, $0.1 million in legal expenses and $0.1 million in miscellaneous expenses.

      For the period from January 1, 2004 to June 30, 2004, we reported a net loss of $7.4 million as a result of initial start-up costs while not recording any revenues. Total expenses of $7.4 million were primarily comprised of $4.7 million in financing costs (principally non-cash charges related to the amortization of debt issue costs arising from the issuance of warrants to our lenders), $1.8 million in consulting fees and $0.5 million in legal expenses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      We are organized as a Delaware holding company and, as such, have no direct operations of our own. Our assets are expected to consist primarily of investments in our subsidiary, through which we will conduct substantially all of our insurance operations.

      As a holding company, we will have continuing funding needs for general corporate expenses, the payment of principal and interest on future borrowings, if any, taxes and the payment of other obligations. Funds to meet these obligations are expected to come primarily from dividends, interest and other statutorily permissible payments from our operating subsidiary. The ability of our operating subsidiary to make these payments will be limited by the applicable laws and regulations of the domicile of the operating subsidiary. There will be restrictions on the payment of dividends by our insurance subsidiary to us, which are described in more detail in “Regulation.”

Liquidity Requirements

      Our principal consolidated cash requirements are expected to be the servicing of future borrowing arrangements, if any, the acquisition of and investment in operating subsidiaries, expenses to develop and implement our business strategy, capital expenditures, premiums ceded, losses and loss adjustment expenses, commissions, policy administration expenses, taxes and other operating expenses. The potential for a large claim under one of our insurance contracts means that we may need to make substantial and unpredictable payments within relatively short periods of time. We currently do not intend to declare dividends or make any other distributions to our stockholders. Our board of directors plans to periodically reevaluate our dividend policy. Our cash requirements also will include the payment of any future dividends to our stockholders if and when our board of directors determines to change our dividend policy.

      We expect to hire additional employees during the remainder of 2004. As a result, we anticipate that our cash requirements for the payment of salaries and benefits for these employees will increase in future periods as compared to the period from our inception through December 31, 2003 and compared to the period from January 1, 2004 to June 30, 2004.

      As of June 30, 2004, we have made capital expenditures of $0.2 million related to information systems. During the remainder of 2004, we intend to make capital expenditures, principally related to information systems and furniture and fixtures.

      In addition to these liquidity requirements, under the stock purchase agreement with OneBeacon we will be required to pay $10.5 million, plus the amount of Potomac’s statutory capital and surplus as of the closing date of the Acquisition.

Sources of Cash

      We expect the net proceeds from this offering to be approximately $203.1 million. We have received commitments from three Partner Agents to purchase over time shares of our Class B common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $3.0 million, at a price equal to the market price of our common stock on the respective date of the purchase. The Partner Agents will pay $200,000 concurrently with the closing of this offering to purchase shares of Class B common stock at a price equal to the initial public offering price in

31

this offering. The remaining shares are to be purchased by such Partner Agents over a maximum of 24 months from the completion of this offering. In addition, we expect to raise $0.8 million from the sale of shares of common stock to certain executive officers.

      We expect to use most of the proceeds to make capital contributions to our operating subsidiary, so that these contributions, together with the statutory capital and surplus resulting from the Acquisition, will equal approximately $180 million. In addition, we will retain a portion of the proceeds to pay our corporate expenses and for other corporate purposes.

      Prior to completing this offering, our sole source of cash is term loans. We have entered into a short-term senior loan agreement with FBR, an affiliate of Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. and SAIL. Under this loan agreement, the senior lenders agreed to provide term loans of a maximum of $3.5 million at an interest rate of 12% per year. In connection with this facility, we also agreed to issue warrants to acquire our common stock to the senior lenders. See “Certain Transactions— Transactions with Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc. and Standard American Insurance Limited.” As of June 30, 2004, the outstanding principal balance of the loans under these agreements was $1.5 million. As payment of outstanding principal and interest due and payable to the senior lenders, we will deliver to FBR at the completion of this offering such number of shares of our common stock as could be purchased at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions, for the aggregate amount outstanding under the senior loan agreement, and we will repay our obligations to SAIL in cash. See “Certain Transactions.” At such time, the senior lenders’ commitment to provide additional loans under the loan agreement will terminate.

      We also have entered into a short-term subordinated loan agreement with members of management, as subordinated lenders. Under the loan agreement, the subordinated lenders agreed to provide term loans of a maximum of $0.5 million at an interest at a rate of 12% per year. As of June 30, 2004, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the loans under this agreement was $0.4 million. As payment of outstanding principal and interest due and payable to the subordinated lenders, we will deliver to the subordinated lenders at the completion of this offering such number of shares of our common stock as could be purchased at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions, for the aggregate amount outstanding under the subordinated loan agreement. See “Certain Transactions.” At such time, the subordinated lenders’ commitment to provide additional loans under the loan agreement will terminate. The proceeds of the loans are being used to pay our operating expenses and pay some of our offering expenses.

      As a result of the issuance of shares of common stock to discharge the loans from the senior and subordinated lenders, we do not expect to have any borrowings outstanding as of the completion of this offering. We have no current plans to engage in significant borrowings after this offering.

      We expect our future sources of funds will consist of net premiums written, reinsurance ceding commissions and recoveries, investment income and proceeds from sales and redemptions of investment assets.

      Following completion of this offering, we may raise additional funds from time to time. For example, we have entered into a letter agreement with a prospective investor pursuant to which we would sell, subject to a number of conditions (including acceptance of such securities by the purchaser), $25 million of trust preferred securities with a maturity of 30 years, or other securities acceptable to such investor, prior to December 31, 2004. Such securities would bear interest at a floating rate based on the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus a margin, as adjusted from time to time. The securities would be redeemable at our option after a five-year no-call period. However, there can be no assurance that we will issue such securities on or prior to such time.

      For the period commencing April 3, 2003 (inception) and ending December 31, 2003, our overall increase in cash was $0.2 million. Cash was provided by borrowing from the term loans of $0.7 million. Net cash used by operating activities during the period from April 3, 2003 to December 31, 2003 totaled $0.5 million and was primarily related to costs incurred for this offering and our initial start-up costs.

32

      For the period from January 1, 2004 to June 30, 2004, our decrease in cash was $0.2 million. Cash was provided from increases in borrowing from term loans of $1.2 million. Net cash used by operating activities during the period from January 1, 2004 to June 30, 2004 totaled $1.4 million and was primarily related to costs incurred for this offering, our initial start-up costs and a non-refundable deposit relating to our acquisition of Potomac.

      We have no off-balance sheet arrangements or transactions with unconsolidated, special purpose entities.

Adequacy of Capital

      While insurance regulation differs by location, each jurisdiction requires that minimum levels of capital be maintained in order to write new insurance business. Factors that affect capital requirements generally include premium volume, the extent and nature of loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, the type and form of insurance business underwritten and the availability of reinsurance protection from adequately rated reinsurers on terms that are acceptable to us.

      Insurers are required to maintain certain minimum levels of capital and risk-based capital, the calculation of which includes numerous factors as specified by the respective insurance regulatory authorities and the related insurance regulations. We will capitalize our insurance operations in excess of the minimum regulatory requirements so that we may maintain adequate financial ratings. Generally, a higher financial rating creates a higher demand for insurance products. A higher financial rating will enable us to both write more business and be more selective in the business we underwrite. Accordingly, allocation of capital sufficient to achieve business objectives is a critical aspect of any insurance organization, particularly a start-up insurance operation such as ours.

      We believe that the proceeds of the offering should be sufficient to execute our business strategy for at least the next 12 months. We may need to raise additional funds to further expand our business strategy, enter new business lines, manage our expected growth or to deal with higher than expected expenses or poorer than expected results.

      If we cannot maintain or obtain adequate capital to manage our business strategy and expected growth targets, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Critical Accounting Policies

      Our significant accounting policies, as of December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2004, are described in the notes to our financial statements.

      After we begin our insurance operations, we expect that our financial statements will contain certain amounts that are inherently subjective in nature and require management to make certain judgments and assumptions in the application of accounting policies used to determine those amounts reported in the financial statements. The use of different assumptions could produce materially different estimates of the reported amounts. In addition, if factors such as those described in “Risk Factors” of this prospectus cause actual events to differ materially from management’s assumptions used in applying the relevant accounting policy, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition and liquidity.

      We believe the following critical accounting policies will affect significant estimates used in the preparation of the financial statements after completion of this offering.

Premium Income

      Net premiums written will consist of direct premiums written less ceded premiums. The components of net premiums written will be recognized as revenue over the period that coverage is provided. When premium rates increase, the effect of those increases will not immediately affect earned premium. Rather, those increases will be recognized ratably over the period of coverage. Unearned premiums and prepaid

33

reinsurance premiums, which are recorded on the balance sheets, will represent that portion of premiums written that are applicable to the unexpired terms of policies in force.

Investments

      We plan to classify all fixed maturity investment securities upon acquisition as held-to-maturity, trading or available-for-sale securities. Investments in held-to-maturity fixed maturities will be recorded at amortized cost. Available-for-sale fixed maturities, trading fixed maturities and equity securities will be reported at fair value. Short-term investments will be recorded at cost.

      We plan to use quoted market prices in determining the fair value of fixed maturities, equity securities and short-term investments in most cases. Where quoted market prices are unavailable, we expect to base the estimate on recent trading. Unrealized appreciation or depreciation of available-for-sale investments carried at fair value will be excluded from net income and credited or charged, net of applicable deferred income taxes, directly to accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity. The change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation during the year will be reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss).

      We plan to continually monitor the difference between our cost basis and the estimated fair value of our investments. Our accounting policy for impairment recognition for fixed maturities will require other-than-temporary impairment charges to be recorded when we determine that it is probable we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the investment. Impairment charges on investments should be recorded based on the fair value of the investments at the balance sheet date, and will be included in net realized gains and losses. Factors considered in evaluating whether a decline in value is other than temporary will include: the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; the financial conditions and near-term prospects of the issuer; and our intent and ability to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery.

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

      We will establish an asset for deferred policy acquisition costs such as up-front commissions, premium taxes and other variable costs incurred in connection with writing our property and casualty lines of business. Deferred policy acquisition costs will be amortized over the period of coverage of the policies written. We will assess the recoverability of deferred policy acquisition costs on a quarterly basis. We will not consider anticipated investment income in determining the recoverability of these costs. The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio we use to estimate the recoverability of deferred costs is expected to be based primarily on the assumption that the future loss and loss adjustment expense ratio will include consideration of the recent experience. Such adjustments will be recorded through operations in the period identified. Actual results could differ materially from such estimates, requiring future adjustments to the recorded deferred policy acquisition cost asset.

Intangible Assets

      We expect to record an indefinite-life intangible asset for the value of insurance licenses acquired in connection with the Acquisition based on the excess of cost over the value of net tangible assets of acquired businesses. If classified as goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets, these assets will not be subject to amortization. If the aggregate fair value of insurance licenses declines to an amount less than their book value, an impairment would be recorded as a realized loss for the excess of book value over fair value. Intangible assets which have a finite useful life will be subject to amortization. We expect that the allocation of intangible assets between these classifications and the determination of estimated useful lives generally will be based on valuations received from qualified independent appraisers. The calculations of these amounts are expected to be based on estimates and assumptions using historical and pro forma data and recognized valuation methods. The use of different estimates or assumptions could produce different results.

34

      While goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, they will be subject to periodic reviews for impairment (at least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise). We plan to review for impairment periodically and whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. The determinations of impairment indicators and fair value are expected to be based on estimates and assumptions related to the amount and timing of future cash flows and future interest rates. The use of different estimates or assumptions could produce different results.

Losses, Claims and Settlement Expenses

      Our most significant estimates will likely relate to our reserves for property and casualty losses and loss adjustment expenses. We will be required to establish reserves for the estimated total unpaid cost of losses and loss adjustment expenses for events that have already occurred. These reserves should reflect our best estimates of the total cost of claims that were reported to us, but not yet paid, referred to as Case Reserves, and the cost of claims “incurred but not yet reported” to us, or IBNR, referred to as IBNR Reserves.

      The estimate of these reserves is subjective and complex and will require us to make estimates about the future payout of claims, which is inherently uncertain. When we establish and adjust reserves, we will do so based on our knowledge of the circumstances and facts of claims. Upon notice of a claim, we will establish a Case Reserve for losses based on the claims information reported to us at that time. Subsequently, we will conduct an investigation of each reported claim, which will allow us to more fully understand the factors contributing to the loss and our potential exposure. This investigation may extend over a long period of time. As our investigations of claims develop and as our claims personnel identify trends in claims activity, we plan to refine and adjust our estimates of Case Reserves. When we establish reserves, we plan to do so based on our knowledge of the circumstances and claim facts. We plan to continually review our reserves, and as experience develops and additional information becomes known, we will adjust the reserves. Such adjustments should be recorded through operations in the period identified. To evaluate and refine our overall reserving process, we will track and monitor all claims until they are settled and paid in full and all salvage and subrogation claims are resolved.

      For IBNR losses, we will estimate the amount of reserves for each line of business on the basis of historical and statistical information. We plan to consider historical patterns of paid and reported claims, industry data and the probable number and nature of losses arising from claims that have occurred but have not yet been reported for a given accident year.

      To establish loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, we will need to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses reported in our financial statements. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

      We plan to engage an independent actuary to render opinions as to the adequacy of the statutory reserves we establish. We will need to file the actuarial opinions in those states where we are licensed. We do not expect material differences between our statutory reserves and those established under GAAP.

      The estimation of ceded reinsurance loss and loss adjustment expense reserves will be subject to the same factors as the estimation of insurance loss and loss adjustment expense reserves.

Deferred Income Taxes

      We may be required to establish a valuation allowance for the portion of any deferred tax asset that management believes may not be realized. The establishment and ongoing evaluation of a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets requires the use of judgment and estimates. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

35

Stock-Based Compensation

      We have elected to account for our stock options under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 in accounting for our stock option plan. Under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, no compensation expense is recognized for grants of options to employees and directors at an exercise price equal to or greater than the market price of the stock on the date of grant.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

      Market risk can be described as the risk of change in fair value of a financial instrument due to changes in interest rates, creditworthiness, foreign exchange rates or other factors. We will seek to mitigate that risk by a number of actions, as described below.

Effects of Inflation

      Inflation could have a significant effect on our results of operations in some situations. The effects of inflation could cause the severity of claims to increase in the future. Our estimates for losses and loss adjustment expenses will include assumptions, including those relating to inflation, about future payments for settlement of claims and claims handling expenses. To the extent inflation causes these costs to increase above our estimated reserves that will be established for these claims, we will be required to increase reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses with a corresponding reduction in our earnings in the period in which the increase is identified. The actual effects of inflation on our results cannot be accurately determined until claims are ultimately settled.

Interest Rate Risk

      Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates will be concentrated in our investment portfolio. We expect that changes in investment values attributable to interest rate changes will be mitigated, however, by corresponding and partially offsetting changes in the economic value of our insurance reserves to the extent we have established such loss reserves. We will monitor this exposure through periodic reviews of our consolidated asset and liability positions. We will model and periodically review estimates of cash flows, as well as the impact of interest rate fluctuations relating to the investment portfolio and insurance reserves.

Credit Risk

      We expect our portfolio will include primarily fixed income securities and short-term investments, which will be subject to credit risk. This risk is defined as default or the potential loss in market value resulting from adverse changes in the borrower’s ability to repay the debt. In our risk management strategy and investment policy, we plan to earn competitive relative returns while investing in a diversified portfolio of securities of high credit quality issuers and to limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer.

      We also may have other receivable amounts subject to credit risk, including reinsurance recoverables from our reinsurers. To mitigate the risk of counterparties’ nonpayment of amounts due under these arrangements, we will establish business and financial standards for reinsurer approval, incorporating ratings by major rating agencies and considering then-current market information.

Outlook

      We expect to allocate most of the capital to our subsidiary based on our assessment of the level of capital that is prudent to support our expected levels of business, applicable regulatory requirements and discussions with insurance regulatory authorities and rating agencies.

36

      Based on our business model and anticipated capital, we currently have the following expectations for our business:

•  Quota share reinsurance. We intend to cede approximately 15% to 20% of our gross premiums to reinsurers under our quota share treaty.

•  Operating leverage. We plan to target a net leverage ratio, as measured by net premiums written to statutory capital and surplus, of approximately 1.5 to 1.0. The actual net leverage ratio may vary from the target leverage ratio depending upon many factors that affect our rating with various organizations and capital adequacy requirements imposed by insurance regulatory authorities. These factors include but are not limited to the amount of statutory surplus, premium growth, quality and terms of reinsurance and line of business mix.

•  Underwriting. Our primary underwriting goal will be to achieve profitable results through targeted permissible loss ratios complemented by a relatively low expense ratio. We intend to target the pricing of our products to achieve a ratio of loss and loss adjustment expenses to net premiums earned of approximately 50% to 65% over time. In addition, we are targeting a ratio of underwriting expenses to net premiums earned of approximately 30% to 35%, after profit sharing commissions, over time.

•  Investment income. We expect our portfolio will include primarily fixed income securities and short-term investments. We plan to earn competitive relative returns while investing in a diversified portfolio of securities of high credit quality issuers and to limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer. As a result we expect to earn an investment yield that approximates three- to five-year duration indices of comparable quality.

•  Investment portfolio leverage. When we have fully deployed our capital, we plan to target an invested assets to equity ratio of approximately 2 to 1.

37

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF POTOMAC

      The selected statement of income data for each of the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the seven months ended December 31, 2001 and the five months ended May 31, 2001, and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 are derived from the audited financial statements of Potomac, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statement of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 are derived from the unaudited financial statements of Potomac.

      The selected statement of income data for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 and the selected balance sheet data as of June 30, 2004 are derived from the unaudited interim financial statements of Potomac, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in Potomac’s opinion, include all adjustments that they consider necessary to fairly present their results of operations and financial condition for and as of the end of these periods.

      These historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year.

      Potomac will be our predecessor for accounting purposes upon the closing of the Acquisition. We caution you that the financial information presented herein is neither comparable with nor representative of the actual results that we expect to achieve once we commence operations. Our actual results will differ materially from this summary financial information due to the reinsurance of existing in-force insurance business of Potomac to OneBeacon and because Potomac’s historical insurance business is not representative of the principal business we plan to write.

		Six Months Ended
		June 30, 2004			June 30, 2003
		(in thousands)
Statement of Income Data:
	Earned insurance premiums	$	—		$	5,114
	Net investment income		792			1,098
	Net realized gains (losses)		(102	)		(32	)
	Total revenues		690			6,180
	Loss and loss adjustment expenses		—			3,415
	Total expenses		—			4,999
	Pre-tax income		690			1,181
	Net income		448			768
Balance Sheet Data as of June 30, 2004:
	Investments	$	40,175
	Cash and cash equivalents		48
	Total assets		158,598
	Total liabilities		116,033
	Stockholder’s equity		42,565

38

      White Mountains Insurance Group, Ltd. or White Mountains, purchased Potomac as part of its acquisition of OneBeacon, on June 1, 2001. The selected balance sheet and statement of income data as of and for the five months ended May 31, 2001 and as of and for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 reflect the financial position and results of operations of Potomac as included in OneBeacon’s historical financial statements during those periods. The remaining selected combined financial information represents the financial position and results of operations of Potomac based on White Mountains’ purchase accounting basis in Potomac. See Notes 1 and 3 of Potomac’s audited financial statements for further information.

Selected Historical Financial Data

		Twelve months ended											Twelve months ended
		December 31,			December 31,		Seven months ended			Five months ended			December 31,			December 31,
		2003			2002		December 31, 2001			May 31, 2001			2000			1999
		(in thousands)
Statement of Income Data:
	Earned insurance premiums	$	9,961		$	13,518	$	10,525		$	1,250		$	21,114		$	18,683
	Net investment income		2,128			1,580		946			1,077			3,973			3,620
	Net realized gains (losses)		(466	)		426		377			4,675			1,685			103
	Total revenues		11,941			15,915		12,155			7,048			26,791			22,041
	Loss and loss adjustment expenses		6,821			10,068		10,239			2,017			20,546			13,940
	Total expenses		9,846			14,994		13,190			8,271			27,431			20,146
	Pretax income (loss)		2,095			921		(1,035	)		(1,223	)		(640	)		1,895
	Net income (loss) before change in accounting principle		1,359			595		(576	)		(732	)		436			2,145
	Net income (loss)		1,359			3,721		(576	)		(732	)		436			2,145
Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
	Investments	$	49,113		$	30,087	$	65,907		$	16,319		$	64,738		$	61,766
	Cash and cash equivalents		10,307			33,673		733			2,196			4,563			2,646
	Total assets		204,355			246,255		335,751			334,312			392,017			383,695
	Total liabilities		161,850			205,084		296,460			295,543			352,077			341,945
	Total stockholder’s equity		42,505			41,171		39,291			38,769			39,940			41,750

39

      The following table includes the complete loss development history for Potomac on the basis of its direct gross loss and LAE reserves (see page 45 for a reconciliation of Potomac’s stated loss reserves to its direct gross loss reserves at December 31, 2003). Effective January 1, 2004, Potomac entered into a transfer and assumption agreement with its parent company, OneBeacon, which reinsured all its direct liabilities to OneBeacon. Therefore, effective January 1, 2004, Potomac has no net liabilities for unpaid losses and LAE. However, Potomac remains liable for its loss and LAE reserves generated from its direct business should OneBeacon be unable to honor its reinsurance obligation in the future. Those loss and LAE reserves, including IBNR, totalled $140,542 at December 31, 2003.

Potomac Insurance Company Of Illinois

Gross Direct Loss and LAE Reserves

	Years Ended December 31,
	1993			1994			1995			1996			1997			1998			1999			2000			2001			2002			2003
	(in thousands)
Liability for unpaid loss and LAE	$	86,614		$	83,862		$	91,831		$	115,880		$	131,700		$	160,244		$	235,376		$	297,408		$	255,128		$	176,069		$	140,542
Cumulative paid as of:
1 Year later		35,809			38,313			37,000			53,647			62,659			81,545			98,963			86,980			76,958			58,815
2 Years later		58,677			57,668			61,051			84,611			108,284			128,261			163,656			159,584			134,008
3 Years later		71,293			71,448			77,409			112,193			131,940			163,498			220,344			213,116
4 Years later		79,629			80,957			95,415			124,855			151,753			191,357			261,115
5 Years later		85,261			92,790			103,816			135,029			166,365			212,314
6 Years later		93,593			99,866			109,322			143,667			176,712
7 Years later		100,060			102,876			114,002			148,722
8 Years later		101,872			105,354			116,673
9 Years later		103,253			106,752
10 Years later		104,029
Re-estimated liability as of:
End of Year		86,614			83,862			91,831			115,880			131,700			160,224			235,376			297,408			255,128			176,069			140,542
1 Year later		87,983			91,041			96,003			188,878			145,067			211,516			326,426			326,203			247,629			198,858
2 Years later		91,351			92,251			96,301			127,693			184,404			272,353			359,245			320,706			270,997
3 Years later		91,324			93,099			100,950			158,274			222,057			279,420			350,765			344,771
4 Years later		93,124			95,467			125,181			181,078			221,608			266,482			366,736
5 Years later		94,997			112,451			141,469			179,581			209,018			273,463
6 Years later		107,597			124,508			139,473			168,994			212,266
7 Years later		117,585			123,464			129,867			169,519
8 Years later		117,982			115,307			129,675
9 Years later		110,166			114,454
10 Years later		108,908
Redundancy (Deficiency)		(22,294	)		(26,305	)		(37,844	)		(53,638	)		(80,566	)		(113,220	)		(131,360	)		(47,362	)		(15,870	)		(22,790	)		0
% Redundancy (deficiency) reported as of:
1 Year later		(2	)		(9	)		(5	)		(3	)		(10	)		(32	)		(39	)		(10	)		3			(13	)
2 Years later		(5	)		(10	)		(5	)		(10	)		(40	)		(70	)		(53	)		(8	)		(6	)
3 Years later		(5	)		(11	)		(10	)		(37	)		(69	)		(74	)		(49	)		(16	)
4 Years later		(8	)		(14	)		(36	)		(56	)		(68	)		(66	)		(56	)
5 Years later		(10	)		(34	)		(54	)		(55	)		(59	)		(71	)
6 Years later		(24	)		(48	)		(52	)		(46	)		(61	)
7 Years later		(36	)		(47	)		(41	)		(46	)
8 Years later		(36	)		(38	)		(41	)
9 Years later		(27	)		(36	)
10 Years later		(26	)

40

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF POTOMAC

      The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with Potomac’s financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the information under the caption “Selected Financial Information of Potomac.” Much of the information contained in this discussion and analysis includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Many factors will cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated or implied by these forward-looking statements including, but not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors.” You should read the information under “Risk Factors” for information about material risks and uncertainties that affect our business, as well as “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Results of Operations

Six Months Ended June 30, 2004 versus Six Months Ended June 30, 2003

      Potomac’s pre-tax income for the first six months of 2004 was $0.7 million, compared to pre-tax income of $1.2 million for the six months of 2003. As of January 1, 2004, Potomac ceased its participation in the OneBeacon Amended and Restated Reinsurance (Pooling) Agreement (the “Pool”). As a result, net written premiums, net earned premiums, losses and underwriting expenses for the first six months of 2004 were $0 and, therefore, are not comparable with the six month period ended June 30, 2003.

      Potomac’s net investment income decreased by $0.3 million or 28% for the six months ended June 30, 2004 primarily due to the continued run-off of loss reserves in the latter part of 2003, as well as reduced interest rates. Net realized losses increased by $0.1 in the same period.

Year Ended December 31, 2003 versus Year Ended December 31, 2002

      Potomac’s pre-tax income for 2003 was $2.1 million, compared to pre-tax income of $0.9 million for 2002. Total revenues for 2003 declined by 25% compared to 2002, due principally to a corresponding 26% decline in earned premiums. The decline in earned premiums was due primarily to a reduction in premiums assumed by OneBeacon and the Pool, of which Potomac is a participant, from Liberty Mutual. On November 1, 2001, OneBeacon transferred its regional agency business in 42 states and the District of Columbia to Liberty Mutual. Under the terms of the renewal rights agreement, the underwriting results and cash flows of the renewed policies are shared between OneBeacon and Liberty Mutual over a two year period through a reinsurance agreement whereby OneBeacon assumes two-thirds and one-third of the business renewed in the first and second years, respectively. Total revenues for 2003 were also impacted by realized losses on sales of fixed maturity investments, partially offset by an increase in investment income due to a shift of funds to longer term maturities.

      Total expenses for 2003 declined by 34% compared to 2002, primarily as a result of reduced premium writings and improved underwriting performance. Improved underwriting performance resulted from continued efforts to improve premium adequacy through rate increases, aggressive rate pursuit actions and re-underwriting efforts, such as changes in business mix away from historically less profitable business lines and shifting away from certain classes of risks within business lines. Total expenses in 2003 also include net unfavorable prior accident year reserve development of $0.7 million primarily related to construction defect claims.

Year Ended December 31, 2002 versus Seven Months Ended December 31, 2001

      Potomac’s results for the year ended December 31, 2002 improved from those for the seven months after the date of White Mountains’ acquisition of OneBeacon, as its pre-tax income for 2002 was $0.9 million, compared to a pre-tax loss of $1.0 million for the seven months ended December 31, 2001. Improved pricing in personal and commercial lines of business, mild weather and actions taken following the acquisition of OneBeacon by White Mountains on June 1, 2001, such as improving premium adequacy

41

and re-underwriting efforts to shift away from less profitable business lines and classes of risks within business lines, contributed to the improvements.

      Total revenues for 2002 declined 17% compared to all of 2001 due primarily to significantly higher net realized gains recognized during the first five months of 2001. A full year over year comparison of Potomac’s total expenses showed a 30% decrease in 2002 from all of 2001, which is principally due to decreases in business volume resulting from OneBeacon’s re-underwriting efforts and also OneBeacon’s renewal rights agreement with Liberty Mutual on November 1, 2001. Decreases in insurance acquisition expenses and other underwriting expenses in 2002 compared to the full year of 2001 relate primarily to expenses incurred in the first five months of 2001, as further discussed below.

Five Months Ended May 31, 2001

      Potomac’s predecessor, or Predecessor, reported a $1.2 million pre-tax loss for the five months ended May 31, 2001. These results include the impact of two reinsurance covers which, as further described below, provide Potomac, through the Pool and an affiliate of OneBeacon, with reinsurance protection against unanticipated increases in recorded reserves for insurance losses and LAE with respect to asbestos, environmental and certain other latent exposures and excess of loss reinsurance protection against adverse development on accident year 2000 and prior losses. As described in Note 5 in the Notes to Potomac’s Audited Financial Statements, effective June 1, 2001 OneBeacon entered into reinsurance agreements with National Indemnity Company, or NICO Cover, and General Reinsurance Corporation, or GRC Cover, which provide reinsurance protection against unanticipated increases in recorded reserves for insurance losses and LAE. Under the NICO Cover, an affiliate of OneBeacon is entitled to recover up to $2.5 billion for asbestos claims arising from business written by the Pool and ceded to the affiliate pertaining to years prior to 1992, environmental claims arising from business written by the Pool and ceded to the affiliate pertaining to years prior to 1987 and certain other exposures, all net of third party reinsurance recoveries. The GRC Cover provides up to $570.0 million in excess of loss reinsurance protection against adverse development on accident year 2000 and prior losses.

      Net written and earned premiums for the five months ended May 31, 2001 were $0.5 million and $1.3 million, respectively. Excluding the NICO Cover and GRC Cover, the Predecessor’s written and earned premiums for the five-month period reflect the effect of management’s decision not to renew accounts, such as certain commercial lines policies, considered to have performed poorly, as well as the preliminary effects of certain actions taken to terminate certain underperforming accounts and agents and to re-underwrite specified portions of the Predecessor’s book of business. Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses were $2.0 million for the five months ended May 31, 2001. Net favorable development of $4.8 million recognized in the five months ended May 31, 2001 reflects Potomac’s share of incurred losses and LAE ceded under the NICO Cover and the GRC Cover, which served to reduce Potomac’s incurred losses and LAE related to prior years.

      Net investment income totaled $1.1 million for the five months ended May 31, 2001, which included the impact resulting from a decision made by the Predecessor during the 2000 fourth quarter and 2001 first quarter to liquidate a large portion of its common equity portfolio in favor of additional investments in fixed maturities. Net realized gains from sales of investment securities and other investments totaled $4.7 million for the five months ended May 31, 2001, which resulted from the sale of a large portion of the Predecessor’s common equity portfolio during the 2001 first quarter.

      Insurance acquisition expenses for the five months ended May 31, 2001 include amounts resulting from the immediate recognition of certain deferred policy acquisition costs considered to be unrecoverable in future periods due to poor underwriting results in 2001 and 2000. Other underwriting expenses for the five months ended May 31, 2001 include the recording of pre-tax adjustments of $0.6 million to establish a liability relating to obligations associated with assigned risk exposures in New York in response to changes in the New York Automobile Insurance Plan and fees charged by Limited Assigned Distribution servicing carriers and also $0.2 million in allowances for doubtful accounts on insurance balances receivable relating to uncollectible receivables due from agents that had been terminated. In addition, other underwriting

42

expenses include amounts relating to employee benefit obligations, write-offs of non-utilizable software costs and litigation reserves recorded in the normal course of business.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      Potomac ceased its participation in the Pool effective as of January 1, 2004 and entered into reinsurance agreements whereby it ceded all of its direct insurance business to OneBeacon. As a result, Potomac no longer has any insurance assets or liabilities on a net basis and will not share in any favorable or unfavorable development of prior year losses recorded by the Pool after January 1, 2004 unless OneBeacon fails to perform on its reinsurance obligations.

      In 2004, Potomac’s sources of cash consist primarily of net investment income and proceeds from sales and maturities of investments. Potomac’s uses of cash are primarily investing expenses and the purchase of investments. Prior to January 1, 2004, the effective date of Potomac’s withdrawal from the Pool, its sources of cash also included premium collections and its uses included claim payments and operating expenses.

      Both internal and external forces influence Potomac’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Investment returns may be impacted by changing rates of inflation and other economic conditions.

      During 2002 Potomac declared and paid $3.0 million in cash dividends to OneBeacon and OneBeacon contributed $0.5 million in cash to Potomac. During the seven months ended December 31, 2001, OneBeacon contributed $4.0 million in cash to Potomac. During the five months ended May 31, 2001, OneBeacon contributed $0.3 million in cash to Potomac and forgave Potomac’s current tax payable at that date of $1.2 million. See Note 10 in the Notes to Potomac’s Audited Financial Statements.

      Below is a schedule of Potomac’s material contractual obligations and commitments at December 31, 2003:

(dollars in thousands)
	Due in 1 year		Due in 1 to 3		Due in 3 to 5		Due after 5
	or less		years		years		years		Total
Gross direct loss and LAE reserves	$	42,052	$	47,997	$	24,581	$	25,912	$	140,542

      In connection with the transfer and assumption agreement on January 1, 2004, Potomac commuted its liabilities assumed from OneBeacon; net loss and LAE reserves of $15,278, unearned insurance premiums of $4,097, other net insurance related assets of $77 and short-term investments of $19,298. Also commuted by OneBeacon under this de-pooling were its liabilities assumed from Potomac: ceded loss and LAE reserves of $140,542 and ceded unearned insurance premiums of $411.

      In connection with the transfer and assumption agreement, Potomac ceded to OneBeacon 100% of its direct liabilities on expired policies (loss and LAE reserves of $138,556).

      In connection with the reinsurance assumption agreement, Potomac ceded to OneBeacon 100% of its direct liabilities in inforce business (loss and LAE reserves of $1,986 and unearned insurance premiums of $411).

Related Party Transactions

      Potomac has a service contract with White Mountains Advisors LLC, or Advisors, a wholly-owned subsidiary of OneBeacon. Under this agreement, Advisors provides investment research and advice, including the execution of orders for the purchase and sale of securities. The amounts charged to Potomac by Advisors for such services are based on a fixed fee applied to the month-end market values of the investments being managed. See Note 10 in the Notes to Potomac’s Audited Financial Statements and Note 6 in the Notes to Potomac’s Unaudited Financial Statements.

43

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses Potomac’s financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The financial statements presented herein include all adjustments considered necessary by management to fairly present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Potomac. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

      On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to loss and LAE reserves, purchase accounting and related deferred credits and goodwill and reinsurance transactions. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.

      Management believes that its critical accounting policies affect its more significant estimates used in the preparation of its financial statements. The descriptions below are summarized and have been simplified for clarity.

Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses

      Potomac establishes loss and LAE that are estimates of amounts needed to pay claims and related expenses in the future for insured events that have already occurred. Reinsurance is an arrangement in which a reinsurance company contractually agrees to indemnify an insurance company for all or a portion of the insurance risks underwritten by the insurance company. Potomac establishes estimates of amounts recoverable from its reinsurers in a manner consistent with the claim liability covered by the reinsurance contracts, net of an allowance for uncollectible amounts. Net insurance loss reserves represent loss and LAE reserves reduced by reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses.

      In a broad sense, loss and LAE reserves have two components: (i) case reserves, which are reserves established within the claims function for claims that have been reported to Potomac and (ii) IBNR. Case reserves are estimated based on the experience and knowledge of claims staff regarding the nature and potential cost of each claim. OneBeacon’s claims staff periodically adjusts case reserves as additional information becomes known or payments are made. Generally accepted actuarial methods are used to project estimates of IBNR. Actuaries use a variety of statistical and analytical methods to determine estimates of IBNR, which are based, in part, on historical claim reporting and payment patterns. In estimating IBNR, actuaries consider all available information, including reinsurance protections, inflation and the effects of legal, social and legislative trends on future claim payments. Management exercises judgment based upon its knowledge of its business, review of the outcome of actuarial studies, historical experience and other factors to record an estimate it believes reflects Potomac’s expected ultimate unpaid loss and LAE and related reinsurance recoverables.

      Potomac commenced business in 1982 at which time it was licensed solely in Illinois and consequently started writing business on a very limited basis. Potomac expanded its writings as it gradually accumulated licenses in additional states during the next several years. During this time, the insurance industry came to recognize its exposure to asbestos and environmental hazards and took actions to mitigate such exposure through policy exclusions and underwriting restrictions. Therefore, Potomac has very little direct exposure to the large latent losses.

      Potomac was a net participant in the Pool through 2003. The Pool included several companies that had direct written business in those years when asbestos and environmental losses were not explicitly excluded by standard policy language. As a result, through 2003 Potomac did have net exposure to such losses as a result of its business assumed from the Pool.

      Through December 31, 2003, Potomac was a participant in the OneBeacon Amended and Restated Reinsurance (Pooling) Agreement. Potomac ceased its participation in the Pool effective as of January 1, 2004 and entered into reinsurance agreements whereby it ceded all of its direct insurance business to

44

OneBeacon. As a result, Potomac no longer has any insurance assets or liabilities on a net basis and will not share in any favorable or unfavorable development of prior year losses recorded by the Pool after January 1, 2004 unless OneBeacon fails to perform on its reinsurance obligations to Potomac.

      Potomac has stopped writing business and virtually all its policies have expired. Potomac’s direct liabilities were $115,771 at June 30, 2004 which were fully reinsured by OneBeacon. Approximately 90% of such liabilities relate to accident years 1995 through 2000 and are principally risks written on Commercial Multi-Peril and Workers’ Compensation policies.

      For further discussion of Potomac’s loss and LAE see Note 6 in the Notes to Potomac’s Audited Financial Statements and Note 5 in the Notes to Potomac’s Unaudited Financial Statements.

Direct Loss and LAE Reserves

      Potomac had been a net participant in inter-company pooling agreements until 2004. As of January 1, 2004, Potomac ceased its participation in the Pool and no longer has any assumed liabilities with respect to the Pool. At the time of de-pooling, Potomac also entered into a transfer and assumption agreement with its parent company, OneBeacon. Under this agreement, Potomac transferred all its direct liabilities on expired policies to OneBeacon and no longer reports any historical liabilities, direct, assumed or ceded. Under a separate reinsurance agreement, Potomac ceded 100% of its remaining direct liabilities on inforce business to OneBeacon.

      Since Potomac is no longer liable for any insurance liabilities assumed from the pooling agreement, the following disclosures have been prepared based on its direct gross loss and LAE reserves which have been determined as follows:

      Reconciliation of total loss reserves to gross direct reserves at December 31, 2003:

	December 31, 2003
	(dollars in
	thousands)
Total stated gross loss and LAE reserves	$	154,287
plus: fair value adjustment to loss and LAE reserves (1)		2,066
less: net loss and LAE reserves assumed from the Pool (2)		(15,811	)
Total direct gross loss reserves	$	140,542

(1)

In connection with purchase accounting for Potomac, Potomac was required to adjust to fair value its gross loss and LAE reserves by $3,234. This reduction to loss and LAE reserves is being accreted through an income statement charge over the period that the claims are expected to be settled. This adjustment represents the remaining fair value adjustment at December 31, 2003.

(2)

Through December 31, 2003, Potomac was a participant in the OneBeacon Amended and Restated Reinsurance (Pooling) Agreement. Under this agreement Potomac ceded all of its insurance assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses into the Pool and assumed a 0.5% share of the Pool’s assets and liabilities. As of January 1, 2004, Potomac ceased its participation in the Pool and entered into a transfer and assumption agreement whereby it reinsured all of its direct insurance business written with its parent. This adjustment represents the loss and LAE reserves associated with the Pooling Agreement which were ceded to Potomac’s parent at January 1, 2004.

45

      The following table summarizes Potomac’s direct gross loss reserves by line of business at December 31, 2003:

	December 31, 2003
	(dollars in
	thousands)
Workers compensation	$	76,127
Commercial multiple peril		41,804
Commercial automobile		11,002
Other		11,609
Total direct gross loss reserves	$	140,542

      The following table summarizes the range of Potomac’s recorded direct gross loss reserves by line of business at December 31, 2003:

	December 31, 2003
	Low		Recorded		High
	(dollars in thousands)
Workers compensation	$	70,479	$	76,127	$	82,225
Commercial multiple peril		40,575		41,804		54,895
Commercial automobile		10,161		11,002		11,984
Other		8,426		11,609		12,171
Total direct gross loss reserves	$	129,641	$	140,542	$	161,275

Exposure to Asbestos and Environmental Risks

      Potomac commenced business in 1982. At that time it was only licensed in Illinois and consequently started writing business on a very limited basis. It expanded its writings as it gradually accumulated licenses in additional states during the next several years. However, by this time (mid-to-late 1980’s) the insurance industry’s exposure to asbestos and environmental (A&E) hazards had been recognized and mitigated through policy exclusions and underwriting restrictions. Therefore, Potomac had very little direct exposure to the large latent losses and carried total direct gross A&E loss reserves of less than $600.

Reinsurance Transactions

      OneBeacon has entered into ceded reinsurance contracts from time to time to protect their businesses from losses due to poor risk diversification, to manage their operating leverage ratios and to limit ultimate losses arising from catastrophic events. Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with the claim liability associated with the reinsured policies. Amounts related to reinsurance contracts are recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 113, “Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance of Short-Duration and Long-Duration Contracts”.

      The collectibility of reinsurance recoverables is subject to the solvency and willingness to pay of the reinsurers. Potomac is selective in regard to its reinsurers, placing reinsurance principally with those reinsurers with strong financial condition, industry ratings and underwriting ability. Management monitors the financial condition and rating of its reinsurers on an ongoing basis.

Purchase Accounting and Related Deferred Credits

      As of December 31, 2001, Potomac had unamortized deferred credits of $3.1 million. Deferred credits represent the excess of the fair value of the net assets over the purchase price paid. These deferred credits resulted from White Mountains’ pre-July 1, 2001 acquisition activities which were accounted for in accordance with the treatment of a purchase business combination under Accounting Principles Board No. 16, “Business Combinations”, or APB 16. APB 16 calls for the net assets of the operations acquired to be recorded by White Mountains at their values on the date of acquisition. As further described in Note 3 to Potomac’s Audited Financial Statements, Potomac fully recognized its existing unamortized deferred credit balance of $3.1 million on January 1, 2002 as a change in accounting principle.

46

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

      Potomac’s balance sheet includes fixed maturity investments whose fair value is subject to market risk. The term market risk refers to the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates and other relevant market rates and prices. Market risk can have a significant effect on Potomac’s financial position as increases and decreases in prevailing interest rates generally translate into decreases and increases in fair values of fixed maturity investments, respectively.

      Potomac invests in interest rate sensitive securities, primarily debt securities. Potomac’s strategy is to purchase fixed maturity investments that are attractively priced in relation to perceived credit risks. Potomac’s fixed maturity investments are held as available for sale in accordance with SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”, whereby these investments are carried at fair value on the balance sheet with net unrealized gains or losses reported net of tax in a separate component of common shareholders’ equity. Potomac generally manages its interest rate risk associated with its portfolio of fixed maturity investments by monitoring the average duration of the portfolio, which allows Potomac to achieve an adequate yield without subjecting the portfolio to an unreasonable level of interest rate risk. Potomac’s fixed maturity portfolio has a duration of approximately 3 years and is comprised solely of investment grade U.S. government and agency securities (58%), corporate bonds (39%) and asset-backed securities (3%) which have received a rating of 1 or 2 by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

      The table below summarizes the estimated effects of hypothetical increases and decreases in market interest rates on Potomac’s fixed maturity portfolio:

							After-Tax
					Estimated Fair		Increase
	Fair Value at		Assumed Change		Value After		(Decrease)
	December 31,		in Relevant		Change in		in Carrying
$ in thousands	2003		Interest Rate		Interest Rate		Value
Fixed maturity investments	$	37,093		100 bp decrease	$	38,198	$	718
				50 bp decrease		37,669		374
				50 bp increase		36,593		(325	)
				100 bp increase		36,069		(666	)

      Potomac’s fixed maturity portfolio may also be affected by such factors as the credit worthiness of the issuer, prepayment options, relative values of alternative investments, the liquidity of the instrument and other general market conditions.

47

BUSINESS

      While we intend to operate our business as described in this prospectus, we are a company with no operating history. Changes in market conditions, the occurrence of catastrophic losses and other factors outside our control may require us to alter our anticipated methods of conducting our business, such as the nature, amount and types of risks we assume and the terms and limits of the products we write or intend to write.

Overview

      We are a specialty program commercial property and casualty insurance company that was formed in April 2003. We believe that we are different from other specialty insurance companies because we have created an innovative business model that emphasizes partner relationships with key agents knowledgeable in the types of programs we plan to underwrite. These programs typically serve niche groups of insureds that require highly specialized business knowledge of a business class to achieve underwriting profits. Historically, we believe that this segment of the industry has been underserved by most standard property and casualty insurance companies because they lack such specialized knowledge and are not willing to make the necessary investment to support specialty programs.

      We believe that we can capitalize on this underserved market in a number of ways. Since most standard market commercial insurers choose not to participate in the specialty market, competition in this area is based less on price than on availability, service and value. Generally, agents are paid by commission up-front. As a result, agents make money even if the insurance carrier does not make an underwriting profit. In addition, such agents historically have had underwriting authority and were responsible for handling claims. We believe that this system has not served carriers, the agents or insureds very well. Poor underwriting results have led to underwriting losses for carriers, and instability in the insurance market from carrier turnover. In turn, agents have incurred additional costs in searching for, and converting to, new carriers. Also, policyholders have experienced uncertainty regarding the placement of their coverage from year to year and the quality of service on their business.

      Our business model is designed to realign the interests of carriers, agents and insureds. Our efforts to provide superior service while keeping costs low include plans to enter into on-going arrangements with key agents, which we refer as our Partner Agents, each of which we expect to produce at least $20 million of annual written premiums. Our agreements with the Partner Agents provide that in exchange for marketing and pre-qualifying business for us, our Partner Agents will receive an up-front commission designed to cover their costs and an underwriting profit-based commission paid over several years. In addition, they will purchase or be purchasing equity in our company, with returns on their investment tied to our performance. We will provide our Partner Agents with a five-year exclusive arrangement (generally allowing Partner Agents to offer other companies’ products if we decline to offer coverage to a prospective insured) covering: a specific program, class of business and territory; a centralized information system designed to reduce processing and administrative time; and a stable, dedicated source of specialty program commercial property and casualty insurance capacity. The contracts have a perpetual term, but our Partner Agents may terminate our relationship with 180 days’ notice. To date, we have identified an initial group of eight Partner Agents that we believe to be the “best in class” in certain specialty programs.

      In addition, we believe that the experience of our executive officers will allow us to better serve the specialty program commercial property and casualty insurance market. Each member of our senior management team has more than 30 years of insurance industry experience and extensive contacts in the specialty program insurance industry. Our executive officers already have identified a core group of insurance professionals who can begin writing insurance policies as soon as possible after the completion of this offering. We plan to expand our management team to include other professionals with expertise in risk assessment and underwriting in the particular types of risks and industries we plan to insure.

      Before we can write insurance policies, we must be licensed. As part of our business plan, we have entered into a stock purchase agreement to acquire all of the outstanding shares of Potomac, which is licensed in 41 states and the District of Columbia, from OneBeacon.

48

      We have received a secure category indicative rating of “B+” (Very Good) from A.M. Best, which is the sixth highest of 15 rating levels. We believe that this rating would indicate A.M. Best’s opinion of our financial strength and ability to meet ongoing obligations of our future policyholders. The rating assignment will be subject to the completion of this offering on terms consistent with the representations we have made to A.M. Best. In addition, our rating is contingent upon the funding of our operating subsidiary to levels indicated by our management as well as the execution of all relevant transactions as described in this prospectus. The expected rating is not a guarantee of a final rating outcome. We expect that a final rating will be made once all necessary conditions and expectations set by A.M. Best are met to its satisfaction.

Industry Trends and Market Opportunities

      The property and casualty insurance industry has historically been cyclical. When excess underwriting capacity exists, increased competition generally results in lower pricing and less favorable policy terms and conditions for insurers. As underwriting capacity contracts, pricing and policy terms and conditions generally become more favorable for insurers. In the past, underwriting capacity has been impacted by several factors, including catastrophes, industry losses, recognition of reserve deficiencies, changes in the law and regulatory requirements, investment returns and the ratings and financial strength of competitors.

      We believe the insurance industry is currently recovering from a prolonged period of excess underwriting capacity. A decline in underwriting margins in the late 1980s and incidences of large natural catastrophes led to increases in rates and a recovery in industry profitability in the mid-to-late 1990s. As a result of favorable loss levels and strong investment returns beginning in 1995, the insurance industry experienced increased competition and industry capacity, driving property and casualty premium rates down. However, significant catastrophic losses in 1999 and the subsequent contraction of capacity in the market resulted in improvement in rates, terms and conditions for insurers beginning in 2000, as the demand for insurance has increased. We believe that these industry developments present us with an opportunity to provide needed underwriting capacity at attractive rates and upon terms and conditions favorable to us.

Recent Industry Developments

      The unprecedented events of September 11, 2001, combined with the problems confronting an industry weakened by years of inadequate pricing and increasingly broad policy terms, caused great disorder in the insurance industry. These events have caused a significant contraction of global underwriting capacity. Since insurers allocate capacity using their ratio of premiums to surplus, as rates go up and surplus remains unchanged, overall underwriting capacity shrinks. At the same time that capacity has declined, we believe that the demand for commercial insurance has increased, as insureds have become increasingly aware of their risk exposures.

      According to reports issued by A.M. Best and Swiss Re, from the beginning of 2001 through the end of 2003, capital available to write property and casualty insurance has been impaired by an estimated $240 billion to $260 billion in potential and realized underwriting and investment losses. This amount is equal to 34% to 37% of the approximately $700 billion estimated by Swiss Re to be available capital at the

49

end of 2000. The following table illustrates the estimated components of the impairment of industry capital:

	Amount
Estimated Components of Capital Impairment	($ in billions)
World Trade Center losses(1)	$	30-40
Reserve deficiencies(2)		75
Investment losses—Non-U.S.(3)		100-110
Net investment losses—U.S.(4)		35
Total potential impairment	$	240-260

(1)	Source: A.M. Best.
(2)	Source: A.M. Best. Represents the aggregate reserve deficiencies as of December 31, 2003.
(3)	Source: Swiss Re. This estimate includes losses of $60 billion in 2001 and an estimate of $40 to $50 billion of losses for the first 8 months of 2002.
(4)	Source: A.M. Best. This estimate includes net investment losses of $11.4 billion in 2001, $23.2 billion in 2002 and an estimate of net investment losses of $0 in 2003.

      There have been additions to industry capital in recent years from start-ups of new property and casualty insurers or otherwise. However, we believe that the capital raised in the industry during this period has been substantially less than reductions in capacity described above.

      Some of the principal factors that we believe are driving the reduced capacity include:

•  Record losses. The terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 were the largest insured catastrophe in the history of the insurance industry, with losses estimated to be $30 billion to $40 billion, according to A.M. Best. In addition, the effect of these losses has been compounded by other catastrophic losses such as the 2002 European floods.

•  Withdrawal from the market of certain insurers. In 2002 and 2003, several market participants either withdrew from particular business lines due to underwriting losses or significantly reduced their writings in these lines, further reducing the industry’s available underwriting capacity.

•  Significant shortfalls in reserves. According to A.M. Best, the property and casualty insurance industry had a reserve deficiency of about $75 billion as of December 31, 2003. The lines of business that were most deficient as of that date include workers’ compensation, medical malpractice, commercial multiperil, other types of liability insurance and excess of loss liability reinsurance. In addition, reserve shortfalls from asbestos and environment-related claims, referred to as A&E claims, and professional liability claims, as well as losses due to poor underwriting in the late 1990s, continue to require adjustments in the loss reserves of the property and casualty insurance industry. According to A.M. Best, the industry was under-reserved for A&E claims by approximately $45 billion as of year-end 2003. Core loss reserves, excluding A&E claims, are estimated by A.M. Best to have been deficient by approximately $29 billion at year-end 2003. Several major insurers have taken very large charges to earnings totaling an estimated $16.5 billion in 2003, with an additional $10 billion expected in 2004, according to A.M. Best.

•  Ratings declines. Unprecedented capital impairment has led to a continued decline in insurer ratings. A.M. Best issued 188 downgrades as opposed to 57 upgrades in the 12 months through July 2003, compared to 151 downgrades as opposed to 76 upgrades in the 12 months through July 2002. Further, Standard & Poor’s Corporation, Moody’s, A.M. Best and Fitch Ratings Ltd. have kept the commercial lines industry on negative outlook after many insurers posted disappointing 2002 and 2003 results.

50

•  Adverse investment returns and high-profile bankruptcies. A decline in global equity markets and significant credit losses, including losses caused by high profile bankruptcies such as Enron Corp., WorldCom, Inc., Adelphia Communications Corporation, US Airways Group, Inc., United Air Lines, Inc. and Parmalat S.p.A., have created an adverse investment environment for insurers. According to Swiss Re, non-U.S capital declined $100 to $110 billion from the end of 2000 until August 2002 due to the adverse investment environment. Similarly, A.M. Best estimates that U.S. realized and unrealized investment losses from the end of 2000 through the end of 2002 were $35 billion. In addition, the low interest rate environment has reduced the investment returns of insurers, emphasizing how important it is for insurance companies to adopt practices that promote sound underwriting to generate profits rather than relying on investment returns. Although we believe returns from investments in equity markets have recently improved, they are still below the returns achieved prior to the end of 2000.

•  Increased financial scrutiny of public companies. In 2002, high-profile corporate scandals led to a significant overhaul in corporate governance and increased scrutiny of financial results of public companies. We believe this increased scrutiny has led insurers to adopt a more conservative approach to reserving and has reduced the capacity that they are willing or able to offer.

      In addition, in 2004 several property and casualty insurance companies experienced significant losses associated with the unusually severe Florida hurricanes. According to the Insurance Information Institute, through September 30, 2004, insurance claims related to these Florida hurricanes are expected to exceed $22 billion.

Our Strategy

      We intend to attempt to capitalize on the opportunities created by the continued fluctuations in the insurance industry. Our strategy is to capitalize an insurance company, without loss exposures from historical operations, that has a strong capital base, experienced management and a knowledgeable team of specialty insurance professionals. We expect to produce above-average risk-adjusted returns through an alignment of interests with our Partner Agents and by maintaining control of our underwriting and claims processes. We believe that certain characteristics and features of our business model will enhance our competitive position:

•  Our management team’s extensive experience in the specialty insurance industry. Our senior management team includes Courtney C. Smith, Peter E. Jokiel, William S. Loder and Gary J. Ferguson. Each member of our senior management team has more than 30 years of insurance industry experience and extensive contacts in the specialty program insurance industry. Messrs. Smith, Jokiel, Loder and Ferguson have identified a core group of insurance professionals to join our company upon the completion of this offering. We expect that the experience of our management team will help us attract and retain committed Partner Agents with the skills needed to effectively market and pre-qualify business for us. The contacts and expertise that our management team has developed in the industry should provide us access to advantageous reinsurance relationships, which can provide long-term capacity to expand our business.

•  Our strong relationship with our established Partner Agents. Our Partner Agents are selected through a detailed screening process, including an independent actuarial analysis of each Partner Agent’s book of business, run by our management team in conjunction with Guy Carpenter. To date, we have entered into definitive agreements with three Partner Agents, which produced approximately $150 million in annual written premiums in 2003 in six programs (artisan contractors, general contractors, lessor’s risk property owners, small business workers’ compensation, towing and recovery operators and public entities). These programs include workers’ compensation, general liability, automobile and property lines of business coverage. We also have entered into non-binding letters of intent with five potential additional Partner Agents. We expect that our Partner Agents will seek to have most of this business written by us as the insurance policies come up for renewal. The current identified Partner

51

	Agents will provide a diverse group of programs that will spread our risk across several unrelated industry niches, including hospitality, public entity and vehicle service operators. We are currently working with Guy Carpenter to evaluate additional Partner Agents.
•	Our diverse portfolio of profitable specialty programs. We intend to offer insurance products and policies to specialty commercial programs that require detailed business and industry knowledge. Such products and policies are expected to include insurance for general contractors, artisan contractors, hospitality providers, the sports and leisure industry, certain workers’ compensation programs, towing and recovery service operators, public entities and other entities where highly specialized knowledge of a business class is required for successful underwriting. We believe that these lines of business require specialized expertise and have the potential to offer attractive risk-adjusted returns on capital through various business cycles. We expect to allocate our insurance capacity to those lines of business and programs that we believe offer us the best risk-adjusted return on capital.
•	Our ability to reduce costs by outsourcing of non-core functions. Our management team and professionals will focus on establishing our core operations, including underwriting and claims handling. In order to maintain our focus, we have contracted with Syndicated Services Company, Inc., or SSC, to manage our non-core functions. SSC, a subsidiary of R. K. Carvill & Co., Ltd., an international reinsurance intermediary, is a dedicated services company with an established track record in implementing, administering and managing back-office functions for commercial program business. SSC will provide services regarding policy administration, regulatory compliance and billings and collections. We expect that our arrangement with SSC will substantially reduce our fixed costs.
•	Our strong, unencumbered balance sheet. As a result of our acquisition strategy, we will be creating our company without loss exposures from historical operations. We have received a secure category indicative rating of “B+” (Very Good) from A.M. Best, which is the sixth highest of 15 rating levels. We believe this rating indicates A.M. Best’s opinion of our financial strength and our ability to meet ongoing obligations to our future policyholders. The rating assignment will be subject to the completion of this offering on terms consistent with the representations we made to A.M. Best. In addition, the rating assignment will be contingent upon the completion of this offering, the funding of our operating subsidiary to levels indicated by our management, as well as the execution of all relevant transactions as described in this prospectus. The expected rating is not a guarantee of a final rating outcome. We expect that a final rating will be made once all necessary conditions and expectations set by A.M. Best are met to its satisfaction.
•	Our common technology system. Our licensed, real-time technology system is being designed to allow our program teams to control underwriting, policy issuance and claims administration. The system also is expected to allow our Partner Agents to grant their retail agents access through each Partner Agent’s website. We believe that this centralized system will enable us to control all aspects of policy and claims processing while eliminating duplication of data. We anticipate that our system will encourage outstanding service response through our Partner Agents. Historically, an insurance company’s ability to efficiently underwrite and issue policies has been hampered by incompatible computer systems and the lack of ready access to policy and claims data. We believe that our technology system will reduce the time and cost required to rate and quote policies by enabling our program teams and Partner Agents to directly access information. We also believe that our system will allow us to increase premium accuracy through rapid and informed implementation of rate changes by eliminating duplicative manual processes.

The Acquisition

      In order to enter into an insurance business, new entities often acquire existing licensed insurance companies. The terms of such acquisitions typically include the retention by the selling entity of any liabilities of such companies incurred prior to the closing of the Acquisition. In a highly regulated industry

52

such as insurance, this approach allows a new company to acquire licenses in each state in which it plans to conduct business. Otherwise, a newly formed company would need to wait several years to complete the qualifications process in all states necessary to the conduct of its insurance business.

      As part of our business plan, on March 22, 2004 we entered into a stock purchase agreement to acquire all of the outstanding shares of Potomac from OneBeacon. Under the terms of the stock purchase agreement, we will acquire all of the issued and outstanding stock of Potomac for a purchase price equal to a cash payment of $10.5 million, plus the amount of Potomac’s statutory capital and surplus as of the closing date of the Acquisition (in the form of cash and short-investments presently estimated to be of $42.6 million). We expect to pay an aggregate of approximately $53 million to acquire all shares of Potomac.

      The Acquisition will occur simultaneously with, and our obligation and the sellers’ obligation to close the Acquisition will be conditioned upon, the closing of this offering. After the closing of the Acquisition, Potomac will become our wholly owned operating subsidiary.

      Potomac is licensed to conduct insurance business in 41 states and the District of Columbia. We consider these jurisdictions to be those that are important to our current business plan because they account for approximately 90% of the population of the United States. Potomac is not licensed in Hawaii, Maine, Minnesota, Montana, New Hampshire, North Carolina, Oregon, Tennessee and Wyoming. However, in the future we may apply for licenses in the states listed above. Failure to obtain such licenses or a significant delay in our obtaining such licenses could affect our future business plans.

      Potomac has entered into a transfer and assumption agreement with OneBeacon whereby all of Potomac’s liabilities, including all direct liabilities under existing insurance policies, were transferred to and assumed by OneBeacon.

      The legal requirements to transfer insurance obligations from one insurer to another, sometimes referred to as a novation, vary from state to state, generally based on the state in which the policy was issued. In some states, if certain notifications are made to policyholders and they do not object to the transfer within certain periods of time, they are deemed to have agreed to the transfer. In other states, policyholders must consent to the transfer in writing. Additionally in some states insurance regulatory approval is required in addition to policyholder consents.

      To the extent the legal requirements for novation have been met, OneBeacon will become directly liable to the policyholder for any claims arising from insured events under the policy, and Potomac’s obligation to the policyholder would cease. Accordingly, Potomac would extinguish any recorded liabilities to such policyholders and the related reinsurance recoverables, so no gain or loss would occur.

      Unless a novation is achieved, Potomac continues to be directly liable to policyholders for claims arising under their policies, but has reinsurance coverage from OneBeacon to reimburse Potomac for any such claims. Thus, Potomac would not experience any gains or losses with respect to such policies unless OneBeacon failed to honor its reinsurance obligation to Potomac.

      In the event of the failure to pay by OneBeacon, Potomac could experience losses which could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations. OneBeacon currently has a rating of “A” (Excellent) from A.M. Best, which is the third highest of 15 rating levels.

Historical Model

      Specialty commercial property and casualty insurance underwriting requires in-depth knowledge of a particular business class, and often personal knowledge of the participants in a business class. As a result, insurers rely on skilled agents to procure business. Such an agent generally is an outsourced underwriting department for the insurer. It markets to independent agents, processes submissions, selects risks, binds and issues policies on behalf of the insurer, and in some cases, handles claims on underwritten businesses. Such agents and insurers commonly work with a reinsurer, which participates in the pool of risks selected

53

by such agents. Without an insurer providing licensed policy paper and a reinsurer providing capacity, such agents are unable to service their independent agent clients, which ultimately affects the policyholders.

      Historically, insurance carriers have engaged key agents under long-term contracts to produce and underwrite businesses. This was done through each such agent’s proprietary policy issuance and management information systems, with claims adjustment assigned to third parties. Agents and such third parties were generously compensated through these arrangements, but the compensation was not linked to the underlying profitability of the business. We believe that this strategy has led to a lack of alignment of interests between carriers and agents. In addition, we believe that this system has resulted in weak underwriting and pricing controls, poor claims management and high costs due to the duplication of activities.

Our Model

      We believe that our strategy of developing relationships with Partner Agents is a fundamental shift in the way insurance companies do business. We are entering into contractual relationships with our Partner Agents in order to encourage them to work with us in building our portfolio of specialty program commercial property and casualty insurance business. A significant portion of the compensation paid to our Partner Agents will be directly tied to the underwriting profitability of their specific programs. In addition, the Partner Agents will purchase or be purchasing an equity interest in our company. We anticipate that each of the Partner Agents will have less than 1% of equity interest in our company as a result of this investment. We believe that offering an ownership interest to our Partner Agents will encourage them to direct business to us, regardless of future market cycles. We expect our Partner Agents to provide prequalified leads through their retail agents. We will retain control over underwriting and claims activities. In addition, we anticipate that all transaction processing will be done through our proprietary technology system in order to insure data integrity and efficiency. To date, we have entered into definitive agreements with three Partner Agents, which produced approximately $150 million in annual written premiums in 2003. We also have entered into non-binding letters of intent with five potential additional Partner Agents.

      The key features of our relationship with our Partner Agents are expected to be as follows:

•  Equity Ownership. Each Partner Agent will purchase, or will commit to purchase, shares of our Class B common stock. The Class B shares will become exchangeable, one-for-one with our common stock, five years after the effective date of the applicable Partner Agent agreement, as long as the Partner Agent’s contract is in force. These Class B shares will be subject to substantial restrictions on transferability during such period. If prior to five years after the effective date of the applicable Partner Agent agreement such Partner Agent’s contract is terminated, we may repurchase at the lower of cost or fair market value the Partner Agent’s Class B shares. If after five years following the effective date of the applicable Partner Agent agreement such Partner Agent’s contract is terminated, we may repurchase at fair market value the Partner Agent’s Class B shares. After five years from the closing date and for as long as the Partner Agent has an agency contract with us, such Partner Agent would be required to hold shares of Class B common stock worth at least 50% of its aggregate investment commitment in our Class B common stock. The terms of the Class B common stock will be similar in most respects to those of the common stock offered in this offering.

•  Commission. We plan to pay each Partner Agent an up-front commission designed to cover its costs, which commission is likely to be lower than they had been receiving from other companies previously. In exchange for this reduced commission, we would be responsible, through our own technology system, for policy issuance and administration, as well as for claims. In addition, each Partner Agent may receive a meaningful share of the underwriting profits for each of its programs, subject to a cap. In the event, in the first five years of the Partner Agent agreement, that the program and contract are terminated, for any reason, we will perform a final calculation to project future payout loss patterns and make a final payment

54

	of the outstanding profit commissions. If, after five years, the Partner Agent agreement is terminated, for any reason, the profit sharing calculations will be performed annually until all payout periods and earned profit sharing periods are satisfied. As a result of this structure, we believe that our Partner Agents will have a strong incentive to produce profitable business for us.
•	Partner Agent Advisory Committee and Capacity Allocation. Underwriting will be controlled by our underwriters, who will work with our Partner Agents to set specific underwriting rules, pricing parameters and required customer information by programs. As investors and partners, the Partner Agents will be a part of our partner agent advisory committee. We will approve any new Partner Agent, new programs and territorial assignment with input from the partner agent advisory committee. We believe that allowing our Partner Agents to provide input on new Partner Agents will create a team mentality and will encourage their involvement in the growth of our business.
•	Long-Term Contractual Commitment. Each Partner Agent will have an exclusive contractual arrangement with us. We will agree to write only that class of business and lines of business by program in a defined territory only with that Partner Agent. Our Partner Agents may have one or a number of their programs with us. We expect that we will be a significant percentage of our Partner Agents’ program business.
•	Common Technology System. All of our Partner Agents will use our technology system to process our business. Our goal is to reduce processing costs for us and our Partner Agents while allowing our program teams real time access and control of underwriting, claims handling and data management. The technology platform is being designed to be Internet-based and is expected to give retail agents access to our Partner Agents’ websites for program guidelines, quotes, binding, renewals and endorsements.

Our Contemplated Insurance Product Lines

      Our commitment to specialized commercial property and casualty underwriting requires market knowledge, experienced underwriters and diligent risk assessment. We intend to organize our company by specialty program under the direction of underwriting officers who are leaders in their respective fields. We intend to support these managers with advanced risk assessment capabilities and disciplined capital management. We expect that our insurance operations initially will focus on the following programs:

•  General Contractors Program. This program is intended to service general contractors with less than $8 million in annual revenue. Eligible accounts under this program include residential or commercial contractors that are involved in remodeling and tenant improvements, commercial building and residential home building (limited to those contractors who build no more than five homes of three stories or fewer per year). The program will offer only general liability coverage in the state of California.

•  Artisan Contractors Program. This program is intended to service artisan contractors with less than $500,000 in payroll expenses and $2,000,000 in annual revenues. We expect to limit participation in this program to 52 classes of relatively low-exposure contractors, such as:

•  Appliances and accessories (installation, servicing and repair);

•  Carpentry;

•  Driveways, parking areas or sidewalks (paving or repairing);

•  Electrical work (within buildings);

•  Heating and air conditioning systems or equipment (installation, service or repair);

55

•  Paper hanging; and

•  Plumbing.

These contractors perform non-structural work in connection with light industrial building and residential construction of less than three stories in height. The program will write only general liability coverage in the state of California.

•  Lessor’s Risk Program. Retail shopping centers, offices and industrial buildings are eligible for this program. This program allows coverage for buildings of up to $8,000,000 in value based on predefined underwriting guidelines for occupancy, age, construction and fire protection.

•  Southeastern Small Comp. This program is expected to be a heterogeneous workers’ compensation program of relatively low to moderate hazard grades (low to moderate exposure to loss). Accounts are to be based in Texas, Oklahoma, Louisiana, Tennessee and Georgia with an average annual premium of $35,000.

•  California Comp Program. This program will use technology to fully automate a disciplined underwriting approach to writing small workers’ compensation business initially in California. Our online product is expected to be available to small businesses of less than $25,000 in premium with relatively low hazard grades (low exposure to loss). We also expect to market workers’ compensation business in additional geographical areas where adequate pricing is expected to be achieved. Partner Agents will be selected on their prior experience and must demonstrate proven ability and knowledge in workers’ compensation.

•  Towing and Recovery Program. This program is intended to service professional towing operators who are garage operations with towing and recovery operators for hire and towing for auto auctions. The program will offer policies that will include property, inland marine, general liability, garage and automobile coverages.

•  Public Entity Program. This program is intended to service educational and municipal governmental entities. The targeted educational entities will be primary and secondary schools, community and junior colleges, and charter schools, all with an average daily attendance of 5,000 pupils. Targeted municipal entities would be municipalities with populations between 30,000 and 750,000 people and counties with populations between 50,000 and 1,000,000 people. The program will offer a package policy that will include property, general liability, automobile, crime, inland marine, public officials’ and educators’ legal liability, and wrongful acts coverages.

•  Comprehensive Employers Indemnity Program. This program is established only for Texas businesses that have chosen to “nonsubscribe” or “opt out” of the state’s workers’ compensation system. The program will offer broad coverages for injuries resulting from accidents, occupational disease or cumulative trauma. Injury benefits are paid under plans that must comply with the reporting, disclosure and fiduciary duty rules of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA.

•  Sports and Leisure Program. This program will specialize in the sports entertainment industry to include amateur sports, motor sports, professional sports and entertainment. The program will be offered utilizing a self-funded retention plan. Coverage will be afforded on a package policy to include property, general liability, automobile, crime, inland marine, liquor liability and employee benefits coverage.

•  Hospitality Program. This program is intended to service restaurants and the lodging industry. Such restaurants would include family style, casual and some fine dining establishments. The targeted lodging accounts will be standard full-service, nationally recognized hotels and motels, as well as small luxury boutique resorts with property values of less than $25 million. This program will offer a package policy that will include property, general liability, automobile, crime, inland marine, liquor liability and employee benefits coverages.

56

Reinsurance

      As part of our business strategy, prior to commencing our insurance business, we plan to enter into two core quota share reinsurance agreements, one to cover our casualty lines of business and the other relating to our property lines. Coverage of our casualty lines of business is expected to include general liability, auto liability, incidental professional liability and workers’ compensation. Coverage of our property lines of business is expected to include fire, allied lines, auto physical damage, inland marine, burglary and theft. We intend to purchase reinsurance from reinsurers that are rated at least “A-” (Excellent) or better by A.M. Best.

      Our reinsurance will be compensated by sharing premiums in the same proportions as losses. We expect that our reinsurers will pay a commission to us designed to cover our expenses of producing this business. We plan to retain liability under our reinsurance arrangements for 80% to 90% of the first $1 million of losses and 10% to 20% of the next $20 million to $30 million of losses under each of our property lines policies. We expect that we will utilize a similar structure with respect to our casualty lines policies, except we anticipate that we will only seek coverage for the first $6 million of losses per policy. We do not expect that we will write policies in our casualty lines with significant exposure above this amount.

Underwriting

      We expect to produce all of our business through our Partner Agents, and select our Partner Agents based on a shared underwriting philosophy. Our planned underwriting strategy will focus on strict control of underwriting, pricing, coverage, Partner Agent relationships and customer segmentation. Our primary underwriting goal will be to achieve profitable results through targeted permissible loss ratios complemented by a low expense ratio. Because we are unlikely to seek or obtain mid-term cancellations of existing policies produced by our Partner Agents, we will seek to transition policies over a 12-month period following the execution of each Partner Agent agreement as the policies are renewed, subject to our underwriting and pricing guidelines.

      Our underwriting philosophy has five components:

•  We carefully scrutinize prospective Partner Agents. We intend to contract only with agents that we believe have strong reputations and significant specialized knowledge of the market they serve. We expect that our Partner Agents will possess records of achievement in the industry, including minimum business volumes, attractive combined loss ratios and long-term relationships with their insurance carriers. We expect to grant Partner Agents program exclusivity so that Partner Agents will not market against each other. Partner Agents will be required to have the ability to expand their operations, have resources dedicated to selected programs and maintain minimum revenue levels. We expect that most of our Partner Agents will have a previous affiliation with members of our senior management or a referral from Guy Carpenter or an existing Partner Agent.

•  We plan to maintain strict control of our underwriting process. Our underwriters plan to work with each Partner Agent to develop specific underwriting strategies, pricing structure, acceptable coverage and initial customer requirements. Senior underwriting personnel experienced in specialty classes, pricing, coverage and multiple lines of business along with actuarial, claims and systems personnel will form a program team to work with each Partner Agent. In addition, we plan to develop a specific underwriting strategy for each customer segment. Each customer segment will include a demographic study of the number of prospective customers available, as well as the number of customers each Partner Agent expects to provide to us. We also expect to create eligibility guidelines, which will include size requirements for each account within the customer segment, acceptability for loss history, financial and ownership stability and adherence to loss prevention and safety practices. Ineligible operations will be identified and eliminated from the customer segment.

57

With the cooperation of the Partner Agents, each program team plans to conduct the market research and analysis to develop specific customer segments, line of business coverage guidelines and pricing requirements. Each customer segment or business opportunity will have minimum standards and business performance measures. An exit strategy will be devised to address situations, including weaknesses in the market, in which business goals and profitability cannot be met consistently. We will not allow our Partner Agents to set rates on any program. We expect to use in-house actuaries, as well as outside actuarial consultants, to validate the rating and pricing plans.

•  We will establish a Partner Agent Advisory Committee. Our partner agent advisory committee will review any new Partner Agent and peer review all Partner Agent underwriting results. Our partner agent advisory committee also will have input on new programs and territorial assignment. This will enable us to work with our Partner Agents to avoid channel conflicts and promote the growth of profitable programs.

•  We intend to use a centralized processing system to control data. We plan to use a centralized technology system to more efficiently quote, issue and manage insurance polices while controlling data from the first entry into the system. Our system is expected to provide transmission of account information from the retail agents to the Partner Agents and us. We plan to customize the system for each Partner Agent program and customer segment. We expect the system to allow our underwriters to provide approval of submissions at the point of entry using predetermined underwriting, pricing and coverage guidelines. Our underwriters would continue to oversee the underwriting process by having access to the system as the agents enter information and approve quotes. In selected circumstances, the system would receive and approve online quotes with minimal underwriter intervention, based on predetermined underwriting criteria. All data used to underwrite risk and to handle claims will be controlled by us rather than controlled by agents, third party administrators or other intermediaries.

•  We plan to conduct strict audit reviews. We expect that our operational and audit review process will include a Partner Agent review, a customer segment review and a line of business review. Our program performance management process will enable our management to preview a standard pricing profile and compare customer segments and lines of business with such standards. We plan to conduct program reviews quarterly, with interim reviews if necessary. Results will be quantified and reported to senior management and each Partner Agent, with a remediation plan to address any deficiencies. Our audit review teams will follow our internal audit guidelines and procedures, which include review of rate adequacy and authority and compliance guidelines, as well as a line of business analysis. Any Partner Agent that does not meet the acceptable standards after remediation will be presented before our senior management for an assessment review and possible termination.

Monitoring Rate Adequacy, Program Performance and Claims Control

          Monitoring Rate Adequacy

      We intend to develop estimated rate minimums, which would be designed to help achieve profitable results. Our rate monitoring methods will help us calculate expenses and profitability ratios and any allocated loss adjustment expenses. When rate adequacy begins to decline toward our minimum established guidelines, we expect to evaluate and exercise our pre-determined exit strategies, regardless of current loss or combined results.

      We believe that we need to focus on basic fundamentals in order for our business to be successful. This means that we must establish adequate rate levels and sound underwriting guidelines, as well as efficiently execute claims execution, to control our exposures and constantly analyze and manage our operations.

58

          Program Performance Management

      Our program performance management process will consist of a series of reports that will evaluate data associated with essential variables, and will measure production, rate adequacy, loss analysis, adherence to guidelines, claims activity and trends. Our program performance management process should allow us to analyze information for programs, lines of business, market segments, specific causes of loss, production source and classes of business. This program performance management process will be the primary tool used by our program managers, underwriters, actuaries, claims, Partner Agents and senior management to determine the changes and action plans we believe will be needed to maintain profitable results.

      We expect to produce monthly, quarterly and cumulative reports on-line, which can be reviewed by our program teams and the Partner Agents to keep track of program results, spot trends and take action where it is needed. Our program teams, Partner Agents and senior management will determine corrective actions needed to maintain profitability and achieve desired targets. This formal review process should enable us to take action quickly by program and determine if a program needs to be terminated according to the exit strategy agreement with each of our Partner Agents.

          Claims Control

      Claims control is a critical factor in driving company performance. We view our claims control as one of our core areas of expertise, and we do not expect to outsource our claims handling responsibility or control to an outside entity. We believe that assigning integrated teams in the claims, underwriting and actuarial areas to specific customer groups will produce the best results. By doing this, our claim handlers will become familiar with the uniqueness of customers and their businesses. This approach should encourage more insightful investigations, enhanced legal defenses and more efficient claims resolution. Also, we believe that improved communications between claims, underwriting and actuarial teams will enhance risk selection, timely revision of underwriting criteria and program stability.

      Each program will have its own unique severity screen that will require certain claims to be centrally managed. This will allow us to identify potential severity and put our most experienced staff in control of these cases. Also, this identification of potential severity should encourage involvement by reinsurers, who can provide us with added technical input in strategy development and case resolution. Finally, a corporate quarterly review of severity claims can be shared with our program teams, senior management and Partner Agents.

      We expect to be able to attract a highly experienced staff of claims professionals in Chicago due to our senior management’s experience and knowledge of the Chicago marketplace. Based on our on-going actuarial analysis of the Partner Agent programs that we have signed, we should be able to determine claims frequency and provide sufficient staffing accordingly.

      We believe that strong corporate controls make case reserving, claims handling quality and administrative compliance more predictable. We plan to prepare technical manuals to detail what is expected in claims handling and processing. This should provide a clear understanding of expectations and allow for a direct link with the audit processes.

Information Technology

      We are implementing an Internet-based technology system to allow our program teams and Partner Agents to control underwriting, policy issuance and claims administration. We believe that this centralized system, simultaneously accessible to us and our Partner Agents, will help us to reduce high processing costs and eliminate duplication of data.

      Historically, various parties to an insurance contract have stored data relating to the same transaction in their proprietary systems. As a result, we believe they have been unable to effectively integrate this information, which has resulted in difficulties with resolving disputes. We believe that processing insurance transactions should be user friendly and fully automated. Our objective is to use a system that would

59

provide a real-time communication link with our Partner Agents and improve data communication throughout our company.

      We believe our system will enable retail agents to access our Partner Agents’ websites for program guidelines, quotes, binding, policy issuance and maintenance, renewals, claims inquiry, loss control requirements and marketing information. The system would allow for electronic transfer from the retail agent, through a secure site, of all necessary information to qualify, underwrite, rate, quote, bind and process our business. A Partner Agent would then have control of the initial policy writing processes, allowing it to decline, accept or submit business from the retail agent based on our program guidelines. Concurrently, we would have the ability to access and report on the data created by each Partner Agent, as well as gauge each Partner Agent’s performance. In addition, we expect to be able to use our system for marketing, loss control information, regulatory compliance, policy issuance requests, cancellation status reports, billing and accounting processes, loss runs, online claims management, automated renewal processing, internal actuarial information and financial reporting.

      Our development of a technology-based policy administration system will be the largest technology investment that we expect to make and will be critical to the successful implementation of our business plan. We expect the system to be substantially implemented during the remainder of 2004. We have licensed software from SunGard for our policy processing on May 19, 2004 and AscendantOne for our rating technology on May 20, 2004. Our contract with SunGard is a perpetual, non-exclusive license. Through September 30, 2004, we have paid SunGard approximately $393,000 and expect to pay them an additional approximate amount of $825,000 for licensing and maintenance. Our agreement with AscendantOne is a five year non-exclusive license with automatic one-year renewals. Through September 30, 2004, we have paid AscendantOne approximately $32,500 and expect to pay approximately $930,000 over five years with the option to renew annually for approximately $190,000 for licensing and maintenance. Both contracts can be terminated if we fail to pay fees, to materially comply with our contract or we enter into bankruptcy proceedings. We have also contracted with SunGard and AscendantOne to provide us professional services on an hourly basis as part of our implementation.

Outsourcing Arrangements

      A major strategy for us will be to employ only professionals in core functions that we believe are key to our success, such as program managers, underwriters, actuarial staff, claims professionals, financial/accounting professionals and systems managers. All other non-core functions will be outsourced for day-to-day handling, with the accountability for critical decisions maintained by us.

      Currently, we have entered into an arrangement with SSC for administrative and operational support. We believe that SSC is uniquely situated to provide us with the resources and experience necessary in order to develop and implement our Partner Agent program strategy.

      SSC will provide us with expertise, support and service in the following key areas:

•  Program administration;

•  Form, rate and rules filings;

•  Billing and accounting for collections;

•  Regulatory compliance; and

•  Information systems and services.

      The integration of SSC into our innovative business strategy will give us immediate assistance in our outsourcing needs and, on a long-term basis, will help us to build a comprehensive system of management capabilities and controls.

      Our agreement with SSC, dated November 1, 2003, is for a term of 26 months. As of the date of this prospectus, we have paid SSC an initial fee of $0.5 million. We will pay SSC approximately $4.3 million for the remainder of the 2004 calendar year. For the 2005 calendar year, we will pay SSC a fee of

60

approximately $8.7 million in equal monthly installments, commencing January 1, 2005. We and SSC will review SSC’s costs as of December 31, 2004 to determine if the 2005 calendar year payment should be increased. Either we or SSC can terminate the agreement at any time after October 1, 2005 upon 90 days’ written notice.

      We also are in negotiations with other vendors for investment management assistance, benefits, payroll and human resources support, and other needs as we deem appropriate.

Investment Philosophy

      We expect to concentrate on highly liquid and highly rated investments, primarily in fixed income securities, with reasonably short durations. Initially, we expect our portfolio to consist of taxable bonds to average in the three- to five-year duration range. We expect that we will have no significant investment or industry concentrations. Our strategy will consider liability durations and provide for unseen cash outflow needs. We anticipate that we will use primarily external investment managers with significant assets under management and experience in insurance company portfolio requirements.

Competition

      We expect to compete with a large number of major U.S. and non-U.S. insurers such as AIG, Travelers, CNA and ACE in our selected lines of business such as workers’ compensation, automobile liability, general liability and limited property coverages. We expect to face competition both from specialty insurance companies, underwriting agencies and intermediaries, as well as diversified financial services companies such as W.R. Berkley Corporation, Markel, Philadelphia Consolidated Holding and RLI. In addition, other newly formed and already-existing insurance companies such as Arch, Meadowbrook and Argonant, may be preparing to enter the same market segments in which we expect to compete. Since we have no operating history, we expect that our competitors will have greater name and brand recognition than we expect to have. Many of them also have higher financial strength and ratings assigned by independent ratings agencies and more (in some cases substantially more) capital and greater marketing and management resources than we expect to have and may offer a broader range of products and more competitive pricing than we expect to, or will be able to, offer.

      We expect that our competitive position will be based on many factors, including our perceived financial strength, ratings assigned by independent rating agencies, geographic scope of business, client relationships, premiums charged, contract terms and conditions, products and services offered (including the ability to design customized programs), speed of claims payment, reputation, experience and qualifications of employees, and local presence. We expect to be able to choose types and lines of businesses (tow trucks, workers’ compensation) that do not require “A” level A.M. Best ratings. We will work with a limited number of Partner Agents which will enable us to provide them with customized approaches to their business and give them long term (five years) exclusive arrangements. Our systems capability is designed for this business which enables us to change and adapt quicker to changes in the marketplace. Since we have not yet commenced operations, we may not be able to compete successfully on many, or any, of these bases.

      Conversely, we believe that as a result of the previous decline in the insurance market, and to take advantage of current market improvements, some companies have eliminated program business or have significantly reduced the size of their program business in order to concentrate on their core businesses. Some of the companies that had been a significant presence in the program business have ceased operations. We believe that our emphasis on specialty program commercial property and casualty insurance business, and in particular the way we plan to structure our operations through relationships with our Partner Agents, will help fill this void in the marketplace for program business.

Employees

      Shortly after the completion of this offering, we expect to hire 10 to 20 full-time employees in the areas of program management, underwriting, claims adjusting, actuarial, financial and accounting services,

61

systems management and administration. We have hired, effective upon the completion of this offering, a chief information officer who has 20 years of experience in programming, developing and managing software and hardware for various businesses. In addition, we have hired, effective upon the completion of this offering, a general counsel who has 10 years of experience in transactional corporate, real estate and securities law practice areas, who recently served as general counsel of a technology company specializing in the insurance industry. We also have hired, effective upon the completion of this offering, three program directors and expect to hire a fourth program director upon completion of this offering, each of whom has more than 20 years of property and casualty insurance industry experience.

      Michael J. Nejman has over 25 years of experience in the property/casualty insurance industry. Mr. Nejman was the Senior Financial Officer for CNA’s commercial middle market business unit. His responsibilities included providing direction to CNA’s Commercial Affiliation Marketing, or CAM, programs. Subsequently, Mr. Nejman had executive profit and loss responsibility for five niche market specialty business units.

      Daniel A. Cacchione has over 20 years of experience in the property/casualty insurance industry. Mr. Cacchione has considerable experience in developing and managing affinity group insurance business, primarily through CNA’s CAM Division, where he served as Senior Vice President.

      Diane Melton has 24 years of experience in the property/casualty insurance industry. Ms. Melton has considerable underwriting experience, including at Texas Mutual Insurance Company, where she served as director of underwriting. At Texas Mutual, Ms. Melton restructured underwriting discipline and was responsible for expense, premium and strategic planning and reinsurance for $680 million of workers’ compensation business.

      In addition, we expect to have approximately 40 employees of SSC involved in varying degrees in our business operations. As our business grows, we would add appropriate additional staff.

Facilities

      Currently we are working out of temporary office space in Dallas. We expect to locate to Chicago after the completion of this offering and we currently are identifying office space. We have chosen Chicago due to its central location, good transportation and readily available source of insurance professionals. Further, members of our senior management have worked or live in Chicago and, as a result, are familiar with the business environment of that city.

Legal Proceedings

      We are not currently a party to any material legal proceeding.

Ratings

      Our financial strength will be regularly reviewed by independent rating agencies, who assign a rating based upon items such as results of operations, capital resources and minimum policyholders’ surplus requirements. We have received a secure category indicative rating of “B+” from A.M. Best. See “Risk Factors— We have received a secure category indicative rating of “B+” (Very Good) from A.M. Best. A poor final rating or a future downgrade in our rating could affect our competitive position with customers and our indicative rating may put us at a disadvantage with higher-rated carriers.”

      Some agents may be unwilling or unable to write certain lines of business with us because of our indicative rating. We may seek to enter into fronting arrangements under which policies may be nominally written by a higher-rated insurer to allow our Partner Agents to produce business in these lines, but there can be no assurances that these arrangements will be available at a reasonable price or acceptable to agents. In addition, the cost of these arrangements will reduce our operating profit.

62

REGULATION

      We intend to develop our business through our subsidiary. As of the closing of this offering, Potomac is licensed to conduct insurance business in 41 states and the District of Columbia. All of the issued and outstanding stock of Potomac will be owned by us.

General

      Our operating subsidiary is subject to detailed regulation throughout the United States. Although there is limited federal regulation of the insurance business, each state has a comprehensive system for regulating insurers operating in that state. The laws of the various states establish supervisory agencies with broad authority to regulate, among other things, licenses to transact business, premium rates for certain coverages, trade practices, market conduct, agent licensing, policy forms, underwriting and claims practices, reserve adequacy, transactions with affiliates and insurer solvency. Many states also regulate investment activities on the basis of quality, distribution and other quantitative criteria. Further, most states compel participation in and regulate composition of various shared market mechanisms. States also have enacted legislation that regulates insurance holding company systems, including acquisitions, dividends, the terms of affiliate transactions, and other related matters. Our operating subsidiary is domiciled in Illinois.

      Insurance companies also are affected by a variety of state and federal legislative and regulatory measures and judicial decisions that define and qualify the risks and benefits for which insurance is sought and provided. These include redefinitions of risk exposure in such areas as product liability, environmental damage and workers’ compensation. In addition, individual state insurance departments may prevent premium rates for some classes of insureds from reflecting the level of risk assumed by the insurer for those classes. Such developments may result in adverse effects on the profitability of various lines of insurance. In some cases, these adverse effects on profitability can be minimized, when possible, through the repricing of coverages if permitted by applicable regulations, or the limitation or cessation of the affected business, which may be restricted by state law.

      Most states have insurance laws requiring that property and casualty rate schedules, policy or coverage forms, and other information be filed with the state’s regulatory authority. In many cases, such rates and/or policy forms must be approved prior to use. A few states have recently considered or enacted limitations on the ability of insurers to share data used to compile rates.

      Insurance companies are required to file detailed annual reports with the state insurance regulators in each of the states in which they do business, and their business and accounts are subject to examination by such regulators at any time. In addition, these insurance regulators periodically examine each insurer’s financial condition, adherence to statutory accounting practices, and compliance with insurance department rules and regulations.

      Applicable state insurance laws, rather than federal bankruptcy laws, apply to the liquidation or reorganization of insurance companies.

Insurance Regulation Concerning Change or Acquisition of Control

      The insurance regulatory codes in our operating subsidiary’s domiciliary state contain provisions (subject to certain variations) to the effect that the acquisition of “control” of a domestic insurer or of any person that directly or indirectly controls a domestic insurer cannot be consummated without the prior approval of the domiciliary insurance regulator. In general, a presumption of “control” arises from the direct or indirect ownership, control, possession with the power to vote or possession of proxies with respect to 10% or more of the voting securities of a domestic insurer or of a person that controls a domestic insurer. A person seeking to acquire control, directly or indirectly, of a domestic insurance company or of any person controlling a domestic insurance company generally must file with the relevant insurance regulatory authority a statement relating to the acquisition of control containing certain information required by statute and published regulations and provide a copy of such statement to the

63

domestic insurer and obtain the prior approval of such regulatory agency for the acquisition. In addition, certain state insurance laws contain provisions that require pre-acquisition notification to state agencies of a change in control of a non-domestic insurance company admitted in that state. While such pre-acquisition notification statutes do not authorize the state agency to disapprove the change of control, such statutes do authorize certain remedies, including the issuance of a cease and desist order with respect to the non-domestic admitted insurer doing business in the state if certain conditions exist, such as undue market concentration.

Regulation of Dividends and Other Payments from Our Operating Subsidiary

      We are a legal entity separate and distinct from our subsidiary. As a holding company with no other business operations, our primary sources of cash to meet our obligations, including principal and interest payments with respect to indebtedness, will be available dividends and other statutorily permitted payments, such as tax allocation payments and management and other fees, from our operating subsidiary. Our operating subsidiary will be subject to various state statutory and regulatory restrictions, including regulatory restrictions that are imposed as a matter of administrative policy, applicable generally to any insurance company in its state of domicile, which limit the amount of dividends or distributions an insurance company may pay to its stockholders without prior regulatory approval. The restrictions are generally based on certain levels or percentages of surplus, investment income and operating income, as determined in accordance with SAP, which differ from GAAP. Generally, dividends may be paid only out of earned surplus. In every case, surplus subsequent to the payment of any dividends must be reasonable in relation to an insurance company’s outstanding liabilities and must be adequate to meet its financial needs.

      Illinois law provides that no dividend or other distribution may be declared or paid at any time except out of earned surplus, rather than contributed surplus. A dividend or other distribution may not be paid if the surplus of the domestic insurer is at an amount less than that required by Illinois law for the kind or kinds of business to be transacted by such insurer, nor when payment of a dividend or other distribution by such insurer would reduce its surplus to less than such amount. A domestic insurer, which is a member of a holding company system, must report to the insurance director, or the Director, all ordinary dividends or other distributions to stockholders within five business days following the declaration and no less than 10 business days prior to the payment thereof.

      Illinois law further provides that no domestic insurer, which is a member of a holding company system, may pay any extraordinary dividend or make any other extraordinary distribution to its securityholders until: (1) 30 days after the Director has received notice of the declaration thereof and has not within such period disapproved the payment; or (2) the Director approves such payment within the 30-day period. Illinois law defines an extraordinary dividend or distribution as “any dividend or distribution of cash or other property whose fair market value, together with that of other dividends or distributions, made within the period of 12 consecutive months ending on the date on which the proposed dividend is scheduled for payment or distribution exceeds the greater of: (a) 10% of the company’s surplus as regards policyholders as of the 31st day of December next preceding, or (b) the net income of the company for the 12-month period ending the 31st day of December next preceding, but does not include pro rata distributions of any class of the company’s own securities.”

      If insurance regulators determine that payment of a dividend or any other payments to an affiliate (such as payments under a tax-sharing agreement or payments for employee or other services) would, because of the financial condition of the paying insurance company or otherwise, be hazardous to such insurance company’s policyholders, the regulators may prohibit such payments that would otherwise be permitted without prior approval.

Statutory Surplus and Capital

      In connection with the licensing of insurance companies, an insurance regulator may limit or prohibit the writing of new business by an insurance company within its jurisdiction when, in the regulator’s judgment, the insurance company is not maintaining adequate statutory surplus or capital. We do not

64

currently anticipate that any regulator would limit the amount of new business that our operating subsidiary may write.

Risk-Based Capital

      In order to enhance the regulation of insurer solvency, the NAIC adopted in December 1993 a formula and model law to implement risk-based capital requirements for property and casualty insurance companies. These risk-based capital requirements are designed to assess capital adequacy and to raise the level of protection that statutory surplus provides for policyholder obligations. The risk-based capital model for property and casualty insurance companies measures three major areas of risk facing property and casualty insurers:

•  underwriting, which encompasses the risk of adverse loss developments and inadequate pricing;

•  declines in asset values arising from credit risk; and

•  declines in asset values arising from investment risks.

      Under the approved formula, an insurer’s statutory surplus is compared to its risk-based capital requirement. If this ratio is above a minimum threshold, no company or regulatory action is necessary. Below this threshold are four distinct action levels at which a regulator can intervene with increasing degrees of authority over an insurer as the ratio of surplus to risk-based capital requirement decreases. The four action levels include:

•  insurer is required to submit a plan for corrective action;

•  insurer is subject to examination, analysis and specific corrective action;

•  regulators may place insurer under regulatory control; and

•  regulators are required to place insurer under regulatory control.

Accreditation

      The NAIC has instituted its Financial Regulatory Accreditation Standards Program, or FRASP, in response to federal initiatives to regulate the business of insurance. FRASP provides a set of standards designed to establish effective state regulation of the financial condition of insurance companies. Under FRASP, a state must adopt certain laws and regulations, institute required regulatory practices and procedures, and have adequate personnel to enforce these laws and regulations in order to become an “accredited” state. Accredited states are not able to accept certain financial examination reports of insurers prepared solely by the regulatory agency in an unaccredited state.

NAIC IRIS Ratios

      In the 1970s, the NAIC developed a set of financial relationships or “tests” called the Insurance Regulatory Information System, or IRIS, that were designed to facilitate early identification of companies that may require special attention by insurance regulatory authorities. Insurance companies submit data on an annual basis to the NAIC, which in turn analyzes the data utilizing ratios covering 12 categories of financial data with defined “usual ranges” for each category. An insurance company may fall out of the usual range for one or more ratios because of specific transactions that are in themselves immaterial or eliminated at the consolidated level. Generally, an insurance company may become subject to increased scrutiny if it falls outside the usual ranges on four or more of the ratios.

Investment Regulation

      Our operating subsidiary is subject to state laws and regulations that require diversification of investment portfolios and that limit the amount of investments in certain investment categories. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may cause non-conforming investments to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring statutory surplus and, in some instances, would require

65

divestiture. As of December 31, 2003, we believe our investments complied with such laws and regulations in all material respects.

Guaranty Funds and Assigned Risk Plans

      Most states require all admitted insurance companies to participate in their respective guaranty funds that cover various claims against insolvent insurers. Solvent insurers licensed in these states are required to cover the losses paid on behalf of insolvent insurers by the guaranty funds and generally are subject to annual assessments in the state by its guaranty fund to cover these losses. Some states also require licensed insurance companies to participate in assigned risk plans that provide coverage for automobile insurance and other lines for insureds that, for various reasons, cannot otherwise obtain insurance in the open market. This participation may take the form of reinsuring a portion of a pool of policies or the direct issuance of policies to insureds. The calculation of an insurer’s participation in these plans is usually based on the amount of premium for that type of coverage that was written by the insurer on a voluntary basis in a prior year. Participation in assigned risk pools tends to produce losses that result in assessments to insurers writing the same lines on a voluntary basis.

Credit for Reinsurance

      A primary insurer ordinarily will enter into a reinsurance agreement only if it can obtain credit for the reinsurance ceded on its statutory financial statements. In general, credit for reinsurance is allowed in the following circumstances:

•  if the reinsurer is licensed in the state in which the primary insurer is domiciled or, in some instances, in certain states in which the primary insurer is licensed;

•  if the reinsurer is an “accredited” or otherwise approved reinsurer in the state in which the primary insurer is domiciled or, in some instances, in certain states in which the primary insurer is licensed;

•  in some instances, if the reinsurer (1) is domiciled in a state that is deemed to have substantially similar credit for reinsurance standards as the state in which the primary insurer is domiciled and (2) meets financial requirements; or

•  if none of the above apply, to the extent that the reinsurance obligations of the reinsurer are secured appropriately, typically through the posting of a letter of credit for the benefit of the primary insurer or the deposit of assets into a trust fund established for the benefit of the primary insurer.

Statutory Accounting Principles

      Statutory accounting principles, or SAP, is a basis of accounting developed to assist insurance regulators in monitoring and regulating the solvency of insurance companies. It is primarily concerned with measuring an insurer’s surplus to policyholders. Accordingly, statutory accounting focuses on valuing assets and liabilities of insurers at financial reporting dates in accordance with appropriate insurance law and regulatory provisions applicable in each insurer’s domiciliary state.

      GAAP is concerned with a company’s solvency, but it is also concerned with other financial measurements, such as income and cash flows. Accordingly, GAAP gives more consideration to appropriate matching of revenue and expenses and accounting for management’s stewardship of assets than does SAP. As a direct result, different assets and liabilities and different amounts of assets and liabilities will be reflected in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP as opposed to SAP.

      Statutory accounting practices established by the NAIC and adopted, in part, by state insurance departments will determine, among other things, the amount of our statutory surplus and statutory net income, which will affect, in part, the amount of funds our operating subsidiary has available to pay dividends to us.

66

Federal Regulation

      Although state regulation is the dominant form of regulation for insurance and reinsurance business, the federal government has shown increasing concern over the adequacy of state regulation. It is not possible to predict the future impact of any potential federal regulations or other possible laws or regulations on our capital and operations, and the enactment of such laws or the adoption of such regulations could materially adversely affect our business.

      The Gramm Leach Bliley Act, or GLBA, which made fundamental changes in the regulation of the financial services industry in the United States, was enacted on November 12, 1999. The GLBA permits the transformation of the already converging banking, insurance and securities industries by permitting mergers that combine commercial banks, insurers and securities firms under one holding company, a “financial holding company.” Bank holding companies and other entities that qualify and elect to be treated as financial holding companies may engage in activities, and acquire companies engaged in activities, that are “financial” in nature or “incidental” or “complementary” to such financial activities. Such financial activities include acting as principal, agent or broker in the underwriting and sale of life, property, casualty and other forms of insurance and annuities.

      Until the passage of the GLBA, the Glass-Steagall Act of 1933 had limited the ability of banks to engage in securities-related businesses, and the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, had restricted banks from being affiliated with insurers. With the passage of the GLBA, among other things, bank holding companies may acquire insurers and insurance holding companies may acquire banks. The ability of banks to affiliate with insurers may affect our product lines by substantially increasing the number, size and financial strength of potential competitors.

      In response to the tightening of supply in some insurance markets resulting from, among other things, the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, or TRIA, was enacted to ensure the availability of insurance coverage for terrorist acts in the United States. This law establishes a $100 billion federal assistance program through the end of 2005 to help the commercial property and casualty insurance industry cover claims related to certified acts of terrorism, regulates the terms of insurance relating to terrorism coverage and requires some U.S. commercial property and casualty insurers to make available to their policyholders terrorism insurance coverage for certified acts of terrorism at the same limits and terms as is available for other coverages. Exclusions or sub-limit coverage for certified acts of terrorism may be established, but solely at the discretion of the insured.

      A certified act of terrorism is defined by TRIA as an act of terrorism, resulting in aggregate losses greater than $5 million, that is violent or dangerous to human life, property or infrastructure, resulting in damage within the United States or its territories and possessions, or outside the United States in the case of a U.S. flagged vessel, air carrier or mission, committed by an individual or individuals acting on behalf of any foreign person or foreign interest in an effort to coerce the U.S. civilian population or influence the policy of or affect the U.S. government’s conduct by coercion. We currently are unable to predict the extent to which TRIA may affect the demand for our products or the risks that may be available for us to consider underwriting. The extent to which coverage for acts of terrorism will be offered by the insurance and reinsurance markets in the future is uncertain and we may or may not offer such coverage in the future.

Legislative and Regulatory Proposals

      From time to time, various regulatory and legislative changes have been proposed in the insurance and reinsurance industry. These proposals have included the possible introduction of federal regulation in addition to, or in lieu of, the current system of state regulation of insurers. We are unable to predict whether any of these or other proposed laws and regulations will be adopted, the form in which any such laws and regulations would be adopted, or the effect, if any, these developments would have on our operations and financial condition.

67

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

      Our directors and executive officers are as follows:

Name	Age		Position
Courtney C. Smith		56	Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
Peter E. Jokiel		57	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director
William S. Loder		55	Senior Vice President, Chief Underwriting Officer and Secretary
Gary J. Ferguson		60	Senior Vice President and Chief Claims Officer
Robert E. Dean		53	Director
Raymond C. Groth		57	Director
Robert H. Whitehead		70	Director
Russell E. Zimmermann		64	Director

      Courtney C. Smith – Chief Executive Officer, President and Director. Mr. Smith was appointed as our President and a director in April 2003 and as our Chief Executive Officer in December 2003. Mr. Smith has 32 years of experience in the property and casualty insurance industry. From April 1999 to April 2002, Mr. Smith was Chief Executive Officer and President of TIG Specialty Insurance, or TIG, a leading specialty insurance underwriter. While at TIG, Mr. Smith was instrumental in restructuring the company and changed TIG from an outsourced company to a controlled program specialty company. From November 1992 to March 1999, Mr. Smith was Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Coregis Group, Inc., an insurer specializing in program business consolidated from the various Crum & Forster companies. Prior thereto, he served in various executive positions at Industrial Indemnity, AIG and Hartford Insurance Group. Mr. Smith is a member of the Society of Chartered Property and Casualty Underwriters, served on the advisory board of Illinois State University’s Katie Insurance School, was a member of the board of directors of the Alliance of American Insurers and was a trustee of American Institute of CPCU/ Insurance Institute of America.

      Peter E. Jokiel – Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director. Mr. Jokiel was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and a director in December 2003 and was appointed as our Executive Vice President in June 2004. Mr. Jokiel has over 30 years experience in the insurance industry. From April 1997 to January 2001, Mr. Jokiel was President and Chief Executive Officer of CNA Financial Corporation’s life operations. From November 1990 to April 1997, he was Chief Financial Officer of CNA Financial Corporation, or CNA. Prior to that time, Mr. Jokiel served in various senior management positions at CNA and was an accountant at Touche Ross & Co. in Chicago. He is a certified public accountant and is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Illinois Society of CPAs. Mr. Jokiel is a past member of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force and the AICPA Insurance Companies Committee.

      William S. Loder – Senior Vice President, Chief Underwriting Officer and Secretary. Mr. Loder was appointed as our Secretary in April 2003 and as our Senior Vice President and Chief Underwriting Officer in December 2003. Mr. Loder has over 30 years of experience in the insurance industry. From July 2000 to July 2002, Mr. Loder worked for TIG Specialty Insurance, where he was responsible for corporate strategies, planning and company underwriting. From May 1977 to July 2000, he was President of the CNA office in Atlanta, where he had management responsibility for all insurance lines for production, profit, claims and policy services. Prior to that time, Mr. Loder held executive positions at CNA and Aetna Life & Casualty.

      Gary J. Ferguson – Senior Vice President and Chief Claims Officer. Mr. Ferguson was appointed our Senior Vice President and Chief Claims Officer in December 2003. From February 2002 to July 2003,

68

Mr. Ferguson was managing director responsible for claims functions at TIG Specialty Insurance. From December 1997 to October 2001, Mr. Ferguson served as Senior Vice President for Zenith Insurance Company. Mr. Ferguson served as Chief Claims Officer of Coregis Group, Inc. from July 1992 to December 1997. From July 1966 to July 1992, he held senior claims positions at Crum & Forster and Industrial Indemnity. Mr. Ferguson has 38 years of experience in the insurance industry.

      Robert E. Dean – Director. Mr. Dean was named a director of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. in May 2004. Mr. Dean is a private investor. From October 2000 to December 2003, Mr. Dean was a Managing Director of Ernst & Young Corporate Finance LLC, a wholly owned broker-dealer subsidiary of Ernst & Young LLP, serving as member of the Board of Managers from December 2001 to December 2003. From June 1976 to September 2000, Mr. Dean was employed by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, where he practiced corporate and securities law and represented numerous public and private companies and investment banks. Mr. Dean was Partner-in-Charge of the Orange County, California, office from 1993 to 1996, was a member of the law firm’s Executive Committee from 1996 to 1999 and co-chaired its financial institutions practice related to banks, thrifts, mortgage and insurance companies. He currently serves as a director, chairman of the compensation committee and member of the audit committee of ResMAE Financial Corporation.

      Raymond C. Groth – Director. Mr. Groth was named a director of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. in May 2004. Since March 2001, he has been an Adjunct Professor of Business Administration at The Fuqua School of Business, Duke University. From June 1994 to March 2001, Mr. Groth was Managing Director for First Union Securities, Inc. Mr. Groth held several positions in The Investment Banking Department of The First Boston Corporation from September 1979 to March 1992. From June 1972 to August 1979, Mr. Groth was an associate with Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP. He currently serves as a director and is a member of the audit committee and the corporate governance and nominating committee of CT Communications, Inc. and serves as a director of The Charlotte Symphony Orchestra.

      Robert H. Whitehead – Director. Mr. Whitehead was named a director of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. in August 2004. Mr. Whitehead has over 40 years of experience in insurance business. From 1994 to 1997, he was a director of FHP Financial Corporation, a large California HMO. From June 1993 to June 1995, Mr. Whitehead worked on the rehabilitation of the Hawaiian Insurance Guaranty Company, Ltd. From December 1963 to June 1993, Mr. Whitehead worked at Industrial Indemnity Company of San Francisco, California where he held a number of positions, including President and Chief Operating Officer. In addition, from 1955 to 1963 he held numerous insurance and reinsurance positions in London, New York, Montreal and Toronto. In the past he has been heavily involved in insurance hearings and other legislative activities at the state level in California. Mr. Whitehead has been an independent consultant since 1995.

      Russell E. Zimmermann – Director. Mr. Zimmermann was named a director of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. in May 2004. He is a retired partner of Deloitte & Touche LLP. Mr. Zimmermann was employed by Deloitte from March 1965 to May 2000. Mr. Zimmermann has 35 years of experience serving public and privately held companies in the insurance, manufacturing, banking, mutual fund and retail industries, including nearly 28 years serving as lead client services partner. He is a past member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Illinois Society of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Zimmermann currently serves as a director and chairman of the audit committee of ShoreBank Corporation.

Board of Directors

      Pursuant to our bylaws, the number of directors on our board is currently fixed at seven. Six directors are presently serving on our board, four of whom are independent as that term is defined by the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc., and there is one vacancy. All directors hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified.

69

Board Committees

      Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, all of which are comprised entirely of independent directors. Our board of directors has also established an executive committee.

          Audit Committee

      The audit committee assists our board of directors in its oversight of:

•  the integrity of our financial statements;

•  the independent auditor’s qualifications and independence; and

•  the performance of our independent auditors.

      The audit committee also has direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of our independent auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. In addition, approval of the audit committee is required prior to our entering into any related-party transaction.

      The members of our audit committee are Mr. Zimmermann, who is also the chairman of the committee, Mr. Whitehead and Mr. Dean.

          Compensation Committee

      The compensation committee reviews and determines, together with the other independent directors if directed by the board of directors, the compensation of our executive officers and reviews and approves employment and severance agreements with our executive officers. The compensation committee also administers the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans and establishes and reviews policies relating to the compensation and benefits of our employees and consultants.

      The members of the compensation committee are Mr. Dean, who is also the chairman of the committee, and Mr. Groth.

          Executive Committee

      The executive committee’s responsibilities include:

•  exercising the authority of the board of directors with respect to matters requiring action between meetings of the board of directors; and

•  deciding issues from time to time delegated by the board of directors.

      The members of our executive committee are Mr. Whitehead, who is also the chairman of the committee, Mr. Smith and Mr. Jokiel.

          Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

      The nominating and corporate governance committee:

•  identifies and nominates members of the board of directors;

•  develops and recommends to the board of directors a set of corporate governance principles applicable to us; and

•  oversees the evaluation of the board of directors and management.

      Procedures for the consideration of director nominees recommended by stockholders will be set forth in our amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon completion of this offering.

      The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Mr. Groth, who is also the chairman of the committee, and Mr. Zimmerman.

70

Director Compensation

      We expect to pay an annual retainer of $40,000 to each independent director. In addition, each independent director would receive a fee of $2,500 for each meeting of the board of directors attended. Each independent director who chairs a committee also would receive an annual retainer of $5,000, as well as $2,000 for each meeting of such committee of the board chaired. Each other independent director would receive a fee of $1,000 for each meeting of a committee of the board of directors attended. Board fees for telephonic board and committee meetings are compensated at one-half the amount for in-person meetings. We also will reimburse our independent directors for reasonable expenses they incur in attending board of directors or committee meetings. Our stock option plan provides for an automatic annual grant of options to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock to each of our non-employee directors. Such options will vest over time, commencing one year after the date of grant.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

      The members of our compensation committee will have no interlocking relationships as defined under the regulations of SEC.

Corporate Governance

      We believe that we will comply with all Nasdaq National Market corporate governance and listing requirements upon the closing of this offering without relying on any transition periods available to companies listing in conjunction with their initial public offering.

Employment and Noncompetition Agreements

      We have entered into employment agreements with the following executive officers:

      We entered into an employment agreement with Courtney C. Smith, dated as of November 19, 2003, as amended, which provides that Mr. Smith will serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer. The agreement will commence on completion of this offering and be effective until December 31, 2007. The agreement may be automatically extended for three successive one-year periods, unless terminated by either party upon at least 90 days’ notice prior to the renewal date. The agreement provides for a base salary of $400,000 and a non-discretionary increase of 5% in each of the second and third full fiscal years. For the partial year ending December 31, 2004, Mr. Smith will receive a bonus equal to $100,000 in recognition of his contribution to our organizational activities and successful completion of our initial public offering. For each full fiscal year during the term of the employment agreement, Mr. Smith will be eligible to receive an annual bonus of no more than 100% of base salary. Mr. Smith also will be granted stock options at the completion of this offering to purchase 475,000 shares as an inducement to accept his position and as a performance incentive.

      We entered into an employment agreement with Peter E. Jokiel, dated as of December 1, 2003, as amended, which provides that Mr. Jokiel will serve as our Chief Financial Officer. The agreement will commence on completion of this offering and be effective until December 31, 2007. The agreement may be automatically extended for three successive one-year periods, unless terminated by either party upon at least 90 days’ notice prior to the renewal date. The agreement provides for a base salary of $350,000 and a non-discretionary increase of 5% in each of the second and third full fiscal years. For the partial year ending December 31, 2004, Mr. Jokiel will receive a bonus equal to $87,500 in recognition of his contribution to our organizational activities and successful completion of our initial public offering. For each full fiscal year during the term of the employment agreement, Mr. Jokiel will be eligible to receive an annual bonus of no more than 100% of base salary. Mr. Jokiel also will be granted stock options at the completion of this offering to purchase 340,000 shares as an inducement to accept his position and as a performance incentive.

      We entered into an employment agreement with William S. Loder, dated as of November 19, 2003, as amended, which provides that Mr. Loder will serve as our Chief Underwriting Officer. We also entered into an employment agreement with Gary J. Ferguson, dated November 20, 2003, as amended, which provides that Mr. Ferguson will serve as our Chief Claims Officer. Each agreement will commence on completion of this offering and be effective until December 31, 2007. The agreement may be automatically

71

extended for three successive one-year periods, unless terminated by either party upon at least 90 days’ notice prior to the renewal date. Each agreement provides for a base salary of $250,000 and a non-discretionary increase of 5% in each of the second and third full fiscal years. Under such agreements, for the partial year ending December 31, 2004, each of Mr. Loder and Mr. Ferguson will receive a bonus equal to $62,500 in recognition of his contribution to our organizational activites and successful completion of our initial public offering. For each full fiscal year during the term of his employment agreement, each officer will be eligible to receive an annual bonus of no more than 100% of base salary. Each officer also will be granted stock options at the completion of this offering to purchase 160,000 shares as an inducement to accept his position and as a performance incentive.

      Each of our employment agreements provides that the bonuses are computed in the following manner:

•  For the partial year ending December 31, 2004, each executive will receive a bonus equal to 25% of the executive’s base salary level in recognition of his contribution to our organizational activities and successful completion of our initial public offering.

•  Until December 31, 2007 for each of the first three full fiscal years after this offering, each executive will (1) receive a non-performance related bonus equal to 25% of the executive’s base salary for such fiscal year provided the executive is employed by us at the end of such fiscal year and (2) be eligible to receive a performance based bonus of up to 75% of the executive’s base salary, if the performance goals for the executive determined by our compensation committee for the respective full fiscal year are achieved; and

•  After December 31, 2007, each executive will be eligible to receive a performance-based bonus of up to 100% of the executive’s base salary, if the performance goals for the executive determined by our compensation committee for the respective fiscal year are achieved.

      In addition, each of our employment agreements with our executive officers may be terminated by us or the executive for any reason upon 90 days’ notice. In addition, each agreement provides that in the event of termination by (1) us due to the executive’s death or disability or cause, or (2) by the executive other than for good reason, the executive will be entitled to receive:

•  base salary up to and including the effective date of termination, prorated on a daily basis;

•  payment for any accrued, unused vacation as of the effective date of termination;

•  in the event of termination due to the executive’s death or disability, any performance-based bonus previously earned but not paid;

•  a prorated amount of any guaranteed bonus, if termination occurs during the first three fiscal years after the commencement of the agreement; and

•  any other benefits (if any) payable upon the executive’s death or disability.

      Further, each agreement provides that in the event of termination by (1) us other than due to the executive’s death or disability or cause, or (2) by the executive for good reason, the executive will be entitled to receive:

•  a lump sum payment of an amount equal to the amount of the executive’s base salary that would have been paid to the executive through the date on which the term otherwise would have ended (or through the date on which the initial term otherwise would have ended); provided, however, that if such termination occurs within 18 months before the date on which the initial term otherwise would have ended, or as a result of our failure to extend the initial term to the full extent of the three one-year extension periods, or during any extension period, then the executive will instead receive a lump sum payment of an amount equal to 150% of the annual amount of the executive’s base salary calculated at the rate in effect at the date of such termination;

•  a lump sum payment of an amount equal to 50% of the amount of the executive’s base salary paid pursuant to the employment agreement;

72

•  any performance-based bonus previously earned but not paid; and

•  any payment for any accrued, unused vacation as of the date of termination.

      Each employment agreement provides that during the executive’s employment (and for the further period described below), the executive will not within the United States:

•  engage in any activity that competes with us in the business of insurance;

•  solicit any person or entity which is then a customer or party to any insurance-related contract with us or has been a customer or supplier or such a party or solicited by us in the preceding two-year period, to divert their business to any entity other than us;

•  solicit for employment, engage and/or hire any person who is then employed by us or engaged by us as an independent contractor or consultant; and/or

•  encourage or induce any person who is then employed by us or engaged by us as an independent contractor or consultant to end his/her business relationship with us.

      Each employment agreement also provides that if employment is terminated by the executive other than for good reason, the executive has agreed not to compete with us through the date on which the employment would have otherwise ended. If the employment is terminated for cause, the executive has agreed not to compete with us through the longer of (1) one year following the termination of his employment with us, or (2) the period during which the term would have otherwise continued in effect. During such period, we will continue to pay the executive the base salary and any guaranteed bonus, if applicable. We, at our sole option, may choose to terminate such payments at any time during the restricted period, at which time the executive will no longer be subject to the non-competition restrictions. If the employment is terminated under any circumstances that result in any payments from us to the executive, each of the executives has agreed not to compete with us through the longer of (1) one year following the termination of his employment with us, (2) the period during which we continue to pay the base salary to the executive, or (3) two years following the termination of his employment with us in case the termination is due to causes other than the executive’s death or disability, cause, good reason or change in control. In any event, an executive will no longer be subject to such restrictions if, at his sole option, he advises us that he will forfeit receipt of any further payments.

      Notwithstanding the provisions described above, if the executive’s employment is terminated by us, other than due to the executive’s death or disability or cause, or by the executive for good reason, in either case, upon or within six months following a “change in control”, then, (1) all stock options then held by the executive that were not previously exercised will become fully vested and exercisable; (2) any performance-based bonus previously earned but unpaid will become fully vested and will be paid as soon as practicable; and (3) the executive shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment of an amount equal to three times the annual amount of the executive’s base salary calculated at the rate in effect at the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the preceding, if these benefits and payments, either alone or together with other benefits and payments that the executive has the right to receive either directly or indirectly from us or any of our affiliates, would constitute an excess parachute payment, or excess payment, under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code, the executive hereby agrees that these benefits and payments will be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount necessary to prevent any such benefits and payments to the executive from constituting an excess payment, as determined by our independent auditor.

      “Cause” means that the executive: (1) has committed an act constituting a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (2) has committed an act constituting a breach of fiduciary duty, gross negligence or willful misconduct; (3) has engaged in conduct that materially violated our then-existing material internal policies or procedures and which is detrimental to the business, reputation, character or standing of us or any of our affiliates; (4) has committed an act of fraud, self dealing, conflict of interest, dishonesty or misrepresentation; or (5) after written notice by us and a reasonable opportunity to cure, has materially breached his obligations as set forth in his employment agreement.

73

      “Good Reason” will apply if the executive sends us written notice setting forth the alleged good reason and after a 60-day cure period there continues to be: (1) a material adverse change in the executive’s title, position or responsibilities; and/or (2) a material breach by us of any material provision of the employment agreement.

      “Change in Control” is defined as:

•  any person or group of persons acting in concert (other than any person who, prior to this offering, is a holder of our voting securities) that holds or becomes entitled to more than 50% of the combined voting power of our outstanding voting securities;

•  following this offering, our board of directors approves our merger or consolidation with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in all or substantially all of the holders of our voting securities immediately prior thereto continuing to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of our outstanding voting securities or the surviving entity immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

•  following this offering, our board of directors approves a plan of our complete liquidation or an agreement for the sale or disposition by us of all or substantially all of our assets, other than any such sale or disposition where all or substantially all of the holders of our voting securities immediately prior thereto continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the acquiror or transferee entity immediately after such sale or disposition.

Stock Option Plan

      Our board of directors and stockholders approved our 2004 Stock Option Plan, or the Plan, on April 27, 2004. The purpose of the Plan is to provide directors, employees, consultants and independent contractors with additional incentives by increasing their personal ownership interests in our company. Individual awards under the Plan may take the form of:

•  incentive stock options, or

•  non-qualified stock options.

      Our compensation committee is expected to administer the Plan and would therefore select the individuals who will receive awards and the terms and conditions of those awards. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the Plan may not exceed 2,400,000. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be the subject of options granted to any individual during any calendar year shall not exceed 500,000. Shares of common stock subject to awards that have expired, terminated or been canceled or forfeited are available for issuance or use in connection with future awards. In addition, the Plan provides that on the first business day following each annual meeting of stockholders (and on the date on which a non-employee director first becomes a member of our board of directors before the first annual meeting), each non-employee director will receive an automatic option grant to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock.

      The Plan will remain in effect until April 27, 2014, unless earlier terminated by our board of directors. An increase in the number of shares issuable under the Plan or a change in the class of persons to whom options may be granted may be made by our board of directors but is subject to the approval of the stockholders within one year of such amendment. In addition, the Plan may otherwise be amended by our board of directors without the consent of the stockholders.

      The Plan provides that the term of any option may not exceed ten years.

      Upon the completion of this offering, 1,527,000 options will have been granted under the Plan.

74

SECURITY OWNERSHIP

      The following table sets forth information as of October 15, 2004 regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding common stock by:

•  each person or group that we know owns more than 5% of our common stock,

•  each of our directors and named executive officers, and

•  all of our directors and named executive officers as a group.

      Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with rules of the SEC and includes shares over which the indicated beneficial owner exercises voting and/or investment power. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe the beneficial owners of the common stock listed below, based on information furnished by them, have sole voting and investment power with respect to the number of shares listed opposite their names.

					Percentage of Shares of
		Number of Shares of			Common Stock Outstanding
		Common Stock
Name and address of Beneficial Owner(1)		Beneficially Owned(2)			Before Offering		After Offering
Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc.			745,575	(3)		*		3.60%
	1001 Nineteenth Street North, 18th Floor
	Arlington, VA 22209
Standard American Insurance Limited			283,480	(4)		*		1.37%
	44 Church Street
	Hamilton HM 12 Bermuda
Courtney C. Smith			118,228	(5)		100%		*
Peter E. Jokiel			74,928	(6)		*		*
William S. Loder			32,687	(7)		*		*
Gary J. Ferguson			27,068	(8)		*		*
Robert E. Dean			2,500	(9)		*		*
Raymond C. Groth			1,000	(10)		*		*
Robert H. Whitehead			500	(11)		*		*
Russell E. Zimmermann			1,500	(12)		*		*
All executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons)			258,411			100%		1.25%

*	Less than 1%.
(1)	All addresses are those of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc., unless otherwise indicated.
(2)	All of the numbers in this table assume an initial public offering price of $11.00 per share prior to underwriting discounts and commissions.
(3)	Consists of 537,635 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to be issued at the completion of this offering (439,883 of which are exercisable at the initial public offering price per share less underwriting discounts and commissions and 97,752 of which are exercisable at $0.01 per share) and 207,940 shares of our common stock issuable as payment of outstanding principal and interest under a senior note.
(4)	Consists of 283,480 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to be issued at the completion of this offering with an exercise price of $0.01 per share.
(5)	Includes 71,359 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to be issued at the completion of this offering (61,584 of which are exercisable at the initial public offering price per share less underwriting discounts and commissions and 9,775 of which are exercisable at $0.01 per share), 27,309 shares of our common stock issuable as payment of outstanding principal and interest under a subordinated note (which interest is assumed through November 1, 2004) and 19,550 shares

75

that will be purchased at the completion of this offering at the initial public offering price per share less underwriting discounts and commissions.

(6)	Includes 33,431 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to be issued at the completion of this offering with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share less underwriting discounts and commissions, 12,171 shares of our common stock issuable as payment of outstanding principal and interest under a subordinated note (which interest is assumed through November 1, 2004) and 29,326 shares that will be purchased at the completion of this offering at the initial public offering price per share less underwriting discounts and commissions.
(7)	Includes 13,196 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to be issued at the completion of this offering with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share less underwriting discounts and commissions, 4,828 shares of our common stock issuable as payment of outstanding principal and interest under a subordinated note (which interest is assumed through November 1, 2004) and 14,663 shares that will be purchased at the completion of this offering at the initial public offering price per share less underwriting discounts and commissions.
(8)	Includes 9,091 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to be issued at the completion of this offering with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share less underwriting discounts and commissions, 3,314 shares of our common stock issuable as payment of outstanding principal and interest under a subordinated note (which interest is assumed through November 1, 2004) and 14,663 shares that will be purchased at the completion of the offering at the initial public offering price per share less underwriting discounts and commissions.
(9)	Consists entirely of shares that will be purchased at the completion of this offering at the initial public offering price.
(10)	Consists entirely of shares that will be purchased at the completion of this offering at the initial public offering price.
(11)	Consists entirely of shares that will be purchased at the completion of this offering at the initial public offering price.
(12)	Consists entirely of shares that will be purchased at the completion of this offering at the initial public offering price.

76

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with our Executive Officers

      We have entered into a short-term amended and restated subordinated loan agreement with Messrs. Smith, Jokiel, Loder and Ferguson, as subordinated lenders. Under this loan agreement, the subordinated lenders agreed to provide term loans of a maximum of $450,000 at an interest at a rate of 12% per year. As of the completion of this offering, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the loans under this agreement will be $450,000. The proceeds of the loans have been and will be used to pay some of our operating and offering expenses. As payment of outstanding principal and interest due and payable to the subordinated lenders, we will deliver to the subordinated lenders at the completion of this offering such number of shares of our common stock as could be purchased at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions for the aggregate amount outstanding under the amended and restated subordinated loan agreement.

      We also have entered into an amended and restated intercreditor and subordination agreement with FBR and SAIL, as senior lenders, and Messrs. Smith, Jokiel, Loder and Ferguson, as subordinated lenders. Pursuant to this agreement, any security interest granted pursuant to the short-term senior loan agreement in any collateral will have priority over any security interest in such collateral pursuant to the short-term amended and restated subordinated loan agreement.

      Upon the completion of this offering, Messrs. Smith, Jokiel, Loder and Ferguson will receive options to purchase 475,000, 340,000, 160,000 and 160,000 shares, respectively, of our outstanding shares of common stock in connection with entering into their employment agreements. The exercise price of the options will be equal to the initial public offering price per share of this offering.

      A description of the employment agreements and the options granted to Messrs. Smith, Jokiel, Loder and Ferguson are included in “Management— Employment and Noncompetition Agreements.”

      In connection with the loan agreement, we granted to (1) Mr. Smith warrants to purchase 50,831 shares of our common stock; (2) Mr. Jokiel warrants to purchase 22,287 shares of our common stock; (3) Mr. Loder warrants to purchase 8,798 shares of our common stock; and (4) Mr. Ferguson warrants to purchase 6,061 shares of our common stock. The holder of a warrant would be entitled to purchase each share of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. On August 31, 2004, we entered into a warrant exchange agreement with Messrs Smith, Jokiel, Loder and Ferguson pursuant to which they surrendered their warrants in exchange for new warrants. At that time, the warrants previously granted to Messrs. Smith, Jokiel, Loder and Ferguson were exchanged and we issued to (1) Mr. Smith warrants to purchase 71,359 shares of our common stock (61,584 of which are exercisable at the initial public offering price per share less underwriting discounts and 9,775 of which are exercisable at $0.01 per share); (2) Mr. Jokiel warrants to purchase 33,431 shares of our common stock; (3) Mr. Loder warrants to purchase 13,196 shares of our common stock; and (4) Mr. Ferguson warrants to purchase 9,091 shares of our common stock. Messrs Jokiel, Loder and Ferguson will be entitled to purchase each share of our common stock at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share less underwriting discounts. Warrants may be exercised beginning after the closing date of this offering and ending December 30, 2008. The price of the warrants and the terms of the exchange were determined in a negotiation between the parties.

      Concurrent with this offering, Messrs. Smith, Jokiel, Loder and Ferguson will purchase directly from us shares of our common stock for $200,000, $300,000, $150,000 and $150,000, respectively, at the initial public offering price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions, which amounts will be paid in cash.

77

Transactions with Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc. and Standard American Insurance Limited

      We have entered into a short-term amended and restated senior loan agreement with FBR, an affiliate of Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc., the representative of the underwriters, and SAIL, as senior lenders. Under this loan agreement, each of FBR and SAIL agreed to provide term loans of a maximum of $2.0 million and $1.45 million, respectively, at an interest rate of 12% per year. As of the completion of this offering, the outstanding principal balance of the loans under this agreement will be $3.5 million. The proceeds of the loans have been and will be used to pay our operating expenses and pay some of the offering expenses. As payment of outstanding principal and interest due and payable to the senior lenders, we will deliver to the senior lenders at the completion of this offering such number of shares of our common stock as could be purchased at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions per share, for the aggregate amount outstanding under the amended and restated senior loan agreement. At such time, FBR and SAIL’s commitment to provide additional loans under the loan agreement will terminate. FBR has the right to designate an observer to attend meetings of our Board of Directors until the second anniversary of the closing of this offering.

      In connection with the loan agreement, we granted to (1) FBR warrants to purchase 391,007 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share and (2) SAIL warrants to purchase 283,480 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. FBR and SAIL may retain or transfer these warrants to their officers, directors or affiliates. On August 31, 2004, we entered into a warrant exchange agreement with FBR pursuant to which they surrendered they warrants in exchange for new warrants. At that time the warrants previously granted to FBR were exchanged for warrants to purchase 537,635 shares of our common stock (439,883 of which are exercisable at the initial public offering price per share less underwriting discounts and 97,752 of which are exercisable at $0.01 per share). The warrants granted to FBR and SAIL may be exercised beginning after the closing date of this offering and ending December 30, 2008. The price of the warrants and the terms of the exchange were determined in a negotiation between the parties.

Transactions with Guy Carpenter

      We have entered into an engagement letter dated November 24, 2003 with MMC Securities Corp., or MMCSC, an affiliate of Guy Carpenter, to provide consulting services in connection with identifying and negotiating with potential Partner Agents. Under the engagement letter, as amended, we are paying MMCSC a fee of $1 million. In addition, we agreed to grant MMCSC warrants to purchase such number of shares of our common stock as could be purchased for $250,000 in this offering, which warrants shall become exercisable at a price equal to the initial public offering price per share on the third anniversary of the completion of this offering. The price of the warrants was determined in a negotiation between the parties. This letter terminates on November 24, 2005, unless extended by the parties or unless earlier terminated by either party upon 10 days’ notice at any time after November 24, 2004.

      We also have entered into an agreement dated March 15, 2004 with Guy Carpenter, under which Guy Carpenter will serve as our exclusive reinsurance intermediary for all business we write and will assist us in our detailed screening process of additional Partner Agents. Under the agreement, in consideration for introducing us to at least 10 potential Partner Agents, we agreed to pay Guy Carpenter a fee, known as the Advisory Fee, equal to 1% of gross written premiums in connection with business written by us during our first 12 months of our operations. Guy Carpenter will be entitled to the Advisory Fee whether or not any of the potential Partner Agents do business with us. The Advisory Fee will not exceed $1 million over a 12-month period.

78

      In addition, Guy Carpenter will be entitled to all reinsurance brokerage fees earned in connection with the placement of reinsurance on business written by us. In the event that we obtain reinsurance from a source other than Guy Carpenter, we will pay Guy Carpenter a fee, or the Fee, as follows:

•  If such reinsurance is obtained through or arranged by an intermediary other than Guy Carpenter, the Fee shall be equal to 100% of the standard brokerage rate that Guy Carpenter would have earned in connection with placing such reinsurance; or

•  If such reinsurance is obtained from one or more direct writers of insurance who collectively participate on more than 20% of such reinsurance, the Fee shall be equal to 50% of the standard brokerage rate that Guy Carpenter would have earned in connection with placing that portion of reinsurance in excess of such 20%.

      The initial term of the agreement is three years, which may be extended by mutual agreement. The agreement may be terminated at any time after March 15, 2007 upon 30 days’ written notice. In the event the agreement is terminated before completion of the initial term, Guy Carpenter will be entitled to both the Advisory Fee and the Fee for the full three-year term.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

      The following summarizes important provisions of our capital stock and describes all material provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. This summary is qualified by our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which may be obtained from the Company upon request, and by the provisions of applicable law.

      After this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 75,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 2,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. As of the date of this prospectus, there were 10 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by one stockholder. At the completion of this offering, there will be 20,724,781 shares of our common stock outstanding (23,724,781 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full). This number includes the approximately 391,007 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued to FBR, SAIL and the subordinated lenders at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. In addition, as of the date of this prospectus, there were no shares of our Class B common stock outstanding and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding.

Common Stock

      Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share in the election of directors and on all other matters on which stockholders are entitled or permitted to vote. Holders of common stock are not entitled to cumulative voting rights. Therefore, holders of a majority of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect all the directors. Subject to the terms of any outstanding series of preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to dividends in amounts and at times as may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available. Upon liquidation or dissolution, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all net assets available for distribution to stockholders, after payment of any liquidation preferences to holders of preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no redemption, conversion or preemptive rights.

Class B Common Stock

      Holders of Class B common stock are not entitled to any voting rights. Subject to the terms of any outstanding series of preferred stock, the holders of Class B common stock are entitled to dividends in

79

amounts and at times as may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available in the same proportion as the holders of the common stock. Upon liquidation or dissolution, holders of Class B common stock are entitled to share ratably, pari passu with holders of our common stock, in all net assets available for distribution to stockholders, after payment of any liquidation preferences to holders of preferred stock. Holders of Class B common stock have no redemption or preemptive rights. However, such holders have the right to exchange shares of Class B common stock for shares of our common stock upon the occurrence of certain events, as set forth in the Partner Agent agreement and a securities purchase agreement to be entered into between us and each Partner Agent.

      We have received commitments from three Partner Agents to purchase $3.0 million of our Class B common stock, at purchase prices equal to the market prices of our common stock on the respective dates of the purchases. The Partner Agents will pay $200,000 concurrently with the closing of this offering to purchase shares of Class B common stock at a price equal to the initial public offering price in this offering. The remaining shares are to be purchased by such Partner Agents over a maximum of 24 months from the completion of this offering.

Preferred Stock

      The board of directors is authorized, subject to the limitations prescribed by law and by our certificate of incorporation, to provide for the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series, and to establish, from time to time, the number of shares included in each such series and to fix the designation, power, preferences and relative rights of the shares of each of the series and the qualifications and restrictions of such shares of preferred stock without any further stockholder approval. If our board of directors issues preferred shares, any rights, including voting rights, preferences, powers and limitations established could have the effect of discouraging an attempt to obtain control of us, could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our common stock and could depress the market price of the shares. We have no present plans to issue shares of preferred stock.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Charter Provisions

      Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws are intended to enhance continuity and stability in our board of directors and in our policies, but might have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company and may make more difficult the removal of incumbent management even if the transactions could be beneficial to the interests of stockholders. A summary description of these provisions follows:

Change in Control.

      We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, an anti-takeover law. In general, the statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. For purposes of Section 203, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, and an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior, did own) 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

      The provisions of Section 203, together with the ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock without further stockholder action, could delay or frustrate the removal of incumbent directors or a change in control of our company. The provisions also could discourage, impede or prevent a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, even if this event would be favorable to the interests of stockholders. Our stockholders, by adopting an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, may elect not to be governed by Section 203 effective 12 months after adoption. Neither our certificate of incorporation nor bylaws currently exclude us from the restrictions imposed by Section 203.

80

Authority to Issue Preferred Stock.

      The certificate of incorporation authorizes the board of directors, without stockholder approval, to establish and to issue shares of one or more series of preferred stock, each series having the voting rights, dividend rates, liquidation, redemption, conversion and other rights as may be fixed by the board of directors.

Limitation of Director Liability.

      Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breach of directors’ fiduciary duty of care. Although Section 102(b) does not change directors’ duty of care, it enables corporations to limit available relief to equitable remedies such as injunction or rescission. Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors to us or our stockholders (in their capacity as directors but not in their capacity as officers) to the fullest extent permitted by Section 102(b). Specifically, our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of a director’s fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

•  for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders,

•  for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law,

•  for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL, or

•  for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Indemnification.

      To the maximum extent permitted by law, our bylaws provide for mandatory indemnification of directors and permit indemnification of our officers, employees and agents against all expense, liability and loss to which they may become subject or which they may incur as a result of being or having been our director, officer, employee or agent. In addition, we must advance or reimburse directors, and may advance or reimburse officers, employees and agents, for expenses incurred by them as a result of indemnifiable claims.

Warrants

      Upon completion of this offering, there will be warrants outstanding to purchase 97,752 shares of common stock issued to FBR, 283,480 shares of common stock issued to SAIL and 9,775 shares of common stock issued to Mr. Smith, each with an exercise price of $0.01 per share. In addition there will be warrants to purchase 439,883 shares of common stock issued to FBR and an aggregate of 117,302 shares of common stock issued to the subordinated lenders, all at an exercise price equal to the initial offering price per share less underwriting discounts. All of these warrants expire on December 30, 2008. There also will be warrants outstanding to purchase 22,727 shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share issued to MMCSC. These warrants are not exercisable until three years after the completion of this offering and, as a result, are not subject to any contractual restrictions on exercise.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

      The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                               .

Nasdaq National Market System

      We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq National Market System under the symbol “SUAI.”

81

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. Furthermore, since some shares of common stock will not be available for sale shortly after this offering because of the contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 20,724,781 shares of our common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding warrants or stock options. Of these shares, the 20,466,370 shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, unless those shares are purchased by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining 258,411 shares of common stock are subject to the 180-day lock-up period described below. Shares subject to the lock-up may be sold immediately upon expiration of such 180-day period.

Rule 144

      In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

•  1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 207,000 shares immediately after this offering; or;

•  the average weekly trading volume of the common stock on the Nasdaq National Market System during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

      Sales under Rule 144 also are subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 144(k)

      Common stock eligible for sale under Rule 144(k) may be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering. In general, under Rule 144(k), a person may sell shares of common stock acquired from us immediately upon completion of this offering, without regard to manner of sale, the availability of public information or volume, if:

•  the person is not an affiliate of us and has not been an affiliate of us at any time during the three months preceding such a sale; and

•  the person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate.

Lock-Up Agreements

      Our officers and directors and stockholders beneficially owning an aggregate of 258,411 shares of common stock have signed lock-up agreements under which they agreed not to offer, sell, pledge, contract to sell, short sell, grant any option in or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any hedging transaction with respect to, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock beneficially owned by them, for a period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The underwriters have informed us that they are not currently aware of any conditions that make it likely that they will consent to the release of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

82

Stock Options

      Upon completion of this offering, options to purchase a total of 1,527,000 shares of common stock will be outstanding. We intend to file a registration statement to register for resale the 2,400,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the stock option plan. That registration statement will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares issued upon the exercise of stock options granted under the stock option plan, which are being registered under that registration statement, will, giving effect to vesting provisions and in accordance with Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to our affiliates, be eligible for resale in the public market from time to time.

Warrants

      Upon completion of this offering, there will be warrants outstanding to purchase 97,752 shares of common stock issued to FBR, 283,480 shares of common stock issued to SAIL and 9,775 shares of common stock issued to Mr. Smith, each with an exercise price of $0.01 per share. In addition there will be warrants to purchase 439,883 shares of common stock issued to FBR and an aggregate of 117,302 shares of common stock issued to the subordinated lenders, all at an exercise price equal to the initial offering price per share less underwriting discounts. All of these warrants expire on December 30, 2008. There also will be warrants outstanding to purchase 22,727 shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share issued to MMCSC. These warrants are not exercisable until three years after the completion of this offering and, as a result, are not subject to any contractual restrictions on exercise.

Effect of Sales of Shares

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of significant numbers of shares of our common stock in the public market after the completion of this offering could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through an offering of our equity securities.

CERTAIN U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

      The following is a general discussion of the principal United States federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder. You are a non-U.S. holder for United States federal income tax purposes if you are an individual or entity other than:

•  a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

•  a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof (including for this purpose the District of Columbia);

•  an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

•  a trust (1) if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

83

      This discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income and estate taxes that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances. In particular, this discussion does not address the tax consequences for partnerships or other fiscally transparent entities or persons who hold their interests through such entities. Moreover, certain non-U.S. holders, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, dealers in securities and persons holding our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” or “conversion transaction,” or who receive their common stock in connection with the performance of services or otherwise as compensation, may be subject to special treatment under United States federal income tax laws. This discussion also does not address U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax consequences. Furthermore, this discussion is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. The following summary is included herein for general information. ACCORDINGLY, YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISER REGARDING THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Dividends

      Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock that are not effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be provided by an income tax treaty between the United States and a foreign country if the non-U.S. holder is treated as a resident of such foreign country within the meaning of the applicable treaty.

      Dividends that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States or, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States, are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated rates, but are not generally subject to the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder files the appropriate U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, form with the payor, which form under U.S. Treasury regulations generally requires the non-U.S. holder to provide a U.S. taxpayer identification number and must be periodically updated. Any such U.S. trade or business income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

      A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate generally must provide a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN prior to the payment of dividends. This form must be periodically updated and requires a non-U.S. holder to provide a U.S. taxpayer identification number. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty and the means of claiming such benefits.

      A non-U.S. holder of our common stock that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

      A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax in respect of gain recognized on a disposition of our common stock unless:

•  the gain is U.S. trade or business income, in which case, the branch profits tax described above may also apply to a corporate non-U.S. holder;

•  the non-U.S. holder is an individual who holds our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and meets other requirements; or

84

•  the non-U.S. holder is subject to tax under the provisions of the U.S. tax law applicable to certain United States expatriates.

      If a non-U.S. holder who is an individual is subject to tax on gain which is U.S. trade or business income, such individual generally will be taxed on the net gain derived from a sale of our common stock under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates. If an individual non-U.S. holder is subject to tax because such individual holds our common stock as a capital asset, is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and meets other requirements, such individual generally will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from a sale, which may be offset by certain capital losses for such year. Individual non-U.S. holders who have spent (or expect to spend) more than a de minimis period of time in the United States in the taxable year in which they contemplate a sale of our common stock are urged to consult their tax advisers prior to the sale concerning the U.S. tax consequences of such sale.

      If a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation is subject to tax on gain which is U.S. trade or business income, it generally will be taxed on its net gain under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates and, in addition, will be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its “dividend equivalent amount,” within the meaning of the Code for the taxable year, as adjusted for specific items, unless it qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable tax treaty.

Federal Estate Tax

      Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is neither a United States citizen nor a United States resident, as defined for United States federal estate tax purposes, at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise and, therefore, may be subject to United States federal estate tax.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

      We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to that holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. These reporting requirements apply regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. Copies of the information returns reporting those dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides if required by the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

      A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding at the rate of 28% of the gross amount of dividends paid to such holder (which rate is scheduled to increase to 31% for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010), unless applicable certification requirements are met.

      Proceeds of a sale of common stock paid within the United States or through certain U.S. related financial intermediaries are subject to both backup withholding and information reporting unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalties of perjury on applicable IRS Forms that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person), or the holder establishes another exemption. Proceeds of a sale of common stock paid to or through a non-U.S. financial intermediary will not be reduced by backup withholding or reported to the IRS, unless the non-U.S. financial intermediary has certain enumerated connections with the United States.

      Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability if the required information is furnished to the IRS.

85

UNDERWRITING

      We and the underwriters for the offering named below, for whom Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co. is acting as representative, have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. Subject to the terms and conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to each underwriter, and each underwriter has agreed to purchase, the number of shares set forth opposite its name below. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of our common stock is subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters must take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered, other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if any of the shares are taken.

Underwriters	Number of Shares
Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
Cochran, Caronia & Co.
Total		20,000,000

      The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 3,000,000 additional shares of common stock.

	No Exercise	Full Exercise
Per Share
Total

      The underwriters propose to offer our common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of $          per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $          per share to certain dealers.

      We expect to incur expenses of approximately $1.5 million (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) in connection with this offering.

      We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 3,000,000 additional shares of common stock from us to cover over-allotments, if any, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option, the underwriters will have a firm commitment, subject to certain conditions, to purchase all of the shares of common stock covered by their option exercise.

      We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

      Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price was negotiated by us and the representative of the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were estimates of the business potential and our earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

86

      We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq National Market System under the symbol “SUAI.”

      The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares of our common stock in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

      We and each of our directors and executive officers and certain stockholders have agreed not to, directly or indirectly, offer for sale, sell, contract to sell, grant any options for the sale of, or otherwise issue or dispose of, any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock, or any related security or instrument for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of the representative of the underwriters, except in limited circumstances.

      The underwriters have advised us that they may make short sales of our common stock in connection with this offering, resulting in the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase pursuant to the underwriting agreement. The short position resulting from those short sales will be deemed a “covered” short position to the extent that it does not exceed the                               shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option and will be deemed a “naked” short position to the extent that it exceeds that number. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the trading price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase shares in this offering. The underwriters may reduce or close out their covered short position either by exercising the over-allotment option or by purchasing shares in the open market. In determining which of these alternatives to pursue, the underwriters will consider the price at which shares are available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Any “naked” short position will be closed out by purchasing shares in the open market. Similar to the other stabilizing transactions described below, open market purchases made by the underwriters to cover all or a portion of their short position may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock following this offering. As a result, our common stock may trade at a price that is higher than the price that otherwise might prevail in the open market.

      The underwriters have advised us, that it, pursuant to Regulation M under the Exchange Act they may engage in transactions, including stabilizing bids or the imposition of penalty bids, that may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the shares of common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. A “stabilizing bid” is a bid for or the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. A “penalty bid” is an arrangement permitting the representatives to claim the selling concession otherwise accruing to an underwriter or syndicate member in connection with the offering if the common stock originally sold by that underwriter or syndicate member is purchased by the representatives in the open market pursuant to a stabilizing bid or to cover all or part of a syndicate short position. The underwriters have advised us that stabilizing bids and open market purchases may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market System, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

      Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our shares of common stock. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once begun, will not be discontinued without notice.

      Some of the underwriters and their affiliates may in the future provide us with investment banking or other services, for which they expect to receive customary compensation for these services. In addition, we have entered into a short-term amended and restated senior loan agreement with FBR. Under the loan agreement, FBR agreed to provide a term loan to us of a maximum of $2.0 million, at an interest rate of 12% per year. The proceeds of this loan have been used to pay our operating expenses and to cover the expenses of this offering. At the closing of this offering, all principal and interest on this loan will become due and payable and will be paid through the issuance of shares of our common stock, valued at the initial

87

public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. As consideration for entering into the loan agreement, we issued to FBR warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. See “Certain Transactions— Transactions with Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc. and Standard American Insurance Limited.”

LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the shares of common stock we are offering will be passed upon for us by Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sidley Austin Brown & Wood LLP, Chicago, Illinois.

EXPERTS

      The financial statements of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance Inc. as of December 31, 2003 and for the period from April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003, and as of June 30, 2004 and for the six months ended June 30, 2004 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

      The financial statements of Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the seven months ended December 31, 2001 (Successor) and for the five months ended May 31, 2001 (Predecessor) included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

      We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the common stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits for additional information. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document. When we complete this offering, we also will be required to file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We anticipate making these documents publicly available free of charge on our website at www.suainsurance.com as soon as practicable after filing such documents with the SEC. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus. Our website address is included here only as an inactive technical reference.

      You also can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. You also may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You also may obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

88

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

		Page
SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.
Audited Financial Statements:
	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2
	Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2003		F-3
	Statement of Operations from April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003		F-4
	Statement of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity from April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003		F-5
	Statement of Cash Flows from April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003		F-6
	Notes to Financial Statements		F-7
Audited Interim Financial Statements:
	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-10
	Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003		F-11
	Statement of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and from April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003		F-12
	Statement of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and from April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003		F-13
	Statement of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and from April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception to December 31, 2003)		F-14
	Notes to Financial Statements		F-15
POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS
Audited Financial Statements:
	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-19
	Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2003		F-21
	Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the seven months ended December 31, 2001 (Successor); and for the five months ended May 31, 2001 (Predecessor)		F-22
	Statement of Stockholder’s Equity for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 and for the seven months ended December 31, 2001 (Successor); and for the five months ended May 31, 2001 (Predecessor)		F-23
	Statements of Cash Flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the seven months ended December 31, 2001 (Successor); and for the five months ended May 31, 2001 (Predecessor)		F-24
	Notes to Financial Statements		F-25
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements:
	Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003		F-41
	Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003		F-42
	Statement of Stockholder’s Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003		F-43
	Statement of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003		F-44
	Notes to Financial Statements		F-45

F-1

Report of Independent

Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholder and Board of Directors

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholder’s equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. at December 31, 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 3, 2003 (date of inception) to December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois

May 6, 2004

F-2

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

Balance Sheet

December 31, 2003

Assets
Cash			$	199,909
Prepaid legal fees				9,643
Deferred charges				4,730,372
		Total assets	$	4,939,924
Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity
Liabilities
	Short-term debt payable to affiliates		$	700,000
	Accounts payable			19,636
	Accrued interest			2,655
	Stock warrants			4,795,200
		Total liabilities		5,517,491
Commitments and Contingent Liabilities (Note 6)
Shareholder’s equity
	Common stock and additional paid in capital, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, 10 shares issued and outstanding			10
	Less: Stock subscription receivable			(10	)
	Accumulated deficit			(577,567	)
		Total shareholder’s equity		(577,567	)
		Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity	$	4,939,924

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

Statement of Operations

From April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003

Revenues		$	—
Expenses
Service company fees			205,186
Legal expenses			101,088
Consulting fees			10,375
Financing expenses			156,752
Miscellaneous expenses			104,166
	Total expenses		577,567
	Loss before income taxes		(577,567	)
Income taxes			—
	Net loss	$	(577,567	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

Statement of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity

From April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003

	Common
	stock and
	additional		Stock
	paid in		subscription			Accumulated
	capital		receivable			deficit			Total
Balance at April 3, 2003	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—
Issuance of common stock		10		(10	)		—			—
Net loss		—		—			(577,567	)		(577,567	)
Balance at December 31, 2003	$	10	$	(10	)	$	(577,567	)	$	(577,567	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

Statement of Cash Flows

From April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003

Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss			$	(577,567	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities
	Change in prepaid legal expenses			(9,643	)
	Change in deferred stock issuance costs			(85,701	)
	Amortization of deferred charges			150,529
	Change in accounts payable			19,636
	Change in accrued interest			2,655
		Net cash used in operating activities		(500,091	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from short-term borrowings				700,000
		Net cash provided by financing activities		700,000
Increase in cash				199,909
Cash
At beginning of period				—
At end of period			$	199,909

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

From April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003

1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

 Organization

UAI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware holding company, was organized on April 3, 2003. On November 5, 2003, UAI Holdings, Inc. changed its name to Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. (the “Company”). The Company intends to provide specialty program commercial property and casualty insurance through wholly owned subsidiaries it intends to acquire. Management plans to raise additional capital through an initial public offering of its common stock (the “IPO”).

At December 31, 2003, the Company had incurred costs related to its planned IPO and initial start-up costs to commence insurance operations. The Company has not underwritten any insurance business.

 Basis of Accounting

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates and assumptions could change in the future as more information becomes known, which could impact the amounts reported and disclosed herein. The valuation of stock warrants include significant estimates and assumptions.

 Cash

Cash consists of a demand deposit account and is restricted under the terms of senior and subordinated loan agreements to paying the interim expenses and interest payments of the Company.

 Deferred Charges

Deferred charges include $4,644,671 of unamortized debt issue costs and $85,701 of deferred stock issuance costs. Deferred debt issue costs include legal fees and stock warrants granted to lenders and are amortized over the original term of the debt using the interest method. Certain costs relating to the planned IPO, primarily legal fees, have been deferred and will reduce the proceeds of the planned IPO if it occurs. If the planned IPO is abandoned, these deferred costs will be immediately expensed.

2. Short-Term Debt Payable to Affiliates

On December 12, 2003, the Company entered into a short-term senior loan agreement with Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc. (“FBR”), an affiliate of Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc., one of the underwriters for the Company’s planned IPO. FBR agreed to provide up to $1,250,000 of term loans, at an interest rate of 12% per year. At December 31, 2003, the outstanding principal balance was $475,000. All outstanding principal and interest will become due and payable in cash upon the earlier of closing of the Company’s planned IPO or June 30, 2004, at which time FBR’s commitment to provide additional term loans under the short-term senior loan agreement will terminate.

On December 12, 2003, the Company also entered into a short-term subordinated loan agreement with four members of senior management of the Company (the “Subordinated Lenders”). The Subordinated Lenders agreed to provide up to $350,000 in term loans, at an interest rate of 12% per year. At December 31, 2003, the aggregate outstanding principal balance was $225,000. All outstanding principal and interest will become due and payable upon the earlier of closing of the

F-7

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

From April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003

Company’s planned IPO or June 30, 2004, at which time the Subordinated Lenders’ commitment to provide additional term loans under the short-term subordinated loan agreement will terminate. If payment is caused by the closing of the Company’s planned IPO, payment will be made in shares based upon the offering price (assuming no underwriting fees).

The Company also entered into an intercreditor and subordination agreement with FBR, as senior lender, and the Subordinated Lenders. Pursuant to the intercreditor and subordination agreement, any security interest granted pursuant to the short-term senior loan agreement in any collateral will have priority over any security interest in such collateral pursuant to the short-term subordinated loan agreement.

3. Stock Warrants

In connection with the short-term senior and subordinated loan agreements, the Company issued warrants to FBR and the Subordinated Lenders, respectively, to purchase for $0.01 per share, the number of shares of common stock of the Company that would be purchasable in the planned IPO for $3,750,000 and $1,050,000, respectively, assuming no underwriting commissions, placement agent fees or similar fees. The warrants will be automatically exercised on the date of closing of the IPO.

A liability for the fair value of the warrants was accrued at the grant date, offset by a related deferred charge for debt issue costs. The Company has valued the warrants at their estimated intrinsic value if the planned IPO is successful because of the inherent subjectivity in estimating the fair value of the warrants at the date of grant.

4. Capital

 Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue and have outstanding at any one time 10,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value common stock. At December 31, 2003, the Company had 10 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, with a related subscription receivable for $10.

 Class B Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue and have outstanding at any one time 2,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value class B common stock. At December 31, 2003, the Company had no shares of class B common stock issued or outstanding.

 Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue and have outstanding at any one time 1,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value preferred stock. At December 31, 2003, the Company had no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

5. Income Taxes

As of December 31, 2003, the Company has $427,038 of accumulated start-up and organization expenditures that will be deductible over a period of 60 months once operations commence, resulting in a deferred tax asset of $145,193. The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against this deferred tax asset.

F-8

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

From April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003

6. Contingencies and Commitments

Upon the closing of the planned IPO, the Company has committed to pay MMC Securities Corp. (“MMCSC”) a $1 million success fee related to their consulting and advisory services in connection with the organization of the Company. Also upon the closing of the planned IPO, the Company has committed to grant warrants to MMCSC for $250,000 worth of shares of common stock, exercisable beginning on the third anniversary of the closing. The warrants were not issued at December 31, 2003.

7. Subsequent Events

On March 22, 2004, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement to acquire all of the outstanding shares of Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois (“Potomac”), from OneBeacon Insurance Company.

Potomac is licensed to conduct insurance business in 41 states and the District of Columbia. Under the terms of the stock purchase agreement, the Company will acquire all of the issued and outstanding stock of Potomac for Potomac’s statutory capital and surplus plus $250,000 per license, payable in cash.

The acquisition will occur simultaneously with, and the Company’s obligation and the sellers’ obligation to close the acquisition will be conditioned upon, the closing of the planned IPO. After the closing, Potomac will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

8. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

On June 30, 2004, the term loans to FBR and Subordinated Lenders described in Note 2 were amended to extend the due date of principal and interest to October 31, 2004.

On June 24, 2004, the agreement with MMCSC described in Note 6 was amended to require the Company to pay the $1 million success fee in cash at the earlier of (i) June 30, 2004 or (ii) the closing of the IPO. Payment terms are 60 days.

F-9

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholder and Board of Directors

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.:

      In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of operations, shareholder’s equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. at June 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the six month period ended June 30, 2004 and the period from April 3, 2003 (date of inception) to December 31, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has not underwritten any insurance business, has no current source of revenues and has liabilities in excess of assets at the balance sheet date, all of which raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSE COOPERS LLP

Chicago, Illinois

October 14, 2004

F-10

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

Balance Sheet

As of June 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003

			June 30,			December 31,
			2004			2003
Assets
Cash			$	31,283		$	199,909
Prepaid expenses				18,883			9,643
Deferred charges				691,762			4,730,372
Capitalized software				230,791			—
Acquisition deposit				500,000			—
		Total assets	$	1,472,719		$	4,939,924
Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity
Liabilities
	Short-term debt		$	1,900,000		$	700,000
	Accounts payable			2,727,097			19,636
	Accrued interest			70,381			2,655
	Stock warrants			4,795,200			4,795,200
		Total liabilities		9,492,678			5,517,491
Shareholder’s equity
	Common stock and additional paid in capital, $0.01 par value; 75,000,000 shares authorized at June 30, 2004 and 10,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2003, 10 shares issued and outstanding			10			10
	Less: Stock subscription receivable			(10	)		(10	)
	Accumulated deficit			(8,019,959	)		(577,567	)
		Total shareholder’s equity		(8,019,959	)		(577,567	)
		Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity	$	1,472,719		$	4,939,924

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-11

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

Statement of Operations

From January 1, 2004 to June 30, 2004 and from April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003

		Six Months Ended			Period Ended
		June 30, 2004			December 31, 2003
Revenues		$	—		$	—
Expenses
Service company fees			338,247			205,186
Legal expenses			482,162			101,088
Consulting fees			1,792,062			10,375
Financing expenses			4,746,957			156,752
Miscellaneous expenses			82,964			104,166
	Total expenses		7,442,392			577,567
	Loss before income taxes		(7,442,392	)		(577,567	)
Income taxes			—			—
	Net loss	$	(7,442,392	)	$	(577,567	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-12

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

Statement of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity

From January 1, 2004 to June 30, 2004 and from April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003

	Common
	Stock and
	Additional		Stock
	Paid in		Subscription			Accumulated
	Capital		Receivable			Deficit			Total
Balance at April 3, 2003	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—
Issuance of common stock		10		(10	)		—			—
Net loss		—		—			(577,567	)		(577,567	)
Balance at December 31, 2003	$	10	$	(10	)	$	(577,567	)	$	(577,567	)
Net loss		—		—			(7,442,392	)		(7,442,392	)
Balance at June 30, 2004	$	10	$	(10	)	$	(8,019,959	)	$	(8,019,959	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-13

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

Statement of Cash Flows

From January 1, 2004 to June 30, 2004 and from April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003

			Six Months
			Ended			Period Ended
			June 30, 2004			December 31, 2003
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss			$	(7,442,392	)	$	(577,567	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities
	Change in prepaid expenses			(9,240	)		(9,643	)
	Change in deferred charges			4,038,610			64,828
	Change in accounts payable			2,707,461			19,636
	Change in accrued interest			67,726			2,655
		Net cash used in operating activities		(637,835	)		(500,091	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from short-term borrowings				1,200,000			700,000
		Net cash provided by financing activities		1,200,000			700,000
Cash flows from investment activities
Acquisition deposit				(500,000	)
Additions to capitalized software				(230,791	)		—
		Net cash used in investment activities		(730,791	)
Increase (decrease) in cash				(168,626	)		199,909
Cash
At beginning of period				199,909			—
At end of period			$	31,283		$	199,909

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-14

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

From January 1, 2004 to June 30, 2004 and from April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003

1. Organization and Going Concern

 Organization

UAI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware holding company, was organized on April 3, 2003. There was no financial activity between the organizational date and the initial funding date of December 12, 2003; therefore no comparative financial statements for the period ended June 30, 2003 are presented herein. On November 5, 2003, UAI Holdings, Inc. changed its name to Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. (the “Company”). The Company intends to provide specialty program commercial property and casualty insurance through wholly owned subsidiaries it intends to acquire. Management plans to raise additional capital through an initial public offering of its common stock (the “IPO”).

Through June 30, 2004, the Company had incurred costs related to its planned IPO and initial start-up costs to commence insurance operations, which were funded by short-term loans and other advances to the company. As the Company has not underwritten any insurance business, has no current source of revenues, and the fact that liabilities exceed assets at the balance sheet date, there is substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and, therefore, it may be unable to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business. Management plans to execute the IPO in order to provide funds to meet its obligations and commence its business operations.

2.  Significant Accounting Policies

 Basis of Accounting

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates and assumptions could change in the future as more information becomes known, which could impact the amounts reported and disclosed herein. The valuation of stock warrants include significant estimates and assumptions.

 Cash

Cash consists of a demand deposit account and is restricted under the terms of senior and subordinated loan agreements to paying the interim expenses and interest payments of the Company.

 Deferred Charges

Deferred charges consist of deferred stock issuance costs, primarily legal and accounting fees, and deferred financing costs, associated with stock warrants granted to lenders. Deferred financing costs are amortized over the original term of the debt using the interest method. Deferred stock issuance costs will reduce the proceeds of the planned IPO.

 Capitalized Software

Capitalized costs are related to computer software that has been developed for internal use. These costs generally consist of software and licensing costs. The amortization period for capitalized costs is 3 years.

F-15

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements — (Continued)

From January 1, 2004 to June 30, 2004 and from April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003

3.  Short-Term Debt Payable to Affiliates

On December 12, 2003, the Company entered into a short-term senior loan agreement with Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc. (“FBR”), an affiliate of Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc., one of the underwriters for the Company’s planned IPO. FBR agreed to provide up to $1,250,000 of term loans, at an interest rate of 12% per year. All outstanding principal and interest will become due and payable upon the earlier of closing of the Company’s planned IPO or March 31, 2004, at which time FBR’s commitment to provide additional term loans under the short-term subordinated loan agreement will terminate. If payment is caused by the closing of the Company’s planned IPO, payment will be made in shares based upon the IPO price (assuming no underwriting fees).

On December 12, 2003, the Company also entered into a short-term subordinated loan agreement with four members of senior management of the Company (the “Subordinated Lenders”). The Subordinated Lenders agreed to provide up to $350,000 in term loans, at an interest rate of 12% per year. All outstanding principal and interest will become due and payable upon the earlier of closing of the Company’s planned IPO or June 30, 2004, at which time the Subordinated Lenders’ commitment to provide additional term loans under the short-term subordinated loan agreement will terminate. If payment is caused by the closing of the Company’s planned IPO, payment will be made in shares based upon the IPO price (assuming no underwriting fees).

The Company also entered into an intercreditor and subordination agreement with FBR, as senior lender, and the Subordinated Lenders. Pursuant to the intercreditor and subordination agreement, any security interest granted pursuant to the short-term senior loan agreement in any collateral will have priority over any security interest in such collateral pursuant to the short-term subordinated loan agreement.

On March 26, 2004, the Company amended its short-term senior loan agreement with FBR. FBR agreed to increase its term loan amount to $1,500,000 and to extend the maturity date to the earlier of the closing of the Company’s planned IPO or June 30, 2004, at which time FBR’s commitment to provide additional term loans under the loan agreement will terminate. On June 30, 2004, the maturity date was further extended to the earlier of the closing of the Company’s IPO or October 31, 2004. An additional $50,000 was advanced by a senior member of management on June 23, 2004. At June 30, 2004, the outstanding principal balance was $1,500,000 and $400,000 for the senior and subordinated loans, respectively.

4.  Stock Warrants

In connection with the short-term senior and subordinated loan agreements, the Company issued warrants to FBR and the Subordinated Lenders, respectively, to purchase for $0.01 per share, the number of shares of common stock of the Company that would be purchasable in the planned IPO for $3,750,000 and $1,050,000, respectively, assuming no underwriting fees or similar fees. The warrants will be automatically exercised on the date of closing of the IPO.

A liability for the fair value of the warrants was accrued at the grant date, offset by a related deferred charge for debt issue costs. The Company has valued the warrants at their estimated intrinsic value if the planned IPO is successful because of the inherent subjectivity in estimating the fair value of the warrants at the date of grant.

See subsequent events footnote 9.

F-16

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements — (Continued)

From January 1, 2004 to June 30, 2004 and from April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003

5.  Capital

 Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue and have outstanding at any one time 75,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value common stock. At June 30, 2004, the Company had 10 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, with a related subscription receivable for $10.

 Class B Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue and have outstanding at any one time 2,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value class B common stock. At June 30, 2004, the Company had no shares of class B common stock issued or outstanding.

 Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue and have outstanding at any one time 1,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value preferred stock. At June 30, 2004, the Company had no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

6.  Income Taxes

As of June 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, the Company has $3,224,759 and $427,038, respectively, accumulated start-up and organization expenditures that will be deductible over a period of 60 months once operations commence, resulting in a deferred tax asset of $1,098,418 and $145,193, respectively. The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against this deferred tax asset.

7.  Contingencies and Commitments

On June 24, 2004, an agreement with MMC Securities Corp. (“MMCSC”) requiring a $1 million success fee related to their consulting and advisory services in connection with the organization of the Company was amended to pay the success fee at the earlier of (i) June 30, 2004 or (ii) the closing of the IPO. Payment terms are 60 days.

On September 7, 2004, the MMCSC agreement was amended to require the Company to pay the $1 million success fee in cash at the earlier of (i) November 30, 2004 or (ii) the closing of the IPO.

Under its amended contract, the Company has committed to pay SSC, its service company, monthly payments of approximately $0.7 million for the months of July 2004 through December 2004 for the implementation of the Company’s rating, policy administration, claims and billings and collections systems as well as the approvals of the Company’s regulatory filings. In addition, the Company has committed to pay SSC monthly payments of approximately $0.7 million thereafter until December 2005 for the administration of the Company’s policy processing and renewals.

8.  Acquisition

On March 22, 2004, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement to acquire all of the outstanding shares of Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois (“Potomac”), from OneBeacon Insurance Company.

Potomac is licensed to conduct insurance business in 41 states and the District of Columbia. Under the terms of the stock purchase agreement, the Company will acquire all of the issued and outstanding

F-17

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements — (Continued)

From January 1, 2004 to June 30, 2004 and from April 3, 2003 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2003

stock of Potomac for Potomac’s statutory capital and surplus plus $250,000 per license, payable in cash.

The acquisition will occur simultaneously with, and the Company’s obligation and the sellers’ obligation to close the acquisition will be conditioned upon, the closing of the planned IPO. After the closing, Potomac will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

The Company has paid OneBeacon a $500,000 non-refundable deposit, which on closing of the acquisition will be credited to the remaining balance due to OneBeacon by the Company.

9.  Subsequent Events

On July 23, 2004, the Company entered into an amended and restated short-term senior loan agreement with FBR and Standard American Insurance Limited (“SAIL” and, together with FBR, the “Senior Lenders”). FBR agreed to provide an additional $500,000 of term loans and SAIL agreed to provide up to $1,450,000 both at an interest rate of 12% per year. All outstanding principal and interest will become due and payable upon the earlier of the closing of the Company’s IPO or October 31, 2004, at which time the Senior Lenders’ commitment to provide additional term loans under the senior loan agreement will terminate. If payment is caused by the Company’s planned IPO, payment to FBR will be made in shares based upon the IPO price (assuming no underwriting fees).

On July 23, 2004, the Company also entered into an amended and restated short-term subordinated loan agreement with four members of senior management of the Company (the “Subordinated Lenders”). The agreement was amended and restated to reflect an advance previously made by a senior member of management of $50,000 and an additional commitment of $50,000, at an interest rate of 12% per year. All outstanding principal and interest will become due and payable upon the earlier of the closing of the Company’s IPO or October 31, 2004, at which time the Subordinated Lenders’ commitment to provide additional term loans under the loan agreement will terminate. If payment is caused by the Company’s planned IPO, payment will be made in shares based upon the IPO price (assuming no underwriting fees).

In connection with the amended and restated short-term senior and subordinated loan agreements, the Company issued warrants to FBR, SAIL and the Subordinated Lenders, respectively, to purchase for $0.01 per share, the number of shares that would be purchasable in the planned IPO for $4,000,000, $2,900,000 and $900,000, respectively, assuming no underwriting fees or similar fees. The warrants will be automatically exercised on the date of the closing of the IPO.

On August 31, 2004, the Company entered into a Warrant Exchange Agreement with FBR and the Subordinated Lenders. FBR surrendered its existing warrants in exchange for the number of shares that would be purchasable in the IPO for $4,500,000, for a price per share at which such shares are sold to the public, minus all underwriting discounts and commissions. In consideration of the additional $500,000 provided by FBR, the Company issued warrants to FBR for the number of shares that would be purchasable in the IPO for $1,000,000, at $0.01 per share. The Subordinated Lenders surrendered their existing warrants in exchange for the number of shares that would be purchasable in the IPO for $1,200,000 for a price per share at which such shares are sold to the public, minus all underwriting discounts and commissions. In consideration of the additional $50,000 provided by a senior member of management, the Company issued warrants for the number of shares that would be purchasable additionally exchanged his for the number of shares that would be purchasable in the IPO for $100,000, at $0.01 per share.

F-18

Report of Independent

Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of

Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois:

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholder’s equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois (Successor Company) (the “Company”) at December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2003 and for the period June 1, 2001 through December 31, 2001 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 3 to the financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for goodwill in 2002.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

June 11, 2004

F-19

Report of Independent

Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder

of Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois:

In our opinion, the accompanying statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholder’s equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois (Predecessor Company) (the “Company”) for the period January 1, 2001 through May 31, 2001 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

June 11, 2004

F-20

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

BALANCE SHEETS

		December 31,		December 31,
		2003		2002
		(Dollars in thousands,
		except share amounts)
Assets
Fixed maturity investments, at fair value (cost: $36,111 and $27,041)		$	37,093	$	28,061
Short-term investments, at amortized cost (which approximates fair value)			12,020		1,998
Other investments, at cost			—		28
	Total investments		49,113		30,087
Cash and cash equivalents			10,307		33,673
Insurance premiums receivable			2,119		2,805
Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses due from OneBeacon			139,278		174,869
Deferred acquisition costs			674		791
Investment income accrued			675		494
Deferred federal income tax asset			815		1,537
Receivable from affiliate			—		200
Other assets			1,374		1,799
Total assets		$	204,355	$	246,255
Liabilities
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves		$	154,287	$	193,672
Unearned insurance premiums			4,835		6,394
Accounts payable and other liabilities			2,703		4,978
Payable to affiliates			25		40
	Total liabilities		161,850		205,084
Contingencies (Note 11)
Stockholder’s equity
Common stock at $14 par value per share — authorized 800,000 shares; issued and outstanding 300,000 shares			4,200		4,200
Paid-in capital			36,163		36,163
Retained earnings			1,504		145
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax			638		663
	Total stockholder’s equity		42,505		41,171
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity		$	204,355	$	246,255

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-21

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

			Successor									Predecessor
			Twelve Months
			Ended						Seven Months			Five Months
			December 31,						Ended			Ended
									December 31,			May 31,
			2003			2002			2001			2001
			(In thousands)
Revenues:
	Earned insurance premiums		$	9,961		$	13,518		$	10,525		$	1,250
	Net investment income			2,128			1,580			946			1,077
	Net realized (losses) gains			(466	)		426			377			4,675
	Amortization of deferred credit			—			—			284			—
	Other revenue			318			391			23			46
		Total revenues		11,941			15,915			12,155			7,048
Expenses:
	Loss and loss adjustment expenses			6,821			10,068			10,239			2,017
	Insurance acquisition expenses			1,843			2,990			1,938			1,960
	General and administrative expenses			939			1,537			733			4,294
	Accretion of loss and loss adjustment expense reserves to fair value			243			399			280			—
		Total expenses		9,846			14,994			13,190			8,271
Pretax income (loss)				2,095			921			(1,035	)		(1,223	)
	Federal income tax (expense) benefit			(736	)		(326	)		459			491
Net income (loss) before change in accounting principle				1,359			595			(576	)		(732	)
	Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax			—			3,126			—			—
Net income (loss)				1,359			3,721			(576	)		(732	)
	Net change in unrealized investment gains (losses), net of tax			(25	)		654			9			(1,947	)
Comprehensive net income (loss)			$	1,334		$	4,375		$	(567	)	$	(2,679	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-22

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

											Accumulated
											Other
	Total										Comprehensive
	Stockholder’s			Common		Paid-in		Retained			Income (Loss),
	Equity			Stock		Capital		Earnings			Net of Tax
	(in thousands)
Predecessor
Balances at January 1, 2001.	$	39,940		$	4,200	$	8,402	$	25,124		$	2,214
Net loss		(732	)		—		—		(732	)		—
Net change in unrealized investment gains (losses), net of tax		(1,947	)		—		—		—			(1,947	)
Contributions from Parent		1,508			—		1,508		—			—
Balances at May 31, 2001.	$	38,769		$	4,200	$	9,910	$	24,392		$	267
Successor
Balances at June 1, 2001.	$	35,858		$	4,200	$	31,658	$	—		$	—
Net loss		(576	)		—		—		(576	)		—
Net change in unrealized investment gains (losses), net of tax		9			—		—		—			9
Contribution from Parent		4,000			—		4,000		—			—
Balances at December 31, 2001.	$	39,291		$	4,200	$	35,658	$	(576	)	$	9
Net income		3,721			—		—		3,721			—
Net change in unrealized investment gains (losses), net of tax		654			—		—		—			654
Dividends to Parent declared		(3,000	)		—		—		(3,000	)		—
Contribution from Parent		505			—		505		—			—
Balances at December 31, 2002.	$	41,171		$	4,200	$	36,163	$	145		$	663
Net income		1,359			—		—		1,359			—
Net change in unrealized investment gains (losses), net of tax		(25	)		—		—		—			(25	)
Balances at December 31, 2003.	$	42,505		$	4,200	$	36,163	$	1,504		$	638

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-23

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

		Successor									Predecessor
		Twelve Months
		Ended						Seven Months			Five Months
		December 31,						Ended			Ended
								December 31,			May 31,
		2003			2002			2001			2001
		(In thousands)
Cash flows from operations:
Net income (loss)		$	1,359		$	3,721		$	(576	)	$	(732	)
Charges (credits) to reconcile net income to cash flows from operations:
	Federal income tax expense (benefit)		736			326			(459	)		(491	)
	Net realized losses (gains)		466			(426	)		(377	)		(4,675	)
	Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		—			(3,126	)		—			—
Net change in:
	Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses		35,591			79,010			(1,258	)		46,015
	Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves		(39,385	)		(81,995	)		529			(50,195	)
	Insurance premiums receivable		686			1,746			1,740			596
	Unearned insurance premiums		(1,159	)		(6,444	)		(2,732	)		(5,907	)
	Deferred acquisition costs		117			394			462			513
	Payable related to purchase of NICO and GRC covers		—			—			—			6,809
	Other, net		(1,966	)		5,092			2,380			6,246
Net cash flows used for operations			(3,555	)		(1,702	)		(291	)		(1,821	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
	Net (increase) decrease in short-term investments		(10,022	)		42,775			—			6,819
	Sales of fixed maturity investments		314,811			44,777			9,344			51,238
	Redemptions, calls and maturities of fixed maturity investments		267			—			—			525
	Purchases of fixed maturity investments		(324,867	)		(50,415	)		(14,516	)		(8,416	)
Net cash flows (used for) provided by investing activities			(19,811	)		37,137			(5,172	)		50,166
Cash flows from financing activities:
	Amounts loaned to Parent		—			—			—			(50,987	)
	Cash contributions received from Parent		—			505			4,000			275
	Cash dividends paid to Parent		—			(3,000	)		—			—
Net cash flows (used for) provided by financing activities			—			(2,495	)		4,000			(50,712	)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents during the period			(23,366	)		32,940			(1,463	)		(2,367	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period			33,673			733			2,196			4,563
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period		$	10,307		$	33,673		$	733		$	2,196
Significant Non-cash Transaction:
	Net settlement of amounts loaned to Parent	$	—		$	—		$	44,773		$	1,233

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-24

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

Note 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS

Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois (“Potomac”) was incorporated in 1981 and is principally engaged in property and casualty insurance operations. Potomac is domiciled in Illinois and is licensed in 41 states and the District of Columbia at December 31, 2003.

Potomac is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of OneBeacon Insurance Company (“OneBeacon”). On June 1, 2001, White Mountains Insurance Group, Ltd. (“White Mountains”), the ultimate parent company, acquired (the “Acquisition”) OneBeacon Insurance Group LLC (“OneBeacon Group”) which owns OneBeacon from Aviva plc (formerly CGNU plc). The periods presented within these financial statements and related footnotes relating to periods prior to the Acquisition have been labeled “Predecessor” whereas those financial statements and related footnotes relating to periods subsequent to the Acquisition have been labeled “Successor”.

Potomac is a participant in the OneBeacon Amended and Restated Reinsurance (Pooling) Agreement (the “Pool”). Under this agreement Potomac cedes all of its insurance assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses into a pool (the “Pool”) and assumes a 0.5% share of the Pool’s insurance assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.

Note 2 — PENDING TRANSACTION

On March 22, 2004, OneBeacon entered into a non-binding agreement to sell Potomac to Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. The agreed upon sale price is Potomac’s statutory basis capital and surplus as of the closing date plus $10,500. Additionally, OneBeacon entered into an assumption reinsurance agreement to assume all in-force insurance contracts of Potomac subject to regulatory and other approvals. The sale is expected to be consummated in the fourth quarter of 2004.

Note 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements of Potomac have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The acquisition of Potomac on June 1, 2001 was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting and, therefore, the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were recorded at their fair values on June 1, 2001. The process of determining the fair value of such assets and liabilities acquired, as required under purchase accounting, was undertaken as follows: (i) the purchase price of Potomac was preliminarily allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities, based on their respective estimated fair values at June 1, 2001; (ii) the excess of acquired net assets over the purchase price was used to reduce the estimated fair values of all non-current, non-financial assets acquired to zero; and (iii) the remaining excess of the estimated fair value of net assets over the purchase price was recorded as a deferred credit.

In accordance with the purchase method of accounting, on June 1, 2001, White Mountains increased the net assets of Potomac by $770 ($499 after tax) representing adjustments to reflect the estimated fair value of Potomac’s assets and liabilities assumed. This increase was primarily comprised of a pretax adjustment of $1,500 ($975 after tax) resulting from fair value adjustments made to Potomac’s loss and loss adjustment expense reserves and related reinsurance recoverables, offset by a pretax adjustment of $730

F-25

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

($476 after tax) resulting from write-offs of Potomac’s non-current, non-financial assets. Potomac’s resulting deferred credit relating to White Mountains’ acquisition of Potomac totalled $3,410 at June 1, 2001. Each of these adjustments was pushed-down to Potomac’s books at June 1, 2001 and is presented herein on that basis; therefore, the Predecessor financial statements presented herein are not on a comparable basis to the Successor financial statements.

On January 1, 2002, Potomac adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141 entitled “Business Combinations” which requires the recognition of all existing deferred credits arising from business combinations prior to July 1, 2001 through the income statement as a change in accounting principle on the first day of the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2001. In accordance with SFAS No. 141, Potomac recognized its entire December 31, 2001 unamortized deferred credit balance of $3,126 on January 1, 2002 as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 141, Potomac had been ratably amortizing its deferred credit over a five-year period which resulted in Potomac recognizing $284 in amortization during the seven month period ending December 31, 2001. Potomac’s net loss for the seven month period ending December 31, 2001, as adjusted to exclude revenue from the amortization of its deferred credit, would have been $894.

Cash and Investments

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, money market funds and investments with remaining maturities of three months or less, as determined on the date of purchase. Short-term investments consist of investments with remaining maturities of more than three months but less than one year, as determined on the date of purchase.

Fixed maturity investments are designated as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are reported at estimated fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in other comprehensive income net of applicable federal income taxes. Estimated fair values are based on quoted values. Premiums and discounts on fixed maturity investments are accreted to income over the anticipated life of the investment.

Other investments consist of a private placement equity security which is reported at cost (which approximated fair value as of the balance sheet dates presented).

Investment securities are regularly reviewed for impairment based on criteria that include the extent to which cost exceeds market value, the duration of the market decline, and the financial health of and specific prospects for the issuer. Investment losses that are other than temporary are recognized in earnings.

Investment income is recorded when earned. Realized investment gains and losses are recognized using the weighted average method.

Earned and Unearned Insurance Premiums

Premiums are recognized as revenue over the coverage period of policies written on a daily pro rata basis. Unearned insurance premiums represent the portion of premiums written relating to the remaining term of each policy.

As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, Potomac had established allowances for uncollectible earned premiums of $115 and $340, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the seven months ended December 31, 2001, Potomac incurred $58, $164 and $114 in write-offs relating to uncollectible earned premiums, respectively. For the five months ended May 31, 2001, Potomac incurred $25 in write-offs relating to uncollectible earned premiums.

F-26

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

Commissions and other costs of acquiring new business that vary with and are primarily related to the production of new business are generally deferred. Deferred policy acquisition costs are amortized over the coverage period of the related insurance policies. Balances of deferred policy acquisition costs are regularly evaluated for recoverability and amounts not expected to be recoverable are expensed. During the five months ended May 31, 2001, Potomac recognized a $90 premium deficiency charge.

Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Liabilities for loss and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) are comprised of case basis estimates for claims and claim expenses reported prior to year-end and estimates of incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) losses and loss expenses, net of estimated salvage and subrogation recoverable. These estimates are recorded gross of reinsurance and are continually reviewed and updated with any resulting adjustments reflected in current operating results. Potomac discounts certain of its long-term workers compensation loss and LAE reserves when such liabilities constitute unpaid but settled claims under which the payment pattern and ultimate costs are fixed and determinable on an individual claim basis. Potomac discounts these reserves using a discount rate which is determined based on the facts and circumstances applicable at the time the claims are settled (4.7% at December 31, 2003 and 2002). As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the discount on Potomac’s workers compensation loss and LAE reserves amounted to $190 and $211, respectively.

Case reserves are estimated based on the experience and knowledge of claims staff regarding the nature and potential cost of each claim and are adjusted as additional information becomes known or payments are made. IBNR reserves are regarded as the most uncertain reserve segment and are derived by subtracting paid loss and LAE and case reserves from estimates of ultimate loss and LAE. Actuaries estimate ultimate loss and LAE using various generally accepted actuarial methods applied to known losses and other relevant information. Like case reserves, IBNR reserves are adjusted as additional information becomes known or payments are made.

Ultimate loss and LAE are generally determined by extrapolation of claim emergence and settlement patterns observed in the past that can reasonably be expected to persist into the future. In forecasting ultimate loss and LAE with respect to any line of business, past experience with respect to that line of business is the primary resource, but cannot be relied upon in isolation. Potomac’s own experience, particularly claims development experience, such as trends in case reserves, payments on and closings of claims, as well as changes in business mix and coverage limits, is the most important information for estimating its reserves. External data, available from organizations such as statistical bureaus, consulting firms and reinsurance companies, is sometimes used to supplement or corroborate Potomac’s own experience, and can be especially useful for estimating costs of new business.

Reinsurance

As described above, Potomac cedes all of its insurance assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses into the Pool and assumes its share of the Pool’s insurance assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. As a result, all of its reinsurance recoverable is due from OneBeacon. See Note 10. Amounts recoverable from OneBeacon are estimated in a manner consistent with the claim liability associated with the reinsured policies. The collectibility of Potomac’s reinsurance recoverables is subject to the solvency of OneBeacon.

Reinsurance premiums, commissions, expense reimbursements and reserves related to reinsured business are accounted for on a basis consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contracts. Premiums ceded to OneBeacon are reported as a reduction of premiums written. Expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded to OneBeacon have

F-27

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

been accounted for as a reduction of the related policy acquisition costs and are deferred and amortized accordingly.

New York Assigned Risk Market

The Pool writes voluntary personal automobile insurance in the State of New York. As a condition to its license to write automobile business within that state, the Pool is obligated by statute to accept future assignments from the New York Automobile Insurance Plan (“NYAIP”), a residual insurance market that obtains personal automobile insurance for those individuals who cannot otherwise obtain it in the voluntary insurance market. The share of involuntary written premium for policies assigned by the NYAIP to a particular insurer in a given year is based, in general, on its proportion of the total voluntary writings in New York two years prior. Therefore, by voluntarily writing automobile policies in New York, an insurer has an obligation under New York State insurance laws to provide insurance two years later to individuals assigned to it from the NYAIP. Alternatively, an insurance company can contractually satisfy its NYAIP obligation by either transferring its NYAIP assignments to another insurance company or by utilizing various credits offered by New York to those insurers who voluntarily write policies for individuals in the NYAIP.

During the five months ended May 31, 2001, Potomac recorded a liability of $550 for discharging its obligations associated with NYAIP assignments resulting from voluntary business written by the Pool in prior years. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, Potomac’s reserve for NYAIP assignments was $175 and $515, respectively.

Federal Income Taxes

Potomac is included in the consolidated U.S. federal income tax return of Fund American Enterprises Holdings, Inc. (“Fund American”) its top tier U.S. holding company. Under a written tax sharing arrangement with Fund American, for periods subsequent to June 1, 2001, Potomac makes payments to or receives refunds from the Parent as if they were not part of a consolidated group but instead filed separate returns with the Internal Revenue Service. For purposes of this agreement, credit and loss carry forwards originating prior to June 2, 2001 are not taken into account.

Potomac was formerly included in the consolidated life/non-life U.S. tax return of OneBeacon Group (known at that time as CGU Corporation). Under a written tax sharing arrangement with CGU Corporation, for periods prior to June 2, 2001, Potomac was allocated federal income tax based upon its pro rata share of the total federal income tax attributable to CGU Corporation after certain other affiliates were allocated tax on a separate company basis.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted income tax rates and laws.

F-28

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

There are no recent accounting pronouncements that are expected to have a material effect on Potomac.

Note 4 — INVESTMENTS

The cost or amortized cost and estimated fair values of fixed maturities at December 31 were as follows:

				Gross		Gross
		Cost or		Unrealized		Unrealized			Estimated
2003		Amortized Cost		Gains		Losses			Fair Value
U.S. Treasury obligations		$	19,577	$	685	$	(48	)	$	20,214
Corporate obligations			14,203		335		—			14,538
Asset-backed securities			2,331		10		—			2,341
	Total fixed maturities	$	36,111	$	1,030	$	(48	)	$	37,093
2002
U.S. Treasury obligations		$	11,788	$	843	$	—		$	12,631
Corporate obligations			250		2		—			252
Asset-backed securities			15,003		175		—			15,178
	Total fixed maturities	$	27,041	$	1,020	$	—		$	28,061

Temporary losses on investment securities are recorded as unrealized losses. Temporary losses do not impact net income but do reduce comprehensive net income and stockholder’s equity. Unrealized losses subsequently identified as other-than-temporary impairments are recorded as realized losses. Potomac’s methodology for assessing other-than-temporary impairments is based on security-specific facts and circumstances as of the balance sheet date. As a result, subsequent adverse changes in an issuers’ credit quality or subsequent weakening of market conditions that differ from expectations could result in additional other-than-temporary impairments. Potomac did not record any other-than-temporary impairment charges on investment securities for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 or for the seven months ended December 31, 2001. Potomac also did not record any other-than-temporary impairment charges on investment securities for the five months ended May 31, 2001.

Potomac believes that its gross unrealized losses relating to its fixed maturity investments at December 31, 2003 resulted primarily from increases in market interest rates from the dates that certain investments within that portfolio were acquired as opposed to fundamental changes in the credit quality of the issuers of such securities. Therefore, these decreases in value (which are unrealized losses that have been sustained for less than twelve months) are viewed as being temporary because Potomac has the intent and ability to retain such investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.

F-29

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

The cost or amortized cost and estimated fair values of fixed maturities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2003 are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

	Cost or		Estimated
	Amortized		Fair
	Cost		Value
Due in one year or less	$	10,943	$	11,137
Due after one year through five years		15,659		16,080
Due after five years through ten years		7,656		7,882
Due after ten years		1,853		1,994
Total	$	36,111	$	37,093

Fixed maturities with carrying values of $9,394 and $10,163 were on deposit with insurance regulatory authorities as required by law at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Information relating to Potomac’s investments is shown below:

	Successor								Predecessor
	Twelve Months
	Ended						Seven Months		Five Months
	December 31,						Ended		Ended
							December 31,		May 31,
	2003			2002			2001		2001
Proceeds from voluntary sales	$	314,811		$	44,777		$	9,344	$	51,238
Gross realized gains		812			445			377		4,675
Gross realized losses		(1,278	)		(19	)		—		—

The components of Potomac’s net investment income follow:

			Successor						Predecessor
			Twelve Months
			Ended				Seven Months		Five Months
			December 31,				Ended		Ended
							December 31,		May 31,
			2003		2002		2001		2001
Fixed maturities			$	2,146	$	869	$	536	$	142
Short-term investments				135		755		328		876
Other investment income				32		101		108		78
	Gross investment income			2,313		1,725		972		1,096
	Less: investment expenses			185		145		26		19
		Net investment income	$	2,128	$	1,580	$	946	$	1,077

Potomac participates in a securities lending program whereby it loans investment securities to other institutions for short periods of time. Potomac receives a fee from the borrower in return for the use of its assets which is recorded as other investment income. The program initially requires collateral equal to 102% of the fair value of the loaned securities, which is held by a third party. The fair value of the collateral is evaluated daily and, in the event it falls below 100% of the fair value of the loaned securities, Potomac has the right to demand that it be immediately increased to an amount equal to 102% of the fair value of the loaned securities. All securities loaned can be redeemed on short notice. The total market value of Potomac’s securities on loan at December 31, 2003 was $7,713 with corresponding collateral of $7,870.

F-30

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

Note 5 — REINSURANCE

Potomac has reinsurance protection with OneBeacon which limits losses from large exposures and recover a portion of the direct losses. This ceding of insurance does not discharge Potomac from primary liability to its policyholders, and to the extent that OneBeacon would be unable to meet its reinsurance obligations, Potomac would be liable. Management of Potomac believes that OneBeacon is financially sound and will continue to meet its obligations.

The effects of Potomac’s reinsurance follow:

			Successor									Predecessor
			Twelve Months
			Ended						Seven Months			Five Months
			December 31,						Ended			Ended
									December 31,			May 31,
			2003			2002			2001			2001
Premiums written:
	Direct		$	928		$	3,542		$	8,137		$	5,372
	Assumed			8,886			11,781			8,893			453
	Ceded			(928	)		(3,542	)		(8,137	)		(5,372	)
		Net	$	8,886		$	11,781		$	8,893		$	453
Premiums earned:
	Direct		$	1,597		$	8,236		$	9,225		$	10,494
	Assumed			9,961			13,518			10,525			1,250
	Ceded			(1,597	)		(8,236	)		(9,225	)		(10,494	)
		Net	$	9,961		$	13,518		$	10,525		$	1,250
Losses and loss adjustment expenses:
	Direct		$	24,803		$	834		$	52,690		$	319
	Assumed			6,821			10,068			10,239			2,017
	Ceded			(24,803	)		(834	)		(52,690	)		(319	)
		Net	$	6,821		$	10,068		$	10,239		$	2,017

The timing and size of catastrophe losses are unpredictable and the level of losses experienced in any year could be material to Potomac’s operating results and financial position. Examples of catastrophes include losses caused by earthquakes, wildfires, hurricanes and other types of storms and terrorist acts. The extent of losses caused by catastrophes is both a function of the amount and type of insured exposure in an area affected by the event and the severity of the event. The Pool, of which Potomac is a participant, continually assesses and implements programs to manage its exposure to catastrophe losses through individual risk selection, by limiting its concentration of insurance written in catastrophe-prone areas such as coastal regions.

The Pool, of which Potomac is a participant, seeks to further reduce its exposure to catastrophe losses through the purchase of catastrophe reinsurance. The Pool uses PML forecasting to quantify its exposure to catastrophic losses. PML is a statistical modeling technique that measures a company’s catastrophic exposure as the maximum probable loss in a given time period.

As a result of the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 (the “Attacks”), Potomac incurred approximately $375 of pretax loss and LAE net of reinsurance, or approximately $1,240 gross of

F-31

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

reinsurance. In light of the Attacks, the Pool has sought to mitigate the risk associated with any future terrorist attacks by seeking to exclude, where permissible, coverage for such losses from their policies.

On November 26, 2002, President Bush signed the Terrorism Act, which established a federal “backstop” for commercial property and casualty losses, including workers compensation, resulting from acts of terrorism by or on behalf of any foreign person or foreign interest. The Terrorism Act requires primary commercial insurers to make terrorism coverage available immediately and provides Federal protection above individual company retention and aggregate industry retention levels. The Pool estimates its individual retention level under the Terrorism Act to be approximately $90,000 in 2004. Aggregate industry retention levels are $12,500,000 for 2004 and $15,000,000 for 2005. The Federal government will pay 90% of covered terrorism losses that exceed either the Pool’s or the industry’s retention levels, up to $100,000,000. The Terrorism Act is in effect until December 31, 2004, at which time certain members of the U.S. government have the authority to renew it for another year. Should the Terrorism Act be renewed on December 31, 2004, it will expire on December 31, 2005.

During the first four months of 2003, the Pool was able to significantly reduce the cost of its reinsurance program by purchasing less property catastrophe reinsurance during the low catastrophe season and postpone its annual renewal date to May 1. Effective May 1, 2003, the Pool purchased its normal property catastrophe reinsurance program to cover its full estimated PML (one-in-250 year) through April 30, 2004. Under that cover, the first $200,000 of losses resulting from any single catastrophe are retained by the Pool and losses from a single event in excess of $200,000 and up to $850,000 are reinsured for 100% of the loss. The Pool also purchases reinsurance coverage for certain risks, including catastrophe losses, on either a facultative or treaty basis, where it deems appropriate.

The Pool’s property catastrophe reinsurance program does not cover personal or commercial property losses resulting from nuclear, biological or chemical terrorist attacks or from “certified” events as defined under the Terrorism Act. The program covers personal property losses resulting from other types of terrorist attacks and commercial property losses from other types of domestic terrorist attacks. As a result, the Pool does not have reinsurance protection under either the Terrorism Act or its catastrophe reinsurance program for personal property losses resulting from a nuclear, biological or chemical attack. In the event of a catastrophe, the Pool can reinstate its property catastrophe reinsurance program for the remainder of the original contract term by paying a reinstatement premium which is based on the product of the percentage of coverage reinstated and its original property catastrophe coverage premium.

The Pool also maintains a casualty reinsurance program which provides protection for catastrophe losses involving worker’s compensation, general liability or automobile liability in excess of $5,000 up to $60,000. This program provides one full $55,000 limit for either “certified” or “non-certified” terrorism losses but does not provide for losses resulting from nuclear, biological or chemical attacks.

In connection with the Acquisition, Aviva plc caused a wholly-owned subsidiary of OneBeacon (the “Subsidiary”) to purchase reinsurance contracts with National Indemnity Company (the “NICO Cover”) and General Reinsurance Corporation (the “GRC Cover”) which provides reinsurance protection against unanticipated increases in recorded reserves for insurance losses and LAE. Also in connection with the Acquisition, the Pool simultaneously entered into a reinsurance agreement (the “Reinsurance Agreement”) with the Subsidiary with the same terms, conditions and coverages as the NICO Cover and GRC Cover.

Under the NICO Cover, the Subsidiary paid a premium of $1,250,000 and is entitled to recover up to $2,500,000 for asbestos claims arising from business written by the Pool and ceded to the Subsidiary pertaining to years prior to 1992, environmental claims arising from business written by the Pool and ceded to the Subsidiary pertaining to years prior to 1987 and certain other exposures, all net of third party

F-32

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

reinsurance recoveries. The GRC Cover, for which the Subsidiary paid $275,000, provides up to $570,000 in excess of loss reinsurance protection against adverse development on accident year 2000 and prior losses.

The NICO Cover, the GRC Cover and the Reinsurance Agreement, which were contingent on, and occurred contemporaneously with White Mountains’ acquisition of OneBeacon, qualify for prospective reinsurance accounting treatment under the Emerging Issues Task Force Topic D-54 (“Topic D-54”) which characterizes them as an indemnification by the seller for future increases in the liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses that existed at the acquisition date.

Note 6 — UNPAID LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES

Loss and LAE reserves are estimates of amounts needed to pay claims and related expenses in the future for insured events that have already occurred. Potomac establishes estimates of amounts recoverable from its reinsurers in a manner consistent with the claim liability covered by the reinsurance contracts, net of an allowance for uncollectible amounts. Net loss and LAE reserves represent gross loss and LAE reserves reduced by reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses. Potomac’s loss and LAE reserves represent management’s best estimate of reserves based on a composite of the results of the various actuarial methods, as well as consideration of known facts and trends. Potomac believes that its reserves are reasonably stated; however, since the process of estimating loss and LAE reserves involves a considerable degree of judgment by management, ultimate loss and LAE for past accident years may deviate, perhaps materially, from the amounts currently reflected.

F-33

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

Changes in the Potomac’s liability for unpaid losses and LAE were as follows:

			Successor									Predecessor
			Twelve Months
			Ended						Seven Months			Five Months
			December 31,						Ended			Ended
									December 31,			May 31,
			2003			2002			2001			2001
Beginning of period:
	Gross		$	193,672		$	275,667		$	275,138		$	325,333
	Less reinsurance recoverables			(174,463	)		(253,509	)		(252,098	)		(297,408	)
		Net		19,209			22,158			23,040			27,925
Incurred losses and LAE relating to:
	Current year			6,086			9,792			9,914			6,793
	Prior years			735			276			325			(4,776	)
		Total incurred losses and LAE		6,821			10,068			10,239			2,017
Fair value adjustment to loss and LAE reserves				—			—			(1,500	)		—
Accretion of loss and LAE reserves to fair value				243			399			280			—
Paid losses and LAE related to:
	Current year			(3,145	)		(4,394	)		(5,115	)		(2,559	)
	Prior years			(7,850	)		(9,022	)		(4,786	)		(4,343	)
		Total paid losses and LAE		(10,995	)		(13,416	)		(9,901	)		(6,902	)
End of period:
	Net			15,278			19,209			22,158			23,040
	Plus reinsurance recoverables			139,009			174,463			253,509			252,098
		Gross	$	154,287		$	193,672		$	275,667		$	275,138

The net unfavorable development of $735 recognized in 2003 related primarily to construction defect claims on OneBeacon’s run-off operations. The 2003 net unfavorable development also resulted from a significant 1995 property claim from a pool in which OneBeacon had participated (the Industrial Risk Insurers pool) which was settled through an arbitration decision during 2003.

The net unfavorable development of $276 recognized in 2002 related primarily to increases in reserves for workers compensation coverages. This reserve increase related primarily to a continuing unfavorable trend of increases in workers compensation medical claims and indemnity costs.

The net unfavorable development of $325 recognized in the seven months ended December 31, 2001 related to long-tail lines of business (workers compensation, general liability, multiple peril and commercial automobile liability), primarily for accident years 1998 through 2000.

The net favorable development of $4,776 recognized in the five months ended May 31, 2001 reflects Potomac’s share of incurred losses and LAE ceded under the NICO Cover and GRC Cover, as described in Note 5, which served to reduce Potomac’s incurred losses and LAE related to prior years.

In connection with purchase accounting for Potomac, White Mountains was required to adjust to fair value of Potomac’s loss and LAE reserves and the related reinsurance recoverables by $3,234 and $1,734,

F-34

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

respectively, thereby reducing such balances by those amounts on Potomac’s June 1, 2001 balance sheet. This reduction to net loss and LAE reserves of $1,500 is being accreted through an income statement charge over the period that the claims are expected to be settled. As a result, Potomac recognized $243, $399 and $280 of accretion to loss and LAE reserves during 2003, 2002 and the seven months ended December 31, 2001, respectively. Potomac will accrete the remaining $578 over the future periods in which the claims are settled, which is expected to be seven or eight years from June 1, 2001.

Asbestos and environmental (“A&E”) loss and loss adjustment expense reserve activity

As a participant in the Pool, Potomac’s reserves include provisions made for claims that assert damages from A&E related exposures. Asbestos claims relate primarily to injuries asserted by those who came in contact with asbestos or products containing asbestos. Environmental claims relate primarily to pollution and related clean-up costs obligations, particularly as mandated by federal and state environmental protection agencies. In addition to the factors described above regarding the reserving process, the Pool estimates its A&E reserves based upon, among other factors, facts surrounding reported cases and exposures to claims, such as policy limits and deductibles, current law, past and projected claim activity and past settlement values for similar claims, as well as analysis of industry studies and events, such as recent settlements and asbestos-related bankruptcies.

As described above, effective June 1, 2001, the Pool entered into the Reinsurance Agreement which provides Potomac with significant reinsurance protection against unanticipated increases in recorded reserves for insurance losses and LAE with respect to asbestos, environmental and certain other latent exposures.

F-35

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

The following table summarizes reported A&E loss and LAE reserve activities for Potomac (which excludes any fair value adjustments to loss and LAE reserves made in purchase accounting).

		Successor																		Predecessor
		Twelve Months
		Ended
		December 31,												Seven Months						Five Months
														Ended						Ended
														December 31,						May 31,
		2003						2002						2001						2001
		Gross			Net			Gross			Net			Gross			Net			Gross			Net
Asbestos:
Beginning balance		$	5,686		$	24		$	5,975		$	29		$	1,104		$	32		$	1,235		$	783
	Incurred losses and LAE		(3	)		—			—			—			5,250			—			—			(744	)
	Paid losses and LAE		(835	)		(3	)		(289	)		(5	)		(379	)		(3	)		(131	)		(7	)
Ending balance			4,848			21			5,686			24			5,975			29			1,104			32
Environmental:
Beginning balance			3,471			86			3,714			92			3,863			114			3,962			3,149
	Incurred losses and LAE		(55	)		—			—			—			—			—			—			(2,997	)
	Paid losses and LAE		(652	)		(43	)		(243	)		(6	)		(149	)		(22	)		(99	)		(38	)
Ending balance			2,764			43			3,471			86			3,714			92			3,863			114
Total asbestos and environmental:
Beginning balance			9,157			110			9,689			121			4,967			146			5,197			3,932
	Incurred losses and LAE		(58	)		—			—			—			5,250			—			—			(3,741	)
	Paid losses and LAE		(1,487	)		(46	)		(532	)		(11	)		(528	)		(25	)		(230	)		(45	)
Ending balance		$	7,612		$	64		$	9,157		$	110		$	9,689		$	121		$	4,967		$	146

Potomac’s reserves for A&E losses at December 31, 2003 represent management’s best estimate of its ultimate liability based on information currently available. Effective January 1, 2004, Potomac ceased its participation in the Pool and has entered into reinsurance agreements whereby it will reinsure all of its business to OneBeacon. As a result, Potomac does not expect to be subject to any additional A&E exposure in any future periods. See Note 13.

F-36

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

Note 7 — FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

The components of Potomac’s federal income taxes and a reconciliation of the Potomac’s expected and actual federal income taxes follow:

	Successor							Predecessor
	Twelve Months
	Ended				Seven Months			Five Months
	December 31,				Ended			Ended
					December 31,			May 31,
	2003		2002		2001			2001
Current	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	1,233
Deferred		736		326		(459	)		(1,724	)
Income tax expense (benefit)	$	736	$	326	$	(459	)	$	(491	)
Expected federal income taxes at 35%	$	733	$	322	$	(362	)	$	(428	)
Tax exempt interest		—		—		—			(65	)
Deferred credit amortization		—		—		(100	)		—
Other, net		3		4		3			2
Income tax expense (benefit)	$	736	$	326	$	(459	)	$	(491	)

The components of Potomac’s net deferred income tax asset at December 31 were as follows:

		2003		2002
Deferred income tax asset:
	Losses and loss adjustment expense reserves	$	337	$	517
	Compensation and benefit accruals		511		404
	Net operating and capital loss carryforwards		464		778
	Unearned insurance premiums		287		352
	Other		123		336
Total deferred income tax asset		$	1,722	$	2,387
Deferred income tax liability:
	Net unrealized gains on investments	$	344	$	357
	Deferred acquisition costs		236		277
	Receivable from trust		134		134
	Other		193		82
Total deferred income tax liability		$	907	$	850
Net deferred income tax asset		$	815	$	1,537

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded when a difference between an asset or liability’s financial statement value and its tax reporting value exists, and for other temporary differences as defined by SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Potomac believes that it is more likely than not that results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax asset balances carried as of December 31, 2003 and 2002.

At December 31, 2003, Potomac had net operating losses of approximately $847 which expire in 2021 and capital loss carryforwards of approximately $479 which expire in 2008.

F-37

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

Any capital loss and net operating loss carryforwards are attributable to Potomac’s tax sharing agreement with the parent company of its U.S. consolidated group. In the event the tax sharing agreement is terminated, the tax benefit of these losses will not be available for use by Potomac.

The U.S. federal income tax returns of Fund American are under audit by taxing authorities. In management’s opinion, adequate tax liabilities have been established for all open tax years. These liabilities could be revised in the future if Potomac’s ultimate liability changes.

Note 8 — OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The components of Potomac’s other comprehensive income follow:

			Successor									Predecessor
			Twelve Months
			Ended						Seven Months			Five Months
			December 31,						Ended			Ended
									December 31,			May 31,
			2003			2002			2001			2001
Other comprehensive income for the period:
	Unrealized (losses) gains on investments		$	(504	)	$	1,432		$	391		$	1,680
	Adjustment for unrealized gains (losses) realized			466			(426	)		(377	)		(4,675	)
	Less related federal income tax expense (benefit)			13			(352	)		(5	)		1,048
		Total	$	(25	)	$	654		$	9		$	(1,947	)

The components of Potomac’s accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31 follow:

			2003			2002
Accumulated other comprehensive income:
	Net unrealized gains on investments		$	982		$	1,020
	Less related federal income taxes			(344	)		(357	)
		Total	$	638		$	663

Note 9 — RETIREMENT AND POSTRETIREMENT PLANS

OneBeacon, the lead company in the Pool, sponsors pension and other benefit plans. OneBeacon allocates the liabilities and expenses associated with these plans to the Pool members based on each company’s pool share. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, Potomac’s share of the pooled liabilities was $2,724 and $2,697, respectively. During 2003, 2002 and the seven months ended December 31, 2001, Potomac’s share of the pooled expenses was $34, $(83) and $30, respectively. During the five months ended May 31, 2001, Potomac’s share of the pooled expenses was $21.

Note 10 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Potomac cedes all of its insurance assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses into the Pool and assumes a 0.5% share of the Pool’s insurance assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. As a result, Potomac’s parent does not incur any material expenses on its behalf.

Potomac has a service contract with White Mountains Advisors LLC (“Advisors”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of OneBeacon. Under this agreement, Advisors provides investment research and advice, including the execution of orders for the purchase and sale of securities. The amounts charged to Potomac

F-38

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

by Advisors for such services are based on a fixed fee applied to the month-end market values of the investments being managed. During 2003, 2002 and the seven months ended December 31, 2001, Potomac incurred a total of $185, $115 and $22 of fees and expenses, respectively, with Advisors for services provided. During the five months ended May 31, 2001, Potomac incurred a total of $15 of fees and expenses with Advisors for services provided. Potomac believes that the fees and expenses being charged by Advisors are reasonable and that such amounts do not differ materially from the amounts that Potomac would expect to pay to an unaffiliated entity for such services.

As of December 31, 2002, Potomac had a $200 receivable from the Pool resulting from routine business activities. This amount was settled in full during 2003. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, Potomac had payables of $25 and $40, respectively, to Advisors representing billed but unpaid investment management fees.

During 2002 Potomac declared and paid $3,000 in cash dividends to OneBeacon and OneBeacon contributed $505 in cash to Potomac. During the seven months ended December 31, 2001, OneBeacon contributed $4,000 in cash to Potomac.

During the five months ended May 31, 2001, OneBeacon contributed $275 in cash to Potomac and forgave Potomac’s current tax payable at that date of $1,233.

Note 11 — CONTINGENCIES

Under existing guaranty fund laws in all states, insurers licensed to do business in those states can be assessed for certain obligations of insolvent insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. In accordance with Statement of Position 97-3, “Accounting by Insurance and Other enterprises for Insurance-Related Assessments” (“SOP 97-3”), Potomac records guaranty fund assessments when the loss is probable and the assessment amount can be reasonably estimated. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, Potomac recorded $119 and $123 for such assessments, respectively.

Certain claims settlements of the Pool are funded by annuities (structured settlements) purchased from life insurers. The aggregate present value of expected payment amounts of which Potomac is contingently liable in the event of default by the life insurer was $1,242 and $1,255 as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, approximately $799 and $813, respectively, of the contingent liability was with Aviva Life Insurance Company, a former affiliate.

Potomac is involved in litigation incurred in the normal settlement of claims liabilities. In the opinion of management, provision has been made in the financial statements for estimated losses that may result.

Note 12 — STATUTORY INFORMATION

The Division of Insurance of the State of Illinois (the “Division”) requires Potomac to maintain minimum statutory capital and surplus of $5,000. Other states in which Potomac is licensed to do business have their own requirements as to minimum statutory capital and surplus.

Dividends are payable from earned statutory surplus and may require the approval of state regulatory authorities, based on limitations relating to statutory surplus and net income. At December 31, 2003, 10% of surplus or approximately $4,018 was available for dividends to OneBeacon in 2004 without the prior approval of the Division. Extraordinary dividends may be paid only with the approval of the Division.

F-39

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

Potomac’s statutory basis information follows:

	Successor							Predecessor
	Twelve Months
	Ended				Seven Months			Five Months
	December 31,				Ended			Ended
					December 31,			May 31,
	2003		2002		2001			2001
Ending capital and surplus	$	40,180	$	38,880		N/A			N/A
Net income	$	1,985	$	1,911	$	(648	)	$	793

Note 13 — SUBSEQUENT EVENT

Through December 31, 2003, Potomac ceded all its insurance assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses into the Pool and assumed a 0.5% share of the Pool’s assets and liabilities. As of January 1, 2004, Potomac ceased its participation in the Pool and entered into reinsurance agreements whereby it ceded all of its direct insurance business to OneBeacon. As a result, Potomac no longer has any insurance assets or liabilities on a net basis and will not share in any favorable or unfavorable development of prior year losses recorded by the Pool after January 1, 2004 unless OneBeacon fails to perform under the reinsurance agreements.

F-40

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

BALANCE SHEETS

(UNAUDITED)

		June 30,		December 31,
		2004		2003
		(Dollars in thousands,
		except share amounts)
Assets
Fixed maturity investments, at fair value (amortized cost: $37,115 and $36,111)		$	39,543	$	37,093
Short-term investments, at amortized cost (which approximates fair value)			632		12,020
	Total investments		40,175		49,113
Cash and cash equivalents			48		10,307
Insurance premiums receivable			—		2,119
Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses due from OneBeacon			115,771		139,278
Deferred acquisition costs			—		674
Investment income accrued			737		675
Deferred federal income tax asset			687		815
Accounts receivable from unsettled investment sales			772		—
Other assets			408		1,374
Total assets		$	158,598	$	204,355
Liabilities
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves		$	115,771	$	154,287
Unearned insurance premiums			224		4,835
Accounts payable and other liabilities			38		2,703
Payable to affiliates			—		25
	Total liabilities		116,033		161,850
Contingencies (Note 8)
Stockholder’s equity
Common stock at $14 par value per share — authorized 800,000 shares; issued and outstanding 300,000 shares			4,200		4,200
Paid-in capital			36,163		36,163
Retained earnings			1,952		1,504
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax			250		638
	Total common stockholder’s equity		42,565		42,505
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity		$	158,598	$	204,355

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-41

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(UNAUDITED)

			Six Months Ended
			June 30,
			2004			2003
			(In thousands)
Revenues:
	Earned insurance premiums		$	—		$	5,114
	Net investment income			792			1,098
	Net realized losses			(102	)		(32	)
		Total revenues		690			6,180
Expenses:
	Loss and loss adjustment expenses			—			3,415
	Insurance acquisition expenses			—			665
	General and administrative expenses			—			777
	Accretion of loss and loss adjustment expenses to fair value			—			142
		Total expenses		—			4,999
Pretax income				690			1,181
	Federal income tax expense			(242	)		(413	)
Net income				448			768
	Net change in unrealized gains and losses for investments held, after tax			(454	)		388
	Recognition of unrealized gains and losses for investments sold, after tax			66			21
Comprehensive net income			$	60		$	1,177

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-42

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

(UNAUDITED)

										Accumulated
										Other
										Comprehensive
										Income
	Stockholder’s			Common		Paid-in		Retained		(Loss), Net
	Equity			Stock		Capital		Earnings		of Tax
	(In thousands)
Balances at January 1, 2003	$	41,171		$	4,200	$	36,163	$	145	$	663
Net income		768			—		—		768		—
Net change in unrealized gains, net of tax		(409	)		—		—		—		(409	)
Balances at June 30, 2003.	$	42,348		$	4,200	$	36,163	$	913	$	1,072
Balances at January 1, 2004.	$	42,505		$	4,200	$	36,163	$	1,504	$	638
Net income		448			—		—		448		—
Net change in unrealized gains, net of tax		(388	)		—		—		—		(388	)
Balances at June 30, 2004	$	42,565		$	4,200	$	36,163	$	1,952	$	250

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-43

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

		Six Months Ended June 30,
		2004			2003
		(In thousands)
Cash flows from operations:
Net income		$	448		$	768
Charges (credits) to reconcile net income to cash flows from operations:
	Federal income tax expense		242			413
	Net realized gains		102			32
Net change in:
	Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses		23,507			16,253
	Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves		(38,516	)		(18,509	)
	Unearned insurance premiums		(4,611	)		(1,223	)
	Deferred acquisition costs		674			(7	)
	Other, net		382			760
Net cash flows (used for) provided by operations			(17,772	)		(1,513	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
	Net decrease (increase) in short-term investments		11,388			(10,425	)
	Sales of fixed maturity investments		7,189			134,110
	Redemptions, calls and maturities of fixed maturity investments		2,912			51,430
	Purchases of fixed maturity investments		(13,204	)		(216,692	)
	Unsettled net investment purchases (sales)		(772	)		16,786
Net cash flows provided by (used for) investing activities			7,513			(24,791	)
Cash flows provided by financing activities			—			—
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents during period			(10,259	)		(26,304	)
Cash and cash equivalent balances at beginning of period			10,307			33,673
Cash and cash equivalent balances at end of period		$	48		$	7,369

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-44

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004 AND 2003

(UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands)

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS

Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois (“Potomac”) was incorporated in 1981 and is principally engaged in property and casualty insurance operations. Potomac is domiciled in Illinois and is licensed in 41 states and the District of Columbia at June 30, 2004.

Potomac is a wholly-owned subsidiary of OneBeacon Insurance Company (“OneBeacon”). On June 1, 2001, White Mountains Insurance Group, Ltd. (“White Mountains”), the ultimate parent company, acquired OneBeacon Insurance Group LLC (“OneBeacon Group”) which owns OneBeacon.

Through December 31, 2003, Potomac was a participant in the OneBeacon Amended and Restated Reinsurance (Pooling) Agreement (the “Pool”). Under this agreement Potomac ceded all of its insurance assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses into a pool (the “Pool”) and assumed a 0.5% share of the Pool’s assets and liabilities. As of January 1, 2004, Potomac ceased its participation in the Pool and entered into reinsurance agreements whereby it ceded all of its direct insurance business to OneBeacon. These reinsurance transactions have significantly affected the comparability of the financial statement information presented herein.

NOTE 2 — PENDING TRANSACTION

On March 22, 2004, OneBeacon entered into a non-binding agreement to sell Potomac to Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. The agreed upon sale price is Potomac’s statutory basis capital and surplus as of the closing date plus $10,500. The sale is expected to be consummated in the fourth quarter of 2004.

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements of Potomac have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information.

The financial statements include all adjustments considered necessary by management to fairly present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Potomac. These interim financial statements may not be indicative of financial results for the full year. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The acquisition of Potomac on June 1, 2001 was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting and, therefore, the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were recorded at their fair values on June 1, 2001. The process of determining the fair value of such assets and liabilities acquired, as required under purchase accounting, was undertaken as follows: (i) the purchase price of Potomac was preliminarily allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities, based on their respective estimated fair values at June 1, 2001; (ii) the excess of acquired net assets over the purchase price was used to reduce the estimated fair values of all non-current, non-financial assets acquired to zero; and (iii) the remaining excess of the estimated fair value of net assets over the purchase price was recorded as a deferred credit.

In accordance with the purchase method of accounting, on June 1, 2001, White Mountains increased the net assets of Potomac by $770 ($499 after tax) representing adjustments to reflect the estimated fair value

F-45

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004 AND 2003

(UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands)

of Potomac’s assets and liabilities assumed. This increase was primarily comprised of a pretax adjustment of $1,500 ($975 after tax) resulting from fair value adjustments made to Potomac’s loss and loss adjustment expense reserves and related reinsurance recoverables, offset by a pretax adjustment of $730 ($476 after tax) resulting from write-offs of Potomac’s non-current, non-financial assets. Potomac’s resulting deferred credit relating to White Mountains’ acquisition of Potomac totalled $3,410 at June 1, 2001. Upon the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Potomac recognized its remaining unamortized deferred credit balance of $3,126 as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle on January 1, 2001. Each of these adjustments was pushed-down to Potomac’s books at June 1, 2001.

Cash and Investments

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, money market funds and investments with remaining maturities of three months or less, as determined on the date of purchase. Short-term investments consist of investments with remaining maturities of more than three months but less than one year, as determined on the date of purchase.

Fixed maturity investments are designated as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are reported at estimated fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in other comprehensive income net of applicable federal income taxes. Estimated fair values are based on quoted values. Premiums and discounts on fixed maturity investments are accreted to income over the anticipated life of the investment.

Investment securities are regularly reviewed for impairment based on criteria that include the extent to which cost exceeds market value, the duration of the market decline, and the financial health of and specific prospects for the issuer. Investment losses that are other-than-temporary are recognized in earnings.

Investment income is recorded when earned. Realized investment gains and losses are recognized using the weighted average method.

Earned and Unearned Insurance Premiums

Premiums are recognized as revenue over the coverage period of policies written on a daily pro rata basis. Unearned insurance premiums represent the portion of premiums written relating to the remaining term of each policy.

As of January 1, 2004, Potomac ceased participating in the Pool and transferred its allowances for uncollectible earned premiums to OneBeacon. As of December 31, 2003, Potomac had established allowances for uncollectible earned premiums of $115. For the six months ended June 30, 2003, Potomac incurred $22 in write-offs relating to uncollectible earned premiums.

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

Commissions and other costs of acquiring new business that vary with and are primarily related to the production of new business are generally deferred. Deferred policy acquisition costs are amortized over the coverage period of the related insurance policies. Balances of deferred policy acquisition costs are regularly evaluated for recoverability and amounts not expected to be recoverable are expensed. As of January 1, 2004 with its withdrawal from the Pool, Potomac transferred its deferred acquisition costs to OneBeacon.

F-46

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004 AND 2003

(UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands)

Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Liabilities for loss and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) are comprised of case basis estimates for claims and claim expenses reported prior to period-end and estimates of incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) losses and loss expenses, net of estimated salvage and subrogation recoverable. These estimates are recorded gross of reinsurance and are continually reviewed and updated with any resulting adjustments reflected in current operating results. Potomac discounts certain of its net long-term workers compensation loss and LAE reserves when such liabilities constitute unpaid but settled claims under which the payment pattern and ultimate costs are fixed and determinable on an individual claim basis. Potomac discounts these reserves using a discount rate which is determined based on the facts and circumstances applicable at the time the claims are settled (4.7% at December 31, 2003). As of June 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, the discount on Potomac’s net workers compensation loss and LAE reserves amounted to $0 and $190, respectively.

Case reserves are estimated based on the experience and knowledge of claims staff regarding the nature and potential cost of each claim and are adjusted as additional information becomes known or payments are made. IBNR reserves are regarded as the most uncertain reserve segment and are derived by subtracting paid loss and LAE and case reserves from estimates of ultimate loss and LAE. Actuaries estimate ultimate loss and LAE using various generally accepted actuarial methods applied to known losses and other relevant information. Like case reserves, IBNR reserves are adjusted as additional information becomes known or payments are made.

Ultimate loss and LAE are generally determined by extrapolation of claim emergence and settlement patterns observed in the past that can reasonably be expected to persist into the future. In forecasting ultimate loss and LAE with respect to any line of business, past experience with respect to that line of business is the primary resource, but cannot be relied upon in isolation. Potomac’s own experience, particularly claims development experience, such as trends in case reserves, payments on and closings of claims, as well as changes in business mix and coverage limits, is the most important information for estimating its reserves. External data, available from organizations such as statistical bureaus, consulting firms and reinsurance companies, is sometimes used to supplement or corroborate Potomac’s own experience, and can be especially useful for estimating costs of new business.

Reinsurance

All of Potomac’s reinsurance recoverables are due from OneBeacon. See Note 6. Amounts recoverable from OneBeacon are estimated in a manner consistent with the claim liability associated with the reinsured policies. The collectibility of Potomac’s reinsurance of recoverables is subject to the solvency of OneBeacon

Reinsurance premiums, commissions, expense reimbursements and reserves related to reinsured business are accounted for on a basis consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contracts. Premiums ceded to OneBeacon are reported as a reduction of premiums written. Expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded to OneBeacon have been accounted for as a reduction of the related policy acquisition costs and are deferred and amortized accordingly.

New York Assigned Risk Market

The Pool writes voluntary personal automobile insurance in the State of New York. As a condition to its license to write automobile business within that state, the Pool is obligated by statute to accept future

F-47

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004 AND 2003

(UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands)

assignments from the New York Automobile Insurance Plan (“NYAIP”), a residual insurance market that obtains personal automobile insurance for those individuals who cannot otherwise obtain it in the voluntary insurance market. The share of involuntary written premium for policies assigned by the NYAIP to a particular insurer in a given year is based, in general, on its proportion of the total voluntary writings in New York two years prior. Therefore, by voluntarily writing automobile policies in New York, an insurer has an obligation under New York State insurance laws to provide insurance two years later to individuals assigned to it from the NYAIP. Alternatively, an insurance company can contractually satisfy its NYAIP obligation by either transferring its NYAIP assignments to another insurance company or by utilizing various credits offered by New York to those insurers who voluntarily write policies for individuals in the NYAIP. As of June 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, Potomac’s net reserves for NYAIP assignments was $0 and $175, respectively.

Federal Income Taxes

Potomac is included in the consolidated U.S. tax return of Fund American Enterprises Holdings, Inc. (“Fund American”). Under a written tax sharing arrangement with Fund American, Potomac is allocated tax based upon the liability of the group if it had filed its return on a stand-alone basis. Current federal income taxes are charged or credited to operations based upon amounts estimated to be payable or recoverable as a result of taxable operations for the period.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted income tax rates and laws. Potomac’s income tax provision for the periods presented did not differ from the expected income tax rate of 35% as Potomac did not have any significant items requiring differing treatment for financial and income tax purposes.

F-48

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004 AND 2003

(UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

There are no recent accounting pronouncements that are expected to have a material effect on Potomac.

NOTE 4 — INVESTMENTS

The cost or amortized cost and estimated fair values of fixed maturities were as follows:

		June 30, 2004
				Gross		Gross
		Cost or		Unrealized		Unrealized			Estimated Fair
		Amortized Cost		Gains		Losses			Value
U.S. government obligations		$	18,176	$	437	$	(42	)	$	18,571
Corporate obligations			19,608		94		(102	)		19,600
Asset-backed securities			1,373		—		(1	)		1,372
	Total fixed maturities	$	39,157	$	531	$	(145	)	$	39,543

		December 31, 2003
U.S. government obligations		$	19,577	$	685	$	(48	)	$	20,214
Corporate obligations			14,203		335		—			14,538
Asset-backed securities			2,331		10		—			2,341
	Total fixed maturities	$	36,111	$	1,030	$	(48	)	$	37,093

Information relating to Potomac’s investments for the six months ended June 30 is shown below:

	2004			2003
Proceeds from voluntary sales	$	7,189		$	134,110
Gross realized gains		101			714
Gross realized losses		(203	)		(746	)

Temporary losses on investment securities are recorded as unrealized losses. Temporary losses do not impact net income but do reduce comprehensive net income and shareholder’s equity. Unrealized losses subsequently identified as other-than-temporary impairments are recorded as realized losses.

Potomac’s methodology of assessing other-than-temporary impairment charges on its investments is based on security-specific facts, circumstances and intentions as of the balance sheet date. Potomac did not record any other-than-temporary impairment charges for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003.

The components of net investment income for the six months ended June 30 were as follows:

			2004		2003
Fixed maturities			$	828	$	1,106
Short-term investments				17		78
Other investment income				11		14
	Gross investment income		$	856	$	1,198
	Less: investment expenses			64		100
		Net investment income	$	792	$	1,098

F-49

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004 AND 2003

(UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands)

Potomac participates in a securities lending program whereby it loans investment securities to other institutions for short periods of time. Potomac receives a fee from the borrower in return for the use of its assets. The program initially requires collateral equal to 102% of the fair value of the loaned securities, which is held by a third party. The fair value of the collateral is evaluated daily and, in the event it falls below 100% of the fair value of the loaned securities, Potomac has the right to demand that it be immediately increased to an amount equal to 102% of the fair value of the loaned securities. All securities loaned can be redeemed on short notice. The total market value of Potomac’s securities on loan at June 30, 2004 was $155 with corresponding collateral of $159.

NOTE 5 — UNPAID LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES

Loss and LAE reserves are estimates of amounts needed to pay claims and related expenses in the future for insured events that have already occurred. Potomac establishes estimates of amounts recoverable from its reinsurers in a manner consistent with the claim liability covered by the reinsurance contracts, net of an allowance for uncollectible amounts. Net loss and LAE reserves represent gross loss and LAE reserves reduced by reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses. Potomac’s Loss and LAE reserves represent management’s best estimate of reserves based on a composite of the results of the various actuarial methods, as well as consideration of known facts and trends. Potomac believes that its reserves are reasonably stated; however, since the process of estimating Loss and LAE reserves involves a considerable degree of judgment by management, ultimate loss and LAE for past accident years may deviate, perhaps materially, from the amounts currently reflected.

Changes in the liability for unpaid losses and LAE for the six months ended June 30 were as follows:

			2004			2003
Beginning of period:
	Gross		$	154,287		$	193,672
	Less reinsurance recoverables			(139,009	)		(174,463	)
		Net		15,278			19,209
Incurred losses and LAE relating to:
	Current year			—			3,421
	Prior years			—			(6	)
		Total incurred losses and LAE		—			3,415
Accretion of loss and LAE reserves to fair value				—			142
Transfer of loss and LAE reserves to OneBeacon				(15,278	)		—
Paid losses and LAE related to:
	Current year			—			(1,315	)
	Prior years			—			(4,048	)
		Total paid losses and LAE		—			(5,363	)
End of period:
	Net			—			17,403
	Plus reinsurance recoverables			115,771			157,760
		Gross	$	115,771		$	175,163

F-50

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004 AND 2003

(UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands)

Potomac did not recognize any significant development on its loss and LAE reserves relating to prior years during the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003.

In connection with purchase accounting for Potomac, White Mountains was required to adjust the fair value of Potomac’s loss and LAE reserves and the related reinsurance recoverables by $3,234 and $1,734, respectively, on Potomac’s balance sheet at June 1, 2001. Through December 31, 2003, this reduction to net loss and LAE reserves was being accreted through an income statement charge over the period that the claims were expected to be settled. As a result, Potomac recognized $142 of accretion to loss and LAE reserves during the six months ended June 30, 2003. In connection with Potomac’s reinsurance agreements, all loss and LAE reserves and related reinsurance recoverables on which the fair value adjustment was recorded were ceded to OneBeacon as of January 1, 2004.

In connection with the transfer and assumption agreement on January 1, 2004, Potomac ceded to OneBeacon net loss and LAE reserves of $15,278, unearned insurance premiums of $4,097, other net insurance related assets of $77 and short-term investments of $19,298.

NOTE 6 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

As of January 1, 2004, Potomac ceased its participation in the Pool and entered into reinsurance agreements whereby it ceded all of its direct insurance business to OneBeacon. As a result, Potomac no longer has any insurance assets or liabilities on a net basis and will not share in any favorable or unfavorable development of prior year losses recorded by the Pool after January 1, 2004 unless OneBeacon fails to perform on its reinsurance obligations.

Potomac recorded a receivable from OneBeacon in the amount of $772 at June 30, 2004 which represents a net settlement with OneBeacon resulting from its cessation from the Pool.

Potomac has a service contract with White Mountains Advisors LLC (“Advisors”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of OneBeacon. Under this agreement, Advisors provides investment research and advice, including the execution of orders for the purchase and sale of securities. The amounts charged to Potomac by Advisors for such services are based on a fixed fee applied to the month-end market values of the investments being managed. During the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, Potomac incurred a total of $64 and $100 of fees and expenses, respectively, with Advisors for services provided. Potomac believes that the fees and expenses being charged by Advisors are reasonable and that such amounts do not differ materially from the amounts that Potomac would expect to pay to an unaffiliated entity for such services.

NOTE 7 — CONTINGENCIES

Under existing guaranty fund laws in all states, insurers licensed to do business in those states can be assessed for certain obligations of insolvent insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. In accordance with Statement of Position 97-3, “Accounting by Insurance and Other enterprises for Insurance-Related Assessments” (“SOP 97-3”), Potomac records guaranty fund assessments when the loss is probable and the assessment amount can be reasonably estimated. At June 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, Potomac recorded $0 and $119 for such assessments, respectively.

Potomac is involved in litigation incurred in the normal settlement of claims liabilities. In the opinion of management, provision has been made in the financial statements for estimated losses that may result.

F-51

GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INSURANCE, REINSURANCE AND INVESTMENT TERMS

Acquisition costs:	The aggregate of policy acquisition costs, including commissions and the portion of administrative, general and other expenses attributable to underwriting operations.
Broker:	One who negotiates contracts of insurance or reinsurance, receiving a commission for placement and other service rendered, between (1) a policyholder and a primary insurer, on behalf of the insured party, (2) a primary insurer and reinsurer, on behalf of the primary insurer, or (3) a reinsurer and a retrocessionaire, on behalf of the reinsurer.
Capacity:	The percentage of surplus, or the dollar amount of exposure, that an insurer or reinsurer is willing or able to place at risk. Capacity may apply to a single risk, a program, a line of business or an entire book of business. Capacity may be constrained by legal restrictions, corporate restrictions or indirect restrictions.
Case reserves:	Loss reserves, established with respect to specific, individual reported claims.
Casualty insurance and reinsurance:	Insurance or reinsurance that is primarily concerned with the losses caused by injuries to third persons (in other words, persons other than the policyholder) and the resulting legal liability imposed on the underlying insured resulting therefrom.
Catastrophe; Catastrophic:	A severe loss or disaster, typically involving multiple claimants. Common perils include earthquakes, hurricanes, hailstorms, severe winter weather, floods, fires, tornadoes, explosions and other natural or man-made disasters. Catastrophe losses also may arise from acts of war, acts of terrorism and political instability.
Catastrophe loss:	Loss and directly identified loss adjustment expenses from catastrophes.
Cede; Cedent; Ceding company:	When a party reinsures its liability with another, it transfers or “cedes” business (premiums or losses) and is referred to as the “cedent” or “ceding company.”
Claim:	Request by an insured or reinsured for indemnification by an insurance company or a reinsurance company for loss incurred from an insured peril or event.
Deductible:	The amount of loss that an insured retains, although the insurer is legally responsible for losses within the deductible and looks to the insured for reimbursement for such losses. Contrast this with a self-insured retention (SIR), where the insurer is only responsible for claims in excess of the SIR, regardless of the financial status of the insured.
Directors’ and officers’ liability:	Insurance or reinsurance that covers liability for corporate directors and officers for wrongful acts, subject to applicable exclusions, terms and conditions of the policy.
Excess of loss:	A generic term describing insurance or reinsurance that indemnifies the insured or the reinsured against all or a specified portion of losses on underlying insurance policies in excess of a specified amount, which is called a “retention.” Also known as

G-1

	non-proportional insurance or reinsurance. Excess of loss insurance or reinsurance is written in layers. An insurer or reinsurer or group of insurers or reinsurers accepts a band of coverage up to a specified amount. The total coverage purchased by the cedent is referred to as a “program” and will typically be placed with predetermined insurers or reinsurers in pre-negotiated layers. Any liability exceeding the outer limit of the program reverts to the ceding company, which also bears the credit risk of an insurer’s or reinsurer’s insolvency.
Exclusions:	Provisions in an insurance or reinsurance policy excluding certain risks or otherwise limiting the scope of coverage.
Exposure:	The possibility of loss. A unit of measure of the amount of risk a company assumes.
Frequency:	The number of claims occurring during a given coverage period. This is sometimes quoted as number of claims per unit of exposure.
GAAP:	Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, as defined by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or statements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board. GAAP is the method of accounting to be used by Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. for reporting to stockholders.
Incurred but not reported(“IBNR”):	Reserves for estimated losses that have been incurred by insureds and reinsureds but not yet reported to the insurer or reinsurer, including unknown future developments on losses which are known to the insurer or reinsurer.
Layer:	The interval between the retention or attachment point and the maximum limit of indemnity for which an insurer or reinsurer is responsible.
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio:	The ratio of losses and loss expenses to net premiums earned, determined in accordance with either SAP or GAAP.
Loss reserves:	Liabilities established by insurers and reinsurers to reflect the estimated cost of claims payments and the related expenses that the insurer or reinsurer will ultimately be required to pay in respect of insurance or reinsurance it has written. Reserves are established for losses and for loss adjustment expenses.
Losses and loss adjustment expense:	The expense of settling claims, including legal and other fees and the portion of general expense allocated to claim settlement costs (also known as claim adjustment expenses), plus losses incurred with respect to claims.
Losses incurred:	The total losses sustained by an insurer or reinsurer under a policy or policies, whether paid or unpaid. Incurred losses include a provision for IBNR.
Premiums:	The amount charged during the term on policies and contracts issued, renewed or reinsured by an insurance company or reinsurance company.

G-2

Rates:	Amounts charged per unit of insurance and reinsurance (also sometimes shown per unit of exposure).
Reinsurance:	An arrangement in which an insurance company, the reinsurer, agrees to indemnify another insurance or reinsurance company, the ceding company, against all or a portion of the insurance or reinsurance risks underwritten by the ceding company under one or more policies. Reinsurance can provide a ceding company with several benefits, including a reduction in net liability on individual risks and catastrophe protection from large or multiple losses. Reinsurance also provides a ceding company with additional underwriting capacity by permitting it to accept larger risks and write more business than would be possible without a concomitant increase in capital and surplus, and facilitates the maintenance of acceptable financial ratios by the ceding company. Reinsurance does not legally discharge the primary insurer from its liability with respect to its obligations to the insured.
Reinsurance agreement:	A contract specifying the terms of a reinsurance transaction (also known as a reinsurance certificate).
Reported losses:	Claims or potential claims that have been identified to a reinsurer by a ceding company or to an insurer by an insured.
Reserves:	Liabilities established by insurers to reflect the estimated costs of claim payments and the related expenses that the insurer will ultimately be required to pay in respect of insurance or reinsurance it has written. Reserves are established for losses, for loss adjustment expenses and for unearned premiums. Loss reserves consist of “case reserves,” or reserves established with respect to individual report claims, and “IBNR reserves.” Unearned premium reserves constitute the portion of premium paid in advance for insurance or reinsurance that has not yet been provided. See also “Loss Reserves.”
Retention:	The amount or portion of risk that an insurer retains for its own account. Losses in excess of the retention level up to the outer limit of the program, if any, are paid by the reinsurer. In proportional agreements, the retention may be a percentage of the original policy’s limit. In excess of loss business, the retention is a dollar amount of loss, a loss ratio or a percentage.
	Retention also may mean that portion of the loss is retained by the insured or policyholder. Most insureds do not purchase insurance to cover their entire exposure. Rather, they elect to take a deductible or self-insured retention, a portion of the risk that they will cover themselves.
Retrocessionaire:	A retrocessionaire is a reinsurer to which another reinsurer cedes all or part of the reinsurance that the first reinsurer has assumed. Reinsurance companies cede risks to retrocessionaires for reasons similar to those that cause primary insurers to purchase reinsurance: To reduce net liability on individual risks; to protect against catastrophic losses; to stabilize financial ratios; and to obtain additional underwriting capacity.

G-3

Risk-based capital:	A measure adopted by the NAIC and enacted by states for determining the minimum statutory capital and surplus requirements of insurers with required regulatory and company actions that apply when an insurer’s capital and surplus is below these minimums.
Self-insure:	The retention of a portion of the risk by a person or entity for its own account. See “Deductible” above for a comparison.
Specialty program lines:	Lines of insurance that typically serve well-defined groups of insureds with similar risk characteristics that require highly specialized knowledge of the business class.
Statutory accounting principles (“SAP”):	Recording transactions and preparing financial statements in accordance with the rules and procedures prescribed or permitted by United States state insurance regulatory authorities including the NAIC, which in general reflect a liquidating, rather than going concern, concept of accounting.
Surplus:	As determined under SAP, the amount remaining after all liabilities, including loss reserves, are subtracted from all admitted assets. Admitted assets are assets of an insurer prescribed or permitted by a state to be recognized on the statutory balance sheet. Surplus is often referred to as “surplus as regards policyholders” for statutory accounting purposes.
Underwriter:	An employee of an insurance or reinsurance company who examines, accepts or rejects risks and classifies accepted risks in order to charge an appropriate premium for each accepted risk. The underwriter is expected to select business that will produce an average risk of loss no greater than that anticipated for the class of business.
Underwriting:	The insurer’s or reinsurer’s process of reviewing applications for insurance coverage, and the decision whether to accept all or part of the coverage and determination of the applicable premiums; also refers to the acceptance of that coverage.
Workers’ compensation:	A system (established under state and federal laws) under which employers provide insurance for benefit payments to their employees for work-related injuries, deaths and diseases, regardless of fault.

G-4

      You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the common stock.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INFORMATION CONCERNING DEFINITIONS AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION	i
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY	1
RISK FACTORS	10
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS	23
USE OF PROCEEDS	24
DIVIDEND POLICY	24
CAPITALIZATION	25
DILUTION	27
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.	28
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.	29
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF POTOMAC	38
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF POTOMAC	41
BUSINESS	48
REGULATION	63
MANAGEMENT	68
SECURITY OWNERSHIP	75
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS	77
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK	79
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE	82
CERTAIN U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS	83
UNDERWRITING	86
LEGAL MATTERS	88
EXPERTS	88
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION	88
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	F-1
GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INSURANCE, REINSURANCE AND INVESTMENT TERMS	G-1

      Until                     , 2004, 25 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers who buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

20,000,000 Shares

Common Stock

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

Friedman Billings Ramsey

William Blair & Company

Cochran, Caronia & Co.

PROSPECTUS

                    , 2004

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

      The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fees and the Nasdaq National Market System listing fee.

SEC Registration Fee		$	36,065
NASD Filing Fee		$	28,965
Nasdaq National Market System Listing Fee		$	100,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses		$	20,000
Printing and Engraving Costs		$	275,000
Legal Fees and Expenses		$	700,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses		$	300,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses		$	5,000
Miscellaneous		$	34,970
	Total	$	1,500,000

Item 14.     Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

      Our certificate of incorporation provides that, except to the extent prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “DGCL”), our directors shall not be personally liable to the registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as directors of the registrant. Under the DGCL, the directors have a fiduciary duty to the registrant which is not eliminated by this provision of the certificate of incorporation and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of nonmonetary relief will remain available. In addition, each director will continue to be subject to liability under the DGCL for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the registrant, for acts or omissions which are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for actions leading to improper personal benefit to the director, and for payment of dividends or approval of stock repurchases or redemptions that are prohibited by the DGCL. This provision also does not affect the directors’ responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal environmental laws. The registrant has applied for liability insurance for its officers and directors. Section 145 of the DGCL empowers a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers and to purchase insurance with respect to liability arising out of their capacity or status as directors and officers, provided that this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director: (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) arising under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The DGCL provides further that the indemnification permitted thereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation’s bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or otherwise. The certificate of incorporation eliminates the personal liability of directors to the fullest extent permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL and provides that the registrant may fully indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact that person is or was a director or officer of the registrant, or is or was serving at the request of the registrant as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee

II-1

benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding.

      At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any director, officer, employee or agent as to which indemnification will be required or permitted under the certificate. The registrant is not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for any indemnification.

Item 15.     Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

      The following is a summary of the sales during the past three years by the Registrant of securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Except for the warrants issued in exchange for old warrants, all of the following securities were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. All recipients listed below were accredited investors, sophisticated and received adequate information about us. The new warrants issued in exchange for the old warrants, as described below, were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act. No commission or other remuneration was paid to any person, directly or indirectly, in connection with these transactions.

      1. On December 12, 2003, the Registrant issued a senior secured note with a principal amount not to exceed $1,250,000 to Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc. On March 26, 2004 such note was amended to increase the maximum principal amount to $1,500,000. On July 23, 2004 such note was amended and restated to increase the maximum principal amount to $2,000,000.

      2. On December 12, 2003, the Registrant issued a subordinated note with a principal amount not to exceed $200,000 to Courtney C. Smith. On July 23, 2004 such note was amended and restated to increase the maximum principal amount to $260,000.

      3. On December 12, 2003, the Registrant issued a subordinated note with a principal amount not to exceed $200,000 to Peter E. Jokiel. On July 23, 2004 such note was further amended to decrease the maximum principal amount to $114,000.

      4. On December 12, 2003, the Registrant issued a subordinated note with a principal amount not to exceed $125,000 to William S. Loder. On July 23, 2004 such note was further amended to decrease the maximum principal amount to $45,000.

      5. On December 12, 2003, the Registrant issued a subordinated note with a principal amount not to exceed $125,000 to Gary J. Ferguson. On July 23, 2004 such note was further amended to decrease the maximum principal amount to $31,000.

      6. On December 12, 2003, the Registrant issued a warrant to FBR to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $3,750,000 divided by the initial public offering price of our common stock less underwriters’ discounts and commissions. On July 23, 2004 such warrant was amended and restated to entitle FBR to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $4,000,000 divided by the initial public offering price less underwriters’ discounts and commissions. Such warrant has an exercise price of $0.01 per share. On August 31, 2004, such warrant was exchanged for two new warrants: (i) a warrant to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $4,500,000 divided by the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions, with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions and (ii) a warrant to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $1,000,000 divided by the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions, with an exercise price equal to $0.01.

      7. On December 12, 2003, the Registrant issued a warrant to Courtney C. Smith to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $300,000 divided by the initial public offering price of our common stock less underwriters’ discounts and commissions. On July 23, 2004 such warrant was amended and restated to entitle Mr. Smith to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $520,000 divided by the initial public offering price less underwriters’ discounts and commissions. Such warrant had

II-2

an exercise price of $0.01 per share. On August 31, 2004, such warrant was exchanged for two new warrants: (i) a warrant to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $630,000 divided by the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions, with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions and (ii) a warrant to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $100,000 divided by the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions, with an exercise price equal to $0.01.

      8. On December 12, 2003, the Registrant issued a warrant to Peter E. Jokiel to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $300,000 divided by the initial public offering price of our common stock less underwriters’ discounts and commissions. On July 23, 2004 such warrant was amended and restated to entitle Mr. Jokiel to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $228,000 divided by the initial public offering price less underwriters’ discounts and commissions. Such warrant had an exercise price of $0.01 per share. On August 31, 2004, such warrant was exchanged for a new warrant to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $342,000 divided by the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions, with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions.

      9. On December 12, 2003, the Registrant issued a warrant to William S. Loder to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $75,000 divided by the initial public offering price of our common stock less underwriters’ discounts and commissions. On July 23, 2004 such warrant was amended and restated to entitle Mr. Loder to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $90,000 divided by the initial public offering price less underwriters’ discounts and commissions. Such warrant had an exercise price of $0.01 per share. On August 31, 2004, such warrant was exchanged for a new warrant to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $135,000 divided by the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions, with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions.

      10. On December 12, 2003, the Registrant issued a warrant to Gary J. Ferguson to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $75,000 divided by the initial public offering price of our common stock less underwriters’ discounts and commissions. On July 23, 2004 such warrant was amended and restated to entitle Mr. Ferguson to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $62,000 divided by the initial public offering price less underwriters’ discounts and commissions. Such warrant had an exercise price of $0.01 per share. On August 31, 2004, such warrant was exchanged for a new warrant to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $93,000 divided by the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions, with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions.

      11. On July 23, 2004, the Registrant issued a senior secured note with a principal amount not to exceed $1,450,000 to Standard American Insurance Limited.

      12. On July 23, 2004, the Registrant issued a warrant to Standard American Insurance Limited to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to $2,900,000 divided by the initial public offering price of our common stock less underwriters’ discounts and commissions. Such warrant has an exercise price of $0.01 per share.

      All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. The certificates evidencing the securities described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and were subject to applicable restrictions on transfer.

II-3

Item 16.     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

      (a) Exhibits.

1.1**	Form of Underwriting Agreement
2.1***	Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 22, 2004, between Registrant and OneBeacon Insurance Company
2.2***	Amendment No. 1, dated May 4, 2004, to Stock Purchase Agreement between Registrant and OneBeacon Insurance Company
2.3***	Amendment No. 2, dated July 1, 2004, to Stock Purchase Agreement between Registrant and OneBeacon Insurance Company
2.4***	Amendment No. 3, dated July 13, 2004, to Stock Purchase Agreement between Registrant and OneBeacon Insurance Company
2.5*	Amendment No. 4, dated October 12, 2004, to Stock Purchase Agreement between Registrant and OneBeacon Insurance Company
3.1***	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
3.2*	Amended and Restated Bylaws
4.1***	Amended and Restated Senior Secured Note to the order of Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc. for up to $2,000,000
4.2***	Amended and Restated Subordinated Note to the order of Courtney C. Smith for up to $260,000
4.3***	Amended and Restated Subordinated Note to the order of Peter E. Jokiel for up to $114,000
4.4***	Amended and Restated Subordinated Note to the order of William S Loder for up to $45,000
4.5***	Amended and Restated Subordinated Note to the order of Gary J. Ferguson for up to $31,000
4.6***	Amended and Restated Amended and Restated Senior Secured Note to the order of Standard American Insurance Limited for up to $1,450,000
4.7***	Warrant No. W-1 B issued to Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc.
4.8***	Warrant No. W-1 C issued to Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc.
4.9***	Warrant No. W-2 B issued to Courtney C. Smith
4.10***	Warrant No. W-2 C issued to Courtney C. Smith
4.11***	Warrant No. W-3 B issued to Peter E. Jokiel
4.12***	Warrant No. W-4 B issued to William S. Loder
4.13***	Warrant No. W-5 B issued to Gary J. Ferguson
4.14***	Warrant No. W-6 issued to Standard American Insurance Limited
5.1**	Opinion of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP
10.1.1***	Management and Administrative Services Agreement, dated November 1, 2003, between the Registrant and Syndicated Services Company, Inc.
10.1.2***	Engagement letter, dated November 24, 2003 between the Registrant and MMC Securities Corp.
10.1.3***	Agreement, dated March 15, 2004, between the Registrant and Guy Carpenter & Company, Inc.
10.1.4***	Addendum I to the Management and Administrative Services Agreement, dated April 26, 2004, between the Registrant and Syndicated Services Company, Inc.
10.1.5*	Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan dated as of September 14, 2004
10.1.6***	Addendum II to the Management and Administrative Services Agreement, dated June 10, 2004, between the Registrant and Syndicated Services Company, Inc.
10.1.7***	First Amendment to Engagement Letter, dated June 24, 2004, between the Registrant and MMC Securities Corp.
10.1.8*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated October 17, 2004, between the Registrant and Courtney C. Smith
10.1.9*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated October 17, 2004, between the Registrant and Peter E. Jokiel
10.1.10*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated October 17, 2004, between the Registrant and William S. Loder

II-4

10.1.11*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated October 17, 2004, between the Registrant and Gary J. Ferguson
10.1.12***	Amended and Restated Senior Loan and Security Agreement, dated July 23, 2004, among FBR, Standard American Insurance Limited and Registrant
10.1.13***	Amended and Restated Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement, dated July 23, 2004, among FBR, Standard American Insurance Limited, Registrant, Courtney C. Smith, Peter E. Jokiel, William S. Loder and Gary Ferguson
10.1.14***	Amended and Restated Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement, dated July 23, 2004, among FBR, Standard American Insurance Limited, Registrant, Courtney C. Smith, Peter E. Jokiel, William S. Loder and Gary Ferguson
10.1.15*	Partner Agent Program Agreement, dated May 18, 2004, between the Registrant and AEON Insurance Group, Inc.
10.1.16*	Amended and Restated Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 30, 2004, between the Registrant and AEON Insurance Group, Inc.
10.1.17*	Partner Agent Program Agreement, dated May 1, 2004, between the Registrant and American Team Managers
10.1.18*	Amended and Restated Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 16, 2004, between the Registrant and American Team Managers
10.1.19*	Partner Agent Program Agreement, dated May 1, 2004, between the Registrant and Specialty Risk Solutions, LLC
10.1.20*	Amended and Restated Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 16, 2004, between Registrant and Specialty Risk Solutions, LLC
10.1.21***	Software License Maintenance and Support Agreement, dated May 20, 2004, between the Registrant and ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc.
10.1.22***	Master Software Sales and Services, Agreement (Americas), dated May 19, 2004, between the Registrant SunGard Sherwood Systems (US), Inc.
10.1.23***	Warrant Exchange Agreement, dated August 31, 2004, among the Registrant, FBR, Courtney C. Smith, Peter E. Jokiel, William S. Loder and Gary Ferguson
10.1.24***	Second Amendment to Engagement Letter, dated September 7, 2004, between the Registrant and MMC Securities Corp.
10.1.25*	Side letter, dated September 30, 2004, between the Registrant and AEON Insurance Group, Inc.
10.1.26*	Promissory Note, dated September 30, 2004, in favor of the Registrant
10.1.27*	Side letter, dated August 16, 2004, between the Registrant and American Team Managers Insurance Services, Inc.
10.1.28*	Promissory Note, dated August 16, 2004, in favor of the Registrant
10.1.29*	Side letter, dated August 16, 2004, between the Registrant and Specialty Risk Solutions LLC
10.1.30*	Promissory Note, dated August 16, 2004, in favor of the Registrant
10.1.31***	Letter Agreement, dated September 15, 2004, between the Registrant and Syndicated Services Company, Inc.
23.1*	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with respect to Registrant
23.2*	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with respect to Registrant
23.3*	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with respect to Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois
23.4**	Consent of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1***	Powers of Attorney (included in this Part II of the registration statement)

*	Filed herewith.
**	To be filed by amendment.
***	Filed Previously.

  †  Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions are omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

      (b) Financial Statement Schedules.

II-5

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

on

Financial Statement Schedules

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois:

      Our audits of the financial statements of Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois referred to in our reports dated June 11, 2004 appearing in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. also included an audit of the accompanying financial statement schedules. In our opinion, these financial statement schedules present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related financial statements.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

June 11, 2004

II-6

SCHEDULE I

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS — OTHER THAN

INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES

At December 31, 2003

(Thousands)

					Fair
			Cost		Value
Fixed maturities:
	U.S. Government and government agencies and authorities(1)		$	20,434	$	21,072
	Corporate obligations			14,203		14,538
	Other asset-backed securities			1,474		1,483
		Total fixed maturities		36,111		37,093
Short-term investments				12,020		12,020
		Total investments	$	48,131	$	49,113

(1)  Includes asset-backed securities issued by Freddie Mac.

Note — fair value was equal to carrying value at December 31, 2003.

II-7

SCHEDULE III

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION

(Thousands)

Column A		Column B		Column C		Column D		Column E		Column F		Column G		Column H		Column I		Column J		Column K
				Future Policy										Benefits,
				Benefits,				Other Policy						Claims,		Amortization of
		Deferred		Losses, Claims				Claims and				Net		Losses, and		Deferred Policy		Other
		Acquisition		and Loss		Unearned		Benefits		Premiums		Investment		Settlement		Acquisition		Operating		Premiums
		on Costs		Expenses		Premiums		Payable		Earned		Income		Expenses		Costs		Expenses		Written
Successor
Twelve months ended:
	December 31, 2003	$	674	$	154,287	$	4,835	$	—	$	9,961	$	2,128	$	6,821	$	1,843	$	939	$	8,886
	December 31, 2002	$	791	$	193,672	$	6,394	$	—	$	13,519	$	1,580	$	10,068	$	2,990	$	1,537	$	11,781
Seven months ended:		$	1,185	$	275,667	$	12,838	$	—	$	10,525	$	946	$	10,239	$	1,938	$	733	$	8,893
Predecessor
Five months ended:
	May 31, 2001	$	1,647	$	275,138	$	15,570	$	—	$	1,250	$	1,077	$	2,017	$	1,960	$	4,294	$	453

II-8

SCHEDULE IV

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

REINSURANCE

(Thousands)

Column A		Column B		Column C			Column D		Column E		Column F
				Ceded to							Percentage of
		Gross		Other			Assumed from				Amount Assumed
Premiums Earned		Amount		Companies			Other Companies		Net Amount		to Net
Successor
Twelve months ended:
	December 31, 2003	$	1,597	$	(1,597	)	$	9,961	$	9,961		100	%
	December 31, 2002		8,236		(8,236	)		13,518		13,518		100	%
Seven months ended:
	December 31, 2001	$	9,225	$	(9,225	)	$	10,525	$	10,525		100	%
Predecessor
Five months ended
	May 31, 2001	$	10,494	$	(10,494	)	$	1,250	$	1,250		100	%

II-9

SCHEDULE V

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(Thousands)

Column A		Column B		Column C					Column D			Column E
				Additions			(Subtractions)
		Balance at		Charged to			Charged to					Balance at
		Beginning of		Costs and			Other		Deductions			End of
		Period		Expenses			Accounts		Described(1)			Period
Successor
Twelve months ended:
	December 31, 2003:
	Allowance for insurance balances receivable	$	340	$	(167	)	$	—	$	(58	)	$	115
	Allowance for reinsurance recoverable		83		—			—		(13	)		70
	December 31, 2002:
	Allowance for insurance balances receivable	$	480	$	24		$	—	$	(164	)	$	340
	Allowance for reinsurance recoverable		120		(34	)		—		(3	)		83
Seven months ended:
	December 31, 2001:
	Allowance for insurance balances receivable	$	480	$	114		$	—	$	(114	)	$	480
	Allowance for reinsurance recoverable		110		10			—		—			120
Predecessor
Five months ended:
	May 31, 2001:
	Allowance for insurance balances receivable	$	205	$	300		$	—	$	(25	)	$	480
	Allowance for reinsurance recoverable		102		8			—		—			110

(1)  Represent write-offs of balances receivables.

II-10

SCHEDULE VI

POTOMAC INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION FOR PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE UNDERWRITERS

(Thousands)

Column A		Column B		Column C		Column D			Column E		Column F
				Reserves
				for Unpaid
				Claims and		Discount,
		Deferred		Claims		if Any,
		Acquisition		Adjustment		Deducted in			Unearned		Earned
		Costs		Expenses		Column C			Premiums		Premiums
Successor
Twelve months ended:
	December 31, 2003	$	674	$	154,287	$	190(1	)	$	4,835	$	9,961
	December 31, 2002	$	791	$	193,672	$	211(1	)	$	6,394	$	13,518
Seven months ended:
	December 31, 2001	$	1,185	$	275,667	$	211(1	)	$	12,838	$	10,525
Predecessor
Five months ended:
	May 31, 2001	$	1,647	$	275,138	$	211		$	15,570	$	1,250

[Additional columns below]

[Continued from above table, first column(s) repeated]

													Column
Column A		Column G		Column H					Column I		Column J		K
				Claims and
				Adjustment
		Net		Expenses		Claims			Amortization of		Paid Claims and
		Investment		Incurred(1)		Related to(2)			Deferred Policy		Claim Adjustment		Premiums
		Income		Current Year		Prior Year			Acquisition Costs		Expenses		Written
Successor
Twelve months ended:
	December 31, 2003	$	2,128	$	6,086	$	735		$	1,843	$	10,995	$	8,886
	December 31, 2002	$	1,580	$	9,792	$	276		$	2,990	$	13,416	$	11,781
Seven months ended:
	December 31, 2001	$	946	$	9,914	$	325		$	1,938	$	9,901	$	8,893
Predecessor
Five months ended:
	May 31, 2001	$	1,077	$	6,793	$	(4,776	)	$	1,960	$	6,902	$	453

(1)  The amounts shown exclude unamortized fair value adjustments to reserves of $578, $821 and $1,220 for unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses made in purchase accounting as a result of White Mountains’ purchase of Potomac for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and 2001, respectively.

II-11

Item 17.     Undertakings.

      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

      (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424 (b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

      (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-12

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this amendment to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Dallas, State of Texas, on this 19th day of October 2004.

SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.

By:  /s/ COURTNEY C. SMITH

Name:     Courtney C. Smith

Title:      Chief Executive Officer

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ COURTNEY C. SMITH Courtney C. Smith	Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (principal executive officer)	October 19, 2004
/s/ PETER E. JOKIEL Peter E. Jokiel	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director (principal financial and accounting officer)	October 19, 2004
* Robert E. Dean	Director	October 19, 2004
* Raymond C. Groth	Director	October 19, 2004
* Russell E. Zimmermann	Director	October 19, 2004
* Robert H. Whitehead	Director	October 19, 2004
*By /s/ COURTNEY S. SMITH                                         Courtney S. Smith Attorney-in-Fact

Date: October 19, 2004

II-13

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

1.1**	Form of Underwriting Agreement
2.1***	Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 22, 2004, between Registrant and OneBeacon Insurance Company
2.2***	Amendment No. 1, dated May 4, 2004, to Stock Purchase Agreement between Registrant and OneBeacon Insurance Company
2.3***	Amendment No. 2, dated July 1, 2004, to Stock Purchase Agreement between Registrant and OneBeacon Insurance Company
2.4***	Amendment No. 3, dated July 13, 2004, to Stock Purchase Agreement between Registrant and OneBeacon Insurance Company
2.5*	Amendment No. 4, dated October 12, 2004, to Stock Purchase Agreement between Registrant and OneBeacon Insurance Company
3.1***	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
3.2*	Amended and Restated Bylaws
4.1***	Amended and Restated Senior Secured Note to the order of Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc. for up to $2,000,000
4.2***	Amended and Restated Subordinated Note to the order of Courtney C. Smith for up to $260,000
4.3***	Amended and Restated Subordinated Note to the order of Peter E. Jokiel for up to $114,000
4.4***	Amended and Restated Subordinated Note to the order of William S Loder for up to $45,000
4.5***	Amended and Restated Subordinated Note to the order of Gary J. Ferguson for up to $31,000
4.6***	Amended and Restated Amended and Restated Senior Secured Note to the order of Standard American Insurance Limited for up to $1,450,000
4.7***	Warrant No. W-1 B issued to Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc.
4.8***	Warrant No. W-1 C issued to Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc.
4.9***	Warrant No. W-2 B issued to Courtney C. Smith
4.10***	Warrant No. W-2 C issued to Courtney C. Smith
4.11***	Warrant No. W-3 B issued to Peter E. Jokiel
4.12***	Warrant No. W-4 B issued to William S. Loder
4.13***	Warrant No. W-5 B issued to Gary J. Ferguson
4.14***	Warrant No. W-6 issued to Standard American Insurance Limited
5.1**	Opinion of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP
10.1.1***	Management and Administrative Services Agreement, dated November 1, 2003, between the Registrant and Syndicated Services Company, Inc.
10.1.2***	Engagement letter, dated November 24, 2003 between the Registrant and MMC Securities Corp.
10.1.3***	Agreement, dated March 15, 2004, between the Registrant and Guy Carpenter & Company, Inc.
10.1.4***	Addendum I to the Management and Administrative Services Agreement, dated April 26, 2004, between the Registrant and Syndicated Services Company, Inc.
10.1.5*	Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan dated as of September 14, 2004
10.1.6***	Addendum II to the Management and Administrative Services Agreement, dated June 10, 2004, between the Registrant and Syndicated Services Company, Inc.
10.1.7***	First Amendment to Engagement Letter, dated June 24, 2004, between the Registrant and MMC Securities Corp.
10.1.8*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated October 17, 2004, between the Registrant and Courtney C. Smith
10.1.9*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated October 17, 2004, between the Registrant and Peter E. Jokiel
10.1.10*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated October 17, 2004, between the Registrant and William S. Loder
10.1.11*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated October 17, 2004, between the Registrant and Gary J. Ferguson

10.1.12***	Amended and Restated Senior Loan and Security Agreement, dated July 23, 2004, among FBR, Standard American Insurance Limited and Registrant
10.1.13***	Amended and Restated Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement, dated July 23, 2004, among FBR, Standard American Insurance Limited, Registrant, Courtney C. Smith, Peter E. Jokiel, William S. Loder and Gary Ferguson
10.1.14***	Amended and Restated Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement, dated July 23, 2004, among FBR, Standard American Insurance Limited, Registrant, Courtney C. Smith, Peter E. Jokiel, William S. Loder and Gary Ferguson
10.1.15*	Partner Agent Program Agreement, dated May 18, 2004, between the Registrant and AEON Insurance Group, Inc.
10.1.16*	Amended and Restated Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 30, 2004, between the Registrant and AEON Insurance Group, Inc.
10.1.17*	Partner Agent Program Agreement, dated May 1, 2004, between the Registrant and American Team Managers
10.1.18*	Amended and Restated Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 16, 2004, between the Registrant and American Team Managers
10.1.19*	Partner Agent Program Agreement, dated May 1, 2004, between the Registrant and Specialty Risk Solutions, LLC
10.1.20*	Amended and Restated Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 16, 2004, between Registrant and Specialty Risk Solutions, LLC
10.1.21***	Software License Maintenance and Support Agreement, dated May 20, 2004, between the Registrant and ISO Strategic Solutions, Inc.
10.1.22***	Master Software Sales and Services, Agreement (Americas), dated May 19, 2004, between the Registrant SunGard Sherwood Systems (US), Inc.
10.1.23***	Warrant Exchange Agreement, dated August 31, 2004, among the Registrant, FBR, Courtney C. Smith, Peter E. Jokiel, William S. Loder and Gary Ferguson
10.1.24***	Second Amendment to Engagement Letter, dated September 7, 2004, between the Registrant and MMC Securities Corp.
10.1.25*	Side letter, dated September 30, 2004, between the Registrant and AEON Insurance Group, Inc.
10.1.26*	Promissory Note, dated September 30, 2004, in favor of the Registrant
10.1.27*	Side letter, dated August 16, 2004, between the Registrant and American Team Managers Insurance Services, Inc.
10.1.28*	Promissory Note, dated August 16, 2004, in favor of the Registrant
10.1.29*	Side letter, dated August 16, 2004, between the Registrant and Specialty Risk Solutions LLC
10.1.30*	Promissory Note, dated August 16, 2004, in favor of the Registrant
10.1.31***	Letter Agreement, dated September 15, 2004, between the Registrant and Syndicated Services Company, Inc.
23.1*	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with respect to Registrant
23.2*	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with respect to Registrant
23.3*	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with respect to Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois
23.4**	Consent of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1***	Powers of Attorney (included in this Part II of the registration statement)

*	Filed herewith.
**	To be filed by amendment.
***	Filed Previously.

EX-2.5 2 w99395a2exv2w5.htm EXHIBIT 2.5

Exhibit 2.5

AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     THIS AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of October 12, 2004 (this “Amendment”), is made by and between OneBeacon Insurance Company, a stock insurance company duly organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the “Seller”), and Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Purchaser”).

RECITALS

     WHEREAS, the Seller and the Purchaser have previously entered into that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2004, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2004, that certain Amendment No. 2 to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2004, and that certain Amendment No. 3 to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2004 (together, the “Stock Purchase Agreement”), whereby the Seller agreed to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agreed to purchase from the Seller, all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein; and

     WHEREAS, the Seller and the Purchaser now wish to further amend the Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to Section 11.4 thereof.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the respective agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Seller and the Purchaser hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

     Section 1.1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Stock Purchase Agreement.

ARTICLE II

AMENDMENT OF STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     Section 2.1. Amendment of Section 1.4 — Closing. The last sentence of the first paragraph of Section 1.4 of the Stock Purchase Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

“Neither party shall have the obligation to consummate the Closing unless the Closing shall have occurred on or before November 17, 2004.”

     Section 2.2. Amendment of Section 10.4 — Termination. Sub-section “(y)” of the second proviso of Section 10.4(c) of the Stock Purchase Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

“(y) the Closing shall not have occurred on or before November 17, 2004, the Seller may immediately terminate this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed abandoned”

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 3.1. Interpretation. The term “Agreement” as used in the Stock Purchase Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the Stock Purchase Agreement as further amended hereby.

     Section 3.2. Continuing Effect of Stock Purchase Agreement. This Amendment shall not constitute an amendment or waiver of any provision of the Stock Purchase Agreement not expressly referred to herein. The Stock Purchase Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as further amended hereby.

     Section 3.3. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be deemed to be made in and in all respects shall be interpreted, construed and governed by and in accordance with the law of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would require application of the law of a jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

     Section 3.4. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Each counterpart may be delivered by facsimile transmission, which transmission shall be deemed delivery of an originally executed document.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK, SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

2

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

ONEBEACON INSURANCE COMPANY
By:	/s/ Gregory P. Winn
	Name:   Gregory P. Winn
	Title:     VP and Treasurer
SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.
By:	/s/ Courtney C. Smith
	Name:   Courtney C. Smith
	Title:     President

3

EX-2.5

exv2w5

EX-3.2

EXHIBIT 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.

Dated as of September 14, 2004

Table of Contents

Section	Page
ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS		1
Section 1.01 Annual Meetings		1
Section 1.02 Special Meetings		1
Section 1.03 Notice of Meetings; Waiver		1
Section 1.04 Quorum		2
Section 1.05 Voting		2
Section 1.06 Voting by Ballot		3
Section 1.07 Adjournment		3
Section 1.08 Proxies		3
Section 1.09 Organization; Procedure		3
Section 1.10 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting		4
ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS		4
Section 2.01 General Powers		4
Section 2.02 Number and Term of Office		4
Section 2.03 Election of Directors		4
Section 2.04 Annual and Regular Meetings		5
Section 2.05 Special Meetings; Notice		5
Section 2.06 Quorum; Voting		5
Section 2.07 Adjournment		6
Section 2.08 Action Without a Meeting		6
Section 2.09 Regulations; Manner of Acting		6
Section 2.10 Action by Telephonic Communications		6
Section 2.11 Resignations		6
Section 2.12 Removal of Directors		6
Section 2.13 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships		6
Section 2.14 Compensation		7
Section 2.15 Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc.		7
ARTICLE III
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE AND OTHER COMMITTEES		7
Section 3.01 How Constituted		7
Section 3.02 Powers		7
Section 3.03 Proceedings		8
Section 3.04 Quorum and Manner of Acting		9
Section 3.05 Action by Telephonic Communications		9

i

Table of Contents
(Continued)

Section	Page
Section 3.06 Absent or Disqualified Members		9
Section 3.07 Resignations		9
Section 3.08 Removal		9
Section 3.09 Vacancies		9
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS		9
Section 4.01 Number		9
Section 4.02 Election		10
Section 4.03 Salaries		10
Section 4.04 Removal and Resignation; Vacancies		10
Section 4.05 Authority and Duties of Officers		10
Section 4.06 The President		10
Section 4.07 The Vice President		11
Section 4.08 The Secretary		11
Section 4.09 The Treasurer		12
Section 4.10 Additional Officers		12
Section 4.11 Security		12
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL STOCK		13
Section 5.01 Certificates of Stock, Uncertificated Shares		13
Section 5.02 Signatures; Facsimile		13
Section 5.03 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates		13
Section 5.04 Transfer of Stock		13
Section 5.05 Record Date		14
Section 5.06 Registered Stockholders		14
Section 5.07 Transfer Agent and Registrar		15
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION		15
Section 6.01 Nature of Indemnity		15
Section 6.02 Successful Defense		15
Section 6.03 Determination That Indemnification Is Proper		16
Section 6.04 Advance Payment of Expenses		16
Section 6.05 Procedure for Indemnification of Directors and Officers		16
Section 6.06 Survival; Preservation of Other Rights		17
Section 6.07 Insurance		17

ii

Table of Contents
(Continued)

Section	Page
Section 6.08 Severability		17
ARTICLE VII
OFFICES		18
Section 7.01 Registered Office		18
Section 7.02 Other Offices		18
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS		18
Section 8.01 Dividends		18
Section 8.02 Reserves		18
Section 8.03 Execution of Instruments		18
Section 8.04 Corporate Indebtedness		19
Section 8.05 Deposits		19
Section 8.06 Checks		19
Section 8.07 Sale Transfer, etc. of Securities		19
Section 8.08 Voting as Stockholder		19
Section 8.09 Fiscal Year		19
Section 8.10 Seal		20
Section 8.11 Books and Records; Inspection		20
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS		20
Section 9.01 Amendment		20
ARTICLE X
CONSTRUCTION		20
Section 10.01 Construction		20

iii

SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

Dated as of September 14, 2004

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

          Section 1.01 Annual Meetings. Subject to Section 1.10 of these By-Laws, the annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as properly may come before such meeting shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, or, within the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, by remote electronic communication technologies, and at such date and hour, as may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and set forth in the notice or waiver of notice of the meeting.

          Section 1.02 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time by the President (or, in the event of his or her absence or disability, by any Vice President), or by the Board of Directors. A special meeting shall be called by the President (or, in the event of his or her absence or disability, by any Vice President), or by the Secretary, immediately upon receipt of a written request therefor by stockholders holding in the aggregate not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation at the time entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders. If such officers or the Board of Directors shall fail to call such meeting within twenty days after receipt of such request, any stockholder executing such request may call such meeting. Such special meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such places, within or without the State of Delaware, or, within the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, by remote electronic communication technologies, as shall be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

          Section 1.03 Notice of Meetings; Waiver. The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall cause written notice of the place, if any, date and hour of each meeting of the stockholders, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is called, to be given personally or by mail, not less than ten nor more than sixty days prior to the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If a stockholder meeting is to be held via electronic communications and stockholders will take action at such meeting, the notice of such meeting must: (i) specify the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present and vote at such meeting; and (ii) provide the information required to access the stockholder list.

          For notice given by electronic transmission to a stockholder to be effective, such stockholder must consent to the Corporation’s giving notice by that particular form of electronic transmission. A stockholder may revoke consent to receive notice by electronic transmission by

written notice to the Corporation. A stockholder’s consent to notice by electronic transmission is automatically revoked if the Corporation is unable to deliver two consecutive electronic transmission notices and such inability becomes known to the Secretary, Assistant Secretary, the transfer agent or other person responsible for giving notice.

          Notices are deemed given (i) if by mail, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the record of stockholders of the Corporation, or, if he or she shall have filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written request that notices to him or her be mailed to some other address, then directed to him or her at such other address; (ii) if by facsimile, when faxed to a number where the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by electronic mail, when mailed electronically to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder consented to receive such notice; (iv) if by posting on an electronic network (such as a website or chatroom) together with a separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later to occur of (A) such posting or (B) the giving of the separate notice of such posting; or (v) if by any other form of electronic communication, when directed to the stockholder in the manner consented to by the stockholder. Such further notice shall be given as may be required by law.

          A written waiver of any notice of any annual or special meeting signed by the person entitled thereto, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, shall be deemed equivalent to notice, whether provided before or after the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in a waiver of notice. The attendance of any stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

          Section 1.04 Quorum. Except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of record of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction. of business at such meeting.

          Section 1.05 Voting. If, pursuant to Section 5.05 of these By-Laws, a record date has been fixed, every holder of record of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share outstanding in his or her name on the books of the Corporation at the close of business on such record date. If no record date has been fixed, then every holder of record of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock standing in his or her name on the books of the Corporation at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. Except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the vote of a majority of the shares represented in person or by proxy at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient for the transaction of any business at such meeting.

2

          Section 1.06 Voting by Ballot. No vote of the stockholders need be taken by written ballot, or by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, unless otherwise required by law. Any vote which need not be taken by written ballot, or by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, may be conducted in any manner approved by the meeting.

          Section 1.07 Adjournment. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders present in person or by proxy shall have the power to adjourn any such meeting from time to time until a quorum is present. Notice of any adjourned meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation need not be given if the place, if any, date and hour thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed pursuant to Section 5.05 of these By-Laws, a notice of the adjourned meeting, conforming to the requirements of Section 1.03 of these By-Laws, shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted on the original date of the meeting.

          Section 1.08 Proxies. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or to express consent to or dissent from corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to vote at any such meeting and express such consent or dissent for him or her by proxy. A stockholder may authorize a valid proxy by executing a written instrument signed by such stockholder, or by causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature, or by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission to the person designated as the holder of the proxy, a proxy solicitation firm or a like authorized agent. No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after the expiration of three years from the date of such proxy, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder executing it, except in those cases where applicable law provides that a proxy shall be irrevocable. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or by filing another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary. Proxies by telegram, cablegram, or other electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of a writing or transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

          Section 1.09 Organization; Procedure. At every meeting of stockholders the presiding officer shall be the President or, in the event of his or her absence or disability, a presiding officer chosen by a majority of the stockholders present in person or by proxy. The Secretary, or in the event of his or her absence or disability, the Assistant Secretary, if any, or if there be no Assistant Secretary, in the absence of the Secretary, an appointee of the presiding

3

officer, shall act as Secretary of the meeting. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at every meeting of stockholders may be determined by such presiding officer.

          Section 1.10 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. To the fullest extent permitted by law, whenever the vote of stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken for or in connection with any corporate action, such action may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote of stockholders, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted (but not less than the minimum number of votes otherwise prescribed by law) and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

          Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by law to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

           All provisions of this Section 1.10 shall terminate and no longer be effective upon the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering. A “Qualified Public Offering” means an underwritten public offering on a firm commitment basis under an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of any capital stock of the Corporation in which the aggregate net cash proceeds of the offering to the Corporation in the offering equal or exceed $10,000,000.

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

          Section 2.01 General Powers. Except as may otherwise be provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the property, affairs and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors may exercise all the powers of the Corporation.

          Section 2.02 Number and Term of Office. The number of Directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be seven, which number may be modified from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, but in no event shall the number of Directors be less than one. Each Director (whenever elected) shall hold office until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

          Section 2.03 Election of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 2.12 and 2.13 of these By-Laws, the Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the stockholders; provided, however, that Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc., a Virginia corporation, shall have the exclusive right to appoint (i) two members of the Board of Directors and (ii) two persons to have observation rights (but no vote) on the Board of Directors until all Obligations have been paid in full. For purposes of this Section 2.03, “Obligations” shall mean

4

any and all indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the Corporation to Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc. (voluntary or involuntary, regardless of whether jointly owed with others, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, and regardless of whether from time to time decreased or extinguished and later increased, created or incurred), arising out of or related to the Senior Loan and Security Agreement between the Corporation and Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc., dated December 12, 2003 and the senior secured note evidencing such Obligations thereunder, or the indebtedness evidenced thereby. Until all Obligations have been paid in full, the first sentence of this Section 2.03 may not be amended or overridden in any way without the prior written consent of Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc. If the annual meeting for the election of Directors is not held on the date designated therefor, the Directors shall cause the meeting to be held as soon thereafter as convenient. At each meeting of the stockholders for the election of Directors, provided a quorum is present, the Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes validly cast in such election.

     Section 2.04 Annual and Regular Meetings. The annual meeting of the Board of Directors for the purpose of electing officers and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting shall be held as soon as possible following adjournment of the annual meeting of the stockholders at the place of such annual meeting of the stockholders. Notice of such annual meeting of the Board of Directors need not be given. The Board of Directors from time to time may by resolution provide for the holding of regular meetings and fix the place (which may be within or without the State of Delaware) and the date and hour of such meetings. Notice of regular meetings need not be given, provided, however, that if the Board of Directors shall fix or change the time or place of any regular meeting, notice of such action shall be mailed promptly, or sent by telegram, radio or cable, to each Director who shall not have been present at the meeting at which such action was taken, addressed to him or her at his or her usual place of business, or shall be delivered to him or her personally. Notice of such action need not be given to any Director who attends the first regular meeting after such action is taken without protesting the lack of notice to him or her, prior to or at the commencement of such meeting, or to any Director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after such meeting.

     Section 2.05 Special Meetings; Notice. Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by the President or, in the event of his or her absence or disability, by any Vice President, at such place (within or without the State of Delaware), date and hour as may be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called on twenty-four hours’ notice, if notice is given to each Director personally or by telephone or telegram, or on five days’ notice, if notice is mailed to each Director, addressed to him or her at his or her usual place of business. Notice of any special meeting need not be given to any Director who attends such meeting without protesting the lack of notice to him or her, prior to or at the commencement of such meeting, or to any Director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after such meeting, and any business may be transacted thereat.

     Section 2.06 Quorum; Voting. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the presence of a majority of the total authorized number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise required by law, the vote of a majority of the

5

Directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

          Section 2.07 Adjournment. A majority of the Directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting of the Board of Directors to another time or place. No notice need be given of any adjourned meeting unless the time and place of the adjourned meeting are not announced at the time of adjournment, in which case notice conforming to the requirements of Section 2.05 of these By-Laws shall be given to each Director.

          Section 2.08 Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

          Section 2.09 Regulations; Manner of Acting. To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws, the Board of Directors may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings of the Board of Directors and for the management of the property, affairs and business of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate. The Directors shall act only as a Board, and the individual Directors shall have no power as such.

          Section 2.10 Action by Telephonic Communications. Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

          Section 2.11 Resignations. Any Director may resign at any time by submitting an electronic transmission or by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such Director, to the President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.

          Section 2.12 Removal of Directors. Any Director may be removed at any time, either for or without cause, upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of such Director. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors caused by any such removal may be filled at such meeting by the stockholders entitled to vote for the election of the Director so removed. If such stockholders do not fill such vacancy at such meeting (or in the written instrument effecting such removal, if such removal was effected by consent without a meeting), such vacancy may be filled in the manner provided in Section 2.13 of these By-Laws.

          Section 2.13 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. If any vacancies shall occur in the Board of Directors, by reason of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, or if the authorized number of Directors shall be increased, the Directors then in office shall continue to act, and such vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority of the

6

Directors then in office, although less than a quorum. A Director elected to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship shall hold office until his or her successor has been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any such vacancy or newly created directorship may also be filled at any time by vote of the stockholders.

          Section 2.14 Compensation. The amount, if any, which each Director shall be entitled to receive as compensation for his or her services as such shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

          Section 2.15 Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc. A Director, or a member of any Committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or Committees designated by the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to the matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE III

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

          Section 3.01 How Constituted. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Committees, including an Executive Committee, each such Committee to consist of such number of Directors as from time to time may be fixed by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any such Committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member or members at any meeting of such Committee. Thereafter, members (and alternate members, if any) of each such Committee may be designated at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors. Any such Committee may be abolished or re-designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Each member (and each alternate member) of any such Committee (whether designated at an annual meeting of the Board of Directors or to fill a vacancy or otherwise) shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been designated or until he or she shall cease to be a Director, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

          Section 3.02 Powers. During the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, except as otherwise provided in this section, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the property, affairs and business of the Corporation; provided, however, that the Executive Committee shall not have the power and authority to declare dividends or to authorize the issuance of stock of the Corporation. Each such other Committee, except as otherwise provided in this section, shall have and may exercise such powers of the Board of Directors as may be provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Neither the Executive Committee nor any such other Committee shall have the power or authority:

          (a) to amend the Certificate of Incorporation;

7

          (b) to adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation;

          (c) to recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets;

          (d) to recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution;

          (e) to amend the By-Laws of the Corporation;

          (f) to remove any President, Vice President, Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation;

          (g) to authorize the borrowing of funds, other than under existing facilities, that is material to the capital structure of the Corporation;

          (h) to authorize any new compensation or benefit program;

          (i) to appoint or discharge the Corporation’s independent public accountants;

          (j) to authorize the annual operating plan, annual capital expenditure plan and strategic plan; or

          (k) to abolish or usurp the authority of the Board of Directors.

          The Executive Committee shall have, and any such other Committee may be granted by the Board of Directors, power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to any or all papers which may require it.

          Section 3.03 Proceedings. Each such Committee may fix its own rules of procedure and may meet at such place (within or without the State of Delaware), at such time and upon such notice, if any, as it shall determine from time to time. Each such Committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings and shall report such proceedings to the Board of Directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors next following any such proceedings.

8

          Section 3.04 Quorum and Manner of Acting. Except as may be otherwise provided in the resolution creating such Committee, at all meetings of any Committee the presence of members (or alternate members) constituting a majority of the total authorized membership of such Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of the majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such Committee. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of any such Committee may be taken without a meeting, if all members of such Committee shall consent to such action in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. The members of any such Committee shall act only as a Committee, and the individual members of such Committee shall have no power as such.

          Section 3.05 Action by Telephonic Communications. Members of any Committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of such Committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

          Section 3.06 Absent or Disqualified Members. In the absence or disqualification of a member of any Committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

          Section 3.07 Resignations. Any member (and any alternate member) of any Committee may resign at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such member, to the Chairman or the President. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.

          Section 3.08 Removal. Any member (and any alternate member) of any Committee may be removed from his or her position as a member (or alternate member, as the case may be) of such Committee at any time, either for or without cause, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors.

          Section 3.09 Vacancies. If any vacancy shall occur in any Committee, by reason of disqualification, death, resignation, removal or otherwise, the remaining members (and any alternate members) shall continue to act, and any such vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

          Section 4.01 Number. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a

9

Treasurer. The Board of Directors also may elect one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers in such numbers as the Board of Directors may determine. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. No officer need be a Director of the Corporation.

     Section 4.02 Election. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors, and shall be elected to hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting of the Board of Directors. In the event of the failure to elect officers at such annual meeting, officers may be elected at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor has been elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

     Section 4.03 Salaries. The salaries of all officers and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

     Section 4.04 Removal and Resignation; Vacancies. Any officer may be removed for or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time by delivering notice of resignation, either in writing signed by such officer or by electronic transmission, to the Board of Directors or the President. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise, shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

     Section 4.05 Authority and Duties of Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be specified in these By-Laws, except that in any event each officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be required by law.

     Section 4.06 The President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors at which he or she is present, shall be the chief executive officer and the chief operating officer of the Corporation, shall have general control and supervision of the policies and operations of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. He or she shall manage and administer the Corporation’s business and affairs and shall also perform all duties and exercise all powers usually pertaining to the office of a chief executive officer and a chief operating officer of a corporation. He or she shall have the authority to sign, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, checks, orders, contracts, leases, notes, drafts and other documents and instruments in connection with the business of the Corporation, and together with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, conveyances of real estate and other documents and instruments to which the seal of the Corporation is affixed. He or she shall have the authority to cause the employment or appointment of such employees and agents of the Corporation as the conduct of the business of the Corporation may require, to fix their compensation, and to remove or suspend any employee or agent elected or appointed by the President or the Board of Directors. The President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chairman may from time to time prescribe.

10

          Section 4.07 The Vice President. Each Vice President shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the President. In the absence of the President, the duties of the President shall be performed and his or her powers may be exercised by such Vice President as shall be designated by the President, or failing such designation, such duties shall be performed and such powers may be exercised by each Vice President in the order of their earliest election to that office; subject in any case to review and superseding action by the President.

          Section 4.08 The Secretary. The Secretary shall have the following powers and duties:

          (a) He or she shall keep or cause to be kept a record of all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors in books provided for that purpose.

          (b) He or she shall cause all notices to be duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws and as required by law.

          (c) Whenever any Committee shall be appointed pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, he or she shall furnish a copy of such resolution to the members of such Committee.

          (d) He or she shall be the custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation and cause such seal (or a facsimile thereof) to be affixed to all certificates representing shares of the Corporation prior to the issuance thereof and to all instruments the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal shall have been duly authorized in accordance with these By-Laws, and when so affixed he or she may attest the same.

          (e) He or she shall properly maintain and file all books, reports, statements, certificates and all other documents and records required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

          (f) He or she shall have charge of the stock books and ledgers of the Corporation and shall cause the stock and transfer books to be kept in such manner as to show at any time the number of shares of stock of the Corporation of each class issued and outstanding, the names (alphabetically arranged) and the addresses of the holders of record of such shares, the number of shares held by each holder and the date as of which each became such holder of record.

          (g) He or she shall sign (unless the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary shall have signed) certificates representing shares of the Corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by the Board of Directors.

          (h) He or she shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may be specified in these By-Laws or as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, or the President.

11

          Section 4.09 The Treasurer. The Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation and shall have the following powers and duties:

          (a) He or she shall have charge and supervision over and be responsible for the moneys, securities, receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate records of all receipts of the Corporation.

          (b) He or she shall cause the moneys and other valuable effects of the Corporation to be deposited in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such banks or trust companies or with such bankers or other depositaries as shall be selected in accordance with Section 8.05 of these By-Laws.

          (c) He or she shall cause the moneys of the Corporation to be disbursed by checks or drafts (signed as provided in Section 8.06 of these By-Laws) upon the authorized depositaries of the Corporation and cause to be taken and preserved proper vouchers for all moneys disbursed.

          (d) He or she shall render to the Board of Directors or the President, whenever requested, a statement of the financial condition of the Corporation and of all his or her transactions as Treasurer, and render a full financial report at the annual meeting of the stockholders, if called upon to do so.

          (e) He or she shall be empowered from time to time to require from all officers or agents of the Corporation reports or statements giving such information as he or she may desire with respect to any and all financial transactions of the Corporation.

          (f) He or she may sign (unless an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall have signed) certificates representing stock of the Corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by the Board of Directors.

          (g) He or she shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as may be specified in these By-Laws or as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, or the President.

          Section 4.10 Additional Officers. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it may deem appropriate, and such other officers and agents shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors from time to time may delegate to any officer or agent the power to appoint subordinate officers or agents and to prescribe their respective rights, terms of office, authorities and duties. Any such officer or agent may remove any such subordinate officer or agent appointed by him or her, for or without cause.

          Section 4.11 Security. The Board of Directors may require any officer, agent or employee of the Corporation to provide security for the faithful performance of his or her duties, in such amount and of such character as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

12

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL STOCK

          Section 5.01 Certificates of Stock, Uncertificated Shares. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until each certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation, by the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Such certificate shall be in such form as the Board of Directors may determine, to the extent consistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws.

          Section 5.02 Signatures; Facsimile. All signatures on the certificate referred to in Section 5.01 of these By-Laws may be in facsimile, engraved or printed form, to the extent permitted by law. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile, engraved or printed signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

          Section 5.03 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct that a new certificate be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon delivery to the Board of Directors of an affidavit of the owner or owners of such certificate, setting forth such allegation. The Board of Directors may require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.

          Section 5.04 Transfer of Stock. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Within a reasonable time after the transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws, the Board of Directors may prescribe such additional rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate relating to the issue, transfer and registration of shares of the Corporation.

13

     Section 5.05 Record Date. In order to determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, by the Board of Directors, and which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

     In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

     In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights of the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

     Section 5.06 Registered Stockholders. Prior to due surrender of a certificate for registration of transfer, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to receive dividends and other distributions, to vote, to receive notice and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of the shares represented by such certificate, and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice of such claim or interests. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented to the Corporation for transfer or uncertificated shares are requested to be transferred, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so.

14

          Section 5.07 Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars, and may require all certificates representing shares to bear the signature of any such transfer agents or registrars.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION

          Section 6.01 Nature of Indemnity. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, and may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to such an action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; except that in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor (1) such indemnification shall be limited to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in the defense or settlement of such action or suit, and (2) no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication o£ liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

          The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

          Section 6.02 Successful Defense. To the extent that a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 6.01 of these By-Laws or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against

15

expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

          Section 6.03 Determination That Indemnification Is Proper. Any indemnification of a present or former director or officer of the Corporation under Section 6.01 of these By-Laws (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only upon a determination that indemnification of such person is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 6.01 of these By-Laws. Any indemnification of a present or former employee or agent of the Corporation under Section 6.01 of these By-Laws (unless ordered by a court) may be made by the Corporation upon a determination that indemnification of the employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 6.01 of these By-Laws. Any such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination (1) by a majority vote of the Directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.

          Section 6.04 Advance Payment of Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a present director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate. The Corporation, or in respect of a present director or officer the Board of Directors, may authorize the Corporation’s counsel to represent such present or former director, officer, employee or agent in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.

          Section 6.05 Procedure for Indemnification of Directors and Officers. Any indemnification of a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation under Sections 6.01 and 6.02 of these By-Laws, or advance of costs, charges and expenses to such person under Section 6.04 of these By-Laws, shall be made promptly, and in any event within thirty days, upon the written request of such person. If a determination by the Corporation that such person is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article is required, and the Corporation fails to respond within sixty days to a written request for indemnity, the Corporation shall be deemed to have approved such request. If the Corporation denies a written request for indemnity or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within thirty days, the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article shall be enforceable by such person in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of costs, charges and expenses under Section 6.04 of these By-Laws where

16

the required undertaking, if any, has been received by or tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 6.01 of these By-Laws, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 6.01 of these By-Laws, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

          Section 6.06 Survival; Preservation of Other Rights. The foregoing indemnification provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director, officer, employee and agent who serves in any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware Corporation Law are in effect and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action, suit or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. Such a “contract right” may not be modified retroactively without the consent of such director, officer, employee or agent.

          The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

          Section 6.07 Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article, provided that such insurance is available on acceptable terms, which determination shall be made by a vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

          Section 6.08 Severability. If this Article or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director or officer and may indemnify each employee or agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

17

ARTICLE VII

OFFICES

          Section 7.01 Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at 9 East Loockerman Street in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of the registered agent is National Registered Agents, Inc.

          Section 7.02 Other Offices. The Corporation may maintain offices or places of business at such other locations within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

          Section 8.01 Dividends. Subject to any applicable provisions of law and the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and any such dividend may be paid in cash, property, or shares of the Corporation’s Capital Stock.

          A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any Committee designated by the Board of Directors shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or Committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the Director reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation, as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities and/or net profits of the Corporation, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of surplus or other funds from which dividends might properly be declared and paid

          Section 8.02 Reserves. There may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may similarly modify or abolish any such reserve.

          Section 8.03 Execution of Instruments. The President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer may enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. The Board of Directors or the President may authorize any other officer or agent to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. Any such authorization must be in writing or by electronic transmission and may be general or limited to specific contracts or instruments.

18

          Section 8.04 Corporate Indebtedness. No loan shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation, and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name, unless authorized by the Board of Directors or the President. Such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances. Loans so authorized may be effected at any time for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution, or from any firm, corporation or individual. All bonds, debentures, notes and other obligations or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation issued for such loans shall be made, executed and delivered as the Board of Directors or the President shall authorize. When so authorized by the Board of Directors or the President, any part of or all the properties, including contract rights, assets, business or good will of the Corporation, whether then owned or thereafter acquired, may be mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated or conveyed or assigned in trust as security for the payment of such bonds, debentures, notes and other obligations or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, and of the interest thereon, by instruments executed and delivered in the name of the Corporation.

          Section 8.05 Deposits. Any funds of the Corporation may be deposited from time to time in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as may be determined by the Board of Directors or the President, or by such officers or agents as may be authorized by the Board of Directors or the President to make such determination.

          Section 8.06 Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner, as the Board of Directors or the President from time to time may determine.

          Section 8.07 Sale Transfer, etc. of Securities. To the extent authorized by the Board of Directors or by the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer or any other officers designated by the Board of Directors or the President may sell, transfer, endorse, and assign any shares of stock, bonds or other securities owned by or held in the name of the Corporation, and may make, execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation, under its corporate seal, any instruments that may be appropriate to effect any such sale, transfer, endorsement or assignment.

          Section 8.08 Voting as Stockholder. Unless otherwise determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and to act, vote (or execute proxies to vote) and exercise in person or by proxy all other rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock. Such officers acting on behalf of the Corporation shall have full power and authority to execute any instrument expressing consent to or dissent from any action of any such corporation without a meeting. The Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time confer such power and authority upon any other person or persons.

          Section 8.09 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January of each year (except for the Corporation’s first fiscal year which shall commence on the date of incorporation) and shall terminate in each case on December 31.

19

          Section 8.10 Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal” and “Delaware”. The form of such seal shall be subject to alteration by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or reproduced, or may be used in any other lawful manner.

          Section 8.11 Books and Records; Inspection. Except to the extent otherwise required by law, the books and records of the Corporation shall be kept at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

          Section 9.01 Amendment. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of incorporation, these By-Laws may be amended, altered or repealed

          (a) by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors at any special or regular meeting of the Board if, in the case of such special meeting only, notice of such amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting; or

          (b) at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders if, in the case of such special meeting only, notice of such amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

ARTICLE X

CONSTRUCTION

          Section 10.01 Construction. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of these By-Laws as in effect from time to time and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as in effect from time to time, the provisions of such Certificate of Incorporation shall be controlling.

20

EX-10.1.5

Exhibit 10.1.5

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

OF

SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.

(As Amended and Restated)

     1. Purpose. The purpose of this Stock Option Plan is to advance the interests of the Corporation by encouraging and enabling the acquisition of a larger personal proprietary interest in the Corporation by directors, employees, consultants and independent contractors who are employed by, or perform services for, the Corporation and its Subsidiaries and upon whose judgment and keen interest the Corporation is largely dependent for the successful conduct of its operations. It is anticipated that the acquisition of such proprietary interest in the Corporation will stimulate the efforts of such directors, employees, consultants and independent contractors on behalf of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries and strengthen their desire to remain with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries. It is also expected that the opportunity to acquire such a proprietary interest will enable the Corporation and its Subsidiaries to attract desirable personnel, directors and other service providers.

     2. Definitions. When used in this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires:

     a. “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation, as constituted at any time.

     b. “Chairman of the Board” shall mean the person who at the time shall be Chairman of the Board of Directors.

     c. “Committee” shall mean the Committee hereinafter described in Section 3.

     d. “Corporation” shall mean Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

     e. “Fair Market Value” on a specified date shall mean the closing price at which one Share is traded on the stock exchange, if any, on which Shares are primarily traded, or the last sale price or average of the bid and asked closing prices at which one Share is traded on the over-the-counter market, as reported on the National Association of Security Dealers Automated Quotation System, but if no Shares were traded on such date, then on the last previous date on which a Share was so traded, or, if none of the above are applicable the value of a Share as established by the Committee for such date using any reasonable method of valuation.

     f. “Options” shall mean the stock options granted pursuant to this Plan.

     g. “Plan” shall mean this 2004 Stock Option Plan of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. as adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the shareholders of the Corporation as of April 27, 2004, and as amended and restated as of September 14, 2004 (which amendment and restatement was approved by the Board of Directors and the shareholders of the Corporation as of such date), as such Plan from time to time may further be amended.

     h. “Share” shall mean a share of common stock of the Corporation.

     i. “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation 50% or more of whose stock having general voting power is owned by the Corporation, or by another Subsidiary as herein defined, of the Corporation.

     3. Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that from and after the date on which the Corporation is required to register any class of its equity securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Plan shall be administered by a Committee which shall consist of two or more directors of the Corporation, each of whom shall be a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162 (m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”). The members of the Committee shall be selected by the Board of Directors. Any member of the Committee may resign by giving written notice thereof to the Board of Directors, and any member of the Committee may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. If, for any reason, a member of the Committee shall cease to serve, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The Committee shall establish such rules and procedures as are necessary or advisable to administer the Plan. During any period of time in which the Plan is administered by the Board of Directors, all references in the Plan to the Committee shall be deemed to refer to the Board of Directors. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action, failure to act, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to this Plan or any transaction hereunder, except for liability arising from his own willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his duties. The Corporation hereby agrees to indemnify each member of the Committee for all costs and expenses and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any liability incurred in connection with defending against, responding to, negotiating for the settlement of or otherwise dealing with any claim, cause of action or dispute of any kind arising in connection with any actions in administering this Plan or in authorizing or denying authorization of any transaction hereunder.

     4. Participants. The class of persons who are potential recipients of Options granted under this Plan consist of the (i) directors of the Corporation or a Subsidiary, (ii) employees of the Corporation or a Subsidiary, and (iii) consultants and independent contractors used by the Corporation or a Subsidiary, in each case as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The directors, employees, consultants and independent contractors to whom Options are granted under this Plan, and the number of Shares subject to each such Option, shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, subject, however, to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

     5. Shares and Grants of Options. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, grant, in accordance with this Plan, Options to purchase an aggregate of up to 2,400,000 Shares,

2

which may be either Shares held in treasury or authorized but unissued Shares. The maximum number of Shares which may be the subject of Options granted to any individual during any calendar year shall not exceed 500,000 Shares. If the Shares that would be issued or transferred pursuant to any Option are not issued or transferred and cease to be issuable or transferable for any reason, the number of Shares subject to such Option will no longer be charged against the limitation provided for herein and may again be made subject to Options; provided, however, that with respect to any Option granted on or after the date on which any class of equity securities issued by the Corporation is required to be registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act to any person who is a “covered employee” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder that is canceled or repriced, the number of Shares subject to such Option shall continue to count against the maximum number of Shares which may be the subject of Options granted to such person and such maximum number of Shares shall be determined in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

     At the time an Option is granted, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, designate whether such Option (a) is to be considered as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or (b) is not to be treated as an incentive stock option for purposes of this Plan and the Internal Revenue Code. No Option which is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option shall be granted under this Plan to any person who, at the time of such grant, is not an employee of the Corporation or a Subsidiary.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date an Option is granted) of the Shares with respect to which Options which are designated as incentive stock options, and any other incentive stock options, granted to an employee (under this Plan, or any other incentive stock option plan maintained by the Corporation or any Subsidiary that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code) first become exercisable in any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Options which are not incentive stock options. Options with respect to which no designation is made by the Committee shall be deemed to be incentive stock options to the extent that the $100,000 limitation described in the preceding sentence is met. This paragraph shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they are granted.

     If any Option shall expire, be cancelled or terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares subject thereto may again be made subject to Options under the Plan.

     Nothing herein contained shall be construed to prohibit the issuance of Options at different times to the same employee, director, consultant or independent contractor.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, each director of the Corporation who is not also an employee of the Corporation shall, automatically and without any action by the Committee, be granted a non-qualified Option on each of the following dates (and shall not be granted any other Options pursuant to the Plan): (i) the first business day following each annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation in each year that the Plan is in effect and while such director is a member of the Board of Directors and (ii) with respect to any such

3

director who first becomes a member of the Board of Directors before the first annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, the latest of the date on which such director becomes a member of the Board of Directors, the effective date of the Plan, or the effective date of an initial public offering by the Corporation of Shares as described in Section 13 (subject, in each case, to availability of sufficient Shares under the Plan pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 5). Each such Option shall entitle the director to purchase 10,000 Shares at a per Share exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date on which the Option is granted, and shall vest and become exercisable cumulatively at the rate of 33.33% on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, provided that the director is still in the service of the Corporation on the applicable vesting date (subject, however, to acceleration of such vesting pursuant to the acceleration provisions of Section 11 hereof). Each such Option shall have a duration of ten years from the date of grant, subject, however, to earlier termination of exercisability of the Option pursuant to Section 12 hereof in connection with the director’s termination of service with the Corporation.

     An Option shall be evidenced by an agreement executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President of the Corporation, and each person to whom an Option is granted. The agreement for an Option shall be legended to indicate whether or not the Option is an incentive stock option. The form of agreement for an Option which is an incentive stock option and for an Option which is a non-qualified stock option shall be as attached hereto as Annex 1 and Annex 2, respectively, or in such other form as may be determined by the Committee from time to time.

     6. Price. The price per Share of the Shares to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of any Option shall be fixed by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, however, that the purchase price per share of the Shares to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option which is intended to be an incentive stock option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the day on which the Option is granted.

     7. Duration of Options. The duration of any Option granted under this Plan shall be fixed by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that no Option shall remain in effect for a period of more than ten years from the date upon which the Option is granted.

     8. Ten Percent Shareholders. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, no Option which is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option may be granted under this Plan to any employee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns shares possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation, unless the exercise price under such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date such Option is granted and the duration of such Option is no more than five years.

     9. Consideration for Options. The Corporation shall obtain such consideration for the grant of an Option as the Committee in its discretion may request.

     10. Restrictions on Transferability of Options. Options shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in this Section 10. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its discretion, authorize a transfer of

4

all or a portion of any Option, other than an Option which is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option, by the initial holder to (i) the spouse, children, stepchildren, grandchildren or other family members of the initial holder (“Family Members”), (ii) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such Family Members, (iii) a corporation or partnership in which such Family Members and the initial holder are the only shareholders or partners, or (iv) such other persons or entities which the Committee may permit; provided, however, that subsequent transfers of such Options shall be prohibited except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any transfer of such an Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall approve, including that such Option shall continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the Option and of the Plan as amended from time to time. The events of termination of employment or service under Section 12 shall continue to be applied with respect to the initial holder, following which a transferred Option shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the extent and for the periods specified under Section 12. An Option which is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the holder’s lifetime only by the holder thereof.

     11. Exercise of Options. Except as otherwise provided herein, or as otherwise determined by the Committee and provided in an applicable Option agreement, or as otherwise provided in the holder’s employment agreement (if any) with the Corporation or a Subsidiary, Options, after the grant thereof, shall vest and become exercisable cumulatively at the rate of 33.33% on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, provided that the holder is still in the employ or service of the Corporation or a Subsidiary on the applicable vesting date.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, all or any part of any remaining unexercised Options granted to any person may be exercised in the following circumstances (but in no event after the expiration of the term of the Option): (a) subject to the timing provisions of Section 12 hereof, upon the Disability or the death of the holder, (b) subject to the timing provisions of Section 12 hereof, in the event of a termination of the holder’s employment or service with the Corporation or a Subsidiary by the Corporation other than due to death, Disability or Cause (as defined in Section 12 hereof) upon or within six months following a Change in Control, or (c) upon the occurrence of such special circumstances or event as in the opinion of the Committee merits special consideration. For purposes of this Plan, “Disability” shall mean, with respect to the holder of an Option, the following: (i) if the holder has an employment agreement in effect with the Corporation or a Subsidiary which contains a definition of disability, then the definition of the term “Disability” for purposes of the Plan shall be as defined in such employment agreement, or (ii) if the holder does not have an employment agreement in effect with the Corporation or a Subsidiary which contains a definition of disability, then “Disability” for purposes of the Plan shall be as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. For purposes of the Plan, the following shall constitute a “Change in Control”: (i) any person or group of persons acting in concert is or becomes entitled to more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding voting securities (other than any person who is a holder of voting securities before a private equity offering of the capital stock of the Corporation or an initial public offering of Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form, in each case in which the proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $200,000,000 before deduction of underwriting commissions,

5

placement agent fees or similar charges and other offering expenses (a “Qualified Equity Offering”)), or (ii) following a Qualified Equity Offering, the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in all or substantially all of the holders of the Corporation’s voting securities immediately prior thereto continuing to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation or of the surviving entity immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (iii) following a Qualified Equity Offering, a complete liquidation of the Corporation or the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, other than any such sale or disposition where all or substantially all of the holders of the Corporation’s voting securities immediately prior thereto continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the acquiror or transferee entity immediately after such sale or disposition.

     An Option shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice duly signed by the holder thereof to such effect, together with the Option certificate and the full purchase price of the Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option, to the Chairman of the Board or an officer of the Corporation appointed by the Chairman of the Board for the purpose of receiving the same. Payment of the full purchase price shall be made as follows: in cash; by check payable to the order of the Corporation; by delivery to the Corporation of Shares which shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Option; or by such other methods as the Committee may permit from time to time; provided, however, that a holder may not use any Shares to pay the exercise price unless the holder has beneficially owned such Shares for at least six months. No Option may be granted pursuant to the Plan or exercised at any time when such Option, or the granting, exercise or payment thereof, may result in the violation of any law or governmental order or regulation.

     Within a reasonable time after the exercise of an Option, the Corporation shall cause to be delivered to the person entitled thereto, a certificate for the Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option. If the Option shall have been exercised with respect to less than all of the Shares subject to the Option, the Corporation shall also cause to be delivered to the person entitled thereto a new Option certificate in replacement of the certificate surrendered at the time of the exercise of the Option, indicating the number of Shares with respect to which the Option remains available for exercise, or the original Option certificate shall be endorsed to give effect to the partial exercise thereof.

     12. Termination of Employment or Service. Except as otherwise provided in the holder’s employment agreement, if any, with the Corporation or a Subsidiary, all or any part of any Option, to the extent unexercised, shall terminate immediately (i) in the case of an employee, upon the cessation or termination for any reason of the Option holder’s employment by the Corporation and all Subsidiaries, or (ii) in the case of a director, consultant or independent contractor of the Corporation or a Subsidiary who is not also an employee of the Corporation or a Subsidiary, upon the holder’s ceasing to serve as a director, consultant or independent contractor of the Corporation or a Subsidiary, except that in either case the Option holder shall have three months following the cessation of his employment with the Corporation and Subsidiaries or his service as a director, consultant or independent contractor of the Corporation or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and no longer, within which to exercise any unexercised

6

Option that he could have exercised on the day on which such employment, or service as a director, consultant or independent contractor, terminated (including any portion of an Option as to which the exercisability is accelerated pursuant to Section 11); provided that such exercise must be accomplished prior to the expiration of the term of such Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the cessation of employment or service as a director, consultant or independent contractor is due to Disability or to death, the Option holder or the representative of the Estate or the heirs of a deceased Option holder shall have the privilege of exercising the Options which are unexercised at the time of such Disability or death; provided, however, that such exercise must be accomplished prior to the expiration of the term of such Option and within six months of the Option holder’s Disability or death, as the case may be. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant and as set forth in an agreement for an Option, extend the post-termination exercise period under this Section 12 with respect to any Option, but in no event beyond the expiration of the term of such Option. If the employment or service of any Option holder with the Corporation or a Subsidiary shall be terminated for Cause, then, except as otherwise provided in the holder’s employment agreement, if any, with the Corporation or a Subsidiary, all unexercised Options of such Option holder shall terminate immediately upon such termination of the holder’s employment or service with the Corporation and all Subsidiaries, and an Option holder whose employment or service with the Corporation and Subsidiaries is so terminated, shall have no right after such termination to exercise any unexercised Option he might have exercised prior to the termination of his employment or service with the Corporation and Subsidiaries. For purposes of this Plan, “Cause” shall mean, with respect to the holder of an Option, the following: (i) if the holder has an employment agreement in effect with the Corporation or a Subsidiary which contains a definition of cause, then the definition of the term “Cause” for purposes of the Plan shall be as defined in such employment agreement, or (ii) if the holder does not have an employment agreement in effect with the Corporation or a Subsidiary which contains a definition of cause, then “Cause” for purposes of the Plan shall be as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

     Nothing contained herein or in the Option certificate shall be construed to confer on any employee or director any right to be continued in the employ of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or as a director of the Corporation or a Subsidiary or derogate from any right of the Corporation and any Subsidiary to request the resignation of or discharge any employee, director, consultant or independent contractor (without or with pay), at any time, with or without cause.

     13. Corporation’s Repurchase Rights; Drag Along; and Lock-Up. Upon a proposed sale of any Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option or following a termination of an Option holder’s (or, in the case of any Option which has been transferred in accordance with Section 10, the initial holder’s) employment or service with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (a “Repurchase Event”), the Corporation shall have a right of first refusal (if the Repurchase Event is a proposed sale) or a right, but not an obligation (if the Repurchase Event is a termination of employment or service), to purchase all or part of the Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option (if any) at a repurchase price equal to (i) the proposed sale price if the Repurchase Event is a proposed sale of Shares or (ii) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of the repurchase if the Repurchase Event is the Option holder’s (or initial holder’s) termination of employment or service. The Corporation’s repurchase rights with respect to any

7

Shares shall not be exercisable until at least six months have elapsed since the date of the issuance of the Shares to the Option holder, but the Shares shall nevertheless be subject to the Corporation’s repurchase rights until such rights expire or terminate as hereinafter provided. The Corporation’s right to repurchase Shares will expire on the later of (i) 90 days from the time the Corporation has received notice from the holder of the later of a Repurchase Event due to a proposed sale or due to termination of employment or service (or, if later, seven months after the Shares were issued to the holder), or (ii) seven months from the time the last Option was exercised by the holder of the Shares; provided, however, that in the case of Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option which is an incentive stock option, the Corporation’s repurchase rights shall expire on the later of 13 months after the Shares were issued to the holder or 25 months after the grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation’s repurchase rights pursuant to this Section 13 shall terminate upon an initial public offering by the Corporation of Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if the shareholders owning more than 50% of the Corporation’s Shares (the “Requisite Holders”) approve a sale of the Corporation or substantially all of its assets to a third party in an arm’s-length transaction in which such purchaser is not the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation (an “Approved Sale”), whether by way of merger, consolidation, sale of stock or assets, or otherwise, all holders of any Shares issued pursuant to Options shall consent to and raise no objections against the Approved Sale, and if the Approved Sale is structured as (i) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation, or a sale of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, each holder of any Shares issued pursuant to an Option shall waive any dissenters’ rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such merger, consolidation or asset sale, or (ii) a sale of the stock of the Corporation, such holders shall agree to sell their Shares on the terms and conditions approved by the Requisite Holders; provided, however, that the obligations under this paragraph shall terminate upon an initial public offering by the Corporation of Shares as described above.

     In connection with the Corporation’s initial public offering, each holder of any Shares issued pursuant to an Option shall agree, upon the request of the principal underwriter managing the initial public offering of the Corporation, not to sell publicly any such Shares without the prior written consent of such underwriter for a period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as the underwriter may specify.

     14. Adjustment of Optioned Shares. If prior to the complete exercise of any Option there shall be declared and paid a stock dividend upon the common stock of the Corporation or if the common stock of the Corporation shall be split up, converted, exchanged, reclassified, or in any way substituted for, the Option, to the extent that it has not been exercised, shall entitle the holder thereof upon the future exercise of the Option to such number and kind of securities or other property subject to the terms of the Option to which he would have been entitled had he actually owned the Shares subject to the unexercised portion of the Option at the time of the occurrence of such stock dividend, split-up, conversion, exchange, reclassification or substitution; and the aggregate purchase price upon the future exercise of the Option shall be the same as if the originally optioned Shares were being purchased thereunder. Any fractional

8

shares or securities payable upon the exercise of the Option as a result of such adjustment shall be payable in cash based upon the Fair Market Value of such shares or securities at the time of such exercise. If any such event should occur, the number of Shares with respect to which Options remain to be issued, or with respect to which Options may be reissued, shall be adjusted in a similar manner.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, or the occurrence of a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is not the surviving corporation, or in which the Corporation becomes a subsidiary of another corporation or in which the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto do not continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity immediately after such merger or consolidation, or upon a spin-off (including a reverse spin-off) by the Corporation, but only as to the holders of Options who are to be employed immediately after the spin-off by the entity which represents less than 50% of the value of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction and any holders who will serve as directors of such entity and not of the Corporation, or upon the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, then the following shall apply: (i) if the consideration received by the stockholders of the Corporation in connection with such transaction is solely in the form of cash, then such holder of any vested Option not theretofore exercised shall be entitled to receive from the Corporation, or the acquiror or a successor entity, an amount of cash equal to the excess of (A) the amount of cash which the holder would have been entitled to receive if he had actually owned the Shares subject to the portion of the Option not theretofore exercised but which is then vested, over (B) the aggregate purchase price which would be payable for such Shares upon the exercise of the Option; or (ii) if the consideration received by the stockholders of the Corporation in connection with such transaction is in the form of shares of stock or other securities or property, or part cash and part shares or other securities or property, then the Corporation shall provide, in connection with such transaction, for the assumption of Options theretofore granted, or the substitution for such Options of new options of the acquiror or successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kinds of shares or other securities or property and the per share exercise prices. Any amount payable pursuant to clause (i) shall be paid at the same time as payment of the cash consideration is made to the stockholders of the Corporation in connection with the applicable transaction.

     In the event of any other change in the corporate structure or outstanding Shares, the Committee may make such equitable adjustments to the number of Shares and the class of shares available hereunder or to any outstanding Options as it shall deem appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.

     15. Issuance of Shares and Compliance with Securities Act. The Corporation may postpone the issuance and delivery of Shares upon any exercise of an Option until (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on any stock exchange on which Shares of the Corporation of the same class are then listed, and (b) the completion of such registration or other qualification of such Shares under any State or Federal law, rule or regulation as the Corporation shall determine to be necessary or advisable. Any person exercising an Option shall make such representations

9

and furnish such information as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, be appropriate to permit the Corporation, in the light of the then existence or non-existence with respect to such Shares of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, to issue the Shares in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or any comparable act. The Corporation shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to legend any Shares which may be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option, or may issue stop transfer orders in respect thereof.

     16. Income Tax Withholding. If the Corporation or a Subsidiary shall be required to withhold any amounts by reason of any Federal, State or local tax rules or regulations in respect of the issuance of Shares pursuant to the exercise of such Option, the Corporation or the Subsidiary shall be entitled to deduct and withhold such amounts from any cash payments to be made to the holder of such Option. In any event, the holder shall make available to the Corporation or Subsidiary, promptly when requested by the Corporation or such Subsidiary, sufficient funds to meet the requirements of such withholding; and the Corporation or Subsidiary shall be entitled to take and authorize such steps as it may deem advisable in order to have such funds made available to the Corporation or Subsidiary out of any funds or property due or to become due to the holder of such Option.

     17. Administration and Amendment of the Plan. Except as hereinafter provided, the Board of Directors or the Committee may at any time withdraw or from time to time amend the Plan as it relates to, and the terms and conditions of, any Options not theretofore granted, and the Board of Directors or the Committee, with the consent of the affected holder of an Option, may at any time withdraw or from time to time amend the Plan as it relates to, and the terms and conditions of, any outstanding Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment by the Board of Directors or the Committee which would increase the number of Shares issuable under Options granted pursuant to the Plan or to any individual during any calendar year or change the class of persons to whom Options may be granted shall be subject to the approval of the stockholders of the Corporation within one year of such amendment.

     Determinations of the Committee as to any question which may arise with respect to the interpretation of the provisions of the Plan and Options shall be final. The Committee may authorize and establish such rules, regulations and revisions thereof not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as it may deem advisable to make the Plan and Options effective or provide for their administration, and may take such other action with regard to the Plan and Options as it shall deem desirable to effectuate their purpose. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have the power, in its sole discretion, to determine on an individual basis whether a leave of absence or a change in status from or to employee, director, consultant or independent contractor constitutes a termination of employment or service for purposes of the Plan.

     Where the Plan grants to the Committee, the Board of Directors, the Corporation or a Subsidiary discretion to take certain actions or permit or prohibit certain actions by others, such discretion shall not be limited in any manner, directly or by implication, but may be exercised by the Committee, the Board of Directors, the Corporation or the Subsidiary, as the case may be, as it determines.

10

     18. Effective Date. This Plan is effective April 27, 2004.

     19. Final Issuance Date. No Option shall be granted under the Plan after April 26, 2014.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these presents to be executed by its duly authorized officer on September 14, 2004.

SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.
By:	/s/ Courtney C. Smith
	Courtney C. Smith
	President

11

Annex 1

OPTION AGREEMENT

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION

(Non-Assignable)

Issued Pursuant to the 2004 Stock
Option Plan of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

     THIS CERTIFIES that on                                       , 20                   ,                                                          (the “Holder”) was granted an option (“Option”) to purchase at the Option exercise price of $                    per share all or any part of                                        fully paid and non-assessable shares (“Shares”) of the common stock of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. (the “Corporation”), pursuant to the 2004 Stock Option Plan of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. (the “Plan”), upon and subject to the following terms and conditions.

     This Option shall expire on                                       , 20                   .

     This Option may be exercised or surrendered during the Holder’s lifetime only by the Holder. This Option shall not be transferable by the Holder otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

     Except as otherwise provided pursuant to the Plan [or as set forth in the Employment Agreement (“Employment Agreement”) dated as of                                        between the Corporation and the Holder], this Option shall vest and become exercisable cumulatively at a rate of 33.33% on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, provided that the Holder is still in the employ or service of the Corporation or a Subsidiary on the applicable vesting date. In no event, however, may the Option be exercised after the Option’s expiration date or after an earlier termination of exercisability of the Option pursuant to [the Employment Agreement or, to the extent not inconsistent with the Employment Agreement,] the Plan in

connection with the Holder’s termination of employment or service with the Corporation or its Subsidiaries.

     The Option and this Option agreement are issued pursuant to and are subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, the terms and conditions of which are hereby incorporated as though set forth at length, and a copy of which is attached to this agreement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this agreement shall have the same meanings as defined in the Plan. A determination of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or the Committee under the Plan as to any questions which may arise with respect to the interpretation of the provisions of the Option and of the Plan shall be final. The Board of Directors or the Committee may authorize and establish such rules, regulations and revisions thereof not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as it may deem advisable.

     WITNESS the signature of the Corporation’s duly authorized officer as of the date first written above. By countersigning below, the Holder agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this agreement and of the Plan.

SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’
ALLIANCE, INC.
 

By:  

Acknowledged and agreed to:

                                                                                               
Holder

13

Annex 2

OPTION AGREEMENT

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

Issued Pursuant to the 2004 Stock
Option Plan of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

     THIS CERTIFIES that on                                       , 20                   ,                                                          (the “Holder”) was granted an option (“Option”) which is not to be treated as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to purchase at the Option exercise price of $                    per share all or any part of                                        fully paid and non-assessable shares (“Shares”) of the common stock of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. (the “Corporation”), pursuant to the 2004 Stock Option Plan of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. (the “Plan”), upon and subject to the following terms and conditions.

     This Option shall expire on                                       , 20                   .

     This Option shall not be transferable by the Holder otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided pursuant to the Plan.

     Except as otherwise provided pursuant to the Plan [or as set forth in the Employment Agreement (“Employment Agreement”) dated as of                     between the Corporation and the Holder], this Option shall vest and become exercisable cumulatively at a rate of 33.33% on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, provided that the Holder is still in the employ or service of the Corporation on the applicable vesting date. In no event, however, may the Option be exercised after the Option’s expiration date or after an earlier termination of exercisability of the Option pursuant to [the Employment Agreement or, to the

extent not inconsistent with the Employment Agreement,] the Plan in connection with the Holder’s termination of employment or service with the Corporation or its Subsidiaries.

     The Option and this Option agreement are issued pursuant to and are subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, the terms and conditions of which are hereby incorporated as though set forth at length, and a copy of which is attached to this agreement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this agreement shall have the same meanings as defined in the Plan. A determination of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or the Committee under the Plan as to any questions which may arise with respect to the interpretation of the provisions of the Option and of the Plan shall be final. The Board of Directors or the Committee may authorize and establish such rules, regulations and revisions thereof not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as it may deem advisable.

     WITNESS the signature of the Corporation’s duly authorized officer as of the date first written above. By countersigning below, the Holder agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this agreement and of the Plan.

SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’
ALLIANCE, INC.
 

By:  

Acknowledged and agreed to:

                                                                                               
Holder

EX-10.1.8

EXHIBIT 10.1.8

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of this 17th day of October 2004, by and between Courtney C. Smith (the “Executive”) and Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. (“Holding Co.”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, Holding Co. desires to continue the employment of the Executive and the Executive desires to continue his employment, under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

     WHEREAS, Holding Co. and the Executive (collectively, the “Parties”) entered into the Employment Agreement dated as of November 19, 2003, as amended by the First Amendment dated April 2nd, 2004, the Second Amendment dated May 26, 2004, and the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated August 9, 2004. (the “Employment Agreement”).

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree to amend and restate the Employment Agreement as follows:

     1. Employment. Holding Co. hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment, as the President and Chief Executive Officer under the terms and conditions set forth herein. During the Term (as defined herein), the Executive agrees to serve, without additional compensation, in one or more executive positions and/or as a member of the board of directors of Holding Co. or any affiliate of Holding Co.

     2. Term. Subject to paragraph 6, the term of this Agreement shall commence on the date of the Holding Co.’s Qualified Equity Offering (as defined below) and shall continue until December 31, 2007 (the “Initial Term”). Upon the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically extend for three successive one-year periods, unless terminated by either party by written notice to that effect not less than three months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and any extension periods are referred to herein collectively as the “Term”.

     3. Duties. During the Term, the Executive shall report to the Board of Directors and shall initially perform such duties and responsibilities as Holding Co.’s Board of Directors may determine. The Executive and Holding Co. shall create a job description which outlines the duties and responsibilities that the Executive shall perform. Such job description shall be mutually created within one year of the Executive’s employment. The Executive shall comply fully with all applicable laws, rules and regulations as well as with Holding Co.’s policies, compliance manuals and procedures. The Executive shall devote his entire working time to the business of Holding Co. and shall use his best efforts, skills and abilities in his diligent and faithful performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder. During the Term, the Executive shall not engage in any other business activities or hold any office or positions regardless of whether any such activity, office or position is pursued for profit or other pecuniary

advantage, without the prior consent of Holding Co.; provided, however, the Executive may own, solely as an investment, 1.0% or less of the securities of any publicly traded corporation.

     4. Compensation and Related Matters. As full compensation for the Executive’s performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder during the Term, Holding Co. shall pay the Executive the compensation and provide the benefits set forth below:

           a. Base Salary. Holding Co. shall pay the Executive an annual salary (the “Base Salary”) of $400,000, less applicable withholding and other deductions, payable in accordance with Holding Co.’s then current payroll practices. The Base Salary will be reviewed annually by Holding Co.’s Board of Directors or, if a compensation committee of the Board of Directors is appointed, then by such Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”), and may be increased, but not decreased, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee; provided, however, that for each of the second and third full fiscal years of the Term, the Base Salary shall be increased by 5% thereof.

           b. Bonuses. The Executive shall be eligible to receive bonuses (“Bonuses”) of not more than 100% of Base Salary for any full fiscal year during the Term, as hereinafter provided. For the partial year ending December 31, 2004, the Executive shall receive a Bonus of $100,000 in recognition of Executive’s contribution to establishing the Holding Co.’s business platform and successfully completing a Qualified Equity Offering. For each of the first three full fiscal years of the Term, the Executive shall receive a Bonus equal to 25% of the Executive’s Base Salary level for such full fiscal year, payable in a cash lump sum payment as soon as practicable following the end of the respective fiscal year provided that Executive is employed by Holding Co. at the end of such fiscal year. In addition, for each full fiscal year of Holding Co. during the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to receive a performance-based Bonus, of up to 75% of Base Salary (or up to 100% of Base Salary for any full fiscal year following the first three full fiscal years during the Term), if Holding Co. achieves such performance goals as are determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee (if one has been appointed) for the respective fiscal year. The payment of any performance-based Bonus shall be deferred until the last day of the Term (until 60 days thereafter with respect to performance-based bonuses relating to the last full fiscal year of the Term), and shall be forfeited by the Executive if the Executive’s employment terminates hereunder before the end of the Term by: (i) Holding Co. due to cause pursuant to paragraph 6.c., or (ii) the Executive other than for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d.

           c. Stock Options. In the event of a private equity offering of the capital stock of Holding Co. or an initial public offering of shares of Holding Co. pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form, in each case in which the proceeds to Holding Co. are not less than $200,000,000.00, before deduction of underwriting commissions, placement agent fees or similar charges, and other offering expenses (a “Qualified Equity Offering”), the Executive shall be granted a stock option to purchase 475,000 shares of Holding Co.’s common stock for an exercise price per share equal to the per share offering price of the Qualified Equity Offering. Such option shall be granted as of the effective date of the Qualified Equity Offering and shall vest and become exercisable cumulatively at a rate of 33.33% on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, provided that the Executive is still employed by Holding Co. on the applicable vesting date. Such option, to the extent vested, shall be exercisable until the earliest of (i) the tenth anniversary of the date of grant, (ii) six months following the Executive’s termination of employment due to death or disability pursuant to paragraph 6.a. or 6.b. (in which case the option shall be fully vested and exercisable), or (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by Holding Co.

-2-

other than due to the Executive’s death, disability pursuant to paragraph 6.a., or 6 b, or by Executive other than for “good reason” as defined below, prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, then the later of three months following such termination of employment or the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended. Such option shall be treated as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to the maximum extent permissible without any change in the vesting provided for herein. Following the Qualified Equity Offering, the Executive shall be eligible to receive such additional stock options as may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee (if one has been appointed) in its sole discretion and upon such terms and conditions as are determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

          d. Benefits. The Executive shall be eligible to receive the benefits that Holding Co. generally makes available to its senior officers (as may be revised from time-to-time), including health, life and long-term disability insurance benefits, 401(k) plan benefits and non-qualified supplemental savings plan benefits which are designed to offset the Code limitations applicable under the 401(k) plan. In addition, the Executive shall receive annual reimbursement of up to $10,000 for aggregate expenses incurred for financial planning, including the preparation of income tax returns, upon presentation of appropriate receipts for such expenses.

          e. Vacation. The Executive shall receive four weeks’ paid vacation for each year during the Term. The Executive may schedule the vacation as he elects, subject to Holding Co.’s business needs. Any unused vacation days in any one year may not be carried over to subsequent years; provided, however, that not more than ten unused vacation days in any one year may be carried over to the next succeeding year.

     5. Expenses. The Executive shall be reimbursed for documented reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred on Holding Co.’s behalf in accordance with the policies established by Holding Co., as they may exist from time to time.

     6. Termination. This Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate immediately upon the earlier to occur of any of the following:

          a. By Holding Co. immediately upon the Executive’s death.

          b. By Holding Co. immediately upon the Executive being unable to perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder due to his “disability” (as defined below). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “disability” shall mean that the Executive has been unable to perform the duties and responsibilities required of him hereunder due to a physical and/or mental disability for a period of 180 days, whether or not consecutive, during any 12-month period. During such period of disability, the Executive shall continue to receive the Base Salary (less any Holding Co.-paid benefits that he receives, such as short term disability or workers compensation, during such period).

          c. By Holding Co. immediately upon the existence of “cause” (as defined below). For purposes of this Agreement, “cause” shall mean that the Executive: (i) has

-3-

committed an act constituting a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) has committed an act constituting a breach of fiduciary duty, gross negligence or willful misconduct; (iii) has engaged in conduct that violated Holding Co.’s then existing material internal policies or procedures and which is detrimental to the business, reputation, character or standing of Holding Co. or any of its affiliates; (iv) has committed an act of fraud, self dealing, conflict of interest, dishonesty or misrepresentation; or (v) after written notice by Holding Co. and a reasonable opportunity to cure, has materially breached his obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

          d. By the Executive immediately upon the existence of “good reason” (as defined below). For purposes of this Agreement, the following shall constitute “good reason”: After written notice setting forth the alleged good reason by the Executive to Holding Co., and the expiration of a 60-day cure period, there continues to be: (i) a material adverse change in the Executive’s title, position or responsibilities; and/or (ii) a material breach by Holding Co. of any material provision of this Agreement.

          e. Compensation Upon Death, Disability, Cause and Termination Without Good Reason. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by: (i) Holding Co. due to the Executive’s death or disability or cause pursuant to paragraph 6.a., b. or c., or (ii) the Executive other than for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d., then, unless the parties otherwise mutually agree, in full satisfaction of Holding Co.’s obligations under this Agreement, the Executive, his beneficiaries or estate, as appropriate, shall be entitled to receive: (1) the Base Salary provided for herein up to and including the effective date of termination, prorated on a daily basis; (2) payment for any accrued, unused vacation as of the effective date of termination; (3) in the event of termination due to the Executive’s death or disability as provided in paragraph 6.a. or 6.b., respectively, any performance-based Bonus previously earned but not paid, which shall become fully vested and shall be paid as soon as practicable following such termination; (4) a pro rated amount of any guaranteed bonus, as provided for in paragraph 4b, if termination occurs during the first three fiscal years during the Term, which shall be paid as soon as practicable following such termination; and (5) any other benefits (if any) payable upon the Executive’s death or disability, respectively.

          f. Severance Upon Certain Events of Termination. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by: (i) Holding Co. other than due to the Executive’s death or disability or cause pursuant to paragraph 6.a., b. or c., or (ii) the Executive for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d., then, unless the parties otherwise mutually agree, in full satisfaction of Holding Co.’s obligations under this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to receive: (1) a lump sum payment of an amount equal to the amount of the Executive’s Base Salary which would have been paid to the Executive through the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended (or through the date on which the Initial Term would have otherwise ended), provided, however, that if such termination occurs within 18 months before the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended, or as a result of Holding Co.’s failure to extend the Initial Term, to the full extent of the three one-year extension periods contemplated by this Agreement, or during any extension period, then the Executive shall instead receive a lump sum payment of an amount equal to 150% of the annual amount of the Executive’s Base Salary calculated at the rate in effect at the date of such termination; (2) a lump sum payment of an amount equal to 50% of the amount of the Executive’s Base Salary paid pursuant to clause (1) of this paragraph 6.f.;

-4-

(3) any performance-based Bonus previously earned but not paid, which shall become fully vested and shall be paid as soon as practicable following such termination; and (4) payment for any accrued, unused vacation as of the date of termination.

          g. Effect of Change in Control Termination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive’s employment is terminated by: (i) Holding Co. other than due to the Executive’s death or disability or cause pursuant to paragraph 6.a., b. or c., or (ii) the Executive for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d., in either case upon or within six months following a “change in control” (as defined below), then, unless the parties otherwise mutually agree, in full satisfaction of Holding Co.’s obligations under this Agreement and in lieu of the provisions of paragraph 6.f., the following shall apply: (1) all stock options then held by the Executive which were not previously exercised shall become fully vested and exercisable; (2) any performance-based Bonus previously earned but unpaid shall become fully vested and shall be paid as soon as practicable following such termination; and (3) the Executive shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment of an amount equal to three times the annual amount of the Executive’s Base Salary calculated at the rate in effect at the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the benefits and payments provided under this paragraph 6.f., either alone or together with other benefits and payments which the Executive has the right to receive either directly or indirectly from Holding Co. or any of its affiliates, would constitute an excess parachute payment (the “Excess Payment”) under Section 280G of the Code, the Executive hereby agrees that the benefits and payments provided under this paragraph 6.f. shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount necessary to prevent any such benefits and payments to the Executive from constituting an Excess Payment, as determined by Holding Co.’s independent auditor. For purposes of this Agreement, the following shall constitute a “change in control”:

               (A) any person or group of persons acting in concert (other than any person who, prior to the Qualified Equity Offering, is a holder of voting securities of Holding Co.) is or becomes entitled to more than 50% of the combined voting power of Holding Co.’s outstanding voting securities; or

               (B) following a Qualified Equity Offering, the Board of Directors of Holding Co. approves a merger or consolidation of Holding Co. with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in all or substantially all of the holders of Holding Co.’s voting securities immediately prior thereto continuing to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of Holding Co. or of the surviving entity immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

               (C) following a Qualified Equity Offering, the Board of Directors of Holding Co. approves a plan of complete liquidation of Holding Co. or an agreement for the sale or disposition by Holding Co. of all or substantially all of Holding Co.’s assets, other than any such sale or disposition where all or substantially all of the holders of Holding Co.’s voting securities immediately prior thereto continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the acquiror or transferee entity immediately after such sale or disposition.

-5-

     7. Confidential and Proprietary Information; Work Product; Warranty; Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation.

          a. Confidentiality. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that there are certain trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information (collectively, “Confidential Information”) which have been developed by Holding Co. and which are used by Holding Co. in its business. Confidential Information shall include, without limitation: (i) customer lists and supplier lists; (ii) the details of Holding Co.’s relationships with its customers, including the financial relationship with a customer, knowledge of the internal “politics"/workings of a customer organization, a customer’s technical needs and job specifications, knowledge of a customer’s strategic plans and the identities of contact persons within a customer’s organization; (iii) Holding Co.’s marketing and development plans, business plans; and (iv) other information proprietary to Holding Co.’s business. The Executive shall not, at any time during or after his employment hereunder, use or disclose such Confidential Information, except to authorized representatives of Holding Co. or the customer or as required in the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Executive shall return all customer and/or Holding Co. property, such as computers, software and cell phones, and documents (and any copies including in machine or human-readable form), to Holding Co. when his employment terminates. The Executive shall not be required to keep confidential any information, which is or becomes publicly available or is already in his possession (unless obtained from Holding Co. or one of its customers). Further, the Executive shall be free to use and employ his general skills, know-how and expertise, and to use, disclose and employ any generalized ideas, concepts, know-how, methods, techniques or skills, including those gained or learned during the course of the performance of any services hereunder, so long as he applies such information without disclosure or use of any Confidential Information.

          b. Work Product. The Executive agrees that all copyrights, patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights associated with any ideas, concepts, techniques, inventions, processes, or works of authorship developed or created by him during his employment by Holding Co. and for a period of six months thereafter, that (i) relate, whether directly or indirectly, to Holding Co.’s actual or anticipated business, research or development or (ii) are suggested by or as a result of any work performed by the Executive on Holding Co.’s behalf, shall, to the extent possible, be considered works made for hire within the meaning of the Copyright Act (17 U.S.C. § 101 et. seq.) (the “Work Product”). All Work Product shall be and remain the property of Holding Co. To the extent that any such Work Product may not, under applicable law, be considered works made for hire, the Executive hereby grants, transfers, assigns, conveys and relinquishes, and agrees to grant, transfer, assign, convey and relinquish from time to time, on an exclusive basis, all of his right, title and interest in and to the Work Product to the Holding Co. in perpetuity or for the longest period otherwise permitted by law. Consistent with his recognition of Holding Co.’s absolute ownership of all Work Product, the Executive agrees that he shall (i) not use any Work Product for the benefit of any party other than Holding Co. and (ii) perform such acts and execute such documents and instruments as Holding Co. may now or hereafter deem reasonably necessary or desirable to evidence the transfer of absolute ownership of all Work Product to Holding Co.; provided, however, if following ten days’ written notice from Holding Co., the Executive refuses, or is unable, due to disability, incapacity, or death, to execute such documents relating to the Work Product, he hereby appoints any of Holding Co.’s officers as his attorney-in-fact to execute such documents

-6-

on his behalf. This agency is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable without Holding Co.’s prior written consent.

          c. Warranty. The Executive represents and warrants to Holding Co. that (i) there are no claims that would adversely affect his ability to assign all right, title and interest in and to the Work Product to Holding Co.; (ii) the Work Product does not violate any patent, copyright or other proprietary right of any third party; (iii) the Executive has the legal right to grant Holding Co. the assignment of his interest in the Work Product as set forth in this Agreement; and (iv) he has not brought and will not bring to his employment hereunder, or use in connection with such employment, any trade secret, confidential or proprietary information, or computer software, except for software that he has a right to use for the purpose for which it shall be used, in his employment hereunder.

          d. Non-Competition; Non Solicitation. The Executive agrees that during his employment by Holding Co. (and for any period thereafter as provided below), he shall not within the United States (i) engage, directly or indirectly, whether as an employee, officer, director, consultant or otherwise, in any activity that competes with Holding Co. or any of its affiliates in the business of insurance; (ii) solicit, directly, or indirectly, whether as an employee, officer, director, consultant or otherwise, any person or entity which is then a customer or party to any insurance-related contract with, Holding Co. and/or its affiliates or has been a customer or supplier or such a party or solicited by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates in the preceding two-year period, to divert their business to any entity other than Holding Co. and/or its affiliates; (iii) solicit for employment, engage and/or hire, whether directly or indirectly, any person who is then employed by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates or engaged by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates as an independent contractor or consultant; and/or (iv) encourage or induce, whether directly or indirectly, any person who is then employed by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates or engaged by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates as an independent contractor or consultant to end his/her business relationship with Holding Co. and/or its affiliates. If the Executive’s employment with Holding Co. is terminated by the Executive other than for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d, before the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended, then the Executive shall continue to be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d. through the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended. If the Executive’s employment with Holding Co. is terminated for cause pursuant to paragraph 6.c., then the Executive shall continue to be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d through the longer of (A) one year following such termination of employment, or (B) the period during which the Term would have otherwise continued in effect. However, during such period, the Executive will continue to be paid by the Holding Co. the Executive’s Base salary, and any guaranteed bonus, if applicable, as provided for in paragraph 4.b. The Holding Co., at its sole option, may choose to terminate said payments at any time during the restricted period, at which time the Executive shall no longer be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d. If the Executive’s employment with Holding Co. is terminated under any circumstances which result in any payments provided pursuant to paragraph 6.f or 6.g., then the Executive shall continue to be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d. through the longer of (A) one year following such termination of employment, or (B) the period during which Base Salary continues to be paid to the Executive pursuant to paragraph 6.f., if applicable, or (C) two years following a termination of employment under circumstances resulting in payments provided pursuant to paragraph 6.g., if applicable. However, the Executive, at his sole option, may at any time during such period advise Holding

-7-

Co. that Executive will forfeit receipt of any further payments provided pursuant to paragraph 6.f. or 6.g., at which time the Executive will no longer be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d.

          e. Injunctive Relief. The Executive acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach of any of the terms set forth in this paragraph 7 shall result in an irreparable and continuing harm to Holding Co. for which there shall be no adequate remedy at law. Holding Co. shall, without posting a bond, be entitled to obtain injunctive and other equitable relief, in addition to any other remedies available to Holding Co.

          f. Essential and Independent Agreements. It is understood by the parties hereto that the Executive’s obligations and the restrictions and remedies set forth in this paragraph 7 are essential elements of this Agreement and that but for his agreement to comply with and/or agree to such obligations, restrictions and remedies, Holding Co. would not have entered into this Agreement or employed (or continued to employ) him. The Executive’s obligations and the restrictions and remedies set forth in this paragraph 7 are independent agreements and the existence of any claim or claims by him against Holding Co. under this Agreement or otherwise will not excuse his breach of any of his obligations or affect the restrictions and remedies set forth under this paragraph 7.

          g. Survival of Terms; Representations. The Executive’s obligations under this paragraph 7 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of his employment. He acknowledges that he is sophisticated in business, and that the restrictions and remedies set forth in this paragraph 7 do not create an undue hardship on him and will not prevent him from earning a livelihood. He further acknowledges that he has had a sufficient period of time within which to review this Agreement, including this paragraph 7, with an attorney of his choice and he has done so to the extent he desired. The Executive and Holding Co. agree that the restrictions and remedies contained in this paragraph 7 are reasonable and necessary to protect Holding Co.’s legitimate business interests regardless of the reason for or circumstances giving rise to such termination and that he and Holding Co. intend that such restrictions and remedies shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permissible by law. The Executive agrees that given the scope of Holding Co.’s business and the sophistication of the information highway, any further geographic limitation on such remedies and restrictions would deny Holding Co. the protection to which it is entitled hereunder. If it shall be found by a court of competent jurisdiction that any such restriction or remedy is unenforceable but would be enforceable if some part thereof were deleted or modified, then such restriction or remedy shall apply with such modification as shall be necessary to make it enforceable to the fullest extent permissible under law.

     8. Successors. This Agreement and the Executive’s performance hereunder are personal to the Executive and shall not be assignable by the Executive. Holding Co. may assign this Agreement to any affiliate or to any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Holding Co., whether directly or indirectly, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or otherwise. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Holding Co. and its successors and assigns. However, any such assignment by Holding Co. shall still be subject to the Executive’s rights under paragraph 6.g.

-8-

     9. Miscellaneous.

          a. Waiver; Amendment. The failure of a party to enforce any term, provision, or condition of this Agreement at any time or times shall not be deemed a waiver of that term, provision, or condition for the future, nor shall any specific waiver of a term, provision, or condition at one time be deemed a waiver of such term, provision, or condition for any future time or times. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by both parties hereto.

          b. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; No Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Illinois, for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address for such notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

          c. Tax Withholding. The payments and benefits under this Agreement may be compensation and as such may be included in either the Executive’s W-2 earnings statements or 1099 statements. Holding Co. may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

          d. Paragraph Captions. Paragraph and other captions contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

          e. Severability. Each provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable. If any term or provision hereof is illegal or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement.

          f. Integrated Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire under-standing and agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, memoranda, term sheets, conversations and negotiations.

-9-

          g. Interpretation; Counterparts. No provision of this Agreement is to be interpreted for or against any party because that party drafted such provision. For purposes of this Agreement: “herein, “hereby,” “hereinafter,” “herewith,” “hereafter” and “hereinafter” refer to this Agreement in its entirety, and not to any particular subsection or paragraph. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          h. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand delivery, or by facsimile (with confirmation of transmission), or by overnight courier, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case addressed as follows:

If to the Executive:

Courtney C. Smith

330 Las Colinas Blvd. E, #1614

Irving, TX 75039

Facsimile: (972) 506-7774

If to Holding Co.:

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

8585 Stemmons Freeway

Suite 200, South Freeway

Dallas, TX 75247

Facsimile: (214) 689-1877

with copies to:

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP

180 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038-4982

Attention: William W. Rosenblatt

Facsimile: 212-806-6006

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notices and communications shall be effective when actually received by addressee.

          i. No Limitations. The Executive represents that his employment by Holding Co. hereunder does not conflict with, or breach any confidentiality, non-competition or other agreement to which he is a party or to which he may be subject.

-10-

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.
By:	/s/Peter E. Jokiel
	Name: Peter E. Jokiel
	Title: Chief Financial Officer
/s/Courtney C. Smith
Courtney C. Smith

-11-

EX-10.1.9

EXHIBIT 10.1.9

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of this 17th day of October 2004, by and between Peter E. Jokiel (the “Executive”) and Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. (“Holding Co.”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, Holding Co. desires to continue the employment of the Executive and the Executive desires to continue his employment, under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

     WHEREAS, Holding Co. and the Executive (collectively, the “Parties”) entered into the Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 2003, as amended by the First Amendment dated April 2nd, 2004, the Second Amendment dated May 26, 2004 and the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated August 9, 2004 (the “Employment Agreement”).

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree to amend and restate the Employment Agreement as follows:

     1. Employment. Holding Co. hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment, as the Chief Financial Officer under the terms and conditions set forth herein. During the Term (as defined herein), the Executive agrees to serve, without additional compensation, in one or more executive positions and/or as a member of the board of directors of Holding Co. or any affiliate of Holding Co.

     2. Term. Subject to paragraph 6, the term of this Agreement shall commence on the date of the Holding Co.’s Qualified Equity Offering (as defined below) and shall continue until December 31, 2007 (the “Initial Term”). Upon the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically extend for three successive one-year periods, unless terminated by either party by written notice to that effect not less than three months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and any extension periods are referred to herein collectively as the “Term”.

     3. Duties. During the Term, the Executive shall report to the Board of Directors and shall initially perform such duties and responsibilities as Holding Co.’s Board of Directors may determine. The Executive and Holding Co. shall create a job description which outlines the duties and responsibilities that the Executive shall perform. Such job description shall be mutually created within one year of the Executive’s employment. The Executive shall comply fully with all applicable laws, rules and regulations as well as with Holding Co.’s policies, compliance manuals and procedures. The Executive shall devote his entire working time to the business of Holding Co. and shall use his best efforts, skills and abilities in his diligent and faithful performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder. During the Term, the

Executive shall not engage in any other business activities or hold any office or positions regardless of whether any such activity, office or position is pursued for profit or other pecuniary advantage, without the prior consent of Holding Co.; provided, however, the Executive may own, solely as an investment, 1.0% or less of the securities of any publicly traded corporation.

     4. Compensation and Related Matters. As full compensation for the Executive’s performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder during the Term, Holding Co. shall pay the Executive the compensation and provide the benefits set forth below:

          a. Base Salary. Holding Co. shall pay the Executive an annual salary (the “Base Salary”) of $350,000, less applicable withholding and other deductions, payable in accordance with Holding Co.’s then current payroll practices. The Base Salary will be reviewed annually by Holding Co.’s Board of Directors or, if a compensation committee of the Board of Directors is appointed, then by such Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”), and may be increased, but not decreased, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee; provided, however, that for each of the second and third full fiscal years of the Term, the Base Salary shall be increased by 5% thereof.

           b. Bonuses. The Executive shall be eligible to receive bonuses (“Bonuses”) of not more than 100% of Base Salary for any full fiscal year during the Term, as hereinafter provided. For the partial year ending December 31, 2004, the Executive shall receive a Bonus of $87,500 in recognition of Executive’s contribution to establishing the Holding Co.’s business platform and successfully completing a Qualified Equity Offering. For each of the first three full fiscal years of the Term, the Executive shall receive a Bonus equal to 25% of the Executive’s Base Salary level for such full fiscal year, payable in a cash lump sum payment as soon as practicable following the end of the respective fiscal year provided that Executive is employed by Holding Co. at the end of such fiscal year. In addition, for each full fiscal year of Holding Co. during the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to receive a performance-based Bonus, of up to 75% of Base Salary (or up to 100% of Base Salary for any full fiscal year following the first three full fiscal years during the Term), if Holding Co. achieves such performance goals as are determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee (if one has been appointed) for the respective fiscal year. The payment of any performance-based Bonus shall be deferred until the last day of the Term (until 60 days thereafter with respect to performance-based bonuses relating to the last full fiscal year of the Term), and shall be forfeited by the Executive if the Executive’s employment terminates hereunder before the end of the Term by: (i) Holding Co. due to cause pursuant to paragraph 6.c., or (ii) the Executive other than for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d.

          c. Stock Options. In the event of a private equity offering of the capital stock of Holding Co. or an initial public offering of shares of Holding Co. pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form, in each case in which the proceeds to Holding Co. are not less than $200,000,000.00, before deduction of underwriting commissions, placement agent fees or similar charges, and other offering expenses (a “Qualified Equity Offering”), the Executive shall be granted a stock option to purchase 340,000 shares of Holding Co.’s common stock for an exercise price per share equal to the per share offering price of the Qualified Equity Offering. Such option shall be granted as of the effective date of the Qualified Equity Offering and shall vest and become exercisable cumulatively at a rate of 33.33% on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, provided that the Executive is still employed by Holding Co. on the applicable vesting date. Such option, to the extent vested, shall be exercisable until the earliest of (i) the tenth anniversary of the date of grant, (ii) six months following the Executive’s termination of employment due to

-2-

death or disability pursuant to paragraph 6.a. or 6.b. (in which case the option shall be fully vested and exercisable), or (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by Holding Co. other than due to the Executive’s death, disability pursuant to paragraph 6.a., or 6 b, or by Executive other than for “good reason” as defined below, prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, then the later of three months following such termination of employment or the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended. Such option shall be treated as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to the maximum extent permissible without any change in the vesting provided for herein. Following the Qualified Equity Offering, the Executive shall be eligible to receive such additional stock options as may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee (if one has been appointed) in its sole discretion and upon such terms and conditions as are determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

          d. Benefits. The Executive shall be eligible to receive the benefits that Holding Co. generally makes available to its senior officers (as may be revised from time-to-time), including health, life and long-term disability insurance benefits, 401(k) plan benefits and non-qualified supplemental savings plan benefits which are designed to offset the Code limitations applicable under the 401(k) plan. In addition, the Executive shall receive annual reimbursement of up to $10,000 for aggregate expenses incurred for financial planning, including the preparation of income tax returns, upon presentation of appropriate receipts for such expenses.

          e. Vacation. The Executive shall receive four weeks’ paid vacation for each year during the Term. The Executive may schedule the vacation as he elects, subject to Holding Co.’s business needs. Any unused vacation days in any one year may not be carried over to subsequent years; provided, however, that not more than ten unused vacation days in any one year may be carried over to the next succeeding year.

     5. Expenses. The Executive shall be reimbursed for documented reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred on Holding Co.’s behalf in accordance with the policies established by Holding Co., as they may exist from time to time.

     6. Termination. This Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate immediately upon the earlier to occur of any of the following:

          a. By Holding Co. immediately upon the Executive’s death.

          b. By Holding Co. immediately upon the Executive being unable to perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder due to his “disability” (as defined below). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “disability” shall mean that the Executive has been unable to perform the duties and responsibilities required of him hereunder due to a physical and/or mental disability for a period of 180 days, whether or not consecutive, during any 12-month period. During such period of disability, the Executive shall continue to receive the Base Salary (less any Holding Co.-paid benefits that he receives, such as short term disability or workers compensation, during such period).

-3-

          c. By Holding Co. immediately upon the existence of “cause” (as defined below). For purposes of this Agreement, “cause” shall mean that the Executive: (i) has committed an act constituting a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) has committed an act constituting a breach of fiduciary duty, gross negligence or willful misconduct; (iii) has engaged in conduct that violated Holding Co.’s then existing material internal policies or procedures and which is detrimental to the business, reputation, character or standing of Holding Co. or any of its affiliates; (iv) has committed an act of fraud, self dealing, conflict of interest, dishonesty or misrepresentation; or (v) after written notice by Holding Co. and a reasonable opportunity to cure, has materially breached his obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

          d. By the Executive immediately upon the existence of “good reason” (as defined below). For purposes of this Agreement, the following shall constitute “good reason”: After written notice setting forth the alleged good reason by the Executive to Holding Co., and the expiration of a 60-day cure period, there continues to be: (i) a material adverse change in the Executive’s title, position or responsibilities; and/or (ii) a material breach by Holding Co. of any material provision of this Agreement.

          e. Compensation Upon Death, Disability, Cause and Termination Without Good Reason. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by: (i) Holding Co. due to the Executive’s death or disability or cause pursuant to paragraph 6.a., b. or c., or (ii) the Executive other than for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d., then, unless the parties otherwise mutually agree, in full satisfaction of Holding Co.’s obligations under this Agreement, the Executive, his beneficiaries or estate, as appropriate, shall be entitled to receive: (1) the Base Salary provided for herein up to and including the effective date of termination, prorated on a daily basis; (2) payment for any accrued, unused vacation as of the effective date of termination; (3) in the event of termination due to the Executive’s death or disability as provided in paragraph 6.a. or 6.b., respectively, any performance-based Bonus previously earned but not paid, which shall become fully vested and shall be paid as soon as practicable following such termination; (4) a pro rated amount of any guaranteed bonus, as provided for in paragraph 4b, if termination occurs during the first three fiscal years during the Term, which shall be paid as soon as practicable following such termination; and (5) any other benefits (if any) payable upon the Executive’s death or disability, respectively.

          f. Severance Upon Certain Events of Termination. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by: (i) Holding Co. other than due to the Executive’s death or disability or cause pursuant to paragraph 6.a., b. or c., or (ii) the Executive for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d., then, unless the parties otherwise mutually agree, in full satisfaction of Holding Co.’s obligations under this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to receive: (1) a lump sum payment of an amount equal to the amount of the Executive’s Base Salary which would have been paid to the Executive through the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended (or through the date on which the Initial Term would have otherwise ended), provided, however, that if such termination occurs within 18 months before the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended, or as a result of Holding Co.’s failure to extend the Initial Term, to the full extent of the three one-year extension periods contemplated by this Agreement, or during any extension period, then the Executive shall instead receive a lump sum payment of an amount equal to 150% of the annual amount of the Executive’s Base Salary calculated at the

-4-

rate in effect at the date of such termination; (2) a lump sum payment of an amount equal to 50% of the amount of the Executive’s Base Salary paid pursuant to clause (1) of this paragraph 6.f.; (3) any performance-based Bonus previously earned but not paid, which shall become fully vested and shall be paid as soon as practicable following such termination; and (4) payment for any accrued, unused vacation as of the date of termination.

          g. Effect of Change in Control Termination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive’s employment is terminated by: (i) Holding Co. other than due to the Executive’s death or disability or cause pursuant to paragraph 6.a., b. or c., or (ii) the Executive for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d., in either case upon or within six months following a “change in control” (as defined below), then, unless the parties otherwise mutually agree, in full satisfaction of Holding Co.’s obligations under this Agreement and in lieu of the provisions of paragraph 6.f., the following shall apply: (1) all stock options then held by the Executive which were not previously exercised shall become fully vested and exercisable; (2) any performance-based Bonus previously earned but unpaid shall become fully vested and shall be paid as soon as practicable following such termination; and (3) the Executive shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment of an amount equal to three times the annual amount of the Executive’s Base Salary calculated at the rate in effect at the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the benefits and payments provided under this paragraph 6.f., either alone or together with other benefits and payments which the Executive has the right to receive either directly or indirectly from Holding Co. or any of its affiliates, would constitute an excess parachute payment (the “Excess Payment”) under Section 280G of the Code, the Executive hereby agrees that the benefits and payments provided under this paragraph 6.f. shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount necessary to prevent any such benefits and payments to the Executive from constituting an Excess Payment, as determined by Holding Co.’s independent auditor. For purposes of this Agreement, the following shall constitute a “change in control”:

               (A) any person or group of persons acting in concert (other than any person who, prior to the Qualified Equity Offering, is a holder of voting securities of Holding Co.) is or becomes entitled to more than 50% of the combined voting power of Holding Co.’s outstanding voting securities; or

               (B) following a Qualified Equity Offering, the Board of Directors of Holding Co. approves a merger or consolidation of Holding Co. with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in all or substantially all of the holders of Holding Co.’s voting securities immediately prior thereto continuing to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of Holding Co. or of the surviving entity immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

               (C) following a Qualified Equity Offering, the Board of Directors of Holding Co. approves a plan of complete liquidation of Holding Co. or an agreement for the sale or disposition by Holding Co. of all or substantially all of Holding Co.’s assets, other than any such sale or disposition where all or substantially all of the holders of Holding Co.’s voting securities immediately prior thereto continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the acquiror or transferee entity immediately after such sale or disposition.

-5-

     7. Confidential and Proprietary Information; Work Product; Warranty; Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation.

          a. Confidentiality. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that there are certain trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information (collectively, “Confidential Information”) which have been developed by Holding Co. and which are used by Holding Co. in its business. Confidential Information shall include, without limitation: (i) customer lists and supplier lists; (ii) the details of Holding Co.’s relationships with its customers, including the financial relationship with a customer, knowledge of the internal “politics"/workings of a customer organization, a customer’s technical needs and job specifications, knowledge of a customer’s strategic plans and the identities of contact persons within a customer’s organization; (iii) Holding Co.’s marketing and development plans, business plans; and (iv) other information proprietary to Holding Co.’s business. The Executive shall not, at any time during or after his employment hereunder, use or disclose such Confidential Information, except to authorized representatives of Holding Co. or the customer or as required in the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Executive shall return all customer and/or Holding Co. property, such as computers, software and cell phones, and documents (and any copies including in machine or human-readable form), to Holding Co. when his employment terminates. The Executive shall not be required to keep confidential any information, which is or becomes publicly available or is already in his possession (unless obtained from Holding Co. or one of its customers). Further, the Executive shall be free to use and employ his general skills, know-how and expertise, and to use, disclose and employ any generalized ideas, concepts, know-how, methods, techniques or skills, including those gained or learned during the course of the performance of any services hereunder, so long as he applies such information without disclosure or use of any Confidential Information.

          b. Work Product. The Executive agrees that all copyrights, patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights associated with any ideas, concepts, techniques, inventions, processes, or works of authorship developed or created by him during his employment by Holding Co. and for a period of six months thereafter, that (i) relate, whether directly or indirectly, to Holding Co.’s actual or anticipated business, research or development or (ii) are suggested by or as a result of any work performed by the Executive on Holding Co.’s behalf, shall, to the extent possible, be considered works made for hire within the meaning of the Copyright Act (17 U.S.C. § 101 et. seq.) (the “Work Product”). All Work Product shall be and remain the property of Holding Co. To the extent that any such Work Product may not, under applicable law, be considered works made for hire, the Executive hereby grants, transfers, assigns, conveys and relinquishes, and agrees to grant, transfer, assign, convey and relinquish from time to time, on an exclusive basis, all of his right, title and interest in and to the Work Product to the Holding Co. in perpetuity or for the longest period otherwise permitted by law. Consistent with his recognition of Holding Co.’s absolute ownership of all Work Product, the Executive agrees that he shall (i) not use any Work Product for the benefit of any party other than Holding Co. and (ii) perform such acts and execute such documents and instruments as Holding Co. may now or hereafter deem reasonably necessary or desirable to evidence the transfer of absolute ownership of all Work Product to Holding Co.; provided, however, if following ten days’ written notice from Holding Co., the Executive refuses, or is unable, due to disability, incapacity, or death, to execute such documents relating to the Work Product, he hereby appoints any of Holding Co.’s officers as his attorney-in-fact to execute such documents

-6-

on his behalf. This agency is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable without Holding Co.’s prior written consent.

          c. Warranty. The Executive represents and warrants to Holding Co. that (i) there are no claims that would adversely affect his ability to assign all right, title and interest in and to the Work Product to Holding Co.; (ii) the Work Product does not violate any patent, copyright or other proprietary right of any third party; (iii) the Executive has the legal right to grant Holding Co. the assignment of his interest in the Work Product as set forth in this Agreement; and (iv) he has not brought and will not bring to his employment hereunder, or use in connection with such employment, any trade secret, confidential or proprietary information, or computer software, except for software that he has a right to use for the purpose for which it shall be used, in his employment hereunder.

          d. Non-Competition; Non Solicitation. The Executive agrees that during his employment by Holding Co. (and for any period thereafter as provided below), he shall not within the United States (i) engage, directly or indirectly, whether as an employee, officer, director, consultant or otherwise, in any activity that competes with Holding Co. or any of its affiliates in the business of insurance; (ii) solicit, directly, or indirectly, whether as an employee, officer, director, consultant or otherwise, any person or entity which is then a customer or party to any insurance-related contract with, Holding Co. and/or its affiliates or has been a customer or supplier or such a party or solicited by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates in the preceding two-year period, to divert their business to any entity other than Holding Co. and/or its affiliates; (iii) solicit for employment, engage and/or hire, whether directly or indirectly, any person who is then employed by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates or engaged by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates as an independent contractor or consultant; and/or (iv) encourage or induce, whether directly or indirectly, any person who is then employed by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates or engaged by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates as an independent contractor or consultant to end his/her business relationship with Holding Co. and/or its affiliates. If the Executive’s employment with Holding Co. is terminated by the Executive other than for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d, before the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended, then the Executive shall continue to be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d. through the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended. If the Executive’s employment with Holding Co. is terminated for cause pursuant to paragraph 6.c., then the Executive shall continue to be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d through the longer of (A) one year following such termination of employment, or (B) the period during which the Term would have otherwise continued in effect. However, during such period, the Executive will continue to be paid by the Holding Co. the Executive’s Base salary, and any guaranteed bonus, if applicable, as provided for in paragraph 4.b. The Holding Co., at its sole option, may choose to terminate said payments at any time during the restricted period, at which time the Executive shall no longer be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d. If the Executive’s employment with Holding Co. is terminated under any circumstances which result in any payments provided pursuant to paragraph 6.f or 6.g., then the Executive shall continue to be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d. through the longer of (A) one year following such termination of employment, or (B) the period during which Base Salary continues to be paid to the Executive pursuant to paragraph 6.f., if applicable, or (C) two years following a termination of employment under circumstances resulting in payments provided pursuant to paragraph 6.g., if applicable. However, the Executive, at his sole option, may at any time during such period advise Holding

-7-

Co. that Executive will forfeit receipt of any further payments provided pursuant to paragraph 6.f. or 6.g., at which time the Executive will no longer be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d.

          e. Injunctive Relief. The Executive acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach of any of the terms set forth in this paragraph 7 shall result in an irreparable and continuing harm to Holding Co. for which there shall be no adequate remedy at law. Holding Co. shall, without posting a bond, be entitled to obtain injunctive and other equitable relief, in addition to any other remedies available to Holding Co.

          f. Essential and Independent Agreements. It is understood by the parties hereto that the Executive’s obligations and the restrictions and remedies set forth in this paragraph 7 are essential elements of this Agreement and that but for his agreement to comply with and/or agree to such obligations, restrictions and remedies, Holding Co. would not have entered into this Agreement or employed (or continued to employ) him. The Executive’s obligations and the restrictions and remedies set forth in this paragraph 7 are independent agreements and the existence of any claim or claims by him against Holding Co. under this Agreement or otherwise will not excuse his breach of any of his obligations or affect the restrictions and remedies set forth under this paragraph 7.

          g. Survival of Terms; Representations. The Executive’s obligations under this paragraph 7 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of his employment. He acknowledges that he is sophisticated in business, and that the restrictions and remedies set forth in this paragraph 7 do not create an undue hardship on him and will not prevent him from earning a livelihood. He further acknowledges that he has had a sufficient period of time within which to review this Agreement, including this paragraph 7, with an attorney of his choice and he has done so to the extent he desired. The Executive and Holding Co. agree that the restrictions and remedies contained in this paragraph 7 are reasonable and necessary to protect Holding Co.’s legitimate business interests regardless of the reason for or circumstances giving rise to such termination and that he and Holding Co. intend that such restrictions and remedies shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permissible by law. The Executive agrees that given the scope of Holding Co.’s business and the sophistication of the information highway, any further geographic limitation on such remedies and restrictions would deny Holding Co. the protection to which it is entitled hereunder. If it shall be found by a court of competent jurisdiction that any such restriction or remedy is unenforceable but would be enforceable if some part thereof were deleted or modified, then such restriction or remedy shall apply with such modification as shall be necessary to make it enforceable to the fullest extent permissible under law.

     8. Successors. This Agreement and the Executive’s performance hereunder are personal to the Executive and shall not be assignable by the Executive. Holding Co. may assign this Agreement to any affiliate or to any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Holding Co., whether directly or indirectly, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or otherwise. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Holding Co. and its successors and assigns. However, any such assignment by Holding Co. shall still be subject to the Executive’s rights under paragraph 6.g.

-8-

     9. Miscellaneous.

          a. Waiver; Amendment. The failure of a party to enforce any term, provision, or condition of this Agreement at any time or times shall not be deemed a waiver of that term, provision, or condition for the future, nor shall any specific waiver of a term, provision, or condition at one time be deemed a waiver of such term, provision, or condition for any future time or times. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by both parties hereto.

          b. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; No Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Illinois, for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address for such notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

          c. Tax Withholding. The payments and benefits under this Agreement may be compensation and as such may be included in either the Executive’s W-2 earnings statements or 1099 statements. Holding Co. may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

          d. Paragraph Captions. Paragraph and other captions contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

          e. Severability. Each provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable. If any term or provision hereof is illegal or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement.

          f. Integrated Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire under-standing and agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, memoranda, term sheets, conversations and negotiations.

-9-

          g. Interpretation; Counterparts. No provision of this Agreement is to be interpreted for or against any party because that party drafted such provision. For purposes of this Agreement: “herein, “hereby,” “hereinafter,” “herewith,” “hereafter” and “hereinafter” refer to this Agreement in its entirety, and not to any particular subsection or paragraph. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          h. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand delivery, or by facsimile (with confirmation of transmission), or by overnight courier, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case addressed as follows:

If to the Executive:

Peter E. Jokiel

11 N 160 Lamont Ct.

Elgin, IL 60123

Facsimile: (847) 429-9327

If to Holding Co.:

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

8585 Stemmons Freeway

Suite 200, South Freeway

Dallas, TX 75247

Facsimile: (214) 689-1877

with copies to:

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP

180 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038-4982

Attention: William W. Rosenblatt

Facsimile: 212-806-6006

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notices and communications shall be effective when actually received by addressee.

          i. No Limitations. The Executive represents that his employment by Holding Co. hereunder does not conflict with, or breach any confidentiality, non-competition or other agreement to which he is a party or to which he may be subject.

-10-

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.
By:	/s/ Courtney C. Smith
	Name:	Courtney C. Smith
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Peter E. Jokiel  

Peter E. Jokiel 

-11-

EX-10.1.10

EXHIBIT 10.1.10

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of this 17th day of October 2004, by and between William S. Loder (the “Executive”) and Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. (“Holding Co.”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, Holding Co. desires to continue the employment of the Executive and the Executive desires to continue his employment, under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

     WHEREAS, Holding Co. and the Executive (collectively, the “Parties”) entered into the Employment Agreement dated as of November 19, 2003, as amended by the First Amendment dated April 2nd, 2004, the Second Amendment dated May 26, 2004, and the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated August 9, 2004 (the “Employment Agreement”).

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree to amend and restate the Employment Agreement as follows:

     1. Employment. Holding Co. hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment, as the Chief Underwriting Officer under the terms and conditions set forth herein. During the Term (as defined herein), the Executive agrees to serve, without additional compensation, in one or more executive positions and/or as a member of the board of directors of Holding Co. or any affiliate of Holding Co.

     2. Term. Subject to paragraph 6, the term of this Agreement shall commence on the date of the Holding Co.’s Qualified Equity Offering (as defined below) and shall continue until December 31, 2007 (the “Initial Term”). Upon the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically extend for three successive one-year periods, unless terminated by either party by written notice to that effect not less than three months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and any extension periods are referred to herein collectively as the “Term”.

     3. Duties. During the Term, the Executive shall report to the Board of Directors and shall initially perform such duties and responsibilities as Holding Co.’s Board of Directors may determine. The Executive and Holding Co. shall create a job description which outlines the duties and responsibilities that the Executive shall perform. Such job description shall be mutually created within one year of the Executive’s employment. The Executive shall comply fully with all applicable laws, rules and regulations as well as with Holding Co.’s policies, compliance manuals and procedures. The Executive shall devote his entire working time to the business of Holding Co. and shall use his best efforts, skills and abilities in his diligent and faithful performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder. During the Term, the

Executive shall not engage in any other business activities or hold any office or positions regardless of whether any such activity, office or position is pursued for profit or other pecuniary advantage, without the prior consent of Holding Co.; provided, however, the Executive may own, solely as an investment, 1.0% or less of the securities of any publicly traded corporation.

     4. Compensation and Related Matters. As full compensation for the Executive’s performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder during the Term, Holding Co. shall pay the Executive the compensation and provide the benefits set forth below:

           a. Base Salary. Holding Co. shall pay the Executive an annual salary (the “Base Salary”) of $250,000, less applicable withholding and other deductions, payable in accordance with Holding Co.’s then current payroll practices. The Base Salary will be reviewed annually by Holding Co.’s Board of Directors or, if a compensation committee of the Board of Directors is appointed, then by such Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”), and may be increased, but not decreased, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee; provided, however, that for each of the second and third full fiscal years of the Term, the Base Salary shall be increased by 5% thereof.

           b. Bonuses. The Executive shall be eligible to receive bonuses (“Bonuses”) of not more than 100% of Base Salary for any full fiscal year during the Term, as hereinafter provided. For the partial year ending December 31, 2004, the Executive shall receive a Bonus of $62,500 in recognition of Executive’s contribution to establishing the Holding Co.’s business platform and successfully completing a Qualified Equity Offering. For each of the first three full fiscal years of Holding Co. during the Term, the Executive shall receive a Bonus equal to 25% of the Executive’s Base Salary level for such full fiscal year, payable in a cash lump sum payment as soon as practicable following the end of the respective fiscal year provided that Executive is employed by Holding Co. at the end of such fiscal year. In addition, for each full fiscal year of Holding Co. during the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to receive a performance-based Bonus, of up to 75% of Base Salary (or up to 100% of Base Salary for any full fiscal year following the first three full fiscal years during the Term), if Holding Co. achieves such performance goals as are determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee (if one has been appointed) for the respective fiscal year. The payment of any performance-based Bonus shall be deferred until the last day of the Term (until 60 days thereafter with respect to performance-based bonuses relating to the last full fiscal year of the Term), and shall be forfeited by the Executive if the Executive’s employment terminates hereunder before the end of the Term by: (i) Holding Co. due to cause pursuant to paragraph 6.c., or (ii) the Executive other than for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d.

          c. Stock Options. In the event of a private equity offering of the capital stock of Holding Co. or an initial public offering of shares of Holding Co. pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form, in each case in which the proceeds to Holding Co. are not less than $200,000,000.00, before deduction of underwriting commissions, placement agent fees or similar charges, and other offering expenses (a “Qualified Equity Offering”), the Executive shall be granted a stock option to purchase 160,000 shares of Holding Co.’s common stock for an exercise price per share equal to the per share offering price of the Qualified Equity Offering. Such option shall be granted as of the effective date of the Qualified Equity Offering and shall vest and become exercisable cumulatively at a rate of 33.33% on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, provided that the Executive is still employed by Holding Co. on the applicable vesting date. Such option, to the extent vested, shall be exercisable until the earliest of (i) the tenth anniversary of the date of grant, (ii) six months following the Executive’s termination of employment due to

-2-

death or disability pursuant to paragraph 6.a. or 6.b. (in which case the option shall be fully vested and exercisable), or (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by Holding Co. other than due to the Executive’s death, disability pursuant to paragraph 6.a., or 6 b, or by Executive other than for “good reason” as defined below, prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, then the later of three months following such termination of employment or the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended. Such option shall be treated as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to the maximum extent permissible without any change in the vesting provided for herein. Following the Qualified Equity Offering, the Executive shall be eligible to receive such additional stock options as may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee (if one has been appointed) in its sole discretion and upon such terms and conditions as are determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

          d. Benefits. The Executive shall be eligible to receive the benefits that Holding Co. generally makes available to its senior officers (as may be revised from time-to-time), including health, life and long-term disability insurance benefits, 401(k) plan benefits and non-qualified supplemental savings plan benefits which are designed to offset the Code limitations applicable under the 401(k) plan. In addition, the Executive shall receive annual reimbursement of up to $10,000 for aggregate expenses incurred for financial planning, including the preparation of income tax returns, upon presentation of appropriate receipts for such expenses.

          e. Vacation. The Executive shall receive four weeks’ paid vacation for each year during the Term. The Executive may schedule the vacation as he elects, subject to Holding Co.’s business needs. Any unused vacation days in any one year may not be carried over to subsequent years; provided, however, that not more than ten unused vacation days in any one year may be carried over to the next succeeding year.

     5. Expenses. The Executive shall be reimbursed for documented reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred on Holding Co.’s behalf in accordance with the policies established by Holding Co., as they may exist from time to time.

     6. Termination. This Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate immediately upon the earlier to occur of any of the following:

          a. By Holding Co. immediately upon the Executive’s death.

          b. By Holding Co. immediately upon the Executive being unable to perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder due to his “disability” (as defined below). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “disability” shall mean that the Executive has been unable to perform the duties and responsibilities required of him hereunder due to a physical and/or mental disability for a period of 180 days, whether or not consecutive, during any 12-month period. During such period of disability, the Executive shall continue to receive the Base Salary (less any Holding Co.-paid benefits that he receives, such as short term disability or workers compensation, during such period).

-3-

          c. By Holding Co. immediately upon the existence of “cause” (as defined below). For purposes of this Agreement, “cause” shall mean that the Executive: (i) has committed an act constituting a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) has committed an act constituting a breach of fiduciary duty, gross negligence or willful misconduct; (iii) has engaged in conduct that violated Holding Co.’s then existing material internal policies or procedures and which is detrimental to the business, reputation, character or standing of Holding Co. or any of its affiliates; (iv) has committed an act of fraud, self dealing, conflict of interest, dishonesty or misrepresentation; or (v) after written notice by Holding Co. and a reasonable opportunity to cure, has materially breached his obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

          d. By the Executive immediately upon the existence of “good reason” (as defined below). For purposes of this Agreement, the following shall constitute “good reason”: After written notice setting forth the alleged good reason by the Executive to Holding Co., and the expiration of a 60-day cure period, there continues to be: (i) a material adverse change in the Executive’s title, position or responsibilities; and/or (ii) a material breach by Holding Co. of any material provision of this Agreement.

          e. Compensation Upon Death, Disability, Cause and Termination Without Good Reason. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by: (i) Holding Co. due to the Executive’s death or disability or cause pursuant to paragraph 6.a., b. or c., or (ii) the Executive other than for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d., then, unless the parties otherwise mutually agree, in full satisfaction of Holding Co.’s obligations under this Agreement, the Executive, his beneficiaries or estate, as appropriate, shall be entitled to receive: (1) the Base Salary provided for herein up to and including the effective date of termination, prorated on a daily basis; (2) payment for any accrued, unused vacation as of the effective date of termination; (3) in the event of termination due to the Executive’s death or disability as provided in paragraph 6.a. or 6.b., respectively, any performance-based Bonus previously earned but not paid, which shall become fully vested and shall be paid as soon as practicable following such termination; (4) a pro rated amount of any guaranteed bonus, as provided for in paragraph 4b, if termination occurs during the first three fiscal years during the Term, which shall be paid as soon as practicable following such termination; and (5) any other benefits (if any) payable upon the Executive’s death or disability, respectively.

          f. Severance Upon Certain Events of Termination. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by: (i) Holding Co. other than due to the Executive’s death or disability or cause pursuant to paragraph 6.a., b. or c., or (ii) the Executive for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d., then, unless the parties otherwise mutually agree, in full satisfaction of Holding Co.’s obligations under this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to receive: (1) a lump sum payment of an amount equal to the amount of the Executive’s Base Salary which would have been paid to the Executive through the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended (or through the date on which the Initial Term would have otherwise ended), provided, however, that if such termination occurs within 18 months before the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended, or as a result of Holding Co.’s failure to extend the Initial Term, to the full extent of the three one-year extension periods contemplated by this Agreement, or during any extension period, then the Executive shall instead receive a lump sum payment of an amount equal to 150% of the annual amount of the Executive’s Base Salary calculated at the

-4-

rate in effect at the date of such termination; (2) a lump sum payment of an amount equal to 50% of the amount of the Executive’s Base Salary paid pursuant to clause (1) of this paragraph 6.f.; (3) any performance-based Bonus previously earned but not paid, which shall become fully vested and shall be paid as soon as practicable following such termination; and (4) payment for any accrued, unused vacation as of the date of termination.

          g. Effect of Change in Control Termination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive’s employment is terminated by: (i) Holding Co. other than due to the Executive’s death or disability or cause pursuant to paragraph 6.a., b. or c., or (ii) the Executive for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d., in either case upon or within six months following a “change in control” (as defined below), then, unless the parties otherwise mutually agree, in full satisfaction of Holding Co.’s obligations under this Agreement and in lieu of the provisions of paragraph 6.f., the following shall apply: (1) all stock options then held by the Executive which were not previously exercised shall become fully vested and exercisable; (2) any performance-based Bonus previously earned but unpaid shall become fully vested and shall be paid as soon as practicable following such termination; and (3) the Executive shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment of an amount equal to three times the annual amount of the Executive’s Base Salary calculated at the rate in effect at the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the benefits and payments provided under this paragraph 6.f., either alone or together with other benefits and payments which the Executive has the right to receive either directly or indirectly from Holding Co. or any of its affiliates, would constitute an excess parachute payment (the “Excess Payment”) under Section 280G of the Code, the Executive hereby agrees that the benefits and payments provided under this paragraph 6.f. shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount necessary to prevent any such benefits and payments to the Executive from constituting an Excess Payment, as determined by Holding Co.’s independent auditor. For purposes of this Agreement, the following shall constitute a “change in control”:

               (A) any person or group of persons acting in concert (other than any person who, prior to the Qualified Equity Offering, is a holder of voting securities of Holding Co.) is or becomes entitled to more than 50% of the combined voting power of Holding Co.’s outstanding voting securities; or

               (B) following a Qualified Equity Offering, the Board of Directors of Holding Co. approves a merger or consolidation of Holding Co. with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in all or substantially all of the holders of Holding Co.’s voting securities immediately prior thereto continuing to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of Holding Co. or of the surviving entity immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

               (C) following a Qualified Equity Offering, the Board of Directors of Holding Co. approves a plan of complete liquidation of Holding Co. or an agreement for the sale or disposition by Holding Co. of all or substantially all of Holding Co.’s assets, other than any such sale or disposition where all or substantially all of the holders of Holding Co.’s voting securities immediately prior thereto continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the acquiror or transferee entity immediately after such sale or disposition.

-5-

     7. Confidential and Proprietary Information; Work Product; Warranty; Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation.

          a. Confidentiality. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that there are certain trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information (collectively, “Confidential Information”) which have been developed by Holding Co. and which are used by Holding Co. in its business. Confidential Information shall include, without limitation: (i) customer lists and supplier lists; (ii) the details of Holding Co.’s relationships with its customers, including the financial relationship with a customer, knowledge of the internal “politics"/workings of a customer organization, a customer’s technical needs and job specifications, knowledge of a customer’s strategic plans and the identities of contact persons within a customer’s organization; (iii) Holding Co.’s marketing and development plans, business plans; and (iv) other information proprietary to Holding Co.’s business. The Executive shall not, at any time during or after his employment hereunder, use or disclose such Confidential Information, except to authorized representatives of Holding Co. or the customer or as required in the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Executive shall return all customer and/or Holding Co. property, such as computers, software and cell phones, and documents (and any copies including in machine or human-readable form), to Holding Co. when his employment terminates. The Executive shall not be required to keep confidential any information, which is or becomes publicly available or is already in his possession (unless obtained from Holding Co. or one of its customers). Further, the Executive shall be free to use and employ his general skills, know-how and expertise, and to use, disclose and employ any generalized ideas, concepts, know-how, methods, techniques or skills, including those gained or learned during the course of the performance of any services hereunder, so long as he applies such information without disclosure or use of any Confidential Information.

          b. Work Product. The Executive agrees that all copyrights, patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights associated with any ideas, concepts, techniques, inventions, processes, or works of authorship developed or created by him during his employment by Holding Co. and for a period of six months thereafter, that (i) relate, whether directly or indirectly, to Holding Co.’s actual or anticipated business, research or development or (ii) are suggested by or as a result of any work performed by the Executive on Holding Co.’s behalf, shall, to the extent possible, be considered works made for hire within the meaning of the Copyright Act (17 U.S.C. § 101 et. seq.) (the “Work Product”). All Work Product shall be and remain the property of Holding Co. To the extent that any such Work Product may not, under applicable law, be considered works made for hire, the Executive hereby grants, transfers, assigns, conveys and relinquishes, and agrees to grant, transfer, assign, convey and relinquish from time to time, on an exclusive basis, all of his right, title and interest in and to the Work Product to the Holding Co. in perpetuity or for the longest period otherwise permitted by law. Consistent with his recognition of Holding Co.’s absolute ownership of all Work Product, the Executive agrees that he shall (i) not use any Work Product for the benefit of any party other than Holding Co. and (ii) perform such acts and execute such documents and instruments as Holding Co. may now or hereafter deem reasonably necessary or desirable to evidence the transfer of absolute ownership of all Work Product to Holding Co.; provided, however, if following ten days’ written notice from Holding Co., the Executive refuses, or is unable, due to disability, incapacity, or death, to execute such documents relating to the Work Product, he hereby appoints any of Holding Co.’s officers as his attorney-in-fact to execute such documents

-6-

on his behalf. This agency is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable without Holding Co.’s prior written consent.

          c. Warranty. The Executive represents and warrants to Holding Co. that (i) there are no claims that would adversely affect his ability to assign all right, title and interest in and to the Work Product to Holding Co.; (ii) the Work Product does not violate any patent, copyright or other proprietary right of any third party; (iii) the Executive has the legal right to grant Holding Co. the assignment of his interest in the Work Product as set forth in this Agreement; and (iv) he has not brought and will not bring to his employment hereunder, or use in connection with such employment, any trade secret, confidential or proprietary information, or computer software, except for software that he has a right to use for the purpose for which it shall be used, in his employment hereunder.

          d. Non-Competition; Non Solicitation. The Executive agrees that during his employment by Holding Co. (and for any period thereafter as provided below), he shall not within the United States (i) engage, directly or indirectly, whether as an employee, officer, director, consultant or otherwise, in any activity that competes with Holding Co. or any of its affiliates in the business of insurance; (ii) solicit, directly, or indirectly, whether as an employee, officer, director, consultant or otherwise, any person or entity which is then a customer or party to any insurance-related contract with, Holding Co. and/or its affiliates or has been a customer or supplier or such a party or solicited by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates in the preceding two-year period, to divert their business to any entity other than Holding Co. and/or its affiliates; (iii) solicit for employment, engage and/or hire, whether directly or indirectly, any person who is then employed by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates or engaged by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates as an independent contractor or consultant; and/or (iv) encourage or induce, whether directly or indirectly, any person who is then employed by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates or engaged by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates as an independent contractor or consultant to end his/her business relationship with Holding Co. and/or its affiliates. If the Executive’s employment with Holding Co. is terminated by the Executive other than for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d, before the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended, then the Executive shall continue to be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d. through the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended. If the Executive’s employment with Holding Co. is terminated for cause pursuant to paragraph 6.c., then the Executive shall continue to be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d through the longer of (A) one year following such termination of employment, or (B) the period during which the Term would have otherwise continued in effect. However, during such period, the Executive will continue to be paid by the Holding Co. the Executive’s Base salary, and any guaranteed bonus, if applicable, as provided for in paragraph 4.b. The Holding Co., at its sole option, may choose to terminate said payments at any time during the restricted period, at which time the Executive shall no longer be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d. If the Executive’s employment with Holding Co. is terminated under any circumstances which result in any payments provided pursuant to paragraph 6.f or 6.g., then the Executive shall continue to be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d. through the longer of (A) one year following such termination of employment, or (B) the period during which Base Salary continues to be paid to the Executive pursuant to paragraph 6.f., if applicable, or (C) two years following a termination of employment under circumstances resulting in payments provided pursuant to paragraph 6.g., if applicable. However, the Executive, at his sole option, may at any time during such period advise Holding

-7-

Co. that Executive will forfeit receipt of any further payments provided pursuant to paragraph 6.f. or 6.g., at which time the Executive will no longer be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d.

          e. Injunctive Relief. The Executive acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach of any of the terms set forth in this paragraph 7 shall result in an irreparable and continuing harm to Holding Co. for which there shall be no adequate remedy at law. Holding Co. shall, without posting a bond, be entitled to obtain injunctive and other equitable relief, in addition to any other remedies available to Holding Co.

          f. Essential and Independent Agreements. It is understood by the parties hereto that the Executive’s obligations and the restrictions and remedies set forth in this paragraph 7 are essential elements of this Agreement and that but for his agreement to comply with and/or agree to such obligations, restrictions and remedies, Holding Co. would not have entered into this Agreement or employed (or continued to employ) him. The Executive’s obligations and the restrictions and remedies set forth in this paragraph 7 are independent agreements and the existence of any claim or claims by him against Holding Co. under this Agreement or otherwise will not excuse his breach of any of his obligations or affect the restrictions and remedies set forth under this paragraph 7.

          g. Survival of Terms; Representations. The Executive’s obligations under this paragraph 7 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of his employment. He acknowledges that he is sophisticated in business, and that the restrictions and remedies set forth in this paragraph 7 do not create an undue hardship on him and will not prevent him from earning a livelihood. He further acknowledges that he has had a sufficient period of time within which to review this Agreement, including this paragraph 7, with an attorney of his choice and he has done so to the extent he desired. The Executive and Holding Co. agree that the restrictions and remedies contained in this paragraph 7 are reasonable and necessary to protect Holding Co.’s legitimate business interests regardless of the reason for or circumstances giving rise to such termination and that he and Holding Co. intend that such restrictions and remedies shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permissible by law. The Executive agrees that given the scope of Holding Co.’s business and the sophistication of the information highway, any further geographic limitation on such remedies and restrictions would deny Holding Co. the protection to which it is entitled hereunder. If it shall be found by a court of competent jurisdiction that any such restriction or remedy is unenforceable but would be enforceable if some part thereof were deleted or modified, then such restriction or remedy shall apply with such modification as shall be necessary to make it enforceable to the fullest extent permissible under law.

     8. Successors. This Agreement and the Executive’s performance hereunder are personal to the Executive and shall not be assignable by the Executive. Holding Co. may assign this Agreement to any affiliate or to any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Holding Co., whether directly or indirectly, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or otherwise. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Holding Co. and its successors and assigns. However, any such assignment by Holding Co. shall still be subject to the Executive’s rights under paragraph 6.g.

-8-

     9. Miscellaneous.

          a. Waiver; Amendment. The failure of a party to enforce any term, provision, or condition of this Agreement at any time or times shall not be deemed a waiver of that term, provision, or condition for the future, nor shall any specific waiver of a term, provision, or condition at one time be deemed a waiver of such term, provision, or condition for any future time or times. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by both parties hereto.

          b. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; No Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Illinois, for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address for such notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

          c. Tax Withholding. The payments and benefits under this Agreement may be compensation and as such may be included in either the Executive’s W-2 earnings statements or 1099 statements. Holding Co. may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

          d. Paragraph Captions. Paragraph and other captions contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

          e. Severability. Each provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable. If any term or provision hereof is illegal or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement.

          f. Integrated Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire under-standing and agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, memoranda, term sheets, conversations and negotiations.

-9-

          g. Interpretation; Counterparts. No provision of this Agreement is to be interpreted for or against any party because that party drafted such provision. For purposes of this Agreement: “herein, “hereby,” “hereinafter,” “herewith,” “hereafter” and “hereinafter” refer to this Agreement in its entirety, and not to any particular subsection or paragraph. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          h. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand delivery, or by facsimile (with confirmation of transmission), or by overnight courier, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case addressed as follows:

If to the Executive:

William S. Loder

4202 Spyglass Hill Lane

Irving, TX 75038

Facsimile: (972) 887-9509

If to Holding Co.:

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

8585 Stemmons Freeway

Suite 200, South Freeway

Dallas, TX 75247

Facsimile: (214) 689-1877

with copies to:

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP

180 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038-4982

Attention: William W. Rosenblatt

Facsimile: 212-806-6006

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notices and communications shall be effective when actually received by addressee.

          i. No Limitations. The Executive represents that his employment by Holding Co. hereunder does not conflict with, or breach any confidentiality, non-competition or other agreement to which he is a party or to which he may be subject.

-10-

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.
By:	/s/ Courtney C. Smith
	Name:	Courtney C. Smith
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer

/s/ William S. Loder  

William S. Loder 

-11-

EX-10.1.11

EXHIBIT 10.1.11

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of this 17th day of October 2004, by and between Gary J. Ferguson (the “Executive”) and Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. (“Holding Co.”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, Holding Co. desires to continue the employment of the Executive and the Executive desires to continue his employment, under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

     WHEREAS, Holding Co. and the Executive (collectively, the “Parties”) entered into the Employment Agreement dated as of November 20, 2003, as amended by the First Amendment dated April 2nd, 2004, the Second Amendment dated May 26, 2004, and the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated August 9, 2004 (the “Employment Agreement”).

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree to amend and restate the Employment Agreement as follows:

     1. Employment. Holding Co. hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment, as the Chief Claims Officer under the terms and conditions set forth herein. During the Term (as defined herein), the Executive agrees to serve, without additional compensation, in one or more executive positions and/or as a member of the board of directors of Holding Co. or any affiliate of Holding Co.

     2. Term. Subject to paragraph 6, the term of this Agreement shall commence on the date of the Holding Co.’s Qualified Equity Offering (as defined below) and shall continue until December 31, 2007 (the “Initial Term”). Upon the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically extend for three successive one-year periods, unless terminated by either party by written notice to that effect not less than three months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and any extension periods are referred to herein collectively as the “Term”.

     3. Duties. During the Term, the Executive shall report to the Board of Directors and shall initially perform such duties and responsibilities as Holding Co.’s Board of Directors may determine. The Executive and Holding Co. shall create a job description which outlines the duties and responsibilities that the Executive shall perform. Such job description shall be mutually created within one year of the Executive’s employment. The Executive shall comply fully with all applicable laws, rules and regulations as well as with Holding Co.’s policies, compliance manuals and procedures. The Executive shall devote his entire working time to the business of Holding Co. and shall use his best efforts, skills and abilities in his diligent and faithful performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder. During the Term, the Executive shall not engage in any other business activities or hold any office or positions regardless of whether any such activity, office or position is pursued for profit or other pecuniary

advantage, without the prior consent of Holding Co.; provided, however, the Executive may own, solely as an investment, 1.0% or less of the securities of any publicly traded corporation.

     4. Compensation and Related Matters. As full compensation for the Executive’s performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder during the Term, Holding Co. shall pay the Executive the compensation and provide the benefits set forth below:

          a. Base Salary. Holding Co. shall pay the Executive an annual salary (the “Base Salary”) of $250,000, less applicable withholding and other deductions, payable in accordance with Holding Co.’s then current payroll practices. The Base Salary will be reviewed annually by Holding Co.’s Board of Directors or, if a compensation committee of the Board of Directors is appointed, then by such Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”), and may be increased, but not decreased, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee; provided, however, that for each of the second and third full fiscal years of the Term, the Base Salary shall be increased by 5% thereof.

           b. Bonuses. The Executive shall be eligible to receive bonuses (“Bonuses”) of not more than 100% of Base Salary for any full fiscal year during the Term, as hereinafter provided. For the partial year ending December 31, 2004, the Executive shall receive a Bonus of $62,500 in recognition of Executive’s contribution to establishing the Holding Co.’s business platform and successfully completing a Qualified Equity Offering. For each of the first three full fiscal years of Holding Co. during the Term, the Executive shall receive a Bonus equal to 25% of the Executive’s Base Salary level for such full fiscal year, payable in a cash lump sum payment as soon as practicable following the end of the respective fiscal year provided that Executive is employed by Holding Co. at the end of such fiscal year. In addition, for each full fiscal year of Holding Co. during the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to receive a performance-based Bonus, of up to 75% of Base Salary (or up to 100% of Base Salary for any full fiscal year following the first three full fiscal years during the Term), if Holding Co. achieves such performance goals as are determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee (if one has been appointed) for the respective fiscal year. The payment of any performance-based Bonus shall be deferred until the last day of the Term (until 60 days thereafter with respect to performance-based bonuses relating to the last full fiscal year of the Term), and shall be forfeited by the Executive if the Executive’s employment terminates hereunder before the end of the Term by: (i) Holding Co. due to cause pursuant to paragraph 6.c., or (ii) the Executive other than for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d.

          c. Stock Options. In the event of a private equity offering of the capital stock of Holding Co. or an initial public offering of shares of Holding Co. pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form, in each case in which the proceeds to Holding Co. are not less than $200,000,000.00, before deduction of underwriting commissions, placement agent fees or similar charges, and other offering expenses (a “Qualified Equity Offering”), the Executive shall be granted a stock option to purchase 160,000 shares of Holding Co.’s common stock for an exercise price per share equal to the per share offering price of the Qualified Equity Offering. Such option shall be granted as of the effective date of the Qualified Equity Offering and shall vest and become exercisable cumulatively at a rate of 33.33% on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, provided that the Executive is still employed by Holding Co. on the applicable vesting date. Such option, to the extent vested, shall be exercisable until the earliest of (i) the tenth anniversary of the date of grant, (ii) six months following the Executive’s termination of employment due to death or disability pursuant to paragraph 6.a. or 6.b. (in which case the option shall be fully vested and exercisable), or (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by Holding Co.

-2-

other than due to the Executive’s death, disability pursuant to paragraph 6.a., or 6 b, or by Executive other than for “good reason” as defined below, prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, then the later of three months following such termination of employment or the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended. Such option shall be treated as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to the maximum extent permissible without any change in the vesting provided for herein. Following the Qualified Equity Offering, the Executive shall be eligible to receive such additional stock options as may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee (if one has been appointed) in its sole discretion and upon such terms and conditions as are determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

          d. Benefits. The Executive shall be eligible to receive the benefits that Holding Co. generally makes available to its senior officers (as may be revised from time-to-time), including health, life and long-term disability insurance benefits, 401(k) plan benefits and non-qualified supplemental savings plan benefits which are designed to offset the Code limitations applicable under the 401(k) plan. In addition, the Executive shall receive annual reimbursement of up to $10,000 for aggregate expenses incurred for financial planning, including the preparation of income tax returns, upon presentation of appropriate receipts for such expenses.

          e. Vacation. The Executive shall receive four weeks’ paid vacation for each year during the Term. The Executive may schedule the vacation as he elects, subject to Holding Co.’s business needs. Any unused vacation days in any one year may not be carried over to subsequent years; provided, however, that not more than ten unused vacation days in any one year may be carried over to the next succeeding year.

     5. Expenses. The Executive shall be reimbursed for documented reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred on Holding Co.’s behalf in accordance with the policies established by Holding Co., as they may exist from time to time.

     6. Termination. This Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate immediately upon the earlier to occur of any of the following:

          a. By Holding Co. immediately upon the Executive’s death.

          b. By Holding Co. immediately upon the Executive being unable to perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder due to his “disability” (as defined below). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “disability” shall mean that the Executive has been unable to perform the duties and responsibilities required of him hereunder due to a physical and/or mental disability for a period of 180 days, whether or not consecutive, during any 12-month period. During such period of disability, the Executive shall continue to receive the Base Salary (less any Holding Co.-paid benefits that he receives, such as short term disability or workers compensation, during such period).

          c. By Holding Co. immediately upon the existence of “cause” (as defined below). For purposes of this Agreement, “cause” shall mean that the Executive: (i) has

-3-

committed an act constituting a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) has committed an act constituting a breach of fiduciary duty, gross negligence or willful misconduct; (iii) has engaged in conduct that violated Holding Co.’s then existing material internal policies or procedures and which is detrimental to the business, reputation, character or standing of Holding Co. or any of its affiliates; (iv) has committed an act of fraud, self dealing, conflict of interest, dishonesty or misrepresentation; or (v) after written notice by Holding Co. and a reasonable opportunity to cure, has materially breached his obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

          d. By the Executive immediately upon the existence of “good reason” (as defined below). For purposes of this Agreement, the following shall constitute “good reason”: After written notice setting forth the alleged good reason by the Executive to Holding Co., and the expiration of a 60-day cure period, there continues to be: (i) a material adverse change in the Executive’s title, position or responsibilities; and/or (ii) a material breach by Holding Co. of any material provision of this Agreement.

          e. Compensation Upon Death, Disability, Cause and Termination Without Good Reason. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by: (i) Holding Co. due to the Executive’s death or disability or cause pursuant to paragraph 6.a., b. or c., or (ii) the Executive other than for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d., then, unless the parties otherwise mutually agree, in full satisfaction of Holding Co.’s obligations under this Agreement, the Executive, his beneficiaries or estate, as appropriate, shall be entitled to receive: (1) the Base Salary provided for herein up to and including the effective date of termination, prorated on a daily basis; (2) payment for any accrued, unused vacation as of the effective date of termination; (3) in the event of termination due to the Executive’s death or disability as provided in paragraph 6.a. or 6.b., respectively, any performance-based Bonus previously earned but not paid, which shall become fully vested and shall be paid as soon as practicable following such termination; (4) a pro rated amount of any guaranteed bonus, as provided for in paragraph 4b, if termination occurs during the first three fiscal years during the Term, which shall be paid as soon as practicable following such termination; and (5) any other benefits (if any) payable upon the Executive’s death or disability, respectively.

          f. Severance Upon Certain Events of Termination. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by: (i) Holding Co. other than due to the Executive’s death or disability or cause pursuant to paragraph 6.a., b. or c., or (ii) the Executive for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d., then, unless the parties otherwise mutually agree, in full satisfaction of Holding Co.’s obligations under this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to receive: (1) a lump sum payment of an amount equal to the amount of the Executive’s Base Salary which would have been paid to the Executive through the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended (or through the date on which the Initial Term would have otherwise ended), provided, however, that if such termination occurs within 18 months before the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended, or as a result of Holding Co.’s failure to extend the Initial Term, to the full extent of the three one-year extension periods contemplated by this Agreement, or during any extension period, then the Executive shall instead receive a lump sum payment of an amount equal to 150% of the annual amount of the Executive’s Base Salary calculated at the rate in effect at the date of such termination; (2) a lump sum payment of an amount equal to 50% of the amount of the Executive’s Base Salary paid pursuant to clause (1) of this paragraph 6.f.;

-4-

(3) any performance-based Bonus previously earned but not paid, which shall become fully vested and shall be paid as soon as practicable following such termination; and (4) payment for any accrued, unused vacation as of the date of termination.

          g. Effect of Change in Control Termination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive’s employment is terminated by: (i) Holding Co. other than due to the Executive’s death or disability or cause pursuant to paragraph 6.a., b. or c., or (ii) the Executive for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d., in either case upon or within six months following a “change in control” (as defined below), then, unless the parties otherwise mutually agree, in full satisfaction of Holding Co.’s obligations under this Agreement and in lieu of the provisions of paragraph 6.f., the following shall apply: (1) all stock options then held by the Executive which were not previously exercised shall become fully vested and exercisable; (2) any performance-based Bonus previously earned but unpaid shall become fully vested and shall be paid as soon as practicable following such termination; and (3) the Executive shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment of an amount equal to three times the annual amount of the Executive’s Base Salary calculated at the rate in effect at the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the benefits and payments provided under this paragraph 6.f., either alone or together with other benefits and payments which the Executive has the right to receive either directly or indirectly from Holding Co. or any of its affiliates, would constitute an excess parachute payment (the “Excess Payment”) under Section 280G of the Code, the Executive hereby agrees that the benefits and payments provided under this paragraph 6.f. shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount necessary to prevent any such benefits and payments to the Executive from constituting an Excess Payment, as determined by Holding Co.’s independent auditor. For purposes of this Agreement, the following shall constitute a “change in control”:

               (A) any person or group of persons acting in concert (other than any person who, prior to the Qualified Equity Offering, is a holder of voting securities of Holding Co.) is or becomes entitled to more than 50% of the combined voting power of Holding Co.’s outstanding voting securities; or

               (B) following a Qualified Equity Offering, the Board of Directors of Holding Co. approves a merger or consolidation of Holding Co. with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in all or substantially all of the holders of Holding Co.’s voting securities immediately prior thereto continuing to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of Holding Co. or of the surviving entity immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

               (C) following a Qualified Equity Offering, the Board of Directors of Holding Co. approves a plan of complete liquidation of Holding Co. or an agreement for the sale or disposition by Holding Co. of all or substantially all of Holding Co.’s assets, other than any such sale or disposition where all or substantially all of the holders of Holding Co.’s voting securities immediately prior thereto continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the acquiror or transferee entity immediately after such sale or disposition.

-5-

     7. Confidential and Proprietary Information; Work Product; Warranty; Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation.

          a. Confidentiality. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that there are certain trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information (collectively, “Confidential Information”) which have been developed by Holding Co. and which are used by Holding Co. in its business. Confidential Information shall include, without limitation: (i) customer lists and supplier lists; (ii) the details of Holding Co.’s relationships with its customers, including the financial relationship with a customer, knowledge of the internal “politics"/workings of a customer organization, a customer’s technical needs and job specifications, knowledge of a customer’s strategic plans and the identities of contact persons within a customer’s organization; (iii) Holding Co.’s marketing and development plans, business plans; and (iv) other information proprietary to Holding Co.’s business. The Executive shall not, at any time during or after his employment hereunder, use or disclose such Confidential Information, except to authorized representatives of Holding Co. or the customer or as required in the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Executive shall return all customer and/or Holding Co. property, such as computers, software and cell phones, and documents (and any copies including in machine or human-readable form), to Holding Co. when his employment terminates. The Executive shall not be required to keep confidential any information, which is or becomes publicly available or is already in his possession (unless obtained from Holding Co. or one of its customers). Further, the Executive shall be free to use and employ his general skills, know-how and expertise, and to use, disclose and employ any generalized ideas, concepts, know-how, methods, techniques or skills, including those gained or learned during the course of the performance of any services hereunder, so long as he applies such information without disclosure or use of any Confidential Information.

          b. Work Product. The Executive agrees that all copyrights, patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights associated with any ideas, concepts, techniques, inventions, processes, or works of authorship developed or created by him during his employment by Holding Co. and for a period of six months thereafter, that (i) relate, whether directly or indirectly, to Holding Co.’s actual or anticipated business, research or development or (ii) are suggested by or as a result of any work performed by the Executive on Holding Co.’s behalf, shall, to the extent possible, be considered works made for hire within the meaning of the Copyright Act (17 U.S.C. § 101 et. seq.) (the “Work Product”). All Work Product shall be and remain the property of Holding Co. To the extent that any such Work Product may not, under applicable law, be considered works made for hire, the Executive hereby grants, transfers, assigns, conveys and relinquishes, and agrees to grant, transfer, assign, convey and relinquish from time to time, on an exclusive basis, all of his right, title and interest in and to the Work Product to the Holding Co. in perpetuity or for the longest period otherwise permitted by law. Consistent with his recognition of Holding Co.’s absolute ownership of all Work Product, the Executive agrees that he shall (i) not use any Work Product for the benefit of any party other than Holding Co. and (ii) perform such acts and execute such documents and instruments as Holding Co. may now or hereafter deem reasonably necessary or desirable to evidence the transfer of absolute ownership of all Work Product to Holding Co.; provided, however, if following ten days’ written notice from Holding Co., the Executive refuses, or is unable, due to disability, incapacity, or death, to execute such documents relating to the Work Product, he hereby appoints any of Holding Co.’s officers as his attorney-in-fact to execute such documents

-6-

on his behalf. This agency is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable without Holding Co.’s prior written consent.

          c. Warranty. The Executive represents and warrants to Holding Co. that (i) there are no claims that would adversely affect his ability to assign all right, title and interest in and to the Work Product to Holding Co.; (ii) the Work Product does not violate any patent, copyright or other proprietary right of any third party; (iii) the Executive has the legal right to grant Holding Co. the assignment of his interest in the Work Product as set forth in this Agreement; and (iv) he has not brought and will not bring to his employment hereunder, or use in connection with such employment, any trade secret, confidential or proprietary information, or computer software, except for software that he has a right to use for the purpose for which it shall be used, in his employment hereunder.

          d. Non-Competition; Non Solicitation. The Executive agrees that during his employment by Holding Co. (and for any period thereafter as provided below), he shall not within the United States (i) engage, directly or indirectly, whether as an employee, officer, director, consultant or otherwise, in any activity that competes with Holding Co. or any of its affiliates in the business of insurance; (ii) solicit, directly, or indirectly, whether as an employee, officer, director, consultant or otherwise, any person or entity which is then a customer or party to any insurance-related contract with, Holding Co. and/or its affiliates or has been a customer or supplier or such a party or solicited by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates in the preceding two-year period, to divert their business to any entity other than Holding Co. and/or its affiliates; (iii) solicit for employment, engage and/or hire, whether directly or indirectly, any person who is then employed by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates or engaged by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates as an independent contractor or consultant; and/or (iv) encourage or induce, whether directly or indirectly, any person who is then employed by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates or engaged by Holding Co. and/or its affiliates as an independent contractor or consultant to end his/her business relationship with Holding Co. and/or its affiliates. If the Executive’s employment with Holding Co. is terminated by the Executive other than for good reason pursuant to paragraph 6.d, before the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended, then the Executive shall continue to be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d. through the date on which the Term would have otherwise ended. If the Executive’s employment with Holding Co. is terminated for cause pursuant to paragraph 6.c., then the Executive shall continue to be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d through the longer of (A) one year following such termination of employment, or (B) the period during which the Term would have otherwise continued in effect. However, during such period, the Executive will continue to be paid by the Holding Co. the Executive’s Base salary, and any guaranteed bonus, if applicable, as provided for in paragraph 4.b. The Holding Co., at its sole option, may choose to terminate said payments at any time during the restricted period, at which time the Executive shall no longer be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d. If the Executive’s employment with Holding Co. is terminated under any circumstances which result in any payments provided pursuant to paragraph 6.f or 6.g., then the Executive shall continue to be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d. through the longer of (A) one year following such termination of employment, or (B) the period during which Base Salary continues to be paid to the Executive pursuant to paragraph 6.f., if applicable, or (C) two years following a termination of employment under circumstances resulting in payments provided pursuant to paragraph 6.g., if applicable. However, the Executive, at his sole option, may at any time during such period advise Holding

-7-

Co. that Executive will forfeit receipt of any further payments provided pursuant to paragraph 6.f. or 6.g., at which time the Executive will no longer be subject to the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7.d.

          e. Injunctive Relief. The Executive acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach of any of the terms set forth in this paragraph 7 shall result in an irreparable and continuing harm to Holding Co. for which there shall be no adequate remedy at law. Holding Co. shall, without posting a bond, be entitled to obtain injunctive and other equitable relief, in addition to any other remedies available to Holding Co.

          f. Essential and Independent Agreements. It is understood by the parties hereto that the Executive’s obligations and the restrictions and remedies set forth in this paragraph 7 are essential elements of this Agreement and that but for his agreement to comply with and/or agree to such obligations, restrictions and remedies, Holding Co. would not have entered into this Agreement or employed (or continued to employ) him. The Executive’s obligations and the restrictions and remedies set forth in this paragraph 7 are independent agreements and the existence of any claim or claims by him against Holding Co. under this Agreement or otherwise will not excuse his breach of any of his obligations or affect the restrictions and remedies set forth under this paragraph 7.

          g. Survival of Terms; Representations. The Executive’s obligations under this paragraph 7 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of his employment. He acknowledges that he is sophisticated in business, and that the restrictions and remedies set forth in this paragraph 7 do not create an undue hardship on him and will not prevent him from earning a livelihood. He further acknowledges that he has had a sufficient period of time within which to review this Agreement, including this paragraph 7, with an attorney of his choice and he has done so to the extent he desired. The Executive and Holding Co. agree that the restrictions and remedies contained in this paragraph 7 are reasonable and necessary to protect Holding Co.’s legitimate business interests regardless of the reason for or circumstances giving rise to such termination and that he and Holding Co. intend that such restrictions and remedies shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permissible by law. The Executive agrees that given the scope of Holding Co.’s business and the sophistication of the information highway, any further geographic limitation on such remedies and restrictions would deny Holding Co. the protection to which it is entitled hereunder. If it shall be found by a court of competent jurisdiction that any such restriction or remedy is unenforceable but would be enforceable if some part thereof were deleted or modified, then such restriction or remedy shall apply with such modification as shall be necessary to make it enforceable to the fullest extent permissible under law.

     8. Successors. This Agreement and the Executive’s performance hereunder are personal to the Executive and shall not be assignable by the Executive. Holding Co. may assign this Agreement to any affiliate or to any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Holding Co., whether directly or indirectly, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or otherwise. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Holding Co. and its successors and assigns. However, any such assignment by Holding Co. shall still be subject to the Executive’s rights under paragraph 6.g.

-8-

     9. Miscellaneous.

          a. Waiver; Amendment. The failure of a party to enforce any term, provision, or condition of this Agreement at any time or times shall not be deemed a waiver of that term, provision, or condition for the future, nor shall any specific waiver of a term, provision, or condition at one time be deemed a waiver of such term, provision, or condition for any future time or times. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by both parties hereto.

          b. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; No Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Illinois, for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address for such notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

          c. Tax Withholding. The payments and benefits under this Agreement may be compensation and as such may be included in either the Executive’s W-2 earnings statements or 1099 statements. Holding Co. may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

          d. Paragraph Captions. Paragraph and other captions contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

          e. Severability. Each provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable. If any term or provision hereof is illegal or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement.

          f. Integrated Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire under-standing and agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, memoranda, term sheets, conversations and negotiations.

-9-

          g. Interpretation; Counterparts. No provision of this Agreement is to be interpreted for or against any party because that party drafted such provision. For purposes of this Agreement: “herein, “hereby,” “hereinafter,” “herewith,” “hereafter” and “hereinafter” refer to this Agreement in its entirety, and not to any particular subsection or paragraph. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          h. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand delivery, or by facsimile (with confirmation of transmission), or by overnight courier, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case addressed as follows:

If to the Executive:

Gary J. Ferguson

P.O. Box 374

Cave Creek, AZ 85327

Facsimile: (480) 488-7105 (call first)

If to Holding Co.:

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

8585 Stemmons Freeway

Suite 200, South Freeway

Dallas, TX 75247

Facsimile: (214) 689-1877

with copies to:

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP

180 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038-4982

Attention: William W. Rosenblatt

Facsimile: 212-806-6006

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notices and communications shall be effective when actually received by addressee.

          i. No Limitations. The Executive represents that his employment by Holding Co. hereunder does not conflict with, or breach any confidentiality, non-competition or other agreement to which he is a party or to which he may be subject.

-10-

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.
By:	/s/ Courtney C. Smith
	Name:	Courtney C. Smith
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Gary J. Ferguson  

Gary J. Ferguson 

-11-

EX-10.1.15

EXHIBIT 10.1.15

SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.
PARTNER AGENT PROGRAM AGREEMENT

This Partner Agent Program Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of the 18th day of May, 2004 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. and its property and casualty insurance subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively the “Company”) and AEON Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Partner Agent”).

The parties hereto agree to develop and administer an insurance program known as the “AEON Program” (the “Program”) as described in Exhibit A attached hereto. This Agreement pertains only to that Program business, with the Company and the Partner Agent agreeing as follows:

I. AUTHORITY

A. Partner Agent’s authority is subject to the terms of this Agreement and Company’s Program description, underwriting guidelines, system templates, service standards, form and rate and other filings, and authority limits provided by Company to Partner Agent (“Company Guidelines”). Company appoints Partner Agent as its exclusive Partner Agent for five (5) years for the Program from the Effective Date within the territory specified in the Company Guidelines solely for the following purposes:

1.	To solicit, receive, and bind proposals for commercial lines insurance in accordance with the Company Guidelines.
2.	To pre-screen applications and estimate rates and/or premiums in accordance with the Company Guidelines.
3.	To endorse in-force policies in accordance with Company Guidelines.
4.	To collect, receive, account for, and pay to Company, premiums on policies written by Company, and to refund to the policyholder or insured, as appropriate (or to Company if requested by Company), return premiums as provided in the applicable policy.
5.	To issue, countersign (where necessary), and deliver policies executed by authorized officers of Company.
6.	To effect conditional renewals, cancellation and non-renewal of policies in accordance with Company Guidelines and applicable law.

B.	Partner Agent may delegate its authority in writing to designated employees.
C.	Partner Agent’s authority is subject to compliance with (and Partner Agent shall not alter, modify, or change and shall not waive any provision in) the applicable forms, rules, or rates of Company, according to their exact terms and to all applicable laws and regulations.
D.	Company shall have the right to reject any application or business submitted by Partner Agent or to modify, cancel, or refuse to renew any policies written by Company hereunder by giving Partner Agent written notice of effective date of changes that would affect this business.
E.	Partner Agent shall, within twenty (20) calendar days of the inception of coverage, provide to Company all data and statistical information relating to the underwriting of accounts. Partner Agent is authorized to issue binders, certificates or other evidence of insurance.

1

F.	The Company Guidelines may be amended or new Company Guidelines may be adopted at the Company’s discretion without the need to amend this Agreement. Such amendments or new Company Guidelines will be provided to the Partner Agent in writing and must be implemented by Partner Agent in accordance with Company’s instructions. Company will give Partner Agent reasonable notice in which to enact such changes.
G.	Company retains the right to modify, cancel, conditionally renew or non-renew any and all policies solely in Company’s discretion.
H.	Partner Agent has no authority to solicit, negotiate or place any reinsurance on behalf of Company.

II. OBLIGATIONS OF AGENT

A.	Partner Agent represents and warrants that (i) Partner Agent has any and all ownership or other rights in the business contemplated herein necessary to place such business with Company under this Agreement; (ii) Partner Agent placing business under this Agreement is not in violation of any duty or obligation owed to any other entity or person; and (iii) Partner Agent is, and will continue to be, authorized and licensed to perform all acts set out in this Agreement while providing services under this Agreement.
B.	The Program, as more specifically described in the Company Guidelines and in Exhibit A of this Agreement, will be mutually exclusive, unless otherwise stated in this Agreement. Partner Agent may be allowed to write business with other insurance carriers for the Program for any portion of the Program not offered by Company (“Other Business”) so long as Partner Agent notifies Company in writing of Other Business contemplated and Company has a right of first refusal to write Other Business. Company will be allowed to complete existing obligations under insurance policies with other insurance carriers for the Program. Unless otherwise specifically stated in this Agreement, Company will not accept business encompassed within the Program from any entity other than Partner Agent during the term of this Agreement. Partner Agent shall exclusively represent Company and shall not represent any other insurance company or similar entity in relation to the Program. In the event that a conflict exists as to whether Partner Agent is authorized to represent an existing or prospective policyholder, Company may honor the policyholder’s written producer of record designation signed by the policyholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company shall be under no obligation to honor a written producer of record designation from a policyholder before accepting business from a designated Partner Agent, and Company’s determination of which agent of Company represents Company with regard to a particular policyholder shall be final and binding.
C.	Partner Agent shall be responsible for compliance with all applicable state and federal laws, regulations, rules, and requirements relating to the performance of Partner Agent’s obligations and the general standards, rules, and regulations of the insurance industry and all Company Guidelines as provided by Company in writing.
D.	Partner Agent shall keep true, separate, accurate, and complete records of all transactions related to the policies and all correspondence.
E.	All records and documents applicable to the business relationship between Company and Partner Agent shall be maintained by Partner Agent in a form and manner that is (i) requested by Company, and (ii) secure and in accordance with Company’s record retention guidelines and insurance regulatory practices. Such records and documents shall continue to be maintained in a secure manner during the Term and for a period of no less than five (5) years (or such longer period as Company may request or is needed in order to preserve such records and documents under state statutes of limitations) after termination of this Agreement. At the end of such five (5)-year period or at any time Company requests, Partner Agent shall provide Company with originals or copies of such records and documents. No records or documents shall be destroyed at any time prior to five (5) years or according to state regulation without Company’s prior written consent.

2

F.	All records and documents of Partner Agent may be audited, examined, and/or copied by representatives of Company at any time during normal business hours and shall be made available for examination to reinsurers, or to any state insurance department or regulatory body which so requires. Additionally, Partner Agent shall permit authorized employees and representatives of Company to review the operations of Partner Agent, both at its place of business and at other locations during business hours upon ten (10) days written notice by Company.
G.	Partner Agent shall notify Company within forty-eight (48) hours of notice or receipt of any complaint filed with any state insurance department or other regulatory authority relating to the policies, whether against Company or Partner Agent. The parties will work together to promptly and adequately respond to any such complaint. If requested by Company, Partner Agent shall prepare a response to any such complaint or, at Company’s discretion, provide a complete written account to Company such that Company can respond; however, no response shall be sent by Partner Agent prior to consulting with Company regarding such response. Company retains the final authority on all responses relating to complaints against Company. Company may establish formal complaint handling procedures for Partner Agent to follow which are consistent with the requirements set forth herein.
H.	Partner Agent shall not contact any state insurance department or other regulatory authority, directly or indirectly, with regard to Company’s business without the prior written consent of Company. Partner Agent shall notify Company immediately in the event that Partner Agent receives any contact from any such department or authority with regard to Company’s business.
I.	Partner Agent shall utilize automated business processing through Company’s centralized technology system (“Company System”). Partner Agent shall be responsible for any integration required for Company System to operate with other third party systems of Partner Agent.
J.	If Company provides access to Company information or networks through computer access, Partner Agent shall be responsible for maintaining the security and integrity of such information and of Company’s systems. Partner Agent shall not introduce into Company’s systems any virus or other harmful agent. Partner Agent shall be responsible for assuring the quality of policy, premium, accounting and statistical data submitted to Company consistent with Company standards. Partner Agent agrees to adhere to the terms and conditions governing Partner Agent’s use of any existing Company website or any website Company may own, make available, operate, acquire, use from time to time, create or sponsor in the future, and related services available under any such website. These terms and conditions regarding use of any website or the content of any website may change without notice to Partner Agent. Partner Agent’s use of these websites constitutes agreement to the terms and conditions that exist at each point in time Partner Agent uses any such website. Partner Agent may not use the name, logo, or service mark of Company or any of its affiliates in any advertising, promotional material, internet site, or in any material disseminated by Partner Agent without the prior written consent of Company. Partner Agent shall maintain copies and provide an original to Company of any advertisement or other materials approved by Company along with full details concerning where, when, and how it was used. Use of any authorized item shall be limited to the scope of the current request and approval, unless specifically authorized for broader use by Company. Partner Agent must obtain re-authorization of all items at least annually.
K.	All expenses associated with Partner Agent’s performance hereunder shall be the responsibility of Partner Agent, including but not limited to general office expenses, automation expenses, systems integration expenses, marketing expenses, broker, producer, or countersigning commissions, fees, and taxes.
L.	Partner Agent agrees that the Company rates, rating manuals, forms, Company Guidelines, program analysis, underwriting records, management reports, and any information as may have been or shall be provided by Company to Partner Agent (the “Company Confidential Information”) are confidential and proprietary to Company, shall be considered trade secrets of Company, and shall not be disclosed to any third parties. Partner Agent agrees to maintain the confidentiality of

3

	the Company Confidential Information. Partner Agent shall be responsible to ensure that Partner Agent’s employees, agents, and representatives are aware of and sensitive to the proprietary nature of the Company Confidential Information, of the importance of confidentiality, and need to comply with the confidentiality requirements in this Agreement. All Company Confidential Information shall be returned by Partner Agent to Company immediately upon request.
M.	Partner Agent agrees that Partner Agent and its employees, agents, and representatives are (i) aware of the sensitive and proprietary nature of any and all information each may receive with regard to applicants, policyholders, beneficiaries of policies, and claimants (the “3rd Party Confidential Information”); and (ii) aware of and will comply with: (a) any and all applicable laws, regulations, rules, and requirements relating to the 3rd Party Confidential Information; (b) the general standards, rules, and regulations of the insurance industry relating to the 3rd Party Confidential Information; and (c) all written instructions provided to Partner Agent from time to time by Company relating to the 3rd Party Confidential Information. Partner Agent shall comply with Company’s privacy policies and shall hold all 3rd Party Confidential Information in trust and confidence in compliance with Company’s privacy policy, and shall use the 3rd Party Confidential Information only for the purpose contemplated in this Agreement. Partner Agent agrees that it shall immediately refer any question concerning any aspect of Company’s privacy policy to Company for resolution.
N.	If requested by Company, Partner Agent agrees to become a member of Company’s Partner Agent committee (“Partner Agent Advisory Committee”). Partner Agent or appropriate designee shall attend all meetings of the Partner Agent Advisory Committee, provide input at such meetings, and cooperate fully with the Partner Agent Advisory Committee in all aspects.
O.	Partner Agent agrees to purchase a certain amount of Class B exchangeable common stock (“Partner Agent Stock”) as more specifically outlined in the Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and between the Company and the Partner Agent (“Securities Purchase Agreement”) which is hereby incorporated by reference as an integral part of this Agreement.

III. OBLIGATIONS OF COMPANY

A.	Company shall act in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and will pay Partner Agent a commission in accordance with Exhibit A (“Commission”) and a share of profits in accordance with Exhibit B (“Profit Sharing” which, together with “Commission”, is the “Compensation”) attached hereto and referenced herein. Partner Agent shall be responsible for paying any compensation due to its sub producers.
B.	Company shall provide for the payment of all excise taxes, premium taxes (except surplus lines taxes) and assessments;
C.	Company shall appoint Partner Agent as required by various state laws and regulations;
D.	Company will develop and maintain Company System.

IV. CLAIMS AND COVERAGE

A.	Partner Agent shall immediately notify and cooperate with Company if Partner Agent receives notice of any claim or potential claim which could involve Company, any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, or the business written hereunder.
B.	Partner Agent has no authority to adjust or settle any claims arising out of or in connection with policies, shall not make any statements regarding the application of coverage to specific situations, whether actual or hypothetical, and shall not commit Company to any liability in connection with any actual or potential claim or loss.
C.	Partner Agent shall immediately report all claims, or potential claims, suits, or losses relating to the policies to Company or to an assigned adjuster or claim representative who has been designated by Company. Partner Agent shall cooperate fully with Company or the assigned

4

	adjuster or claim representative in the investigation, adjustment, settlement, and payment of claims and coverage matters. All records, files, correspondence, or other materials pertaining to claims shall be the sole property of Company.
D.	Company will consult with Partner Agent on the selection of vendors and claims handling procedures (“Vendor Selection and Claims Procedures”). Company retains sole discretion for Vendor Selection and Claims Procedures.

V. COMPENSATION OF AGENT

A.	Company shall pay Partner Agent the Commission and Profit Sharing as respectively described in Exhibit A and Exhibit B.
B.	With one hundred eighty (180) days advance written notice, for reasons related to regulatory constraints or industry issues including but not limited to Program coverage resulting in an insurance industry or market downturn, the Company reserves the right to adjust Partner Agent’s Commission as described in Exhibit A.
C.	Effective at any time after a minimum of one hundred eighty (180) days advance written notice to Partner Agent, Company may adjust the current payout period of Profit Sharing as described in Exhibit B.
D.	It is understood and agreed that the Compensation paid hereunder shall be full compensation for all services rendered by Partner Agent pursuant to this Agreement.
E.	Partner Agent shall refund Commission, or other fees or amounts retained by Partner Agent, to the policyholder or insured, as appropriate, or to Company if requested by Company, from Partner Agent’s own funds on a pro-rata basis on return premiums at the same rate as paid to Partner Agent.
F.	The Commission applicable to multiple year policies (if Company has bound such policies through Partner Agent) shall be the Commission that is in effect for such policy during the year in which the policy is initially written, and such Commission shall apply throughout the term of any such policy.
G.	Partner Agent shall have no authority to, and shall not collect any fee(s) on, the policies unless specifically authorized by Company and permitted by law.
H.	Partner Agent shall calculate Commission based on premiums collected by Partner Agent for policies reported to Company.

VI. PREMIUMS AND ACCOUNTING

A.

Partner Agent shall be responsible for collecting premiums, whether advance, deposit, developed, installment, audit, renewal, additional, or otherwise, on all policies other than direct-bill policies. Despite the foregoing, however, Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to communicate with, to directly collect premium from, and/or to cancel or non-renew policies of, its insureds. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Partner Agent shall be liable for and pay all earned premium to Company, even if Partner Agent does not collect such premium from the policyholder. Uncollected premiums shall be remitted from Partner Agent’s own funds and not the Premium Trust Fund. Partner Agent may deduct Commission from the Premium Trust Fund.

B.

Within 10 days from the last day of each month, Company shall provide Partner Agent with a monthly itemized statement (the “Statement”) of money due to Company. Amounts due to Company pursuant to the Statement shall be remitted to Company on or before the fifteenth day of the following month the Statement was rendered. In the event of differences between Partner Agent’s and Company’s records, Partner Agent shall provide all necessary information to permit proper adjustment. Any dispute respecting such Statement shall be resolved based on Company’s records.

5

C.	All premiums collected by Partner Agent are the property of Company, shall not be commingled with any other funds, shall be held in trust on behalf of Company in a fiduciary capacity, and shall be deposited and maintained in an account separate and segregated from Partner Agent’s own funds or funds held by Partner Agent on behalf of any other company or person (the “Premium Trust Fund”). The Premium Trust Fund shall be placed in an interest bearing account in a bank and account approved by Company in advance. Unless Partner Agent has breached this Agreement, Partner Agent shall be authorized to retain the interest on the Premium Trust Fund. Company may request at any time, and Partner Agent shall provide, a reconciliation of the funds deposited in, and balance due to Company from, the Premium Trust Fund.
D.	The omission of any item(s) by the Company from the Statement does not affect Partner Agent’s responsibility to properly account for policies and pay all amounts due, nor does it prejudice the rights of Company to collect such amounts.
E.	Partner Agent shall be liable for premiums on policies written through submissions to Partner Agent by other brokers or producers, whether or not collected by Partner Agent or such brokers or producers.
F.	No premium advances may be made by Partner Agent from the Premium Trust Fund, and premium advanced on behalf of any insured by the Partner Agent shall not be reversed. Partner Agent accepts full responsibility for such premiums.
G.	After making a diligent effort to collect such premiums and submitting documentation of that diligent effort to Company which Company reasonably determines to be sufficient, Partner Agent may request in writing that premiums due as a result of audit of a particular insured be collected directly by Company. Company agrees to assume responsibility for collecting such additional premiums. Company will have no obligation to collect amounts hereunder unless Partner Agent’s written request is made within 45 days of the billing date shown on the audit statement. Partner Agent shall not be entitled to Compensation on premiums Partner Agent requests Company to collect or Company undertakes to collect, regardless of the amounts collected by Company.
H.	Should Partner Agent default in any payment of premiums on any policy, Company shall have the right to require that all premiums on all policies are due and payable immediately.
I.	Partner Agent agrees to be responsible for the payment of any applicable surplus lines taxes and the filing of all affidavits as required by the applicable entities, and shall provide Company with written evidence of such payment and compliance on a quarterly basis.
J.	Partner Agent shall not be entitled to any Compensation on any premium which Company determines (i) to collect (whether or not collected), (ii) in its sole discretion to write-off, or (iii) is overdue and is collected by Company, regardless of the amounts collected. Nothing contained herein shall alter Partner Agent’s obligation to remit all premium to Company, whether or not collected.

VII. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

A. Partner Agent shall maintain the following insurance amounts with an insurer having a rating with A.M. Best of at least “A-”: (i) errors and omissions insurance covering Partner Agent and its employees in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 per claim, $2,000,000 aggregate, with a deductible not exceeding an amount agreed by Company, (ii) fidelity insurance covering Partner Agent and its employees in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 and (iii) general liability insurance covering Partner Agent and its employees in the minimum amount of $1,000,000. Partner Agent agrees to immediately notify Company when it receives notice of lapse, increased deductibles, decreased coverage, non-renewal, or termination of any such coverage. Partner Agent agrees to notify Company of any claim brought under any errors and omissions or fidelity insurance which arises out of or is connected with a policy or policies. At the inception of this Agreement and on or before January 31 of each year thereafter, Partner Agent shall furnish Company proof of this insurance.

6

B.	Company agrees to fully indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Partner Agent from any and all liability, claims, demands, suits, fines and penalties, expenses, costs and attorney fees, made or assessed against or incurred by Partner Agent or the officers, directors, or affiliates of Partner Agent, that may arise by reason of any act, error, or omission of or any misrepresentation by Company or its officers or employees.
C.	Partner Agent agrees to fully indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Company from any and all liability, claims, demands, suits, fines and penalties, expenses, costs and attorney fees, made or assessed against or incurred by Company or the officers, directors, or affiliates of Company, that may arise by reason of any act, error, or omission of or any misrepresentation by Partner Agent, its officers or employees, or brokers or producers submitting business to the Partner Agent pursuant to this Agreement.
D.	The indemnifying party shall have the right to direct the investigation, settlement, and defense of any such claim, complaint or action. If the indemnifying party assumes the defense of any such action, such party shall not be liable to the indemnified party for any expenses incurred by such indemnified party in connection with such action.

VIII.TERM AND TERMINATION

A.	This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall be continuous until terminated (the “Term”).
B.	At any time during the Term hereof, Partner Agent may terminate this Agreement without cause on one hundred eighty (180) days written notice of termination to Company. Partner Agent’s authority to place new business with Company shall cease immediately upon receipt of such notice of termination. Partner Agent’s authority to renew business with Company shall cease as of the effective date of termination.
C.	At any time during the Term, Company may terminate this Agreement on one hundred eighty (180) days (or such longer period as mandated by regulation) written notice of termination to Partner Agent if Partner Agent has not met the Company Guidelines pertaining to profitability and/or production. Partner Agent’s authority to submit new business with Company will cease on ninety (90) days after receipt of such notice of termination. Partner Agent’s authority to submit renewals with Company shall cease as of the effective date of termination. Any disputes regarding Company Guidelines shall be determined in Company’s sole discretion.
D.	Upon written notice, Company may immediately terminate this Agreement in whole or in part for cause, which shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

1.	Partner Agent, or its parent or any affiliated corporation becomes insolvent, institutes or acquiesces in the institution of any bankruptcy, financial reorganization, or liquidation proceeding or any such proceeding is instituted against Partner Agent or its parent corporation (Partner Agent shall immediately notify Company of same); or
2.	Partner Agent, or the owner of a controlling interest in Partner Agent, sells, exchanges, transfers, assigns, consolidates, pledges or causes to be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, consolidated, or pledged: (i) all or substantially all of the assets of Partner Agent, or any entity controlling Partner Agent, to a third party, or (ii) a controlling interest in Partner Agent, or any entity controlling Partner Agent, to a third party (Partner Agent shall immediately notify Company of same); or
3.	Partner Agent fails to correct material deficiencies as noted in any agency audit or program review within the time frame set out in the audit; or
4.	Partner Agent fails to render timely and proper reports or premium accounting as required, or remit premiums when due; or
5.	Partner Agent fails to maintain premium funds in trust as required in this Agreement; or

7

6.	Partner Agent engages in acts or omissions constituting abandonment, fraud, insolvency, misappropriation of funds, material misrepresentation, or gross and willful misconduct; or
7.	Partner Agent’s license or certificate of authority is cancelled, suspended, or is declined renewal by any regulatory body within the Territory where Partner Agent transacts or services policies (Partner Agent shall immediately notify Company of same); for fraud or if for more than thirty (30) days for any other reason; or
8.	Partner Agent otherwise materially breaches this Agreement.

E.	In the event this Agreement is terminated or any authority of Partner Agent is suspended, limited, or terminated (whether by Company, Partner Agent, or agreement of the parties), Partner Agent shall, subject to all terms, conditions, and restrictions contained in this Agreement, service all business until all such business has been completely cancelled, non-renewed, or otherwise terminated and all claims hereunder have been closed. Company may, in its sole discretion, immediately suspend or terminate Partner Agent’s continuing service obligation as outlined in Program Guidelines. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Partner Agent shall not, without the prior written approval of Company, increase or extend the Company’s liability under, extend the term(s) or condition(s) of, or cancel and re-write, any policies.
	If Partner Agent fails to fulfill any service obligation under this Agreement or comply with this Agreement, then Partner Agent shall reimburse Company any expense incurred by Company as a result of non-compliance, or in servicing or arranging for the servicing of business, or such amounts may be offset by Company.
F.	Any notice of termination shall be in writing and sent by certified mail or personally delivered. Such notice shall be deemed received three (3) days from the date of mailing or, if personally delivered, the date delivered. Unless changed by giving written notice to the other party, the addresses of the respective parties are:

Partner Agent:
   AEON Insurance Group, Inc.
   18525 Sutter Blvd., Suite 140
   Morgan, Hill, CA 95037
   ATTN:     Mr. Lee Wendleton, President

Company:

   Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.
   8585 Stemmons Freeway, Suite 200 South
   Dallas, TX 75247
   Attn:     Courtney Smith, President & CEO
   cc:         Scott Goodreau, General Counsel

IX. GENERAL PROVISIONS

A.

If Partner Agent breaches this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, Company may, in lieu of terminating the Agreement, suspend some or all of the authority of Partner Agent under this Agreement. Additionally, Company may suspend the authority of Partner Agent during the pendency of any dispute regarding termination or suspension.

B.

During the Term and following termination of the Agreement, if Partner Agent has made full payments of all amounts due Company and continues to do so in a timely manner, then the expirations and renewals shall be the property of Partner Agent; provided, however, that Company shall have the absolute right to write or renew such business as may be required by law, and to take any and all actions with regard to the business as may be required in order to service the business or as may be required by law or pursuant to the policy’s terms.

8

	If, during the Term and following termination of this Agreement, Partner Agent has not made full payment to Company, the expirations and renewals shall not be the property of Partner Agent, and the Company shall be entitled to the expirations and renewals, and the use and control of the expirations and renewals shall be vested in Company for sale, use, or disposal as Company deems fit.
C.	Partner Agent will advise Company promptly if it, an employee of Partner Agent, or any of Partner Agent’s brokers or producers have been or are in the future convicted of a felony.
D.	This Agreement and the Securities Purchase Agreement constitute the entire agreement between Company and Partner Agent and supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or written, between Company and Partner Agent with respect to the business. No waiver by either party to enforce any provisions of this Agreement will be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized officer of Company and Partner Agent and shall be effective as to the specifically stated waiver date. No amendment to this Agreement will be effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto, and specifying the effective date of such amendment.
E.	Company may combine or offset any balances or funds owed by Partner Agent to Company against any balances or funds owed to Partner Agent by Company under this Agreement or any other agreement between the parties. Because the funds held by Partner Agent are held in trust for Company, Partner Agent may not offset any balance due from Company to Partner Agent under this Agreement or under any other agreement with Company or any other party against the Premium Trust Fund.
F.	This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its rules regarding conflict of laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, matters relating to agency termination and Partner Agent’s right or Company’s obligations on termination shall be governed solely by the applicable insurance laws, if any, of the state in which Partner Agent is domiciled. The parties hereto consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Illinois in any matters pertaining to this Agreement which are not otherwise resolved in accordance with subsection G. below.
G.	Except as provided herein, all unresolved differences of opinion or disputes between Company and Partner Agent arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction hereunder shall first be attempted to be settled by a good faith meeting of a member of senior management of each of Company and Partner Agent and/or by mediation. If any unresolved differences of opinion or disputes still exist after such meeting, then such matters shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the rules relating to commercial arbitration of the American Arbitration Association. Arbitration initiated by one party will allow the other party to select the situs of the arbitration proceedings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company shall be entitled to the issuance of an injunction or other legal or equitable action to obtain premiums or monies due, to prohibit Partner Agent’s use of funds, to prohibit Partner Agent’s writing business in violation of this Agreement, or to require Partner Agent’s deposit of such funds in accordance with this Agreement. If Company prevails in any such action, the cost and expense thereof, including attorneys’ fees, shall be borne by Partner Agent.
H.	Partner Agent may not assign this Agreement, delegate its duties, or assign its rights under this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed upon and authorized in writing in advance by Company.
I.	This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
J.	The parties hereby agree that all provisions of this Agreement shall survive termination, except that Paragraph I (A) hereof shall only survive as modified by Article VIII.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed effective as of the Effective Date first above written.

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

9

By:	/s/ Courtney Smith
Name Printed:	Courtney Smith
Title:	President & CEO

AEON Insurance Group, Inc.

By:	/s/ Lee Wendleton
Name Printed:	Lee Wendleton
Title:	President

10

EXHIBIT A

COMMISSION SCHEDULE

     A. Except as otherwise provided in this Commission Schedule, Partner Agent’s Commission shall be as follows:

Program Description	Line of Business	Maximum Rate of Commission
AEON — Towing, Recovery	All Commercial Property	15%
and Repossession.	& Casualty Lines of
States to be determined.	Business Excluding
	Workers’ Compensation

B. The rates of Commission provided in this Schedule do not relate to the following types of business:

1.	Business which Company determines is specially rated, specially classified, or specially reinsured;
2.	Business written subject to a participating plan;
3.	Business written subject to a retrospective plan, SIR, or large deductible; or
4.	Business placed through assigned risks, fair plans, pools, or other risk-sharing associations.

Commission rates for all such business shall be negotiated on an individual policy basis and agreed by Company in writing.

C. Commissions different than provided herein may be agreed to in writing between Partner Agent and Company, and such agreement shall supercede this Commission Schedule.

11

EXHIBIT B

PROFIT SHARING SCHEDULE

The Profit Sharing Due to Partner Agent will be calculated using the following Tables:

Table I
Profit Sharing Year [  ]

Premium
1.	Eligible Earned Premium for Profit Sharing Year		$
2.	Premium Written Off		$
3.	Ceded Facultative Reinsurance	$
4.	Net Eligible Earned Premium (Line 1 minus Line 2 minus Line 3)	$
Expenses
5.	Commissions incurred for Profit Sharing Year	$
6.	Losses and ALAE Incurred for Profit Sharing Year	$
7.	TPA Claims Fee for Profit Sharing Year	$
8.	Claims Charge for Profit Sharing Year (% times line 4)	$
9.	IBNR Charge for Profit Sharing Year	$
10.	Taxes, Licenses and Fees for Profit Sharing Year	$
11.	Operating Charge (% times line 4)	$
12.	Dividends Incurred for Profit Sharing Year	$
13.	Expense Total (Sum of Lines 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12)	$
Profit Sharing Year Result
14.	Profit Sharing Year Result (Line 4 minus line 13) (Can be negative)	$
15.	Profit Sharing Factor		50	%
16.	Profit to be Shared (Line 14 times Line 15)	$
17.	(Can be negative) Payout Factor	$		%
18.	Result (Line 16 times Line 17)	$
	(Can be Negative)

12

Based on this Table, the Partner Agent’s Combined Ratio is         % (line 13 divided by line 4 times 100). The maximum Profit Sharing due the Partner Agent will be limited to 7% of Net Eligible Premium per Profit Sharing Year.

LEGEND

Table I

Line 1.	Eligible Earned Premium shall mean direct premium earned for Profit Sharing Year which relates to Eligible Business less premium ceded (less ceding commission received) for treaty reinsurance specifically related to Eligible Business purchased by the Company for the Profit Sharing Year.
Line 2.	Premium Written Off shall include any premium due Company which Company has charged off as uncollectible for the Profit Sharing Year.
Line 3.	Ceded Facultative Reinsurance shall include earned premium ceded (less ceding commissions received) for facultative reinsurance specifically related to Eligible Business purchased by Company for Profit Sharing Year.
Line 5.	Commissions shall include the direct commissions and policy fees (if included in Eligible Earned Premium) incurred by Company for the Profit Sharing Year, relating to Eligible Business. Additionally, Company shall add to such total any amounts or expenses of Partner Agent which Company agrees to reimburse, assume, or share.
Line 6.	Losses and ALAE Incurred shall be direct losses and expenses incurred (paid plus case reserves) by Company on claims reported for the Profit Sharing Year relating to Eligible Business, excluding unallocated loss adjustment expense, plus any extra contractual or bad faith payments relating to Eligible Business less recoveries from Ceded Treaty and Facultative Reinsurance specifically related to eligible business.
Line 7.	TPA Claims Fee shall be actual fees incurred by the Company on behalf of the Partner Agent for the current Profit Sharing Year.
Line 8.	Claims Charge shall be a designated percentage determined by Company based on unallocated loss adjustment expense for the current Profit Sharing Year times Net Eligible Earned Premium.
Line 9.	IBNR Charge shall be determined solely by the Company and shall include a provision for the reserve for Losses and ALAE Incurred but not reported during the Profit Sharing Year, which reserve shall include development on losses and ALAE already reported to Company. The IBNR calculation will take into consideration the specific lines and classes of business written by the Program Agent.
Line 10.	Taxes and Assessments shall include any loss based or premium based assessments and any expenses relating thereto, and premium taxes, boards, bureaus, and any miscellaneous taxes including insurance department licenses and fees, relating to Eligible Business allocated by Company to Eligible Earned Premium including but not limited to residual market, fair plan or guaranty association assessments.
Line 11.	Operating Charge shall be a designated percentage for the current Profit Sharing Year times Net Eligible Earned Premium. Operating Charge shall be determined solely at Company’s discretion and shall be based on the operating expenses of Company not included in any of the line items described herein.
Line 12.	Dividends Incurred shall include all dividends incurred (paid plus an estimate of accrued but not paid) for the Profit Sharing Year by Company under Eligible Business.
Line 15.	Profit Sharing Factor shall be 50%. A minimum Eligible Written Premium of twenty million dollars ($20,000,000) must be achieved within twenty-four (24) months from the Effective Date of the Agreement for continuation of any profit sharing. Eligible Written Premium shall mean direct premium written for Profit Sharing Year which relates to Eligible Business.

13

Line 17. Payout Factor shall be calculated according to the following chart:

PROFIT SHARING AGREEMENT

PAYOUT FACTORS

	3 Years
1st Valuation		40	%
2nd Valuation		70	%
3rd Valuation		100	%

14

Timing of Calculation of Profit Sharing Due

A.	If Partner Agent meets the Minimum Eligible Written Premium requirements for a Profit Sharing Year, Company shall calculate Profit Sharing Due to Partner Agent for the Profit Sharing Period based on Company’s records. Such calculation shall be provided to Partner Agent sixty (60) days after each Valuation Date.
B.	Each Profit Sharing Year’s calculation will include a separate re-calculation of each prior Profit Sharing Year. Re-calculations for each prior Profit Sharing Year will be as of the current Valuation Date, and will be made utilizing the formula set forth in Table I. A summary of calculations made for each Profit Sharing Year will be entered on current Profit Sharing section of Table II.
C.	Provided that all premium or other amounts due Company shall have been received by Company, within sixty (60) days after completion of the calculation of Profit Sharing Due, Company shall pay the amount of Profit Sharing Due to Partner Agent for the Profit Sharing Period as shown in Table II.

LEGEND

Other Defined Terms used in this Agreement

A.	Eligible Business shall include policies written in the Program pursuant to this Agreement. Determination of whether a policy is Eligible Business shall be in the sole discretion of Company.
B.	The Initial Profit Sharing Year of this Agreement shall be from the Effective Date to December 31st following the Effective Date (“Initial December Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Initial Profit Sharing Year of this Agreement shall be from the Effective Date to December 31st following the Initial December Date if the Effective Date is between April 1 and December 31st. Subsequent Profit Sharing Years, if any, shall be January 1st to December 31st.
C.	Valuation Date shall mean June 30th of each year. Except as otherwise set forth below, Company shall continue providing calculations for each Profit Sharing Year through the June 30th of each successive year following termination of this Agreement, the Final Profit Sharing Year, or until the parties mutually agree in writing to close the calculations for a particular Profit Sharing Year or Profit Sharing Years.

Term and Termination

This profit sharing schedule will terminate upon the effective date of termination of this Agreement. The Final Profit Sharing Year under this Agreement will be the Profit Sharing Period ending as of the effective date of termination.

In the event this Agreement is terminated prior to the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date by the Partner Agent, Company shall provide no further Profit Sharing calculations. In the event that this Agreement is terminated prior to the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date by Company in accordance with Section VIII (D), Company shall provide no further Profit Sharing calculations.

General

No charge, offset, credit, or deduction for any Profit Sharing which is or may be due Partner Agent shall be made or claimed by Partner Agent in accounts submitted to Company under this Agreement or any other agreement. Profit Sharing Due shall be payable only by Company’s check. Company may combine

15

or offset any amount owed to Partner Agent by Company hereunder against any amount owed to Company by Partner Agent under any other agreement between the parties.

16

EX-10.1.16

EXHIBIT 10.1.16

AMENDED AND RESTATED
SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

          This Amended and Restated Securities Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of the 30th day of September, 2004, by and among the purchaser listed on Schedule A attached hereto (the “Purchaser”) and Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Purchaser are parties to a Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of May 18, 2004 (the “Old Securities Purchase Agreement”); and

          WHEREAS, in connection with the sale by the Company to the Purchaser of shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class B Stock”), the parties to the Old Securities Purchase Agreement desire to amend and restate the Old Securities Purchase Agreement, pursuant to Section 9(b) thereof, as set forth herein, effective upon the execution of this Agreement;

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

1. Sale and Purchase of Securities; Closing.

     (a) Authorization. The Company has authorized the issuance and sale of the Shares, having the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule B (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

     (b) Sale and Purchase. Subject to the terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company, and the Company agrees to sell, assign, transfer and deliver to the Purchaser, on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 1(d)), the Shares for the consideration specified in Section 1(c).

     (c) Purchase Price. The Purchaser agrees to pay to the Company an aggregate purchase price of $1 million (the “Purchase Price”) to purchase such number of Shares equal to

the Purchase Price divided by the initial public offering price per share of the Company’s initial public offering of equity securities (the “IPO”) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Purchaser agrees to pay to the Company, and the Company agrees to accept from the Purchaser, as consideration for the Shares, the Purchase Price. Payment shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company.

     (d) Closing. (i) The closing date of the purchase and sale of the Shares (the “Closing Date”) shall occur upon payment in full of the Purchase Price by the Purchaser, subject to satisfaction or waiver of the terms and conditions set forth herein.

          (ii) The Closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is contingent on the closing by the Company of its IPO.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser.

     The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

     (a) The Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for its own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view to, or in connection with, any resale or other distribution of the Shares.

     (b) The Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and of protecting its own interests in connection therewith. The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act.

     (c) The Purchaser has had the opportunity to review all documents and information that the Purchaser has requested concerning its investment in the Company. The Purchaser has had the opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s management, which questions were answered to its satisfaction.

     (d) The Purchaser acknowledges that an investment in the Company involves substantial risks. The Purchaser is able to bear the economic risk of its investment for an indefinite period of time.

     (e) The Purchaser has not paid or given any commission or other remuneration in connection with the purchase of the Shares. The Purchaser has not received any public media advertisements and has not been solicited by any form of mass mailing solicitation.

     (f) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser and has been duly authorized by the Purchaser by all necessary action. This Agreement is a valid and

2

binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by the principles governing the availability of equitable remedies.

     (g) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will violate or result in any violation of, or be in conflict with or constitute a default under, or require the consent of any person under any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to the Purchaser, except such that are obtained or waived. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority is required on the part of the Purchaser in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performance by the Purchaser of its obligations hereunder.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

     The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

     (a) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware.

     (b) The Company has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to sell, transfer, assign and deliver the Shares to the Purchaser.

     (c) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by the principles governing the availability of equitable remedies.

     (d) On the date hereof, the Company has full record and beneficial ownership of, and good, valid and marketable title to, the Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, rights, claims or equities of any nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any voting rights granted to any third party with respect to the Shares). All of the Shares, when delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable.

     (e) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will violate or result in any violation of, or be in conflict with or constitute a default under, or require the consent of any person under any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to the Company, except such that are obtained or waived. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder.

3

     (f) The Company has delivered to the Purchaser true, correct and complete copies of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company, reflecting all amendments thereto. Such Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws have not been amended, modified or waived since the date thereof.

4. Terms of the Class B Common Stock.

     (a) Voting Rights; Redemption Rights. Holders of Class B Stock are not entitled to any voting rights in the Company. Holders of Class B Stock have no redemption or preemptive rights, except as provided herein.

     (b) Dividends; Liquidation and Distribution. Subject to the terms of any outstanding series of preferred stock of the Company, holders of Class B Stock are entitled to dividends in amounts and at times as may be declared by the board of directors of the Company out of funds legally available, in the same proportion as holders of the Company’s common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”). Upon liquidation or distribution, holders of Class B Stock will be entitled to share ratably, pari passu with the holders of the Common Stock, in all net assets available for distribution to stockholders, after payment of any liquidation preferences to holders of preferred stock of the Company.

     (c) Exchange Right. (i) At any time and from time to time after the fifth anniversary of the date of that certain Partner Agent Program Agreement between the Company and the Purchaser (the “Partner Agent Agreement”), provided that the Partner Agent Agreement is still in effect and has not been terminated by either party thereto, the Purchaser shall have the right, but not the obligation, to exchange its shares of Class B Stock for an equal number of shares of Common Stock (subject to equitable adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving a change in such security); provided, further, that after the fifth anniversary of the date of the Partner Agent Agreement and for so long as the Partner Agent Agreement is in effect, including any day or days on which the Purchaser exercises such exchange right, the Purchaser must retain legal and beneficial ownership for its own benefit of such number of shares of Class B Stock as could be exchanged for the same number of shares of Common Stock with a value on such date of $500,000, as determined pursuant to Section 4(g).

          (ii) Upon the Purchaser’s exercise of the exchange right, the Purchaser shall surrender the certificate or certificates for the shares of Class B Stock to be so exchanged, accompanied by written notice of exchange duly executed, to the Company at any time during regular business hours at the office of the Company. If so required by the Company, the shares of Class B Stock so exchanged shall be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by the Purchaser.

     (d) Issuance of Shares on Exchange. (i) As promptly as practicable after the surrender, as provided herein, of any shares of Class B Stock for exchange, the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser certificates representing the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Class B Stock have been exchanged in

4

accordance with the provisions of Section 4(c)(i). Such exchange shall be deemed to have been made as of the close of business on the date that such shares of Class B Stock shall have been surrendered for exchange by delivery thereof with a written notice of exchange duly executed, so that the rights of the Purchaser as a holder of the shares of Class B Stock so exchanged shall cease at such time and, subject to the following provisions of this section, the Purchaser shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder of such shares of Common Stock at such time; provided, however, that no such surrender on any date when the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed shall be effective to constitute the Purchaser as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date, but such surrender shall be effective to constitute the Purchaser as the record holder thereof for all purposes at the close of business on the next succeeding day on which such stock transfer books are open. The Company shall issue and deliver to the Purchaser, at the expense of the Company, a new certificate covering the number of shares of Class B Stock representing the unexchanged portion of the certificate so surrendered, which new certificate shall entitle in all respects the Purchaser to the rights of the Class B Stock represented thereby to the same extent as if the certificate theretofore covering such unexchanged shares had not been surrendered for exchange.

          (ii) All shares of Class B Stock that shall have been surrendered for exchange as provided herein shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate on the surrender date, except only the right of the Purchaser to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefore, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Company or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

     (e) Repurchase Right. (i) (A) At any time prior to the fifth anniversary of the execution of the Partner Agent Agreement, if the Partner Agent Agreement is terminated by either the Company or the Purchaser, for any reason, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase the Shares currently held by the Purchaser for a price per Share equal to the lesser of (1) the purchase price per Share as provided herein or (2) the Current Market Price (as defined herein) of the Common Stock; and (B) at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the execution of the Partner Agent Agreement, if the Partner Agent Agreement is terminated by either the Company or the Purchaser, for any reason, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase the Shares currently held by the Purchaser for a price per Share equal to the Current Market Price of the Common Stock. Such right of the Company may be exercised by providing a notice of repurchase (the “Repurchase Notice”) to the Purchaser not less than five business days prior to the date repurchase is to be made pursuant to this Section 4(e), specifying the date of such repurchase (the “Repurchase Date”) and the number of shares of Class B Stock to be repurchased. The Repurchase Notice having been so given by the Company, the aggregate repurchase price for the shares of Class B Stock to be so repurchased shall become due and payable on the Repurchase Date.

          (ii) For purposes of this Agreement:

               (A) “Current Market Price” per share of a security at any date herein shall mean the average daily Closing Price (as defined herein) of such security for the 20

5

consecutive Trading Days (as defined herein) preceding such date (subject to equitable adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving a change in such security); provided, however, that in the case of the Common Stock, where no public market exists for the Common Stock at the time of exchange, the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock shall be as determined by an independent investment banking firm experienced in the valuation of securities of property and casualty insurance companies and selected by the Company (at the Company’s expense); provided that, after receipt of the determination by such firm, the Purchaser shall have the right to select (at the expense of the Purchaser) a second such investment banking firm to make such determination, in which case the Current Market Price shall be the average of the two determinations; and provided further that such determination need not be made more frequently than once every six months and any determination shall be superseded by a good faith determination by the Company’s board of directors that shall be superceded if a material event reasonably likely to affect the value of the Common Stock (such as a placement of equity securities) should occur after the next preceding determination, whether by an investment banking firm or firms, or by the Company’s board of directors.

               (B) “Closing Price” shall mean, with respect to any Trading Day: (1) if the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock, regular way, or in case no sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock, regular way, in either case as reported on such exchange; or (2) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, but is listed on the Nasdaq National Market, the closing sale price of the Common Stock on such day, or in case no sale is publicly reported for such day, the average of the representative closing bid and asked quotations for the Common Stock, as reported on Nasdaq; or (3) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq National Market, the average of the bid and asked prices for the Common Stock as furnished for such day by Nasdaq, or, if not furnished by Nasdaq, by any New York Stock Exchange, Inc. member firm regularly making a market in the Common Stock and selected for such purpose by the Company’s board of directors.

               (C) “Trading Day” shall mean, in the case of any security, any day on which trading takes place (1) if such security is then listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, on the principal national securities exchange on which such security is then listed or admitted to trading, (2) if such security is then listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq National Market, on the Nasdaq National Market, or (3) otherwise, in the over-the-counter market.

          (iii) On or prior to the Repurchase Date, the Purchaser shall surrender such shares of Class B Stock to the Company in the manner and at the place designated by the Company. From and after the Repurchase Date, unless there shall have been a default in the payment of the repurchase price, all rights of the Purchaser with respect to the Shares shall cease, and such Shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Company or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

6

     (f) Provisions in Case of a Change of Control. In case of any “Change of Control”; that is: (i) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company to a non-affiliated third party; (ii) any merger or consolidation with a non-affiliated third party to which the Company is a party and as a result of which the holders of the voting securities of the Company immediately prior thereto own less than a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity immediately following such transaction; or (iii) any Person or group of Persons (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) shall beneficially own (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company then outstanding, then the Purchaser shall thereafter have the right to convert its shares of the Class B Stock into the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or disposition by the Purchaser of the number of shares of Common Stock that the Purchaser would have received had it converted its shares of Class B Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or disposition pursuant to Section 4(c)(i). For purposes of this section, “voting securities” shall mean securities, the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to elect the corporate directors (or Persons performing similar functions). The foregoing provisions of this section shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, reclassifications, consolidations, mergers or dispositions.

     (g) Purchase obligation. Following the five-year anniversary of the date of this Agreement, on each six-month anniversary thereafter, the Company shall determine the aggregate value of the shares of Class B Stock held by the Purchaser. The value of each share of Class B Stock shall equal the fair market value of one share of the Common Stock on such date, to be calculated as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock, regular way, on such day or in case no sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock, regular way, on such day, in either case as reported on such exchange; or (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, but is listed on the Nasdaq National Market, the closing sale price of the Common Stock on such day, or in case no sale is publicly reported for such day, the average of the representative closing bid and asked quotations for the Common Stock, as reported on Nasdaq; or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq National Market, the average of the bid and asked prices for the Common Stock as furnished for such day by Nasdaq, or, if not furnished by Nasdaq, by any New York Stock Exchange, Inc. member firm regularly making a market in the Common Stock and selected for such purpose by the Company’s board of directors; or (iv) if no public market exists for the Common Stock, as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors. If the aggregate value of the Class B Stock held by the Purchaser is determined to be less than $500,000, then the Purchaser shall purchase from the Company such number of shares of Class B Stock as would equal the difference between the value of the Class B Stock as determined herein and $500,000. The purchase price of such shares of Class B Stock would be payable to the Company by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company no later than

7

one business day after the determination of the value as provided herein. If such six-month anniversary falls on any day that is not a business day, then the determination of the value of the Class B Stock shall be made on the next immediately following business day.

5. Taxes on Exchange. The Company will pay any and all stamp or similar taxes that may be payable in respect of the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock upon exchange of shares of Class B Stock pursuant to Section 4(c)(i).

6. No Registration under Federal or State Securities Laws. (a) The Purchaser acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state by reason of a specific exemption or exemptions from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, and that the Company’s reliance on such exemptions is predicated on the accuracy and completeness of the Purchaser’s representations, warranties, acknowledgements and agreements contained herein. Accordingly, the Shares may not be offered, sold, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of by the Purchaser without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws or an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company that the proposed transaction will be exempt from registration. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company is not required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or to make any exemption from registration available. The Purchaser understands that the Shares, and any shares of Common Stock issued in exchange for Shares, will bear legends substantially to the effect of the following:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THE SHARES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT AND UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, RECEIPT OF A NO-ACTION LETTER ISSUED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (TOGETHER WITH EITHER REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS) OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION WILL BE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

and that the Company will place a stop order against the transfer of the certificates representing the Shares and refuse to effect any transfers thereof in the absence of satisfying the conditions contained in the foregoing legend.

8

     (b) The Purchaser acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and there is no assurance that a public market will ever exist for the Common Stock.

7. Transfers. The Purchaser shall not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage or dispose of, by gift or otherwise, or in any way encumber, any shares of Class B Stock owned by the Purchaser, except for exchanges and repurchases in compliance with Section 4.

8. No Preemptive Rights. The Purchaser shall have no preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any shares of stock of the Company, or to options, warrants or other interests therein or therefore, or to any obligations convertible or exchangeable into stock of the Company (except as provided herein), issued or sold, or any right of subscription to any security thereof other than such, if any, as the Company’s board of directors, in its discretion, may determine from time to time and at such price or prices as the Company’s board of directors may fix from time to time.

9. Miscellaneous.

     (a) Payment of Expenses. Each party shall pay its own expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement.

     (b) Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and may not be modified, amended, altered or supplemented except upon the execution and delivery of a written agreement executed by the party or parties sought to be affected.

     (c) Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, the Company and the Purchaser, and the Company’s or the Purchaser’s respective heirs, beneficiaries, executors, successors, representatives and assigns, as the case may be.

     (d) Further Assurances. From time to time, at the other party’s request and without further consideration, each party hereto shall execute and deliver such additional documents and take all such further lawful action as may be necessary or desirable to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     (e) Notices. All notices, claims, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time when hand delivered, when received if sent by facsimile or by same day or overnight recognized commercial courier service, or three days after being mailed (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) as follows:

     If to the Purchaser:

AEON Insurance Group, Inc.
18525 Sutter Blvd., Suite 140

9

Morgan Hill, CA 95037
Facsimile: 408-779-7399
Attention: Lee Wendleton, President

If to the Company:

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.
8585 Stemmons Freeway
Suite 200, South Tower
Dallas, Texas 75247
Facsimile: 214-889-8800
Attention: Courtney C. Smith

with a copy to:

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP
180 Maiden Lane
New York, New York 10038
Facsimile: 212-806-6006
Attention: William W. Rosenblatt, Esq.

or to such other address as the person to whom notice is to be given may have previously furnished to the other party in writing in the manner set forth above (provided that notice of any change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof).

     (f) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law; however, if any provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or portion of any provision in such jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion of any provision had never been contained herein.

     (g) Remedies Cumulative. All rights, powers and remedies provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity shall be cumulative and not alternative, and the exercise of any thereof by any party shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise of any other such right, power or remedy by such party. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the closing and any investigation made by any party hereto.

     (h) No Waiver. The failure of any party hereto to exercise any right, power or remedy provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity, or to insist upon compliance by any other party hereto with its obligations hereunder, and

10

any custom or practice of the parties at variance with the terms hereof, shall not constitute a waiver by such party of its right to exercise any such or other right, power or remedy or to demand such compliance.

     (i) No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is not intended to be for the benefit of, and shall not be enforceable by, any person or entity who or which is not a party hereto.

     (j) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

     (k) Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed as to formation, performance, interpretation and enforcement by the laws of the state of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

     (l) Arbitration. (i) Any dispute arising out of the interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement, including the formation or validity thereof, shall be submitted for decision to a panel of three arbitrators. Notice requesting arbitration shall be in writing and sent certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. One arbitrator shall be chosen by each of the Company and the Purchaser and the two arbitrators shall, before instituting the hearing, choose an impartial third arbitrator who shall preside at the hearing. If either party fails to appoint its arbitrator within thirty (30) days after being requested to do so by the other party, the latter, after ten (10) days’ notice by certified or registered mail of its intention to do so, shall request the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) to appoint the second arbitrator. If the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of their appointment, the arbitrators shall request the AAA to select the third arbitrator.

          (ii) Within thirty (30) days after notice of appointment of all arbitrators, the panel shall meet and determine timely periods for briefs, discovery procedures and schedules for hearings. The panel shall be relieved of all judicial formality and shall not be bound by the strict rules of procedure and evidence. Unless the panel agrees otherwise, arbitration shall take place in New York, New York, and the panel shall apply the law of the state of New York. The decision of any two arbitrators when rendered in writing shall be final and binding. The panel is empowered to grant interim relief as it may deem appropriate. In no event shall the panel award punitive or exemplary damages. The panel shall make its decision considering the custom and practice of the applicable insurance business within forty-five (45) days following the termination of the hearings. Either party may apply to a United States District Court or to a State Court of competent jurisdiction for an order confirming the arbitration award; a judgment of such court shall thereupon be entered on the award. If such an order is issued, the attorneys’ fees of the party so applying and court costs will be paid by the party against whom confirmation is sought.

11

          (iii) The parties hereto shall share the expense of the arbitrators equally. The remaining costs of the arbitration shall be allocated by the panel. The panel may, at its discretion, award such further costs, interest and expenses as it considers appropriate, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, to the extent not prohibited by law.

          (iv) Any arbitration proceeding under this Agreement will not be consolidated or joined with any arbitration proceeding under any other agreement, or involving any other property or premises, and will not proceed as a class action.

     (m) Jurisdiction. Subject to the provisions of Section 10(l), the Company and the Purchaser each (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the city and state of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceedings brought in one of the above-named courts is improper, or that this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby, may not be enforced in or by such court. Nothing contained in this section shall affect the right of the Company or the Purchaser to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Company or the Purchaser in any other jurisdiction. In the event the Company or the Purchaser should commence or maintain any action arising out of or related to this Agreement in a forum other than the state and federal courts located in the city and state of New York, the Purchaser or the Company, as the case may be, shall be entitled to request the dismissal of such action, and the Company or the Purchaser, as the case may be, stipulate that such action shall be dismissed.

     (n) Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings used herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

     (o) Gender and Number. Any words used in the masculine, feminine or neuter shall read and be construed in the masculine, feminine or neuter where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

12

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser and the Company as of the day and year first above written.

THE COMPANY:
SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.
By:	/s/ Courtney C. Smith
	Name: Courtney C. Smith
	Title: President and CEO
THE PURCHASER:
AEON INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
By:	/s/ Lee Wendleton
	Name: Lee Wendleton
	Title: President

13

Schedule A

PURCHASER:

(Please provide company name, address, telephone, facsimile and contact person)

AEON Insurance Group, Inc.
18525 Sutter Blvd., Suite 140
Morgan Hill, CA 95037
Facsimile: 408-779-7399
Attention: Lee Wendleton, President

Schedule B

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.

Pursuant to Sections 228 and 242 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law

          The undersigned, being the Chief Executive Officer of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

     1. The name of the Corporation is Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 3, 2003. The Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 10, 2003.

     2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by written consent of the stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

     3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation as heretofore restated and amended.

     4. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

     FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

     SECOND: The Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is at 9 East Loockerman Street, Suite 1B, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

     THIRD: The nature of the business of the Corporation and its purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

     FOURTH: The maximum number of shares that the Corporation shall be authorized to issue and have outstanding at any one time shall be (i) seventy-five million (75,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), (ii)

15

two million (2,000,000) shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class B Stock”), and (iii) one million (1,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

1. Common Stock

          The holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share. The holders of the Class B Stock shall not be entitled to any voting rights except as otherwise required by law but shall otherwise have the same rights as the holders of Common Stock, including the right to share equally in any dividends distributed to the holders of the Common Stock and in any distribution to the holders of the Common Stock pursuant to a dissolution. Certain holders of the Class B Stock may have a contractual right to exchange their shares into shares of Common Stock. The Corporation may have a contractual right to repurchase shares of the Class B Stock from certain holders thereof.

2. Preferred Stock

          The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law and the provisions of this Paragraph FOURTH, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares included in each such series, but not below the number of shares then issued, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and relative rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, or restrictions thereof. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

          (a) The number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series;

          (b) The dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payments of dividends on shares of that series;

          (c) Whether that series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;

          (d) Whether that series shall have conversion privileges, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provisions for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;

          (e) Whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different rates;

          (f) Whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;

16

          (g) The rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series; and

          (h) Any other relative rights, preferences and limitations of that series.

          FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

Purvi Shah
Debevoise & Plimpton
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022

          SIXTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation and for the purpose of creating, defining, limiting and regulating the powers of the Corporation and its directors and stockholders:

          (a) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed and may be altered from time to time in the manner provided in the By-Laws, and vacancies in the Board of Directors and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled, and directors maybe removed, as provided in the By-Laws.

          (b) The election of directors may be conducted in any manner approved by the stockholders at the time when the election is held and need not be by written ballot.

          (c) All corporate powers and authority of the Corporation (except as at the time otherwise provided by law, by this Certificate of Incorporation or by the By-Laws) shall be vested in and exercised by the Board of Directors.

          (d) The Board of Directors shall have the power without the assent or vote of the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, except to the extent that the By-Laws or this Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provide.

          (e) The personal liability of the directors of the corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented. Neither the amendment or repeal of this section nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this section shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or adoption.

          (f) The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented, or by any successor thereto, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section. The Corporation shall advance expenses to the fullest extent permitted by said Section. Such right to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent

17

and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

          SEVENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights herein conferred upon stockholders or directors are granted subject to this reservation.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Courtney C. Smith, its Chief Executive Officer, this 10th day of May, 2004.

/s/ Courtney C. Smith
Name:	Courtney C. Smith
Title:	Chief Executive Officer

18

EX-10.1.17

  EXHIBIT 10.1.17

SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.
PARTNER AGENT PROGRAM AGREEMENT

This Partner Agent Program Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of the 1st day of May, 2004 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. and its property and casualty insurance subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively the “Company”) and American Team Managers (ATM) (the “Partner Agent”).

The parties hereto agree to develop and administer an insurance program known as the “ATM Program” (the “Program”) as described in Exhibit A attached hereto. This Agreement pertains only to that Program business, with the Company and the Partner Agent agreeing as follows:

I. AUTHORITY

A. Partner Agent’s authority is subject to the terms of this Agreement and Company’s Program description, underwriting guidelines, system templates, service standards, form and rate and other filings, and authority limits provided by Company to Partner Agent (“Company Guidelines”). Company appoints Partner Agent as its exclusive Partner Agent for five (5) years for the Program from the Effective Date within the territory specified in the Company Guidelines solely for the following purposes:

1.	To solicit, receive, and bind proposals for commercial lines insurance in accordance with the Company Guidelines.
2.	To pre-screen applications and estimate rates and/or premiums in accordance with the Company Guidelines.
3.	To endorse in-force policies in accordance with Company Guidelines.
4.	To collect, receive, account for, and pay to Company, premiums on policies written by Company, and to refund to the policyholder or insured, as appropriate (or to Company if requested by Company), return premiums as provided in the applicable policy.
5.	To issue, countersign (where necessary), and deliver policies executed by authorized officers of Company.
6.	To effect conditional renewals, cancellation and non-renewal of policies in accordance with Company Guidelines and applicable law.

B.	Partner Agent may delegate its authority in writing to designated employees.
C.	Partner Agent’s authority is subject to compliance with (and Partner Agent shall not alter, modify, or change and shall not waive any provision in) the applicable forms, rules, or rates of Company, according to their exact terms and to all applicable laws and regulations.
D.	Company shall have the right to reject any application or business submitted by Partner Agent or to modify, cancel, or refuse to renew any policies written by Company hereunder by giving Partner Agent written notice of effective date of changes that would affect this business.
E.	Partner Agent shall, within twenty (20) calendar days of the inception of coverage, provide to Company all underwriting information. Partner Agent is authorized to issue binders, certificates or other evidence of insurance.

1

F.	The Company Guidelines may be amended or new Company Guidelines may be adopted at the Company’s discretion without the need to amend this Agreement. Such amendments or new Company Guidelines will be provided to the Partner Agent in writing and must be implemented by Partner Agent in accordance with Company’s instructions. Company will give Partner Agent reasonable notice in which to enact such changes.
G.	Company retains the right to modify, cancel, conditionally renew or non-renew any and all policies solely in Company’s discretion.
H.	Partner Agent has no authority to solicit, negotiate or place any reinsurance on behalf of Company.

II. OBLIGATIONS OF AGENT

A.	Partner Agent represents and warrants that (i) Partner Agent has any and all ownership or other rights in the business contemplated herein necessary to place such business with Company under this Agreement; (ii) Partner Agent placing business under this Agreement is not in violation of any duty or obligation owed to any other entity or person; and (iii) Partner Agent is, and will continue to be, authorized and licensed to perform all acts set out in this Agreement while providing services under this Agreement.
B.	The Program, as more specifically described in the Company Guidelines and in Exhibit A of this Agreement, will be mutually exclusive unless otherwise stated in this Agreement. Company will not accept business encompassed within the Program from any entity other than Partner Agent during the term of this Agreement. Partner Agent shall exclusively represent Company and shall not represent any other insurance company or similar entity in relation to the Program. In the event that a conflict exists as to whether Partner Agent is authorized to represent an existing or prospective policyholder, Company may honor the policyholder’s written producer of record designation signed by the policyholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company shall be under no obligation to honor a written producer of record designation from a policyholder before accepting business from a designated Partner Agent, and Company’s determination of which agent of Company represents Company with regard to a particular policyholder shall be final and binding.
C.	Partner Agent shall be responsible for compliance with all applicable state and federal laws, regulations, rules, and requirements relating to the performance of Partner Agent’s obligations and the general standards, rules, and regulations of the insurance industry and all Company Guidelines as provided by Company in writing.
D.	Partner Agent shall keep true, separate, accurate, and complete records of all transactions related to the policies and all correspondence.
E.	All records and documents applicable to the business relationship between Company and Partner Agent shall be maintained by Partner Agent in a form and manner that is (i) requested by Company, and (ii) secure and in accordance with Company’s record retention guidelines and insurance regulatory practices. Such records and documents shall continue to be maintained in a secure manner during the Term and for a period of no less than five (5) years (or such longer period as Company may request or is needed in order to preserve such records and documents under state statutes of limitations) after termination of this Agreement. At the end of such five (5)-year period or at any time Company requests, Partner Agent shall provide Company with originals or copies of such records and documents. No records or documents shall be destroyed at any time without Company’s prior written consent.
F.	All records and documents of Partner Agent may be audited, examined, and/or copied by representatives of Company at any time during normal business hours and shall be made available for examination to reinsurers, or to any state insurance department or regulatory body which so requires. Additionally, Partner Agent shall permit authorized employees and representatives of Company to review the operations of Partner Agent, both at its place of

2

	business and at other locations during business hours upon ten (10) days written notice by Company.
G.	Partner Agent shall notify Company within twenty-four (24) hours of notice or receipt of any complaint filed with any state insurance department or other regulatory authority relating to the policies, whether against Company or Partner Agent. The parties will work together to promptly and adequately respond to any such complaint. If requested by Company, Partner Agent shall prepare a response to any such complaint or, at Company’s discretion, provide a complete written account to Company such that Company can respond; however, no response shall be sent by Partner Agent prior to consulting with Company regarding such response. Company retains the final authority on all responses relating to complaints against Company. Company may establish formal complaint handling procedures for Partner Agent to follow which are consistent with the requirements set forth herein.
H.	Partner Agent shall not contact any state insurance department or other regulatory authority, directly or indirectly, with regard to Company’s business without the prior written consent of Company. Partner Agent shall notify Company immediately in the event that Partner Agent receives any contact from any such department or authority with regard to Company’s business.
I.	Partner Agent shall utilize automated business processing through Company’s centralized technology system (“Company System”). Partner Agent shall be responsible for any integration required for Company System to operate with other third party systems of Partner Agent.
J.	If Company provides access to Company information or networks through computer access, Partner Agent shall be responsible for maintaining the security and integrity of such information and of Company’s systems. Partner Agent shall not introduce into Company’s systems any virus or other harmful agent. Partner Agent shall be responsible for assuring the quality of policy, premium, accounting and statistical data submitted to Company consistent with Company standards. Partner Agent agrees to adhere to the terms and conditions governing Partner Agent’s use of any existing Company website or any website Company may own, make available, operate, acquire, use from time to time, create or sponsor in the future, and related services available under any such website. These terms and conditions regarding use of any website or the content of any website may change without notice to Partner Agent. Partner Agent’s use of these websites constitutes agreement to the terms and conditions that exist at each point in time Partner Agent uses any such website. Partner Agent may not use the name, logo, or service mark of Company or any of its affiliates in any advertising, promotional material, internet site, or in any material disseminated by Partner Agent without the prior written consent of Company. Partner Agent shall maintain copies and provide an original to Company of any advertisement or other materials approved by Company along with full details concerning where, when, and how it was used. Use of any authorized item shall be limited to the scope of the current request and approval, unless specifically authorized for broader use by Company. Partner Agent must obtain re-authorization of all items at least annually.
K.	All expenses associated with Partner Agent’s performance hereunder shall be the responsibility of Partner Agent, including but not limited to general office expenses, automation expenses, systems integration expenses, marketing expenses, broker, producer, or countersigning commissions, fees, and taxes.
L.	Partner Agent agrees that the rates, rating manuals, forms, Company Guidelines, program analysis, underwriting records, management reports, and any information as may have been or shall be provided by Company to Partner Agent (the “Company Confidential Information”) are confidential and proprietary to Company, shall be considered trade secrets of Company, and shall not be disclosed to any third parties. Partner Agent agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Company Confidential Information. Partner Agent shall be responsible to ensure that Partner Agent’s employees, agents, and representatives are aware of and sensitive to the proprietary nature of the Company Confidential Information, of the importance of confidentiality, and need to comply with the confidentiality requirements in this Agreement. All Company Confidential Information shall be returned by Partner Agent to Company immediately upon request.

3

M.	Partner Agent agrees that Partner Agent and its employees, agents, and representatives are (i) aware of the sensitive and proprietary nature of any and all information each may receive with regard to applicants, policyholders, beneficiaries of policies, and claimants (the “3rd Party Confidential Information”); and (ii) aware of and will comply with: (a) any and all applicable laws, regulations, rules, and requirements relating to the 3rd Party Confidential Information; (b) the general standards, rules, and regulations of the insurance industry relating to the 3rd Party Confidential Information; and (c) all written instructions provided to Partner Agent from time to time by Company relating to the 3rd Party Confidential Information. Partner Agent shall comply with Company’s privacy policies and shall hold all 3rd Party Confidential Information in trust and confidence in compliance with Company’s privacy policy, and shall use the 3rd Party Confidential Information only for the purpose contemplated in this Agreement. Partner Agent agrees that it shall immediately refer any question concerning any aspect of Company’s privacy policy to Company for resolution.
N.	If requested by Company, Partner Agent agrees to become a member of Company’s Partner Agent committee (“Partner Agent Advisory Committee”), Partner Agent or appropriate designee shall attend all meetings of the Partner Agent Advisory Committee, provide input at such meetings, and cooperate fully with the Partner Agent Advisory Committee in all aspects.
O.	Partner Agent agrees to purchase a certain amount of Class B exchangeable common stock (“Partner Agent Stock”) as more specifically outlined in the Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and between the Company and the Partner Agent (“Securities Purchase Agreement”) which is hereby incorporated by reference as an integral part of this Agreement.

III. OBLIGATIONS OF COMPANY

A.	Company shall act in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and will pay Partner Agent a commission in accordance with Exhibit A (“Commission”) and a share of profits in accordance with Exhibit B (“Profit Sharing” which, together with “Commission”, is the “Compensation”) attached hereto and referenced herein. Partner Agent shall be responsible for paying any compensation due to its sub producers.
B.	Company shall provide for the payment of all excise taxes, premium taxes (except surplus lines taxes) and assessments;
C.	Company shall appoint Partner Agent as required by various state laws and regulations;
D.	Company will develop and maintain Company System.

IV. CLAIMS AND COVERAGE

A.	Partner Agent shall immediately notify and cooperate with Company if Partner Agent receives notice of any claim or potential claim which could involve Company, any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, or the business written hereunder.
B.	Partner Agent has no authority to adjust or settle any claims arising out of or in connection with policies, shall not make any statements regarding the application of coverage to specific situations, whether actual or hypothetical, and shall not commit Company to any liability in connection with any actual or potential claim or loss.
C.	Partner Agent shall immediately report all claims, or potential claims, suits, or losses relating to the policies to Company or to an assigned adjuster or claim representative who has been designated by Company. Partner Agent shall cooperate fully with Company or the assigned adjuster or claim representative in the investigation, adjustment, settlement, and payment of claims and coverage matters. All records, files, correspondence, or other materials pertaining to claims shall be the sole property of Company.

4

V. COMPENSATION OF AGENT

A.	Company shall pay Partner Agent the Commission and Profit Sharing as respectively described in Exhibit A and Exhibit B.
B.	Effective at any time after a minimum of one hundred and eighty (180) days advance written notice to Partner Agent, Company may adjust Partner Agent’s Commission as described in Exhibit A.
C.	Effective at any time after a minimum of one hundred and eighty (180) days advance written notice to Partner Agent, Company may adjust the current payout period of Profit Sharing as described in Exhibit B.
D.	It is understood and agreed that the Compensation paid hereunder shall be full compensation for all services rendered by Partner Agent pursuant to this Agreement.
E.	Partner Agent shall refund Commission, or other fees or amounts retained by Partner Agent, to the policyholder or insured, as appropriate, or to Company if requested by Company, from Partner Agent’s own funds on a pro-rata basis on return premiums at the same rate as paid to Partner Agent.
F.	The Commission applicable to multiple year policies (if Company has bound such policies through Partner Agent) shall be the Commission that is in effect for such policy during the year in which the policy is initially written, and such Commission shall apply throughout the term of any such policy.
G.	Partner Agent shall have no authority to, and shall not collect any fee(s) on, the policies unless specifically authorized by Company and permitted by law.
H.	Partner Agent shall calculate Commission based on premiums collected by Partner Agent for policies reported to Company.

VI. PREMIUMS AND ACCOUNTING

A.	Partner Agent shall be responsible for collecting premiums, whether advance, deposit, developed, installment, audit, renewal, additional, or otherwise, on all policies other than direct-bill policies. Despite the foregoing, however, Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to communicate with, to directly collect premium from, and/or to cancel or non-renew policies of, its insureds. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Partner Agent shall be liable for and pay all earned premium to Company, even if Partner Agent does not collect such premium from the policyholder. Uncollected premiums shall be remitted from Partner Agent’s own funds and not the Premium Trust Fund. Partner Agent may deduct Commission from the Premium Trust Fund.
B.	Within 10 days from the last day of each month, Company shall provide Partner Agent with a monthly itemized statement (the “Statement”) of money due to Company. Amounts due to Company pursuant to the Statement shall be remitted to Company on or before the fifteenth day of the following month the Statement was rendered. In the event of differences between Partner Agent’s and Company’s records, Partner Agent shall provide all necessary information to permit proper adjustment. Any dispute respecting such Statement shall be resolved based on Company’s records.
C.	All premiums collected by Partner Agent are the property of Company, shall not be commingled with any other funds, shall be held in trust on behalf of Company in a fiduciary capacity, and shall be deposited and maintained in an account separate and segregated from Partner Agent’s own funds or funds held by Partner Agent on behalf of any other company or person (the “Premium Trust Fund”). The Premium Trust Fund shall be placed in an interest bearing account in a bank

5

	and account approved by Company in advance. Unless Partner Agent has breached this Agreement, Partner Agent shall be authorized to retain the interest on the Premium Trust Fund. Company may request at any time, and Partner Agent shall provide, a reconciliation of the funds deposited in, and balance due to Company from, the Premium Trust Fund.
D.	The omission of any item(s) by the Company from the Statement does not affect Partner Agent’s responsibility to properly account for policies and pay all amounts due, nor does it prejudice the rights of Company to collect such amounts.
E.	Partner Agent shall be liable for premiums on policies written through submissions to Partner Agent by other brokers or producers, whether or not collected by Partner Agent or such brokers or producers.
F.	No premium advances may be made by Partner Agent from the Premium Trust Fund, and premium advanced on behalf of any insured by the Partner Agent shall not be reversed. Partner Agent accepts full responsibility for such premiums.
G.	After making a diligent effort to collect such premiums and submitting documentation of that diligent effort to Company which Company reasonably determines to be sufficient, Partner Agent may request in writing that premiums due as a result of audit of a particular insured be collected directly by Company. Company agrees to assume responsibility for collecting such additional premiums. Company will have no obligation to collect amounts hereunder unless Partner Agent’s written request is made within 45 days of the billing date shown on the audit statement. Partner Agent shall not be entitled to Compensation on premiums Partner Agent requests Company to collect or Company undertakes to collect, regardless of the amounts collected by Company.
H.	Should Partner Agent default in any payment of premiums on any policy, Company shall have the right to require that all premiums on all policies are due and payable immediately.
I.	Partner Agent agrees to be responsible for the payment of any applicable surplus lines taxes and the filing of all affidavits as required by the applicable entities, and shall provide Company with written evidence of such payment and compliance on a quarterly basis.
J.	Partner Agent shall not be entitled to any Compensation on any premium which Company determines (i) to collect (whether or not collected), (ii) in its sole discretion to write-off, or (iii) is overdue and is collected by Company, regardless of the amounts collected. Nothing contained herein shall alter Partner Agent’s obligation to remit all premium to Company, whether or not collected.

VII. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

A.

Partner Agent shall maintain the following insurance amounts with an insurer having a rating with A.M. Best of at least “A-”: (i) errors and omissions insurance covering Partner Agent and its employees in the minimum amount of $3,000,000 per claim, $5,000,000 aggregate, with a deductible not exceeding an amount agreed by Company, (ii) fidelity insurance covering Partner Agent and its employees in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 and (iii) general liability insurance covering Partner Agent and its employees in the minimum amount of $1,000,000. Partner Agent agrees to immediately notify Company when it receives notice of lapse, increased deductibles, decreased coverage, non-renewal, or termination of any such coverage. Partner Agent agrees to notify Company of any claim brought under any errors and omissions or fidelity insurance which arises out of or is connected with a policy or policies. At the inception of this Agreement and on or before January 31 of each year thereafter, Partner Agent shall furnish Company proof of this insurance.

B.

Company agrees to fully indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Partner Agent from any and all liability, claims, demands, suits, fines and penalties, expenses, costs and attorney fees, made or assessed against or incurred by Partner Agent or the officers, directors, or affiliates of Partner

6

	Agent, that may arise by reason of any act, error, or omission of or any misrepresentation by Company or its officers or employees.
C.	Partner Agent agrees to fully indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Company from any and all liability, claims, demands, suits, fines and penalties, expenses, costs and attorney fees, made or assessed against or incurred by Company or the officers, directors, or affiliates of Company, that may arise by reason of any act, error, or omission of or any misrepresentation by Partner Agent, its officers or employees, or brokers or producers submitting business to the Partner Agent pursuant to this Agreement.
D.	The indemnifying party shall have the right to direct the investigation, settlement, and defense of any such claim, complaint or action. If the indemnifying party assumes the defense of any such action, such party shall not be liable to the indemnified party for any expenses incurred by such indemnified party in connection with such action.

VIII,TERM AND TERMINATION

A.	This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall be continuous until terminated (the “Term”).
B.	At any time during the Term hereof, Partner Agent may terminate this Agreement without cause on one hundred and eighty (180) days written notice of termination to Company. Partner Agent’s authority to place new business with Company shall cease immediately upon receipt of such notice of termination. Partner Agent’s authority to renew business with Company shall cease as of the effective date of termination.
C.	At any time during the Term, Company may terminate this Agreement on one hundred and eighty (180) days written notice of termination to Partner Agent if Partner Agent has not met the Company Guidelines pertaining to profitability and/or production. Partner Agent’s authority to submit new business with Company will cease on ninety (90) days after receipt of such notice of termination. Partner Agent’s authority to submit renewals with Company shall cease as of the effective date of termination. Any disputes regarding Company Guidelines shall be determined in Company’s sole discretion.
D.	Upon written notice, Company may immediately terminate this Agreement in whole or in part for cause, which shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

1.	Partner Agent, or its parent or any affiliated corporation becomes insolvent, institutes or acquiesces in the institution of any bankruptcy, financial reorganization, or liquidation proceeding or any such proceeding is instituted against Partner Agent or its parent corporation (Partner Agent shall immediately notify Company of same); or
2.	Partner Agent, or the owner of a controlling interest in Partner Agent, sells, exchanges, transfers, assigns, consolidates, pledges or causes to be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, consolidated, or pledged (i) all or substantially all of the assets of Partner Agent, or any entity controlling Partner Agent, to a third party, or (ii) a controlling interest in Partner Agent, or any entity controlling Partner Agent, to a third party (Partner Agent shall immediately notify Company of same); or
3.	Partner Agent fails to correct material deficiencies as noted in any agency audit or program review within the time frame set out in the audit; or
4.	Partner Agent fails to render timely and proper reports or premium accounting as required, or remit premiums when due; or
5.	Partner Agent fails to maintain premium funds in trust as required in this Agreement; or
6.	Partner Agent engages in acts or omissions constituting abandonment, fraud, insolvency, misappropriation of funds, material misrepresentation, or gross and willful misconduct; or

7

7.	Partner Agent’s license or certificate of authority is cancelled, suspended, or is declined renewal by any regulatory body within the Territory where Partner Agent transacts or services policies (Partner Agent shall immediately notify Company of same); for fraud or if for more than thirty (30) days for any other reason; or
8.	Partner Agent otherwise materially breaches this Agreement.

E.	In the event this Agreement is terminated or any authority of Partner Agent is suspended, limited, or terminated (whether by Company, Partner Agent, or agreement of the parties), Partner Agent shall, subject to all terms, conditions, and restrictions contained in this Agreement, service all business until all such business has been completely cancelled, non-renewed, or otherwise terminated and all claims hereunder have been closed. Company may, in its sole discretion, immediately suspend or terminate Partner Agent’s continuing service obligation as outlined in Program Guidelines. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Partner Agent shall not, without the prior written approval of Company, increase or extend the Company’s liability under, extend the term(s) or condition(s) of, or cancel and re-write, any policies.
	If Partner Agent fails to fulfill any service obligation under this Agreement or comply with this Agreement, then Partner Agent shall reimburse Company any expense incurred by Company as a result of non-compliance, or in servicing or arranging for the servicing of business, or such amounts may be offset by Company.
F.	Any notice of termination shall be in writing and sent by certified mail or personally delivered. Such notice shall be deemed received three (3) days from the date of mailing or, if personally delivered, the date delivered. Unless changed by giving written notice to the other party, the addresses of the respective parties are:
	Partner Agent:
	American Team Managers (ATM)   1030 N. Armando Street   Anaheim, CA 92806   ATTN:  Mr. Chris Michaels, CEO
	Company:
	Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.   8585 Stemmons Freeway, Suite 200 South   Dallas, TX 75247   Attn:  Courtney Smith, President & CEO   cc:  Scott Goodreau, General Counsel

IX. GENERAL PROVISIONS

A.

If Partner Agent breaches this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, Company may, in lieu of terminating the Agreement, suspend some or all of the authority of Partner Agent under this Agreement. Additionally, Company may suspend the authority of Partner Agent during the pendency of any dispute regarding termination or suspension.

B.

During the Term and following termination of the Agreement, if Partner Agent has made full payments of all amounts due Company and continues to do so in a timely manner, then the expirations and renewals shall be the property of Partner Agent; provided, however, that Company shall have the absolute right to write or renew such business as may be required by law, and to take any and all actions with regard to the business as may be required in order to service the business or as may be required by law or pursuant to the policy’s terms.

8

	If, during the Term and following termination of this Agreement, Partner Agent has not made full payment to Company, the expirations and renewals shall not be the property of Partner Agent, and the Company shall be entitled to the expirations and renewals, and the use and control of the expirations and renewals shall be vested in Company for sale, use, or disposal as Company deems fit.
C.	Partner Agent will advise Company promptly if it, an employee of Partner Agent, or any of Partner Agent’s brokers or producers have been or are in the future convicted of a felony.
D.	This Agreement and the Securities Purchase Agreement constitute the entire agreement between Company and Partner Agent and supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or written, between Company and Partner Agent with respect to the business. No waiver by either party to enforce any provisions of this Agreement will be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized officer of Company and Partner Agent and shall be effective as to the specifically stated waiver date. No amendment to this Agreement will be effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto, and specifying the effective date of such amendment.
E.	Company may combine or offset any balances or funds owed by Partner Agent to Company against any balances or funds owed to Partner Agent by Company under this Agreement or any other agreement between the parties. Because the funds held by Partner Agent are held in trust for Company, Partner Agent may not offset any balance due from Company to Partner Agent under this Agreement or under any other agreement with Company or any other party against the Premium Trust Fund.
F.	This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its rules regarding conflict of laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, matters relating to agency termination and Partner Agent’s right or Company’s obligations on termination shall be governed solely by the applicable insurance laws, if any, of the state in which Partner Agent is domiciled. The parties hereto consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Illinois in any matters pertaining to this Agreement which are not otherwise resolved in accordance with subsection G. below.
G.	Except as provided herein, all unresolved differences of opinion or disputes between Company and Partner Agent arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction hereunder shall first be attempted to be settled by a good faith meeting of a member of senior management of each of Company and Partner Agent and/or by mediation. If any unresolved differences of opinion or disputes still exist after such meeting, then such matters shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the rules relating to commercial arbitration of the American Arbitration Association. Arbitration initiated by one party will allow the other party to select the situs of the arbitration proceedings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company shall be entitled to the issuance of an injunction or other legal or equitable action to obtain premiums or monies due, to prohibit Partner Agent’s use of funds, to prohibit Partner Agent’s writing business in violation of this Agreement, or to require Partner Agent’s deposit of such funds in accordance with this Agreement. If Company prevails in any such action, the cost and expense thereof, including attorneys’ fees, shall be borne by Partner Agent.
H.	Partner Agent may not assign this Agreement, delegate its duties, or assign its rights under this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed upon and authorized in writing in advance by Company.
I.	This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
J.	The parties hereby agree that all provisions of this Agreement shall survive termination, except that Paragraph I (A) hereof shall only survive as modified by Article VIII.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed effective as of the Effective Date first above written.

9

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

By:	/s/ Courtney C. Smith
Name Printed:	Courtney Smith	Date
Title:	President & CEO

American Team Managers (ATM)

By:	/s/ Chris Michaels
Name Printed:	Chris Michaels	Date
Title:	Chief Executive Officer

10

EXHIBIT A

COMMISSION SCHEDULE

A. Except as otherwise provided in this Commission Schedule, Partner Agent’s Commission shall be as follows:

Program Description	Line of Business		Maximum Rate of Commission
ATM — Artisan/General Contractors		G.L.	15%
& Lessor’s Risk in California	Property/G.L./Package

B. The rates of Commission provided in this Schedule do not relate to the following types of business:

1.	Business which Company determines is specially rated, specially classified, or specially reinsured;
2.	Business written subject to a participating plan;
3.	Business written subject to a retrospective plan, SIR, or large deductible; or
4.	Business placed through assigned risks, fair plans, pools, or other risk-sharing associations.

Commission rates for all such business shall be negotiated on an individual policy basis and agreed by Company in writing.

C. Commissions different than provided herein may be agreed to in writing between Partner Agent and Company, and such agreement shall supercede this Commission Schedule.

11

EXHIBIT B

PROFIT SHARING SCHEDULE

The Profit Sharing Due to Partner Agent will be calculated using the following Tables:

Table I
Profit Sharing Year [  ]

Premium
1.	Eligible Earned Premium for Profit Sharing Year		$
2.	Premium Written Off		$
3.	Ceded Facultative Reinsurance	$
4.	Net Eligible Earned Premium (Line 1 minus Line 2 minus Line 3)	$
Expenses
5.	Commissions incurred for Profit Sharing Year	$
6.	Losses and ALAE Incurred for Profit Sharing Year	$
7.	TPA Claims Fee for Profit Sharing Year	$
8.	Claims Charge for Profit Sharing Year (% times line 4)	$
9.	IBNR Charge for Profit Sharing Year	$
10.	Taxes, Licenses and Fees for Profit Sharing Year	$
11.	Operating Charge (% times line 4)	$
12.	Dividends Incurred for Profit Sharing Year	$
13.	Expense Total (Sum of Lines 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12)	$
Profit Sharing Year Result
14.	Profit Sharing Year Result (Line 4 minus line 13) (Can be negative)	$
15.	Profit Sharing Factor		50	%
16.	Profit to be Shared (Line 14 times Line 15)	$
17.	(Can be negative) Payout Factor	$		%
18.	Result (Line 16 times Line 17)	$
	(Can be Negative)

12

Based on this Table, the Partner Agent’s Combined Ratio is                    % (line 13 divided by line 4 times 100). The maximum Profit Sharing due the Partner Agent will be limited to 7% of Net Eligible Premium per Profit Sharing Year. LEGEND

Table I

Line 1.	Eligible Earned Premium shall mean direct premium earned for Profit Sharing Year which relates to Eligible Business less premium ceded (less ceding commission received) for treaty reinsurance specifically related to Eligible Business purchased by the Company for the Profit Sharing Year.
Line 2.	Premium Written Off shall include any premium due Company which Company has charged off as uncollectible for the Profit Sharing Year.
Line 3.	Ceded Facultative Reinsurance shall include earned premium ceded (less ceding commissions received) for facultative reinsurance specifically related to Eligible Business purchased by Company for Profit Sharing Year.
Line 5.	Commissions shall include the direct commissions and policy fees (if included in Eligible Earned Premium) incurred by Company for the Profit Sharing Year, relating to Eligible Business. Additionally, Company shall add to such total any amounts or expenses of Partner Agent which Company agrees to reimburse, assume, or share.
Line 6.	Losses and ALAE Incurred shall be direct losses and expenses incurred (paid plus case reserves) by Company on claims reported for the Profit Sharing Year relating to Eligible Business, excluding unallocated loss adjustment expense, plus any extra contractual or bad faith payments relating to Eligible Business less recoveries from Ceded Treaty and Facultative Reinsurance specifically related to eligible business.
Line 7.	TPA Claims Fee shall be actual fees incurred by the Company on behalf of the Partner Agent for the current Profit Sharing Year.
Line 8.	Claims Charge shall be a designated percentage determined by Company based on unallocated loss adjustment expense for the current Profit Sharing Year times Net Eligible Earned Premium.
Line 9.	IBNR Charge shall be determined solely by the Company and shall include a provision for the reserve for Losses and ALAE Incurred but not reported during the Profit Sharing Year, which reserve shall include development on losses and ALAE already reported to Company. The IBNR calculation will take into consideration the specific lines and classes of business written by the Program Agent.
Line 10.	Taxes and Assessments shall include any loss based or premium based assessments and any expenses relating thereto, and premium taxes, boards, bureaus, and any miscellaneous taxes including insurance department licenses and fees, relating to Eligible Business allocated by Company to Eligible Earned Premium including but not limited to residual market, fair plan or guaranty association assessments.
Line 11.	Operating Charge shall be a designated percentage for the current Profit Sharing Year times Net Eligible Earned Premium. Operating Charge shall be determined solely at Company’s discretion and shall be based on the operating expenses of Company not included in any of the line items described herein.

13

Line 12.	Dividends Incurred shall include all dividends incurred (paid plus an estimate of accrued but not paid) for the Profit Sharing Year by Company under Eligible Business.
Line 15.	Profit Sharing Factor shall be 50%. A minimum Eligible Written Premium of $20 Million shall be required before any profit will be shared. Eligible Written Premium shall mean direct premium written for Profit Sharing Year which relates to Eligible Business.
Line 17.	Payout Factor shall be calculated according to the following chart:

PROFIT SHARING AGREEMENT

PAYOUT FACTORS

	5 Years
1st Valuation		20	%
2nd Valuation		40	%
3rd Valuation		60	%
4th Valuation		80	%
5th Valuation		100	%

14

Timing of Calculation of Profit Sharing Due

A.	If Partner Agent meets the Minimum Eligible Written Premium requirements for a Profit Sharing Year, Company shall calculate Profit Sharing Due to Partner Agent for the Profit Sharing Period based on Company’s records. Such calculation shall be provided to Partner Agent sixty (60) days after each Valuation Date.
B.	Each Profit Sharing Year’s calculation will include a separate re-calculation of each prior Profit Sharing Year. Re-calculations for each prior Profit Sharing Year will be as of the current Valuation Date, and will be made utilizing the formula set forth in Table I. A summary of calculations made for each Profit Sharing Year will be entered on current Profit Sharing section of Table II.
C.	Provided that all premium or other amounts due Company shall have been received by Company, within sixty (60) days after completion of the calculation of Profit Sharing Due, Company shall pay the amount of Profit Sharing Due to Partner Agent for the Profit Sharing Period as shown in Table II.

LEGEND

Other Defined Terms used in this Agreement

A.	Eligible Business shall include policies written in the Program pursuant to this Agreement. Determination of whether a policy is Eligible Business shall be in the sole discretion of Company.
B.	The Initial Profit Sharing Year of this Agreement shall be from July 1st, 2004 to December 31st, 2004. Subsequent Profit Sharing Years, if any, shall be January 1st to December 31st.
C.	Valuation Date shall mean June 30th of each year. Except as otherwise set forth below, Company shall continue providing calculations for each Profit Sharing Year through the June 30th of each successive year following termination of this Agreement, the Final Profit Sharing Year, or until the parties mutually agree in writing to close the calculations for a particular Profit Sharing Year or Profit Sharing Years.

Term and Termination

This profit sharing schedule will terminate upon the effective date of termination of this Agreement. The Final Profit Sharing Year under this Agreement will be the Profit Sharing Period ending as of the effective date of termination.

In the event this Agreement is terminated prior to the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date by the Partner Agent, Company shall provide no further Profit Sharing calculations. In the event that this Agreement is terminated prior to the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date by Company in accordance with Section VIII (D), Company shall provide no further Profit Sharing calculations.

General

No charge, offset, credit, or deduction for any Profit Sharing which is or may be due Partner Agent shall be made or claimed by Partner Agent in accounts submitted to Company under this Agreement or any other agreement. Profit Sharing Due shall be payable only by Company’s check. Company may combine or offset any amount owed to Partner Agent by Company hereunder against any amount owed to Company by Partner Agent under any other agreement between the parties.

15

EX-10.1.18

  EXHIBIT 10.1.18

AMENDED AND RESTATED
SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     This Amended and Restated Securities Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of the 16th day of August, 2004, by and among the purchaser listed on Schedule A attached hereto (the “Purchaser”) and Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Purchaser are parties to a Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of May 1, 2004 (the “Old Securities Purchase Agreement”); and

     WHEREAS, in connection with the sale by the Company to the Purchaser of shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class B Stock”), the parties to the Old Securities Purchase Agreement desire to amend and restate the Old Securities Purchase Agreement, pursuant to Section 9(b) thereof, as set forth herein, effective upon the execution of this Agreement;

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

1. Sale and Purchase of Securities; Closing.

     (a) Authorization. The Company has authorized the issuance and sale of the Shares, having the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule B (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

     (b) Sale and Purchase. Subject to the terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company, and the Company agrees to sell, assign, transfer and deliver to the Purchaser, on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 1(d)), the Shares for the consideration specified in Section 1(c).

     (c) Purchase Price. The Purchaser agrees to pay to the Company an aggregate purchase price of $1 million (the “Purchase Price”) to purchase such number of Shares equal to the Purchase Price divided by the initial public offering price per share of the Company’s initial

public offering of equity securities (the “IPO”) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Purchaser agrees to pay to the Company, and the Company agrees to accept from the Purchaser, as consideration for the Shares, the Purchase Price. Payment shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company.

     (d) Closing. (i) The closing date of the purchase and sale of the Shares (the “Closing Date”) shall occur upon payment in full of the Purchase Price by the Purchaser, subject to satisfaction or waiver of the terms and conditions set forth herein.

     (ii) The Closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is contingent on the closing by the Company of its IPO.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser.

     The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

     (a) The Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for its own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view to, or in connection with, any resale or other distribution of the Shares.

     (b) The Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and of protecting its own interests in connection therewith. The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act.

     (c) The Purchaser has had the opportunity to review all documents and information that the Purchaser has requested concerning its investment in the Company. The Purchaser has had the opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s management, which questions were answered to its satisfaction.

     (d) The Purchaser acknowledges that an investment in the Company involves substantial risks. The Purchaser is able to bear the economic risk of its investment for an indefinite period of time.

     (e) The Purchaser has not paid or given any commission or other remuneration in connection with the purchase of the Shares. The Purchaser has not received any public media advertisements and has not been solicited by any form of mass mailing solicitation.

     (f) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser and has been duly authorized by the Purchaser by all necessary action. This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such

2

enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by the principles governing the availability of equitable remedies.

     (g) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will violate or result in any violation of, or be in conflict with or constitute a default under, or require the consent of any person under any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to the Purchaser, except such that are obtained or waived. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority is required on the part of the Purchaser in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performance by the Purchaser of its obligations hereunder.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

     The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

     (a) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware.

     (b) The Company has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to sell, transfer, assign and deliver the Shares to the Purchaser.

     (c) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by the principles governing the availability of equitable remedies.

     (d) On the date hereof, the Company has full record and beneficial ownership of, and good, valid and marketable title to, the Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, rights, claims or equities of any nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any voting rights granted to any third party with respect to the Shares). All of the Shares, when delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable.

     (e) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will violate or result in any violation of, or be in conflict with or constitute a default under, or require the consent of any person under any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to the Company, except such that are obtained or waived. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder.

3

     (f) The Company has delivered to the Purchaser true, correct and complete copies of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company, reflecting all amendments thereto. Such Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws have not been amended, modified or waived since the date thereof.

4. Terms of the Class B Common Stock.

     (a) Voting Rights; Redemption Rights. Holders of Class B Stock are not entitled to any voting rights in the Company. Holders of Class B Stock have no redemption or preemptive rights, except as provided herein.

     (b) Dividends; Liquidation and Distribution. Subject to the terms of any outstanding series of preferred stock of the Company, holders of Class B Stock are entitled to dividends in amounts and at times as may be declared by the board of directors of the Company out of funds legally available, in the same proportion as holders of the Company’s common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”). Upon liquidation or distribution, holders of Class B Stock will be entitled to share ratably, pari passu with the holders of the Common Stock, in all net assets available for distribution to stockholders, after payment of any liquidation preferences to holders of preferred stock of the Company.

     (c) Exchange Right. (i) At any time and from time to time after the fifth anniversary of the date of that certain Partner Agent Program Agreement between the Company and the Purchaser (the “Partner Agent Agreement”), provided that the Partner Agent Agreement is still in effect and has not been terminated by either party thereto, the Purchaser shall have the right, but not the obligation, to exchange its shares of Class B Stock for an equal number of shares of Common Stock (subject to equitable adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving a change in such security); provided, further, that after the fifth anniversary of the date of the Partner Agent Agreement and for so long as the Partner Agent Agreement is in effect, including any day or days on which the Purchaser exercises such exchange right, the Purchaser must retain legal and beneficial ownership for its own benefit of such number of shares of Class B Stock as could be exchanged for the same number of shares of Common Stock with a value on such date of $500,000, as determined pursuant to Section 4(g).

     (ii) Upon the Purchaser’s exercise of the exchange right, the Purchaser shall surrender the certificate or certificates for the shares of Class B Stock to be so exchanged, accompanied by written notice of exchange duly executed, to the Company at any time during regular business hours at the office of the Company. If so required by the Company, the shares of Class B Stock so exchanged shall be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by the Purchaser.

     (d) Issuance of Shares on Exchange. (i) As promptly as practicable after the surrender, as provided herein, of any shares of Class B Stock for exchange, the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser certificates representing the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Class B Stock have been exchanged in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(c)(i). Such exchange shall be deemed to have been

4

made as of the close of business on the date that such shares of Class B Stock shall have been surrendered for exchange by delivery thereof with a written notice of exchange duly executed, so that the rights of the Purchaser as a holder of the shares of Class B Stock so exchanged shall cease at such time and, subject to the following provisions of this section, the Purchaser shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder of such shares of Common Stock at such time; provided, however, that no such surrender on any date when the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed shall be effective to constitute the Purchaser as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date, but such surrender shall be effective to constitute the Purchaser as the record holder thereof for all purposes at the close of business on the next succeeding day on which such stock transfer books are open. The Company shall issue and deliver to the Purchaser, at the expense of the Company, a new certificate covering the number of shares of Class B Stock representing the unexchanged portion of the certificate so surrendered, which new certificate shall entitle in all respects the Purchaser to the rights of the Class B Stock represented thereby to the same extent as if the certificate theretofore covering such unexchanged shares had not been surrendered for exchange.

     (ii) All shares of Class B Stock that shall have been surrendered for exchange as provided herein shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate on the surrender date, except only the right of the Purchaser to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Company or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

     (e) Repurchase Right. (i) (A) At any time prior to the fifth anniversary of the execution of the Partner Agent Agreement, if the Partner Agent Agreement is terminated by either the Company or the Purchaser, for any reason, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase the Shares currently held by the Purchaser for a price per Share equal to the lesser of (1) the purchase price per Share as provided herein or (2) the Current Market Price (as defined herein) of the Common Stock; and (B) at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the execution of the Partner Agent Agreement, if the Partner Agent Agreement is terminated by either the Company or the Purchaser, for any reason, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase the Shares currently held by the Purchaser for a price per Share equal to the Current Market Price of the Common Stock. Such right of the Company may be exercised by providing a notice of repurchase (the “Repurchase Notice”) to the Purchaser not less than five business days prior to the date repurchase is to be made pursuant to this Section 4(e), specifying the date of such repurchase (the “Repurchase Date”) and the number of shares of Class B Stock to be repurchased. The Repurchase Notice having been so given by the Company, the aggregate repurchase price for the shares of Class B Stock to be so repurchased shall become due and payable on the Repurchase Date.

     (ii) For purposes of this Agreement:

        (A) “Current Market Price” per share of a security at any date herein shall mean the average daily Closing Price (as defined herein) of such security for the 20 consecutive Trading Days (as defined herein) preceding such date (subject to equitable

5

adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving a change in such security); provided, however, that in the case of the Common Stock, where no public market exists for the Common Stock at the time of exchange, the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock shall be as determined by an independent investment banking firm experienced in the valuation of securities of property and casualty insurance companies and selected by the Company (at the Company’s expense); provided that, after receipt of the determination by such firm, the Purchaser shall have the right to select (at the expense of the Purchaser) a second such investment banking firm to make such determination, in which case the Current Market Price shall be the average of the two determinations; and provided further that such determination need not be made more frequently than once every six months and any determination shall be superceded by a good faith determination by the Company’s board of directors that shall be required if a material event reasonably likely to affect the value of the Common Stock (such as a placement of equity securities) should occur after the next preceding determination, whether by an investment banking firm or firms, or by the Company’s board of directors.

        (B) “Closing Price” shall mean, with respect to any Trading Day: (1) if the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock, regular way, or in case no sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock, regular way, in either case as reported on such exchange; or (2) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, but is listed on the Nasdaq National Market, the closing sale price of the Common Stock on such day, or in case no sale is publicly reported for such day, the average of the representative closing bid and asked quotations for the Common Stock, as reported on Nasdaq; or (3) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq National Market, the average of the bid and asked prices for the Common Stock as furnished for such day by Nasdaq, or, if not furnished by Nasdaq, by any New York Stock Exchange, Inc. member firm regularly making a market in the Common Stock and selected for such purpose by the Company’s board of directors.

        (C) “Trading Day” shall mean, in the case of any security, any day on which trading takes place (1) if such security is then listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, on the principal national securities exchange on which such security is then listed or admitted to trading, (2) if such security is then listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq National Market, on the Nasdaq National Market, or (3) otherwise, in the over-the-counter market.

     (iii) On or prior to the Repurchase Date, the Purchaser shall surrender such shares of Class B Stock to the Company in the manner and at the place designated by the Company. From and after the Repurchase Date, unless there shall have been a default in the payment of the repurchase price, all rights of the Purchaser with respect to the Shares shall cease, and such Shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Company or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

6

     (f) Provisions in Case of a Change of Control. In case of any “Change of Control”; that is: (i) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company to a non-affiliated third party; (ii) any merger or consolidation with a non-affiliated third party to which the Company is a party and as a result of which the holders of the voting securities of the Company immediately prior thereto own less than a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity immediately following such transaction; or (iii) any Person or group of Persons (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) shall beneficially own (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company then outstanding, then the Purchaser shall thereafter have the right to convert its shares of the Class B Stock into the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or disposition by the Purchaser of the number of shares of Common Stock that the Purchaser would have received had it converted its shares of Class B Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or disposition pursuant to Section 4(c)(i). For purposes of this section, “voting securities” shall mean securities, the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to elect the corporate directors (or Persons performing similar functions). The foregoing provisions of this section shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, reclassifications, consolidations, mergers or dispositions.

     (g) Purchase obligation. Following the five-year anniversary of the date of this Agreement, on each six-month anniversary thereafter, the Company shall determine the aggregate value of the shares of Class B Stock held by the Purchaser. The value of each share of Class B Stock shall equal the fair market value of one share of the Common Stock on such date, to be calculated as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock, regular way, on such day or in case no sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock, regular way, on such day, in either case as reported on such exchange; or (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, but is listed on the Nasdaq National Market, the closing sale price of the Common Stock on such day, or in case no sale is publicly reported for such day, the average of the representative closing bid and asked quotations for the Common Stock, as reported on Nasdaq; or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq National Market, the average of the bid and asked prices for the Common Stock as furnished for such day by Nasdaq, or, if not furnished by Nasdaq, by any New York Stock Exchange, Inc. member firm regularly making a market in the Common Stock and selected for such purpose by the Company’s board of directors; or (iv) if no public market exists for the Common Stock, as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors. If the aggregate value of the Class B Stock held by the Purchaser is determined to be less than $500,000, then the Purchaser shall purchase from the Company such number of shares of Class B Stock as would equal the difference between the value of the Class B Stock as determined herein and $500,000. The purchase price of such shares of Class B Stock would be payable to the Company by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company no later than one business day after the determination of the value as provided herein. If such six-month

7

anniversary falls on any day that is not a business day, then the determination of the value of the Class B Stock shall be made on the next immediately following business day.

5. Taxes on Exchange. The Company will pay any and all stamp or similar taxes that may be payable in respect of the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock upon exchange of shares of Class B Stock pursuant to Section 4(c)(i).

6. No Registration under Federal or State Securities Laws. (a) The Purchaser acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state by reason of a specific exemption or exemptions from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, and that the Company’s reliance on such exemptions is predicated on the accuracy and completeness of the Purchaser’s representations, warranties, acknowledgements and agreements contained herein. Accordingly, the Shares may not be offered, sold, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of by the Purchaser without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws or an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company that the proposed transaction will be exempt from registration. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company is not required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or to make any exemption from registration available. The Purchaser understands that the Shares, and any shares of Common Stock issued in exchange for Shares, will bear legends substantially to the effect of the following:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THE SHARES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT AND UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, RECEIPT OF A NO-ACTION LETTER ISSUED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (TOGETHER WITH EITHER REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS) OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION WILL BE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

and that the Company will place a stop order against the transfer of the certificates representing the Shares and refuse to effect any transfers thereof in the absence of satisfying the conditions contained in the foregoing legend.

     (b) The Purchaser acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and there is no assurance that a public market will ever exist for the Common Stock.

8

7. Transfers. The Purchaser shall not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage or dispose of, by gift or otherwise, or in any way encumber, any shares of Class B Stock owned by the Purchaser, except for exchanges and repurchases in compliance with Section 4.

8. No Preemptive Rights. The Purchaser shall have no preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any shares of stock of the Company, or to options, warrants or other interests therein or therefor, or to any obligations convertible or exchangeable into stock of the Company (except as provided herein), issued or sold, or any right of subscription to any security thereof other than such, if any, as the Company’s board of directors, in its discretion, may determine from time to time and at such price or prices as the Company’s board of directors may fix from time to time.

9. Miscellaneous.

     (a) Payment of Expenses. Each party shall pay its own expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement.

     (b) Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and may not be modified, amended, altered or supplemented except upon the execution and delivery of a written agreement executed by the party or parties sought to be affected.

     (c) Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, the Company and the Purchaser, and the Company’s or the Purchaser’s respective heirs, beneficiaries, executors, successors, representatives and assigns, as the case may be.

     (d) Further Assurances. From time to time, at the other party’s request and without further consideration, each party hereto shall execute and deliver such additional documents and take all such further lawful action as may be necessary or desirable to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     (e) Notices. All notices, claims, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time when hand delivered, when received if sent by facsimile or by same day or overnight recognized commercial courier service, or three days after being mailed (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) as follows:

If to the Purchaser:

American Team Managers Insurance Services, Inc.

1030 N. Armando Street

Anaheim, CA 92806

Facsimile: 714-414-1290

Attention: Chris Michaels, CEO

9

If to the Company:

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

8585 Stemmons Freeway

Suite 200, South Tower

Dallas, Texas 75247

Facsimile: 214-889-8800

Attention: Courtney C. Smith

with a copy to:

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP

180 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038

Facsimile: 212-806-6006

Attention: William W. Rosenblatt, Esq.

or to such other address as the person to whom notice is to be given may have previously furnished to the other party in writing in the manner set forth above (provided that notice of any change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof).

     (f) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law; however, if any provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or portion of any provision in such jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion of any provision had never been contained herein.

     (g) Remedies Cumulative. All rights, powers and remedies provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity shall be cumulative and not alternative, and the exercise of any thereof by any party shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise of any other such right, power or remedy by such party. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the closing and any investigation made by any party hereto.

     (h) No Waiver. The failure of any party hereto to exercise any right, power or remedy provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity, or to insist upon compliance by any other party hereto with its obligations hereunder, and any custom or practice of the parties at variance with the terms hereof, shall not constitute a waiver by such party of its right to exercise any such or other right, power or remedy or to demand such compliance.

10

     (i) No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is not intended to be for the benefit of, and shall not be enforceable by, any person or entity who or which is not a party hereto.

     (j) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

     (k) Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed as to formation, performance, interpretation and enforcement by the laws of the state of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

     (l) Arbitration. (i) Any dispute arising out of the interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement, including the formation or validity thereof, shall be submitted for decision to a panel of three arbitrators. Notice requesting arbitration shall be in writing and sent certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. One arbitrator shall be chosen by each of the Company and the Purchaser and the two arbitrators shall, before instituting the hearing, choose an impartial third arbitrator who shall preside at the hearing. If either party fails to appoint its arbitrator within thirty (30) days after being requested to do so by the other party, the latter, after ten (10) days’ notice by certified or registered mail of its intention to do so, shall request the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) to appoint the second arbitrator. If the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of their appointment, the arbitrators shall request the AAA to select the third arbitrator.

     (ii) Within thirty (30) days after notice of appointment of all arbitrators, the panel shall meet and determine timely periods for briefs, discovery procedures and schedules for hearings. The panel shall be relieved of all judicial formality and shall not be bound by the strict rules of procedure and evidence. Unless the panel agrees otherwise, arbitration shall take place in New York, New York, and the panel shall apply the law of the state of New York. The decision of any two arbitrators when rendered in writing shall be final and binding. The panel is empowered to grant interim relief as it may deem appropriate. In no event shall the panel award punitive or exemplary damages. The panel shall make its decision considering the custom and practice of the applicable insurance business within forty-five (45) days following the termination of the hearings. Either party may apply to a United States District Court or to a State Court of competent jurisdiction for an order confirming the arbitration award; a judgment of such court shall thereupon be entered on the award. If such an order is issued, the attorneys’ fees of the party so applying and court costs will be paid by the party against whom confirmation is sought.

     (iii) The parties hereto shall share the expense of the arbitrators equally. The remaining costs of the arbitration shall be allocated by the panel. The panel may, at its discretion, award such further costs, interest and expenses as it considers appropriate, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, to the extent not prohibited by law.

11

     (iv) Any arbitration proceeding under this Agreement will not be consolidated or joined with any arbitration proceeding under any other agreement, or involving any other property or premises, and will not proceed as a class action.

     (m) Jurisdiction. Subject to the provisions of Section 10(l), the Company and the Purchaser each (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the city and state of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceedings brought in one of the above-named courts is improper, or that this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby, may not be enforced in or by such court. Nothing contained in this section shall affect the right of the Company or the Purchaser to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Company or the Purchaser in any other jurisdiction. In the event the Company or the Purchaser should commence or maintain any action arising out of or related to this Agreement in a forum other than the state and federal courts located in the city and state of New York, the Purchaser or the Company, as the case may be, shall be entitled to request the dismissal of such action, and the Company or the Purchaser, as the case may be, stipulate that such action shall be dismissed.

     (n) Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings used herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

     (o) Gender and Number. Any words used in the masculine, feminine or neuter shall read and be construed in the masculine, feminine or neuter where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

12

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser and the Company as of the day and year first above written.

THE COMPANY: SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.
By:	/s/ Courtney C. Smith
	Name:	Courtney C. Smith
	Title:	President and CEO

THE PURCHASER: AMERICAN TEAM MANAGERS INSURANCE SERVICES, INC.
By:	/s/ Chris Michaels
	Name:	Chris Michaels
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer

13

Schedule A

PURCHASER:
(Please provide company name, address, telephone, facsimile and contact person)

American Team Managers Insurance Services, Inc.
1030 N. Armando Street
Anaheim, CA 92806
Facsimile: 714-414-1290
Attention: Chris Michaels, CEO

Schedule B

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.

15

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.

Pursuant to Sections 228 and 242 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law

          The undersigned, being the Chief Executive Officer of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

     1. The name of the Corporation is Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 3, 2003. The Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 10, 2003.

     2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by written consent of the stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

     3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation as heretofore restated and amended.

     4. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

     FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

     SECOND: The Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is at 9 East Loockerman Street, Suite 1B, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

     THIRD: The nature of the business of the Corporation and its purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

     FOURTH: The maximum number of shares that the Corporation shall be authorized to issue and have outstanding at any one time shall be (i) seventy-five million (75,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), (ii)

two million (2,000,000) shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class B Stock”), and (iii) one million (1,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

1. Common Stock

          The holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share. The holders of the Class B Stock shall not be entitled to any voting rights except as otherwise required by law but shall otherwise have the same rights as the holders of Common Stock, including the right to share equally in any dividends distributed to the holders of the Common Stock and in any distribution to the holders of the Common Stock pursuant to a dissolution. Certain holders of the Class B Stock may have a contractual right to exchange their shares into shares of Common Stock. The Corporation may have a contractual right to repurchase shares of the Class B Stock from certain holders thereof.

2. Preferred Stock

          The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law and the provisions of this Paragraph FOURTH, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares included in each such series, but not below the number of shares then issued, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and relative rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, or restrictions thereof. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

          (a) The number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series;

          (b) The dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payments of dividends on shares of that series;

          (c) Whether that series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;

          (d) Whether that series shall have conversion privileges, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provisions for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;

          (e) Whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different rates;

          (f) Whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;

          (g) The rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series; and

          (h) Any other relative rights, preferences and limitations of that series.

          FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

Purvi Shah
Debevoise & Plimpton
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022

          SIXTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation and for the purpose of creating, defining, limiting and regulating the powers of the Corporation and its directors and stockholders:

          (a) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed and may be altered from time to time in the manner provided in the By-Laws, and vacancies in the Board of Directors and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled, and directors maybe removed, as provided in the By-Laws.

          (b) The election of directors may be conducted in any manner approved by the stockholders at the time when the election is held and need not be by written ballot.

          (c) All corporate powers and authority of the Corporation (except as at the time otherwise provided by law, by this Certificate of Incorporation or by the By-Laws) shall be vested in and exercised by the Board of Directors.

          (d) The Board of Directors shall have the power without the assent or vote of the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, except to the extent that the By-Laws or this Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provide.

          (e) The personal liability of the directors of the corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented. Neither the amendment or repeal of this section nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this section shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or adoption.

          (f) The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented, or by any successor thereto, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section. The Corporation shall advance expenses to the fullest extent permitted by said Section. Such right to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent

and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

          SEVENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights herein conferred upon stockholders or directors are granted subject to this reservation.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Courtney C. Smith, its Chief Executive Officer, this 10th day of May, 2004.

/s/ Courtney C. Smith
Name:	Courtney C. Smith
Title:	Chief Executive Officer

EX-10.1.19

EXHIBIT 10.1.19

SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.
PARTNER AGENT PROGRAM AGREEMENT

This Partner Agent Program Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of the 1^st day of May 2004 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. and its property and casualty insurance subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively the “Company”) and Specialty Risk Solutions, LLC (the “Partner Agent”).

The parties hereto agree to develop and administer an insurance program known as the “SRS Program” (the “Program”) as described in Exhibit A attached hereto. This Agreement pertains only to that Program business, with the Company and the Partner Agent agreeing as follows:

I. AUTHORITY

A. Partner Agent’s authority is subject to the terms of this Agreement and Company’s Program description, underwriting guidelines, system templates, service standards, form and rate and other filings, and authority limits provided by Company to Partner Agent (“Company Guidelines”). Company appoints Partner Agent as its exclusive Partner Agent for five (5) years for the Program from the Effective Date within the territory specified in the Company Guidelines solely for the following purposes:

1.	To solicit, receive, and bind proposals for commercial lines insurance in accordance with the Company Guidelines.
2.	To pre-screen applications and estimate rates and/or premiums in accordance with the Company Guidelines.
3.	To endorse in-force policies in accordance with Company Guidelines.
4.	To collect, receive, account for, and pay to Company, premiums on policies written by Company, and to refund to the policyholder or insured, as appropriate (or to Company if requested by Company), return premiums as provided in the applicable policy.
5.	To issue, countersign (where necessary), and deliver policies executed by authorized officers of Company.
6.	To effect conditional renewals, cancellation and non-renewal of policies in accordance with Company Guidelines and applicable law.

B.	Partner Agent may delegate its authority in writing to designated employees.
C.	Partner Agent’s authority is subject to compliance with (and Partner Agent shall not alter, modify, or change and shall not waive any provision in) the applicable forms, rules, or rates of Company, according to their exact terms and to all applicable laws and regulations.
D.	Notwithstanding any application or business being in accordance with Company Guidelines, Company shall have the right to reject any application or business submitted by Partner Agent or to modify, cancel, or refuse to renew any policies written by Company hereunder by giving Partner Agent written notice of effective date of changes that would affect this business.

1

E.	Partner Agent shall, within twenty (20) calendar days of the inception of coverage, provide to Company all data and statistical information relating to the underwriting of accounts. Partner Agent is authorized to issue binders, certificates or other evidence of insurance.
F.	The Company Guidelines may be amended or new Company Guidelines may be adopted at the Company’s discretion without the need to amend this Agreement. Such amendments or new Company Guidelines will be provided to the Partner Agent in writing and must be implemented by Partner Agent in accordance with Company’s instructions. Company will give Partner Agent reasonable notice in which to enact such changes.
G.	Company retains the right to modify, cancel, conditionally renew or non-renew any and all policies solely in Company’s discretion.
H.	Partner Agent has no authority to solicit, negotiate or place any reinsurance on behalf of Company.

II. OBLIGATIONS OF AGENT

A.	Partner Agent represents and warrants that (i) Partner Agent has any and all ownership or other rights in the business contemplated herein necessary to place such business with Company under this Agreement; (ii) Partner Agent placing business under this Agreement is not in violation of any duty or obligation owed to any other entity or person; and (iii) Partner Agent is, and will continue to be, authorized and licensed to perform all acts set out in this Agreement while providing services under this Agreement.
B.	The Program, as more specifically described in the Company Guidelines and in Exhibit A of this Agreement, will be mutually exclusive, unless otherwise stated in this Agreement. Partner Agent may be allowed to write business with other insurance carriers for the Program for any portion of the Program not offered by Company (“Other Business”) so long as Partner Agent notifies Company in writing of Other Business contemplated and Company has a right of first refusal to write Other Business. Company will be allowed to complete existing obligations under insurance policies with other insurance carriers for the Program. Unless otherwise specifically stated in this Agreement, Company will not accept business encompassed within the Program from any entity other than Partner Agent during the term of this Agreement. Partner Agent shall exclusively represent Company and shall not represent any other insurance company or similar entity in a line of business or insurance policy of the type encompassed within the Program. In the event that a conflict exists as to whether Partner Agent is authorized to represent an existing or prospective policyholder, Company may honor the policyholder’s written producer of record designation signed by the policyholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company shall be under no obligation to honor a written producer of record designation from a policyholder before accepting business from a designated Partner Agent, and Company’s determination of which agent of Company represents Company with regard to a particular policyholder shall be final and binding.
C.	Partner Agent shall be responsible for compliance with all applicable state and federal laws, regulations, rules, and requirements relating to the performance of Partner Agent’s obligations, including maintaining all licenses required for itself and its personnel and the general standards, rules, and regulations of the insurance industry and all Company Guidelines as provided by Company in writing.
D.	Partner Agent shall keep true, separate, accurate, and complete records of all transactions related to the policies and all correspondence.
E.	All records and documents applicable to the business relationship between Company and Partner Agent shall be maintained by Partner Agent in a form and manner that is (i) requested by Company, and (ii) secure and in accordance with Company’s record retention guidelines and insurance regulatory practices. Such records and documents shall continue to be maintained in a secure manner during the Term and for a period of no less than five (5) years (or such longer period as Company may request or is needed in order to preserve such records and documents

2

	under state statutes of limitations) after termination of this Agreement. At the end of such five (5)-year period or at any time Company requests, Partner Agent shall provide Company with originals or copies of such records and documents. No records or documents shall be destroyed at any time prior to five (5) years or according to state regulation without Company’s prior written consent.
F.	All records and documents of Partner Agent may be audited, examined, and/or copied by representatives of Company at any time during normal business hours and shall be made available for examination to reinsurers, or to any state insurance department or regulatory body which so requires. Additionally, Partner Agent shall permit authorized employees and representatives of Company to review the operations of Partner Agent, both at its place of business and at other locations during business hours upon ten (10) days written notice by Company.
G.	Partner Agent shall notify Company within forty-eight (48) hours of notice or receipt of any complaint filed with any state insurance department or other regulatory authority relating to the policies, whether against Company or Partner Agent. The parties will work together to promptly and adequately respond to any such complaint. If requested by Company, Partner Agent shall prepare a response to any such complaint or, at Company’s discretion, provide a complete written account to Company such that Company can respond; however, no response shall be sent by Partner Agent prior to consulting with Company regarding such response. Company retains the final authority on all responses relating to complaints against Company. Company may establish formal complaint handling procedures for Partner Agent to follow which are consistent with the requirements set forth herein.
H.	Partner Agent shall not contact any state insurance department or other regulatory authority, directly or indirectly, with regard to Company’s business without the prior written consent of Company. Partner Agent shall notify Company immediately in the event that Partner Agent receives any contact from any such department or authority with regard to Company’s business.
I.	Partner Agent shall utilize automated business processing through Company’s centralized technology system (“Company System”). Partner Agent shall be responsible for any integration required for Company System to operate with other third party systems of Partner Agent.
J.	If Company provides access to Company information or networks through computer access, Partner Agent shall be responsible for maintaining the security and integrity of such information and of Company’s systems. Partner Agent shall not introduce into Company’s systems any virus or other harmful agent. Partner Agent shall be responsible for assuring the quality of policy, premium, accounting and statistical data submitted to Company consistent with Company standards. Partner Agent agrees to adhere to the terms and conditions governing Partner Agent’s use of any existing Company website or any website Company may own, make available, operate, acquire, use from time to time, create or sponsor in the future, and related services available under any such website. These terms and conditions regarding use of any website or the content of any website may change without notice to Partner Agent. Partner Agent’s use of these websites constitutes agreement to the terms and conditions that exist at each point in time Partner Agent uses any such website. Partner Agent may not use the name, logo, or service mark of Company or any of its affiliates in any advertising, promotional material, internet site, or in any material disseminated by Partner Agent without the prior written consent of Company. Partner Agent shall maintain copies and provide an original to Company of any advertisement or other materials approved by Company along with full details concerning where, when, and how it was used. Use of any authorized item shall be limited to the scope of the current request and approval, unless specifically authorized for broader use by Company. Partner Agent must obtain re-authorization of all items at least annually.
K.	All expenses associated with Partner Agent’s performance hereunder shall be the responsibility of Partner Agent, including but not limited to general office expenses, automation expenses, systems integration expenses, marketing expenses, broker, producer, or countersigning commissions, fees, and taxes.

3

L.	Partner Agent agrees that the Company rates, rating manuals, forms, Company Guidelines, program analysis, underwriting records, management reports, and any information as may have been or shall be provided by Company to Partner Agent (the “Company Confidential Information”) are confidential and proprietary to Company, shall be considered trade secrets of Company, and shall not be disclosed to any third parties. Partner Agent agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Company Confidential Information. Partner Agent shall be responsible to ensure that Partner Agent’s employees, agents, and representatives are aware of and sensitive to the proprietary nature of the Company Confidential Information, of the importance of confidentiality, and need to comply with the confidentiality requirements in this Agreement. All Company Confidential Information shall be returned by Partner Agent to Company immediately upon request.
M.	Partner Agent agrees that Partner Agent and its employees, agents, and representatives are (i) aware of the sensitive and proprietary nature of any and all information each may receive with regard to applicants, policyholders, beneficiaries of policies, and claimants (the “3rd Party Confidential Information”); and (ii) aware of and will comply with: (a) any and all applicable laws, regulations, rules, and requirements relating to the 3rd Party Confidential Information; (b) the general standards, rules, and regulations of the insurance industry relating to the 3rd Party Confidential Information; and (c) all written instructions provided to Partner Agent from time to time by Company relating to the 3rd Party Confidential Information. Partner Agent shall comply with Company’s privacy policies and shall hold all 3rd Party Confidential Information in trust and confidence in compliance with Company’s privacy policy, and shall use the 3rd Party Confidential Information only for the purpose contemplated in this Agreement. Partner Agent agrees that it shall immediately refer any question concerning any aspect of Company’s privacy policy to Company for resolution.
N.	If requested by Company, Partner Agent agrees to become a member of Company’s Partner Agent committee (“Partner Agent Advisory Committee”). Partner Agent or appropriate designee shall attend all meetings of the Partner Agent Advisory Committee, provide input at such meetings, and cooperate fully with the Partner Agent Advisory Committee in all aspects.
O.	Partner Agent agrees to purchase a certain amount of Class B exchangeable common stock (“Partner Agent Stock”) as more specifically outlined in the Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and between the Company and the Partner Agent (“Securities Purchase Agreement”) which is hereby incorporated by reference as an integral part of this Agreement.

III. OBLIGATIONS OF COMPANY

A.	Company shall act in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and will pay Partner Agent a commission in accordance with Exhibit A (“Commission”) and a share of profits in accordance with Exhibit B (“Profit Sharing” which, together with “Commission”, is the “Compensation”) attached hereto and referenced herein. Partner Agent shall be responsible for paying any compensation due to its sub producers.
B.	Company shall provide for the payment of all excise taxes, premium taxes (except surplus lines taxes) and assessments;
C.	Company shall appoint Partner Agent as required by various state laws and regulations;
D.	Company will develop and maintain Company System.

IV. CLAIMS AND COVERAGE

A. Partner Agent shall immediately notify and cooperate with Company if Partner Agent receives notice of any claim or potential claim which could involve Company, any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, or the business written hereunder.

4

B.	Partner Agent has no authority to adjust or settle any claims arising out of or in connection with policies, shall not make any statements regarding the application of coverage to specific situations, whether actual or hypothetical, and shall not commit Company to any liability in connection with any actual or potential claim or loss.
C.	Partner Agent shall immediately report all claims, or potential claims, suits, or losses relating to the policies to Company or to an assigned adjuster or claim representative who has been designated by Company. Partner Agent shall cooperate fully with Company or the assigned adjuster or claim representative in the investigation, adjustment, settlement, and payment of claims and coverage matters. All records, files, correspondence, or other materials pertaining to claims shall be the sole property of Company.
D.	Company will consult with Partner Agent on the selection of vendors and claims handling procedures (“Vendor Selection and Claims Procedures”). Company retains sole discretion for Vendor Selection and Claims Procedures.

V. COMPENSATION OF AGENT

A.	Company shall pay Partner Agent the Commission and Profit Sharing as respectively described in Exhibit A and Exhibit B.
B.	With one hundred eighty (180) days advance written notice, for reasons related to regulatory constraints or industry issues including but not limited to Program coverage resulting in an insurance industry or market downturn, the Company reserves the right to adjust Partner Agent’s Commission as described in Exhibit A.
C.	Effective at any time after a minimum of one hundred eighty (180) days advance written notice to Partner Agent, Company may adjust the current payout period of Profit Sharing as described in Exhibit B.
D.	It is understood and agreed that the Compensation paid hereunder shall be full compensation for all services rendered by Partner Agent pursuant to this Agreement.
E.	Partner Agent shall refund Commission, or other fees or amounts retained by Partner Agent, to the policyholder or insured, as appropriate, or to Company if requested by Company, from Partner Agent’s own funds on a pro-rata basis on return premiums at the same rate as paid to Partner Agent.
F.	The Commission applicable to multiple year policies (if Company has bound such policies through Partner Agent) shall be the Commission that is in effect for such policy during the year in which the policy is initially written, and such Commission shall apply throughout the term of any such policy.
G.	Partner Agent shall have no authority to, and shall not collect any fee(s) on, the policies unless specifically authorized by Company and permitted by law.
H.	Partner Agent shall calculate Commission based on premiums collected by Partner Agent for policies reported to Company.

VI. PREMIUMS AND ACCOUNTING

A. Partner Agent shall be responsible for collecting premiums, whether advance, deposit, developed, installment, audit, renewal, additional, or otherwise, on all policies other than direct-bill policies. Despite the foregoing, however, Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to communicate with, to directly collect premium from, and/or to cancel or non-renew policies of, its insureds. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Partner Agent shall be liable for and pay all earned premium to Company, even if Partner Agent does not collect such premium from the policyholder. Uncollected premiums shall be remitted from Partner Agent’s own funds and not the Premium Trust Fund. Partner Agent may deduct Commission from the Premium Trust Fund.

5

B.	Within 10 days from the last day of each month, Company shall provide Partner Agent with a monthly itemized statement (the “Statement”) of money due to Company. Amounts due to Company pursuant to the Statement shall be remitted to Company on or before the fifteenth day of the following month the Statement was rendered. In the event of differences between Partner Agent’s and Company’s records, Partner Agent shall provide all necessary information to permit proper adjustment. Any dispute respecting such Statement shall be resolved based on Company’s records.
C.	All premiums collected by Partner Agent are the property of Company, shall not be commingled with any other funds, shall be held in trust on behalf of Company in a fiduciary capacity, and shall be deposited and maintained in an account separate and segregated from Partner Agent’s own funds or funds held by Partner Agent on behalf of any other company or person (the “Premium Trust Fund”). The Premium Trust Fund shall be placed in an interest bearing account in a bank and account approved by Company in advance. Unless Partner Agent has breached this Agreement, Partner Agent shall be authorized to retain the interest on the Premium Trust Fund. Company may request at any time, and Partner Agent shall provide, a reconciliation of the funds deposited in, and balance due to Company from, the Premium Trust Fund.
D.	The omission of any item(s) by the Company from the Statement does not affect Partner Agent’s responsibility to properly account for policies and pay all amounts due, nor does it prejudice the rights of Company to collect such amounts.
E.	Partner Agent shall be liable for premiums on policies written through submissions to Partner Agent by other brokers or producers, whether or not collected by Partner Agent or such brokers or producers.
F.	No premium advances may be made by Partner Agent from the Premium Trust Fund, and premium advanced on behalf of any insured by the Partner Agent shall not be reversed. Partner Agent accepts full responsibility for such premiums.
G.	After making a diligent effort to collect such premiums and submitting documentation of that diligent effort to Company which Company reasonably determines to be sufficient, Partner Agent may request in writing that premiums due as a result of audit of a particular insured be collected directly by Company. Company agrees to assume responsibility for collecting such additional premiums. Company will have no obligation to collect amounts hereunder unless Partner Agent’s written request is made within 45 days of the billing date shown on the audit statement. Partner Agent shall not be entitled to Compensation on premiums Partner Agent requests Company to collect or Company undertakes to collect, regardless of the amounts collected by Company.
H.	Should Partner Agent default in any payment of premiums on any policy, Company shall have the right to require that all premiums on all policies are due and payable immediately.
I.	Partner Agent agrees to be responsible for the payment of any applicable surplus lines taxes and the filing of all affidavits as required by the applicable entities, and shall provide Company with written evidence of such payment and compliance on a quarterly basis.
J.	Partner Agent shall not be entitled to any Compensation on any premium which Company determines (i) to collect (whether or not collected), (ii) in its sole discretion to write-off, or (iii) is overdue and is collected by Company, regardless of the amounts collected. Nothing contained herein shall alter Partner Agent’s obligation to remit all premium to Company, whether or not collected.

VII. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

A. Partner Agent shall maintain the following insurance amounts with an insurer having a rating with A.M. Best of at least “A-”: (i) errors and omissions insurance covering Partner Agent and its employees in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 per claim, $2,000,000 aggregate, with a deductible not exceeding an amount agreed by Company, (ii) fidelity insurance covering Partner Agent and its employees in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 and (iii) general liability insurance covering Partner Agent and its employees in the minimum amount of $1,000,000. Partner Agent

6

	agrees to name Company as named insured and immediately notify Company when it receives notice of lapse, increased deductibles, decreased coverage, non-renewal, or termination of any such coverage. Partner Agent agrees to notify Company of any claim brought under any errors and omissions or fidelity insurance which arises out of or is connected with a policy or policies. At the inception of this Agreement and on or before January 31 of each year thereafter, Partner Agent shall furnish Company proof of this insurance.
B.	Company agrees to fully indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Partner Agent from any and all liability, claims, demands, suits, fines and penalties, expenses, costs and attorney fees, made or assessed against or incurred by Partner Agent or the officers, directors, or affiliates of Partner Agent, that may arise by reason of any wrongful act, error, or omission of or any misrepresentation by Company or its officers or employees.
C.	Partner Agent agrees to fully indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Company from any and all liability, claims, demands, suits, fines and penalties, expenses, costs and attorney fees, made or assessed against or incurred by Company or the officers, directors, or affiliates of Company, that may arise by reason of any act, error, or omission of or any misrepresentation by Partner Agent, its officers or employees, or brokers or producers submitting business to the Partner Agent pursuant to this Agreement.
D.	The indemnifying party shall have the right to direct the investigation, settlement, and defense of any such claim, complaint or action provided that the indemnifying party shall be able to demonstrate the financial wherewithal to defend and pay any liability resulting therefrom. If the indemnifying party assumes the defense of any such action, such party shall not be liable to the indemnified party for any expenses incurred by such indemnified party in connection with such action.

VIII.TERM AND TERMINATION

A.	This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall be continuous until terminated (the “Term”).
B.	At any time during the Term hereof, Partner Agent may terminate this Agreement without cause on one hundred eighty (180) days written notice of termination to Company. Partner Agent’s authority to place new business with Company shall cease immediately upon receipt of such notice of termination. Partner Agent’s authority to renew business with Company shall cease as of the effective date of termination.
C.	At any time during the Term, Company may terminate this Agreement on one hundred eighty (180) days (or such longer period as mandated by regulation) written notice of termination to Partner Agent if Partner Agent has not met the Company Guidelines pertaining to profitability and/or production. Partner Agent’s authority to submit new business with Company will cease on ninety (90) days after receipt of such notice of termination. Partner Agent’s authority to submit renewals with Company shall cease as of the effective date of termination. Any disputes regarding Company Guidelines shall be determined in Company’s sole discretion.
D.	Upon written notice, Company may immediately terminate this Agreement in whole or in part for cause, which shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

1.

Partner Agent, or its parent or any affiliated corporation becomes insolvent, institutes or acquiesces in the institution of any bankruptcy, financial reorganization, or liquidation proceeding or any such proceeding is instituted against Partner Agent or its parent corporation (Partner Agent shall immediately notify Company of same); or

2.

Partner Agent, or the owner of a controlling interest in Partner Agent, sells, exchanges, transfers, assigns, consolidates, pledges or causes to be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, consolidated, or pledged: (i) all or substantially all of the assets of Partner Agent, or any entity controlling Partner Agent, to a third party, or (ii) a controlling interest in Partner Agent, or any entity controlling Partner Agent, to a third party (Partner Agent shall immediately notify Company of same); or

7

3.	Partner Agent fails to correct material deficiencies as noted in any agency audit or program review within the time frame set out in the audit; or
4.	Partner Agent fails to render timely and proper reports or premium accounting as required, or remit premiums when due; or
5.	Partner Agent fails to maintain premium funds in trust as required in this Agreement; or
6.	Partner Agent engages in acts or omissions constituting abandonment, fraud, insolvency, misappropriation of funds, material misrepresentation, or gross and willful misconduct; or
7.	Partner Agent’s license or certificate of authority is cancelled, suspended, or is declined renewal by any regulatory body within the Territory where Partner Agent transacts or services policies (Partner Agent shall immediately notify Company of same); for fraud or if for more than thirty (30) days for any other reason; or
8.	Partner Agent otherwise materially breaches this Agreement or under the Securities Purchase Agreement between the Company and the Partner Agent.

E.	In the event this Agreement is terminated or any authority of Partner Agent is suspended, limited, or terminated (whether by Company, Partner Agent, or agreement of the parties), Partner Agent shall, subject to all terms, conditions, and restrictions contained in this Agreement, service all business until all such business has been completely cancelled, non-renewed, or otherwise terminated and all claims hereunder have been closed; provided that Partner Agent shall no longer be the Company’s exclusive agent for the Program. Company may, in its sole discretion, immediately suspend or terminate Partner Agent’s continuing service obligation as outlined in Program Guidelines. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Partner Agent shall not, without the prior written approval of Company, increase or extend the Company’s liability under, extend the term(s) or condition(s) of, or cancel and re-write, any policies.
	If Partner Agent fails to fulfill any service obligation under this Agreement or comply with this Agreement, then Partner Agent shall reimburse Company any expense incurred by Company as a result of non-compliance, or in servicing or arranging for the servicing of business, or such amounts may be offset by Company.
F.	Any notice of termination shall be in writing and sent by certified mail or personally delivered. Such notice shall be deemed received three (3) days from the date of mailing or, if personally delivered, the date delivered. Unless changed by giving written notice to the other party, the addresses of the respective parties are:

Partner Agent:

Specialty Risk Solutions, LLC

6437 Greene Road

Woodridge, IL 60517

Attn:    Scott H. Keller, Managing Member

Company:

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

8585 Stemmons Freeway, Suite 200 South

Dallas, TX 75247

Attn:     Courtney Smith, President & CEO

cc:          Scott Goodreau, Consulting General Counsel

IX. GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. If Partner Agent breaches this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, Company may, in lieu of terminating the Agreement, suspend some or all of the authority of Partner Agent under this

8

Agreement. Additionally, Company may suspend the authority of Partner Agent during the pendency of any dispute regarding termination or suspension.

B.	During the Term and following termination of the Agreement, if Partner Agent has made full payments of all amounts due Company and continues to do so in a timely manner, then the expirations and renewals shall be the property of Partner Agent; provided, however, that Company shall have the absolute right to write or renew such business as may be required by law, and to take any and all actions with regard to the business as may be required in order to service the business or as may be required by law or pursuant to the policy’s terms.
	If, during the Term and following termination of this Agreement, Partner Agent has not made full payment to Company, the expirations and renewals shall not be the property of Partner Agent, and the Company shall be entitled to the expirations and renewals, and the use and control of the expirations and renewals shall be vested in Company for sale, use, or disposal as Company deems fit.
C.	Partner Agent will advise Company promptly if it, an employee of Partner Agent, or any of Partner Agent’s brokers or producers have been or are in the future convicted of a felony.
D.	This Agreement and the Securities Purchase Agreement constitute the entire agreement between Company and Partner Agent and supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or written, between Company and Partner Agent with respect to the business. No waiver by either party to enforce any provisions of this Agreement will be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized officer of Company and Partner Agent and shall be effective as to the specifically stated waiver date. No amendment to this Agreement will be effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto, and specifying the effective date of such amendment.
E.	Company may combine or offset any balances or funds owed by Partner Agent to Company against any balances or funds owed to Partner Agent by Company under this Agreement or any other agreement between the parties. Because the funds held by Partner Agent are held in trust for Company, Partner Agent may not offset any balance due from Company to Partner Agent under this Agreement or under any other agreement with Company or any other party against the Premium Trust Fund.
F.	This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its rules regarding conflict of laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, matters relating to agency termination and Partner Agent’s right or Company’s obligations on termination shall be governed solely by the applicable insurance laws, if any, of the state in which Partner Agent is domiciled to the extent they govern the matter in dispute. The parties hereto consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Illinois in any matters pertaining to this Agreement which are not otherwise resolved in accordance with subsection G. below.
G.	Any dispute arising out of the interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement, including the formation or validity thereof, shall be submitted for decision to a panel of three arbitrators. Notice requesting arbitration shall be in writing and sent certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. One arbitrator shall be chosen by each of the Company and the Partner Agent and the two arbitrators shall, before instituting the hearing, choose an impartial third arbitrator who shall preside at the hearing. If either party fails to appoint its arbitrator within thirty (30) days after being requested to do so by the other party, the latter, after ten (10) days’ notice by certified or registered mail of its intention to do so, shall request the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) to appoint the second arbitrator. If the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of their appointment, the arbitrators shall request the AAA to select the third arbitrator. Within thirty (30) days after notice of appointment of all arbitrators, the panel shall meet and determine timely periods for briefs, discovery procedures and schedules for hearings. The panel shall be relieved of all judicial formality and shall not be bound by the strict rules of procedure and evidence. Unless the panel agrees otherwise, arbitration shall take place in Delaware and the panel shall apply the law of the state of Delaware. The decision of any two arbitrators when rendered in writing shall be final and binding. The panel is empowered to grant interim relief as it may deem appropriate. In no event shall the panel award punitive or exemplary

9

damages.The panel shall make its decision considering the custom and practice of the applicable insurance business within forty-five (45) days following the termination of the hearings. Either party may apply to a United States District Court or to a State Court of competent jurisdiction for an order confirming the arbitration award; a judgment of such court shall thereupon be entered on the award. If such an order is issued, the attorneys’ fees of the party so applying and court costs will be paid by the party against whom confirmation is sought. The parties hereto shall share the expense of the arbitrators equally. The remaining costs of the arbitration shall be allocated by the panel. The panel may, at its discretion, award such further costs, interest and expenses as it considers appropriate, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, to the extent not prohibited by law. Any arbitration proceeding under this Agreement will not be consolidated or joined with any arbitration proceeding under any other agreement, or involving any other property or premises, and will not proceed as a class action.

H.	Partner Agent may not assign this Agreement, delegate its duties, or assign its rights under this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed upon and authorized in writing in advance by Company.
I.	This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
J.	The parties hereby agree that all provisions of this Agreement shall survive termination, except that Paragraph I (A) hereof shall only survive as modified by Article VIII.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed effective as of the Effective Date first above written.

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

By: /s/ Courtney C. Smith   

Name Printed: Courtney C. Smith

Title: President & CEO

Partner Agent:Specialty Risk Solutions, LLC

By: /s/ Scott H. Keller

Name Printed: Scott H. Keller

Title: Managing Member

10

EXHIBIT A

COMMISSION SCHEDULE

A. Except as otherwise provided in this Commission Schedule, Partner Agent’s Commission shall be as follows:

Program Description	Line of Business	Maximum Rate of Commission
Specialty Risk Solutions	All Commercial Property	15%
- Large Accounts for Schools,	& Casualty lines of business
Municipalities and Pools	Excluding Workers’ Compensation
associated with this business
requiring SIR’s and Special
pricing.

B. The rates of Commission provided in this Schedule do not relate to the following types of business:

1.	Business which Company determines is specially rated, specially classified, or specially reinsured;
2.	Business written subject to a participating plan;
3.	Business written subject to a retrospective plan, SIR, or large deductible; or
4.	Business placed through assigned risks, fair plans, pools, or other risk-sharing associations.

Commission rates for all such business shall be negotiated on an individual policy basis and agreed by Company in writing.

C. Commissions different than provided herein may be agreed to in writing between Partner Agent and Company, and such agreement shall supercede this Commission Schedule.

11

EXHIBIT B

PROFIT SHARING SCHEDULE

The Profit Sharing Due to Partner Agent will be calculated using the following Tables:

Table I
Profit Sharing Year [  ]

Premium
1.	Eligible Earned Premium for Profit Sharing Year		$
2.	Premium Written Off		$
3.	Ceded Facultative Reinsurance	$
4.	Net Eligible Earned Premium (Line 1 minus Line 2 minus Line 3)	$
Expenses
5.	Commissions incurred for Profit Sharing Year	$
6.	Losses and ALAE Incurred for Profit Sharing Year	$
7.	TPA Claims Fee for Profit Sharing Year	$
8.	Claims Charge for Profit Sharing Year (% times line 4)	$
9.	IBNR Charge for Profit Sharing Year	$
10.	Taxes, Licenses and Fees for Profit Sharing Year	$
11.	Operating Charge (% times line 4)	$
12.	Dividends Incurred for Profit Sharing Year	$
13.	Expense Total (Sum of Lines 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12)	$
Profit Sharing Year Result
14.	Profit Sharing Year Result (Line 4 minus line 13) (Can be negative)	$
15.	Profit Sharing Factor		50	%
16.	Profit to be Shared (Line 14 times Line 15)	$
17.	(Can be negative) Payout Factor	$		%
18.	Result (Line 16 times Line 17)	$
	(Can be Negative)

Based on this Table, the Partner Agent’s Combined Ratio is                    % (line 13 divided by line 4 times 100). The maximum Profit Sharing due the Partner Agent will be limited to 7% of Net Eligible Premium per Profit Sharing Year.

12

LEGEND

Table I

Line 1.	Eligible Earned Premium shall mean direct premium earned for Profit Sharing Year which relates to Eligible Business less premium ceded (less ceding commission received) for treaty reinsurance specifically related to Eligible Business purchased by the Company for the Profit Sharing Year.
Line 2.	Premium Written Off shall include any premium due Company which Company has charged off as uncollectible for the Profit Sharing Year.
Line 3.	Ceded Facultative Reinsurance shall include earned premium ceded (less ceding commissions received) for facultative reinsurance specifically related to Eligible Business purchased by Company for Profit Sharing Year.
Line 5.	Commissions shall include the direct commissions and policy fees (if included in Eligible Earned Premium) incurred by Company for the Profit Sharing Year, relating to Eligible Business. Additionally, Company shall add to such total any amounts or expenses of Partner Agent which Company agrees to reimburse, assume, or share.
Line 6.	Losses and ALAE Incurred shall be direct losses and expenses incurred (paid plus case reserves) by Company on claims reported for the Profit Sharing Year relating to Eligible Business, excluding unallocated loss adjustment expense, plus any extra contractual or bad faith payments relating to Eligible Business less recoveries from Ceded Treaty and Facultative Reinsurance specifically related to eligible business.
Line 7.	TPA Claims Fee shall be actual fees incurred by the Company on behalf of the Partner Agent for the current Profit Sharing Year.
Line 8.	Claims Charge shall be a designated percentage determined by the Company based on unallocated loss adjustment expense for the current Profit Sharing Year times Net Eligible Earned Premium.
Line 9.	IBNR Charge shall be determined solely by the Company and shall include a provision for the reserve for Losses and ALAE Incurred but not reported during the Profit Sharing Year, which reserve shall include development on losses and ALAE already reported to Company. The IBNR calculation will take into consideration the specific lines and classes of business written by the Program Agent.
Line 10.	Taxes and Assessments shall include any loss based or premium based assessments and any expenses relating thereto, and premium taxes, boards, bureaus, and any miscellaneous taxes including insurance department licenses and fees, relating to Eligible Business allocated by Company to Eligible Earned Premium including but not limited to residual market, fair plan or guaranty association assessments.
Line 11.	Operating Charge shall be a designated percentage for the current Profit Sharing Year times Net Eligible Earned Premium. Operating Charge shall be determined solely at Company’s discretion and shall be based on the operating expenses of Company not included in any of the line items described herein.
Line 12.	Dividends Incurred shall include all dividends incurred (paid plus an estimate of accrued but not paid) for the Profit Sharing Year by Company under Eligible Business.
Line 15.	Profit Sharing Factor shall be 50%. A minimum Eligible Written Premium of twenty million dollars ($20,000,000) must be achieved within twenty-four (24) months after the Effective Date of the Agreement for continuation of any Profit Sharing. Eligible Written Premium shall mean direct premium written for Profit Sharing Year which relates to Eligible Business.

13

Line 17. Payout Factor shall be calculated according to the following chart:

PROFIT SHARING AGREEMENT

PAYOUT FACTORS

	7 Years
1st Valuation		10	%
2nd Valuation		20	%
3rd Valuation		40	%
4th Valuation		60	%
5th Valuation		70	%
6th Valuation		80	%
7th Valuation		100	%

14

Timing of Calculation of Profit Sharing Due

A.	If Partner Agent meets the Minimum Eligible Written Premium requirements for a Profit Sharing Year, Company shall calculate Profit Sharing Due to Partner Agent for the Profit Sharing Period based on Company’s records. Such calculation shall be provided to Partner Agent sixty (60) days after each Valuation Date.
B.	Each Profit Sharing Year’s calculation will include a separate re-calculation of each prior Profit Sharing Year. Re-calculations for each prior Profit Sharing Year will be as of the current Valuation Date, and will be made utilizing the formula set forth in Table I. A summary of calculations made for each Profit Sharing Year will be entered on current Profit Sharing section of Table II.
C.	Provided that all premium or other amounts due Company shall have been received by Company, within sixty (60) days after completion of the calculation of Profit Sharing Due, Company shall pay the amount of Profit Sharing Due to Partner Agent for the Profit Sharing Period as shown in Table II.

LEGEND

Other Defined Terms used in this Agreement

A.	Eligible Business shall include policies written in the Program pursuant to this Agreement. Determination of whether a policy is Eligible Business shall be in the sole discretion of Company.
B.	The Initial Profit Sharing Year of this Agreement shall be from the Effective Date to December 31st following the Effective Date (“Initial December Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Initial Profit Sharing Year of this Agreement shall be from the Effective Date to December 31st following the Initial December Date if the Effective Date is between April 1 and December 31st. Subsequent Profit Sharing Years, if any, shall be January 1st to December 31st.
C.	Valuation Date shall mean June 30th of each year. Except as otherwise set forth below, Company shall continue providing calculations for each Profit Sharing Year through the June 30th of each successive year following termination of this Agreement, the Final Profit Sharing Year, or until the parties mutually agree in writing to close the calculations for a particular Profit Sharing Year or Profit Sharing Years.

Term and Termination

This Profit Sharing schedule will terminate upon the effective date of termination of this Agreement. The Final Profit Sharing Year under this Agreement will be the Profit Sharing Period ending as of the effective date of termination.

In the event this Agreement is terminated prior to the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date by the Partner Agent, Company shall provide no further Profit Sharing calculations. In the event that this Agreement is terminated prior to the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date by Company in accordance with Section VIII (D), Company shall provide no further Profit Sharing calculations.

General

No charge, offset, credit, or deduction for any Profit Sharing which is or may be due Partner Agent shall be made or claimed by Partner Agent in accounts submitted to Company under this Agreement or any other agreement. Profit Sharing Due shall be payable only by Company’s check. Company may combine or offset any amount owed to Partner Agent by Company hereunder against any amount owed to Company by Partner Agent under any other agreement between the parties.

15

EX-10.1.20

EXHIBIT 10.1.20

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

          This Amended and Restated Securities Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of the 16th day of August, 2004, by and among the purchaser listed on Schedule A attached hereto (the “Purchaser”) and Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Purchaser are parties to a Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of May 1, 2004 (the “Old Securities Purchase Agreement”); and

          WHEREAS, in connection with the sale by the Company to the Purchaser of shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class B Stock”), the parties to the Old Securities Purchase Agreement desire to amend and restate the Old Securities Purchase Agreement, pursuant to Section 9(b) thereof, as set forth herein, effective upon the execution of this Agreement;

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

1. Sale and Purchase of Securities; Closing.

     (a) Authorization. The Company has authorized the issuance and sale of the Shares, having the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule B (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

     (b) Sale and Purchase. Subject to the terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company, and the Company agrees to sell, assign, transfer and deliver to the Purchaser, on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 1(d)), the Shares for the consideration specified in Section 1(c).

     (c) Purchase Price. The Purchaser agrees to pay to the Company an aggregate purchase price of $1 million (the “Purchase Price”) to purchase such number of Shares equal to the Purchase Price divided by the initial

public offering price per share of the Company’s initial public offering of equity securities (the “IPO”) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Purchaser agrees to pay to the Company, and the Company agrees to accept from the Purchaser, as consideration for the Shares, the Purchase Price. Payment shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company.

     (d) Closing. (i) The closing date of the purchase and sale of the Shares (the “Closing Date”) shall occur upon payment in full of the Purchase Price by the Purchaser, subject to satisfaction or waiver of the terms and conditions set forth herein.

          (ii) The Closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is contingent on the closing by the Company of its IPO.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser.

     The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

     (a) The Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for its own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view to, or in connection with, any resale or other distribution of the Shares.

     (b) The Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and of protecting its own interests in connection therewith. The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act.

     (c) The Purchaser has had the opportunity to review all documents and information that the Purchaser has requested concerning its investment in the Company. The Purchaser has had the opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s management, which questions were answered to its satisfaction.

     (d) The Purchaser acknowledges that an investment in the Company involves substantial risks. The Purchaser is able to bear the economic risk of its investment for an indefinite period of time.

     (e) The Purchaser has not paid or given any commission or other remuneration in connection with the purchase of the Shares. The Purchaser has not received any public media advertisements and has not been solicited by any form of mass mailing solicitation.

     (f) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser and has been duly authorized by the Purchaser by all necessary action. This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such

2

enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by the principles governing the availability of equitable remedies.

     (g) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will violate or result in any violation of, or be in conflict with or constitute a default under, or require the consent of any person under any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to the Purchaser, except such that are obtained or waived. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority is required on the part of the Purchaser in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performance by the Purchaser of its obligations hereunder.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

     The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

     (a) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware.

     (b) The Company has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to sell, transfer, assign and deliver the Shares to the Purchaser.

     (c) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by the principles governing the availability of equitable remedies.

     (d) On the date hereof, the Company has full record and beneficial ownership of, and good, valid and marketable title to, the Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, rights, claims or equities of any nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any voting rights granted to any third party with respect to the Shares). All of the Shares, when delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable.

     (e) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will violate or result in any violation of, or be in conflict with or constitute a default under, or require the consent of any person under any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to the Company, except such that are obtained or waived. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder.

3

     (f) The Company has delivered to the Purchaser true, correct and complete copies of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company, reflecting all amendments thereto. Such Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws have not been amended, modified or waived since the date thereof.

4. Terms of the Class B Common Stock.

     (a) Voting Rights; Redemption Rights. Holders of Class B Stock are not entitled to any voting rights in the Company. Holders of Class B Stock have no redemption or preemptive rights, except as provided herein.

     (b) Dividends; Liquidation and Distribution. Subject to the terms of any outstanding series of preferred stock of the Company, holders of Class B Stock are entitled to dividends in amounts and at times as may be declared by the board of directors of the Company out of funds legally available, in the same proportion as holders of the Company’s common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”). Upon liquidation or distribution, holders of Class B Stock will be entitled to share ratably, pari passu with the holders of the Common Stock, in all net assets available for distribution to stockholders, after payment of any liquidation preferences to holders of preferred stock of the Company.

     (c) Exchange Right. (i) At any time and from time to time after the fifth anniversary of the date of that certain Partner Agent Program Agreement between the Company and the Purchaser (the “Partner Agent Agreement”), provided that the Partner Agent Agreement is still in effect and has not been terminated by either party thereto, the Purchaser shall have the right, but not the obligation, to exchange its shares of Class B Stock for an equal number of shares of Common Stock (subject to equitable adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving a change in such security); provided, further, that after the fifth anniversary of the date of the Partner Agent Agreement and for so long as the Partner Agent Agreement is in effect, including any day or days on which the Purchaser exercises such exchange right, the Purchaser must retain legal and beneficial ownership for its own benefit of such number of shares of Class B Stock as could be exchanged for the same number of shares of Common Stock with a value on such date of $500,000, as determined pursuant to Section 4(g).

          (ii) Upon the Purchaser’s exercise of the exchange right, the Purchaser shall surrender the certificate or certificates for the shares of Class B Stock to be so exchanged, accompanied by written notice of exchange duly executed, to the Company at any time during regular business hours at the office of the Company. If so required by the Company, the shares of Class B Stock so exchanged shall be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by the Purchaser.

     (d) Issuance of Shares on Exchange. (i) As promptly as practicable after the surrender, as provided herein, of any shares of Class B Stock for exchange, the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser certificates representing the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Class B Stock have been exchanged in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(c)(i). Such exchange shall be deemed to have been

4

made as of the close of business on the date that such shares of Class B Stock shall have been surrendered for exchange by delivery thereof with a written notice of exchange duly executed, so that the rights of the Purchaser as a holder of the shares of Class B Stock so exchanged shall cease at such time and, subject to the following provisions of this section, the Purchaser shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder of such shares of Common Stock at such time; provided, however, that no such surrender on any date when the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed shall be effective to constitute the Purchaser as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date, but such surrender shall be effective to constitute the Purchaser as the record holder thereof for all purposes at the close of business on the next succeeding day on which such stock transfer books are open. The Company shall issue and deliver to the Purchaser, at the expense of the Company, a new certificate covering the number of shares of Class B Stock representing the unexchanged portion of the certificate so surrendered, which new certificate shall entitle in all respects the Purchaser to the rights of the Class B Stock represented thereby to the same extent as if the certificate theretofore covering such unexchanged shares had not been surrendered for exchange.

          (ii) All shares of Class B Stock that shall have been surrendered for exchange as provided herein shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate on the surrender date, except only the right of the Purchaser to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Company or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

     (e) Repurchase Right. (i) (A) At any time prior to the fifth anniversary of the execution of the Partner Agent Agreement, if the Partner Agent Agreement is terminated by either the Company or the Purchaser, for any reason, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase the Shares currently held by the Purchaser for a price per Share equal to the lesser of (1) the purchase price per Share as provided herein or (2) the Current Market Price (as defined herein) of the Common Stock; and (B) at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the execution of the Partner Agent Agreement, if the Partner Agent Agreement is terminated by either the Company or the Purchaser, for any reason, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase the Shares currently held by the Purchaser for a price per Share equal to the Current Market Price of the Common Stock. Such right of the Company may be exercised by providing a notice of repurchase (the “Repurchase Notice”) to the Purchaser not less than five business days prior to the date repurchase is to be made pursuant to this Section 4(e), specifying the date of such repurchase (the “Repurchase Date”) and the number of shares of Class B Stock to be repurchased. The Repurchase Notice having been so given by the Company, the aggregate repurchase price for the shares of Class B Stock to be so repurchased shall become due and payable on the Repurchase Date.

          (ii) For purposes of this Agreement:

               (A) “Current Market Price” per share of a security at any date herein shall mean the average daily Closing Price (as defined herein) of such security for the 20 consecutive Trading Days (as defined herein) preceding such date (subject to equitable

5

adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving a change in such security); provided, however, that in the case of the Common Stock, where no public market exists for the Common Stock at the time of exchange, the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock shall be as determined by an independent investment banking firm experienced in the valuation of securities of property and casualty insurance companies and selected by the Company (at the Company’s expense); provided that, after receipt of the determination by such firm, the Purchaser shall have the right to select (at the expense of the Purchaser) a second such investment banking firm to make such determination, in which case the Current Market Price shall be the average of the two determinations; and provided further that such determination need not be made more frequently than once every six months and any determination shall be superceded by a good faith determination by the Company’s board of directors that shall be required if a material event reasonably likely to affect the value of the Common Stock (such as a placement of equity securities) should occur after the next preceding determination, whether by an investment banking firm or firms, or by the Company’s board of directors.

               (B) “Closing Price” shall mean, with respect to any Trading Day: (1) if the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock, regular way, or in case no sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock, regular way, in either case as reported on such exchange; or (2) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, but is listed on the Nasdaq National Market, the closing sale price of the Common Stock on such day, or in case no sale is publicly reported for such day, the average of the representative closing bid and asked quotations for the Common Stock, as reported on Nasdaq; or (3) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq National Market, the average of the bid and asked prices for the Common Stock as furnished for such day by Nasdaq, or, if not furnished by Nasdaq, by any New York Stock Exchange, Inc. member firm regularly making a market in the Common Stock and selected for such purpose by the Company’s board of directors.

               (C) “Trading Day” shall mean, in the case of any security, any day on which trading takes place (1) if such security is then listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, on the principal national securities exchange on which such security is then listed or admitted to trading, (2) if such security is then listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq National Market, on the Nasdaq National Market, or (3) otherwise, in the over-the-counter market.

          (iii) On or prior to the Repurchase Date, the Purchaser shall surrender such shares of Class B Stock to the Company in the manner and at the place designated by the Company. From and after the Repurchase Date, unless there shall have been a default in the payment of the repurchase price, all rights of the Purchaser with respect to the Shares shall cease, and such Shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Company or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

6

     (f) Provisions in Case of a Change of Control. In case of any “Change of Control”; that is: (i) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company to a non-affiliated third party; (ii) any merger or consolidation with a non-affiliated third party to which the Company is a party and as a result of which the holders of the voting securities of the Company immediately prior thereto own less than a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity immediately following such transaction; or (iii) any Person or group of Persons (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) shall beneficially own (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company then outstanding, then the Purchaser shall thereafter have the right to convert its shares of the Class B Stock into the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or disposition by the Purchaser of the number of shares of Common Stock that the Purchaser would have received had it converted its shares of Class B Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or disposition pursuant to Section 4(c)(i). For purposes of this section, “voting securities” shall mean securities, the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to elect the corporate directors (or Persons performing similar functions). The foregoing provisions of this section shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, reclassifications, consolidations, mergers or dispositions.

     (g) Purchase obligation. Following the five-year anniversary of the date of this Agreement, on each six-month anniversary thereafter, the Company shall determine the aggregate value of the shares of Class B Stock held by the Purchaser. The value of each share of Class B Stock shall equal the fair market value of one share of the Common Stock on such date, to be calculated as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock, regular way, on such day or in case no sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock, regular way, on such day, in either case as reported on such exchange; or (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, but is listed on the Nasdaq National Market, the closing sale price of the Common Stock on such day, or in case no sale is publicly reported for such day, the average of the representative closing bid and asked quotations for the Common Stock, as reported on Nasdaq; or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq National Market, the average of the bid and asked prices for the Common Stock as furnished for such day by Nasdaq, or, if not furnished by Nasdaq, by any New York Stock Exchange, Inc. member firm regularly making a market in the Common Stock and selected for such purpose by the Company’s board of directors; or (iv) if no public market exists for the Common Stock, as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors. If the aggregate value of the Class B Stock held by the Purchaser is determined to be less than $500,000, then the Purchaser shall purchase from the Company such number of shares of Class B Stock as would equal the difference between the value of the Class B Stock as determined herein and $500,000. The purchase price of such shares of Class B Stock would be payable to the Company by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company no later than one business day after the determination of the value as provided herein. If such six-month

7

anniversary falls on any day that is not a business day, then the determination of the value of the Class B Stock shall be made on the next immediately following business day.

5. Taxes on Exchange. The Company will pay any and all stamp or similar taxes that may be payable in respect of the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock upon exchange of shares of Class B Stock pursuant to Section 4(c)(i).

6.  No Registration under Federal or State Securities Laws. (a) The Purchaser acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state by reason of a specific exemption or exemptions from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, and that the Company’s reliance on such exemptions is predicated on the accuracy and completeness of the Purchaser’s representations, warranties, acknowledgements and agreements contained herein. Accordingly, the Shares may not be offered, sold, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of by the Purchaser without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws or an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company that the proposed transaction will be exempt from registration. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company is not required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or to make any exemption from registration available. The Purchaser understands that the Shares, and any shares of Common Stock issued in exchange for Shares, will bear legends substantially to the effect of the following:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THE SHARES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT AND UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, RECEIPT OF A NO-ACTION LETTER ISSUED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (TOGETHER WITH EITHER REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS) OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION WILL BE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

and that the Company will place a stop order against the transfer of the certificates representing the Shares and refuse to effect any transfers thereof in the absence of satisfying the conditions contained in the foregoing legend.

     (b) The Purchaser acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and there is no assurance that a public market will ever exist for the Common Stock.

8

7. Transfers. The Purchaser shall not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage or dispose of, by gift or otherwise, or in any way encumber, any shares of Class B Stock owned by the Purchaser, except for exchanges and repurchases in compliance with Section 4.

8. No Preemptive Rights. The Purchaser shall have no preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any shares of stock of the Company, or to options, warrants or other interests therein or therefor, or to any obligations convertible or exchangeable into stock of the Company (except as provided herein), issued or sold, or any right of subscription to any security thereof other than such, if any, as the Company’s board of directors, in its discretion, may determine from time to time and at such price or prices as the Company’s board of directors may fix from time to time.

9. Miscellaneous.

     (a) Payment of Expenses. Each party shall pay its own expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement.

     (b) Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and may not be modified, amended, altered or supplemented except upon the execution and delivery of a written agreement executed by the party or parties sought to be affected.

     (c) Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, the Company and the Purchaser, and the Company’s or the Purchaser’s respective heirs, beneficiaries, executors, successors, representatives and assigns, as the case may be.

     (d) Further Assurances. From time to time, at the other party’s request and without further consideration, each party hereto shall execute and deliver such additional documents and take all such further lawful action as may be necessary or desirable to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     (e) Notices. All notices, claims, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time when hand delivered, when received if sent by facsimile or by same day or overnight recognized commercial courier service, or three days after being mailed (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) as follows:

     If to the Purchaser:

Specialty Risk Solutions, LLC
150 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 1300
Chicago, IL 60606
Facsimile: 312-251-3170
Attention: Scott H. Keller, Managing Member

9

     If to the Company:

Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.
8585 Stemmons Freeway
Suite 200, South Tower
Dallas, Texas 75247
Facsimile: 214-889-8800
Attention: Courtney C. Smith

with a copy to:

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP
180 Maiden Lane
New York, New York 10038
Facsimile: 212-806-6006
Attention: William W. Rosenblatt, Esq.

or to such other address as the person to whom notice is to be given may have previously furnished to the other party in writing in the manner set forth above (provided that notice of any change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof).

     (f) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law; however, if any provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or portion of any provision in such jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion of any provision had never been contained herein.

     (g) Remedies Cumulative. All rights, powers and remedies provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity shall be cumulative and not alternative, and the exercise of any thereof by any party shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise of any other such right, power or remedy by such party. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the closing and any investigation made by any party hereto.

     (h) No Waiver. The failure of any party hereto to exercise any right, power or remedy provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity, or to insist upon compliance by any other party hereto with its obligations hereunder, and any custom or practice of the parties at variance with the terms hereof, shall not constitute a waiver by such party of its right to exercise any such or other right, power or remedy or to demand such compliance.

10

     (i) No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is not intended to be for the benefit of, and shall not be enforceable by, any person or entity who or which is not a party hereto.

     (j) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

     (k) Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed as to formation, performance, interpretation and enforcement by the laws of the state of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

     (l) Arbitration. (i) Any dispute arising out of the interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement, including the formation or validity thereof, shall be submitted for decision to a panel of three arbitrators. Notice requesting arbitration shall be in writing and sent certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. One arbitrator shall be chosen by each of the Company and the Purchaser and the two arbitrators shall, before instituting the hearing, choose an impartial third arbitrator who shall preside at the hearing. If either party fails to appoint its arbitrator within thirty (30) days after being requested to do so by the other party, the latter, after ten (10) days’ notice by certified or registered mail of its intention to do so, shall request the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) to appoint the second arbitrator. If the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of their appointment, the arbitrators shall request the AAA to select the third arbitrator.

          (ii) Within thirty (30) days after notice of appointment of all arbitrators, the panel shall meet and determine timely periods for briefs, discovery procedures and schedules for hearings. The panel shall be relieved of all judicial formality and shall not be bound by the strict rules of procedure and evidence. Unless the panel agrees otherwise, arbitration shall take place in New York, New York, and the panel shall apply the law of the state of New York. The decision of any two arbitrators when rendered in writing shall be final and binding. The panel is empowered to grant interim relief as it may deem appropriate. In no event shall the panel award punitive or exemplary damages. The panel shall make its decision considering the custom and practice of the applicable insurance business within forty-five (45) days following the termination of the hearings. Either party may apply to a United States District Court or to a State Court of competent jurisdiction for an order confirming the arbitration award; a judgment of such court shall thereupon be entered on the award. If such an order is issued, the attorneys’ fees of the party so applying and court costs will be paid by the party against whom confirmation is sought.

          (iii) The parties hereto shall share the expense of the arbitrators equally. The remaining costs of the arbitration shall be allocated by the panel. The panel may, at its discretion, award such further costs, interest and expenses as it considers appropriate, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, to the extent not prohibited by law.

11

          (iv) Any arbitration proceeding under this Agreement will not be consolidated or joined with any arbitration proceeding under any other agreement, or involving any other property or premises, and will not proceed as a class action.

     (m) Jurisdiction. Subject to the provisions of Section 10(l), the Company and the Purchaser each (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the city and state of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceedings brought in one of the above-named courts is improper, or that this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby, may not be enforced in or by such court. Nothing contained in this section shall affect the right of the Company or the Purchaser to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Company or the Purchaser in any other jurisdiction. In the event the Company or the Purchaser should commence or maintain any action arising out of or related to this Agreement in a forum other than the state and federal courts located in the city and state of New York, the Purchaser or the Company, as the case may be, shall be entitled to request the dismissal of such action, and the Company or the Purchaser, as the case may be, stipulate that such action shall be dismissed.

     (n) Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings used herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

     (o) Gender and Number. Any words used in the masculine, feminine or neuter shall read and be construed in the masculine, feminine or neuter where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

12

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser and the Company as of the day and year first above written.

THE COMPANY:  SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.
By:	/s/ Courtney C. Smith
	Name:	Courtney C. Smith
	Title:	President and CEO

THE PURCHASER:  SPECIALTY RISK SOLUTIONS, LLC
By:	/s/ Scott Keller
	Name:	Scott Keller
	Title:	Managing Member

13

Schedule A

PURCHASER:
(Please provide company name, address, telephone, facsimile and contact person)

Specialty Risk Solutions, LLC
150 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 1300
Chicago, IL 60606
Facsimile: 312-251-3170
Attention: Scott H. Keller, Managing Member

Schedule B

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.

15

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.

Pursuant to Sections 228 and 242 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law

          The undersigned, being the Chief Executive Officer of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

     1. The name of the Corporation is Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 3, 2003. The Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 10, 2003.

     2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by written consent of the stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

     3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation as heretofore restated and amended.

     4. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

     FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc.

     SECOND: The Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is at 9 East Loockerman Street, Suite 1B, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

     THIRD: The nature of the business of the Corporation and its purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

     FOURTH: The maximum number of shares that the Corporation shall be authorized to issue and have outstanding at any one time shall be (i) seventy-five million (75,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), (ii)

two million (2,000,000) shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class B Stock”), and (iii) one million (1,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

1. Common Stock

          The holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share. The holders of the Class B Stock shall not be entitled to any voting rights except as otherwise required by law but shall otherwise have the same rights as the holders of Common Stock, including the right to share equally in any dividends distributed to the holders of the Common Stock and in any distribution to the holders of the Common Stock pursuant to a dissolution. Certain holders of the Class B Stock may have a contractual right to exchange their shares into shares of Common Stock. The Corporation may have a contractual right to repurchase shares of the Class B Stock from certain holders thereof.

2. Preferred Stock

          The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law and the provisions of this Paragraph FOURTH, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares included in each such series, but not below the number of shares then issued, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and relative rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, or restrictions thereof. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

          (a) The number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series;

          (b) The dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payments of dividends on shares of that series;

          (c) Whether that series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;

          (d) Whether that series shall have conversion privileges, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provisions for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;

          (e) Whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different rates;

          (f) Whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;

          (g) The rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series; and

          (h) Any other relative rights, preferences and limitations of that series.

          FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

Purvi Shah
Debevoise & Plimpton
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022

          SIXTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation and for the purpose of creating, defining, limiting and regulating the powers of the Corporation and its directors and stockholders:

          (a) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed and may be altered from time to time in the manner provided in the By-Laws, and vacancies in the Board of Directors and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled, and directors maybe removed, as provided in the By-Laws.

          (b) The election of directors may be conducted in any manner approved by the stockholders at the time when the election is held and need not be by written ballot.

          (c) All corporate powers and authority of the Corporation (except as at the time otherwise provided by law, by this Certificate of Incorporation or by the By-Laws) shall be vested in and exercised by the Board of Directors.

          (d) The Board of Directors shall have the power without the assent or vote of the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, except to the extent that the By-Laws or this Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provide.

          (e) The personal liability of the directors of the corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented. Neither the amendment or repeal of this section nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this section shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or adoption.

          (f) The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented, or by any successor thereto, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section. The Corporation shall advance expenses to the fullest extent permitted by said Section. Such right to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent

and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

          SEVENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights herein conferred upon stockholders or directors are granted subject to this reservation.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Courtney C. Smith, its Chief Executive Officer, this 10th day of May, 2004.

/s/ Courtney C. Smith
Name:	Courtney C. Smith
Title:	Chief Executive Officer

EX-10.1.25

EXHIBIT 10.1.25

September 30, 2004

Mr. Lee Wendleton
President
AEON Insurance Group, Inc.
18525 Sutter Boulevard, Suite 140
Morgan Hill, CA 95037

Dear Lee:

     This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) dated as of September 30, 2004, by and between AEON Insurance Group, Inc., a C Corporation (“AEON”), and Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“SUA”), confirms the parties’ understanding as to certain terms and conditions relating to the issuance by SUA to AEON of shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class B Stock”).

     SUA and AEON are parties to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated May 18^th, 2004 (the “Purchase Agreement”), as amended and restated, whereby AEON agreed to purchase such number of shares of Class B Stock (the “Shares”) as determined herein for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000,000.00. Such purchase shall be contingent on the closing of an Initial Public Offering by SUA. For purposes hereof, an “Initial Public Offering” shall mean a public equity offering of the capital stock of SUA in which the proceeds to SUA are not less than $100,000,000.00, before deduction of underwriting commissions, placement agent fees or similar charges, and other offering expenses. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

     After the closing of a Public Offering, the price of each share of Class B Stock shall equal the fair market value of one share of SUA’s common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), on such date, to be calculated as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock, regular way, on such day or in case no sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock, regular way, on such day, in either case as reported on such exchange; or (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, but is listed on the NASDAQ

National Market, the closing sale price of the Common Stock on such day, or in case no sale is publicly reported for such day, the average of the representative closing bid and asked quotations for the Common Stock, as reported on NASDAQ; or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the NASDAQ National Market, the average of the bid and asked prices for the Common Stock as furnished for such day by NASDAQ, or, if not furnished by NASDAQ, by any New York Stock Exchange, Inc. member firm regularly making a market in the Common Stock and selected for such purpose by the SUA’s board of directors.

     Notwithstanding the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the parties hereby agree that AEON shall pay the Purchase Price in installments as set forth in the Promissory Note (the “Note”), the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference. Upon payment by AEON of each installment of the Purchase Price, as set forth in the Note, SUA shall deliver to AEON such number of shares of Class B Stock as can be purchased for the amount of such payment, as calculated above. The date of each payment and delivery of shares of Class B Stock shall be defined as a “Closing Date.”

     This Agreement may not be amended or changed without the written consent of SUA and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

		Sincerely,
		SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.
		By:	/s/ Courtney C. Smith
			Name: Courtney C. Smith
			Title:   President & CEO
ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
AEON INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
By:	/s/ Lee Wendleton
	Name: Lee Wendleton
	Title:   President

EX-10.1.26

EXHIBIT 10.1.26

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). IT MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREUNDER.

AEON INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

Promissory Note

$1,000,000.00
	September 30, 2004
	New York, New York

          1. General. AEON INSURANCE GROUP, INC., a C Corporation (the “Company”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to the order of SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC. (the “Holder”), the principal sum of one million dollars ($1,000,000), without interest, in installments as follows: $50,000 due and payable at the closing of a Qualified Equity Offering (as defined herein), $50,000 due and payable 180 days after the closing of a Qualified Equity Offering, $100,000 due and payable on the one year anniversary after the closing of a Qualified Equity Offering (the “Anniversary”), $150,000 due and payable 180 days after the Anniversary and $650,000 due and payable on the two year anniversary after the closing of a Qualified Equity Offering. For purposes hereof, a “Qualified Equity Offering” shall mean a private equity offering of the capital stock of the Holder or an initial public offering of shares of the Holder pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form, in each case in which the proceeds to the Holder are not less than $100,000,000, before deduction of underwriting commissions, placement agent fees or similar charges, and other offering expenses.

               This note (the “Note”) is issued by the Company pursuant to that certain Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2004 (the “Agreement”), between the Company and the Holder with respect to the purchase by the Company from the Holder of shares of the Holder’s Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

          2. Payment. Payments due hereunder shall be made to the Holder at its address set forth in the Agreement or at such other address as it shall have provided to the Company. In any case where a payment due under this Note shall be due on a date that is not a business day, then the payment thereof shall be made on the next succeeding business day, with the same force and effect as if made on the payment due date. Payments due under this Note shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America. Each payment under this

Note shall comprise principal and interest at the lowest rate necessary to avoid imputed interest under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          3. Prepayment. This Note may be prepaid at any time with one (1) business day’s prior written notice to the Holder, without penalty or premium.

          4. Events of Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any of the following (each, an “Event of Default”), the Holder may declare by notice to the Company any and all obligations of the Company under the Note to be immediately due and payable, and in the case of any Event of Default referred to in clause (c) below, any and all obligations of the Company under the Note shall automatically become due and payable immediately without notice or demand:

               (a) any default in any payment due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) under the Note, which default continues for a period of three (3) days after the date on which a payment is due under the Note;

               (b) any representation or warranty of the Company in the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 18^th, 2004, by and among the Company and the Holder (the “Purchase Agreement”) shall be untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date when made;

               (c) commencement by or against the Company of any case, proceeding or other action under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to the Company, or seeking to adjudicate the Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its debts, or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for the Company or any substantial part of its assets, or a general assignment by the Company for the benefit of its creditors, or commencement against the Company of any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of the assets of the Company that results in the entry of an order for any such relief, or the Company’s taking any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in this clause (c), or the Company’s inability, or admitting in writing its inability, to pay its debts as they become due, or generally not paying its debts as they become due; and

               (d) dissolution or liquidation of the business of the Company or suspension of the usual business of the Company for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days.

          5. Unconditional Obligation, Waivers, Other.

               (a) The obligations to make the payments provided for in this Note are absolute and unconditional and not subject to any defense, set-off, counterclaim, rescission, recoupment or adjustment whatsoever.

- 2 -

               (b) No forbearance, indulgence, delay or failure to exercise any right or remedy with respect to this Note shall operate as a waiver, nor as an acquiescence in any default, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any right or remedy.

               (c) The Company hereby expressly waives demand and presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, protest, notice of protest, bringing of suit, and diligence in taking any action to collect amounts called for hereunder, and shall be directly and primarily liable for the payment of all sums owing and to be owing hereon, regardless of and without any notice, diligence, act or omission with respect to the collection of any amount called for hereunder or in connection with any right at any and all times that the Holder had or is existing hereunder.

          6. Miscellaneous.

               (a) Amendment and Modification. This Note shall not be changed, modified or amended except pursuant to a written agreement between the parties hereto.

               (b) Severability. If any provision of this Note shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Note, and this Note shall be construed as if any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had not been contained herein.

               (c) Successors and Assigns. Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in the Purchase Agreement, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder of this Note will be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

               (d) Headings. The headings of this Note are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provisions hereof.

               (e) Lost or Stolen Note. If this Note is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company may issue a new Note of like form and maturity to the Holder upon presentment and surrender of the mutilated Note in the case of mutilation, and upon receipt of evidence of loss, theft or destruction and of indemnity in all other cases, each in form satisfactory to the Company.

               (f) Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflicts of laws provisions.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

- 3 -

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed.

AEON INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
By:	/s/ Lee Wendleton
	Name:	Lee Wendleton
	Title:	President

- 4 -

EX-10.1.27

EXHIBIT 10.1.27

August 16, 2004

Mr. Chris Michaels
Chief Executive Officer
American Team Managers Insurance Services, Inc.
1030 North Armando Street
Anaheim, CA 92806

Dear Chris:

     This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) dated as of August 16^th, 2004, by and between American Team Managers Insurance Services, Inc., a California C Corporation (“ATM”), and Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“SUA”), confirms the parties’ understanding as to certain terms and conditions relating to the issuance by SUA to ATM of shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class B Stock”).

     SUA and ATM are parties to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated May 1, 2004 (the “Purchase Agreement”), as amended and restated, whereby ATM agreed to purchase such number of shares of Class B Stock (the “Shares”) as determined herein for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000,000.00. Such purchase shall be contingent on the closing of an Initial Public Offering by SUA. For purposes hereof, an “Initial Public Offering” shall mean a public equity offering of the capital stock of SUA in which the proceeds to SUA are not less than $100,000,000.00, before deduction of underwriting commissions, placement agent fees or similar charges, and other offering expenses. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

     After the closing of a Public Offering, the price of each share of Class B Stock shall equal the fair market value of one share of SUA’s common stock, par value $.01 per share (the

“Common Stock”), on such date, to be calculated as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock, regular way, on such day or in case no sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock, regular way, on such day, in either case as reported on such exchange; or (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, but is listed on the NASDAQ

National Market, the closing sale price of the Common Stock on such day, or in case no sale is publicly reported for such day, the average of the representative closing bid and asked quotations for the Common Stock, as reported on NASDAQ; or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the NASDAQ National Market, the average of the bid and asked prices for the Common Stock as furnished for such day by NASDAQ, or, if not furnished by NASDAQ, by any New York Stock Exchange, Inc. member firm regularly making a market in the Common Stock and selected for such purpose by the SUA’s board of directors.

     Notwithstanding the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the parties hereby agree that ATM shall pay the Purchase Price in installments as set forth in the Promissory Note (the “Note”), the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference. Upon payment by ATM of each installment of the Purchase Price, as set forth in the Note, SUA shall deliver to ATM such number of shares of Class B Stock as can be purchased for the amount of such payment, as calculated above. The date of each payment and delivery of shares of Class B Stock shall be defined as a “Closing Date.”

     This Agreement may not be amended or changed without the written consent of SUA and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

		Sincerely,
		SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.
		By:	/S/ Courtney C. Smith
			Name: Courtney C. Smith
			Title:   President & CEO
ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
AMERICAN TEAM MANAGERS INSURANCE SERVICES, INC.
By:	/S/ Chris Michaels
	Name: Chris Michaels
	Title:   Chief Executive Officer

EX-10.1.28

EXHIBIT 10.1.28

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). IT MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREUNDER.

AMERICAN TEAM MANAGERS INSURANCE SERVICES, INC.

Promissory Note

$1,000,000.00	August 16th, 2004
	New York, New York

     1. General. AMERICAN TEAM MANAGERS INSURANCE SERVICES, INC., a California C Corporation (the “Company”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to the order of SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC. (the “Holder”), the principal sum of one million dollars ($1,000,000), without interest, in installments as follows: $100,000 due and payable at the closing of a Qualified Equity Offering (as defined herein) and $50,000 due and payable monthly, commencing on the sixtieth day following the Qualified Equity Offering. For purposes hereof, a “Qualified Equity Offering” shall mean a private equity offering of the capital stock of the Holder or an initial public offering of shares of the Holder pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form, in each case in which the proceeds to the Holder are not less than $100,000,000, before deduction of underwriting commissions, placement agent fees or similar charges, and other offering expenses.

          This note (the “Note”) is issued by the Company pursuant to that certain Agreement, dated as of August 16^th, 2004 (the “Agreement”), between the Company and the Holder with respect to the purchase by the Company from the Holder of shares of the Holder’s Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

     2. Payment. Payments due hereunder shall be made to the Holder at its address set forth in the Agreement or at such other address as it shall have provided to the Company. In any case where a payment due under this Note shall be due on a date that is not a business day, then the payment thereof shall be made on the next succeeding business day, with the same force and effect as if made on the payment due date. Payments due under this Note shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America. Each payment under this

Note shall comprise principal and interest at the lowest rate necessary to avoid imputed interest under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     3. Prepayment. This Note may be prepaid at any time with one (1) business day’s prior written notice to the Holder, without penalty or premium.

     4. Events of Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any of the following (each, an “Event of Default”), the Holder may declare by notice to the Company any and all obligations of the Company under the Note to be immediately due and payable, and in the case of any Event of Default referred to in clause (c) below, any and all obligations of the Company under the Note shall automatically become due and payable immediately without notice or demand:

          (a) any default in any payment due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) under the Note, which default continues for a period of three (3) days after the date on which a payment is due under the Note;

          (b) any representation or warranty of the Company in the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2004, as amended and restated, by and among the Company and the Holder (the “Purchase Agreement”) shall be untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date when made;

          (c) commencement by or against the Company of any case, proceeding or other action under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to the Company, or seeking to adjudicate the Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its debts, or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for the Company or any substantial part of its assets, or a general assignment by the Company for the benefit of its creditors, or commencement against the Company of any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of the assets of the Company that results in the entry of an order for any such relief, or the Company’s taking any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in this clause (c), or the Company’s inability, or admitting in writing its inability, to pay its debts as they become due, or generally not paying its debts as they become due; and

          (d) dissolution or liquidation of the business of the Company or suspension of the usual business of the Company for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days.

     5. Unconditional Obligation, Waivers, Other.

          (a) The obligations to make the payments provided for in this Note are absolute and unconditional and not subject to any defense, set-off, counterclaim, rescission, recoupment or adjustment whatsoever.

-2-

          (b) No forbearance, indulgence, delay or failure to exercise any right or remedy with respect to this Note shall operate as a waiver, nor as an acquiescence in any default, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any right or remedy.

          (c) The Company hereby expressly waives demand and presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, protest, notice of protest, bringing of suit, and diligence in taking any action to collect amounts called for hereunder, and shall be directly and primarily liable for the payment of all sums owing and to be owing hereon, regardless of and without any notice, diligence, act or omission with respect to the collection of any amount called for hereunder or in connection with any right at any and all times that the Holder had or is existing hereunder.

     6. Miscellaneous.

          (a) Amendment and Modification. This Note shall not be changed, modified or amended except pursuant to a written agreement between the parties hereto.

          (b) Severability. If any provision of this Note shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Note, and this Note shall be construed as if any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had not been contained herein.

          (c) Successors and Assigns. Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in the Purchase Agreement, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder of this Note will be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

          (d) Headings. The headings of this Note are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provisions hereof.

          (e) Lost or Stolen Note. If this Note is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company may issue a new Note of like form and maturity to the Holder upon presentment and surrender of the mutilated Note in the case of mutilation, and upon receipt of evidence of loss, theft or destruction and of indemnity in all other cases, each in form satisfactory to the Company.

          (f) Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflicts of laws provisions.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-3-

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed.

AMERICAN TEAM MANAGERS INSURANCE SERVICES, INC.
By:	/s/ Chris Michaels
	Name: Chris Michaels
	Title: Chief Executive Officer

-4-

EX-10.1.29

EXHIBIT 10.1.29

August 16, 2004

Mr. Scott H. Keller
Managing Member
Specialty Risk Solutions, LLC
150 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 1300
Chicago, IL 60606

Dear Scott:

     This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) dated as of August 16^th, 2004, by and between Specialty Risk Solutions, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“SRS”), and Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“SUA”), confirms the parties’ understanding as to certain terms and conditions relating to the issuance by SUA to SRS of shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class B Stock”).

     SUA and SRS are parties to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated May 1st, 2004 (the “Purchase Agreement”), whereby SRS agreed to purchase such number of shares of Class B Stock (the “Shares”) as determined herein for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000,000.00. Such purchase shall be contingent on the closing of an Initial Public Offering by SUA. For purposes hereof, an “Initial Public Offering” shall mean a public equity offering of the capital stock of SUA in which the proceeds to SUA are not less than $100,000,000, before deduction of underwriting commissions, placement agent fees or similar charges, and other offering expenses. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

     After the closing of a Public Offering, the price of each share of Class B Stock shall equal the fair market value of one share of SUA’s common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), on such date, to be calculated as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the last reported sale price of the

Common Stock, regular way, on such day or in case no sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock, regular way, on such day, in either case as reported on such exchange; or (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, but is listed on the NASDAQ National Market, the closing sale price of the Common Stock on such day, or in case no sale is publicly reported for such day, the average of the representative closing bid and asked quotations for the Common Stock, as reported on NASDAQ; or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the NASDAQ National Market, the average of the bid and asked prices for the Common Stock as furnished for such day by NASDAQ, or, if not furnished by NASDAQ, by any New York Stock Exchange, Inc. member firm regularly making a market in the Common Stock and selected for such purpose by the SUA’s board of directors.

     Notwithstanding the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the parties hereby agree that SRS shall pay the Purchase Price in installments as set forth in the Promissory Note (the “Note”), the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference. Upon payment by SRS of each installment of the Purchase Price, as set forth in the Note, SUA shall deliver to SRS such number of shares of Class B Stock as can be purchased for the amount of such payment, as calculated above. The date of each payment and delivery of shares of Class B Stock shall be defined as a “Closing Date.”

     This Agreement may not be amended or changed without the written consent of SUA and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

Sincerely,
SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC.
By:	/s/ Courtney C. Smith
	Name: Courtney C. Smith
	Title: President & CEO

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
Specialty Risk Solutions, LLC
By:	/s/ Scott H. Keller
	Name: Scott H. Keller
	Title: Managing Member

EX-10.1.30

EXHIBIT 10.1.30

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). IT MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREUNDER.

SPECIALTY RISK SOLUTIONS, LLC

Promissory Note

$1,000,000.00	August 16th, 2004
	New York, New York

     1. General. Specialty Risk Solutions, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “Company”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to the order of SPECIALTY UNDERWRITERS’ ALLIANCE, INC. (the “Holder”), the principal sum of one million dollars ($1,000,000), without interest, in installments as follows: $50,000 due and payable at the closing of a Qualified Equity Offering (as defined herein); $50,000 due and payable July 31, 2005; $50,000 due and payable October 31, 2005; $50,000 due and payable January 31, 2006; $50,000 due and payable April 30, 2006; $250,000 due and payable July 31, 2006; $500,000 due and payable October 31, 2006. For purposes hereof, a “Qualified Equity Offering” shall mean a private equity offering of the capital stock of the Holder or an initial public offering of shares of the Holder pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form, in each case in which the proceeds to the Holder are not less than $100,000,000, before deduction of underwriting commissions, placement agent fees or similar charges, and other offering expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, both parties to this Agreement agree that the entire sum of one million dollars ($1,000,000) shall be paid within two (2) years of the date of the Qualified Equity Offering.

          This note (the “Note”) is issued by the Company pursuant to that certain Agreement, dated as of August 16^th, 2004 (the “Agreement”), between the Company and the Holder with respect to the purchase by the Company from the Holder of shares of the Holder’s Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

     2. Payment. Payments due hereunder shall be made to the Holder at its address set forth in the Agreement or at such other address as it shall have provided to the Company. In any case where a payment due under this Note shall be due on a date that is not a business day, then the payment thereof shall be made on the next succeeding business day, with the same force and effect as if made on the payment due date. Payments due under this Note shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America. Each payment under this Note

shall comprise principal and interest at the lowest rate necessary to avoid imputed interest under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     3. Prepayment. This Note may be prepaid at any time with one (1) business day’s prior written notice to the Holder, without penalty or premium.

     4. Events of Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any of the following (each, an “Event of Default”), the Holder may declare by notice to the Company any and all obligations of the Company under the Note to be immediately due and payable, and in the case of any Event of Default referred to in clause (c) below, any and all obligations of the Company under the Note shall automatically become due and payable immediately without notice or demand:

          (a) any default in any payment due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) under the Note, which default continues for a period of three (3) days after the date on which a payment is due under the Note;

          (b) any representation or warranty of the Company in the Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of May 1, 2004, as amended and restated, by and among the Company and the Holder (the “Purchase Agreement”) shall be untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date when made;

          (c) commencement by or against the Company of any case, proceeding or other action under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to the Company, or seeking to adjudicate the Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its debts, or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for the Company or any substantial part of its assets, or a general assignment by the Company for the benefit of its creditors, or commencement against the Company of any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of the assets of the Company that results in the entry of an order for any such relief, or the Company’s taking any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in this clause (c), or the Company’s inability, or admitting in writing its inability, to pay its debts as they become due, or generally not paying its debts as they become due; and

          (d) dissolution or liquidation of the business of the Company or suspension of the usual business of the Company for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days.

     5. Unconditional Obligation, Waivers, Other.

          (a) The obligations to make the payments provided for in this Note are absolute and unconditional and not subject to any defense, set-off, counterclaim, rescission, recoupment or adjustment whatsoever.

-2-

          (b) No forbearance, indulgence, delay or failure to exercise any right or remedy with respect to this Note shall operate as a waiver, nor as an acquiescence in any default, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any right or remedy.

          (c) The Company hereby expressly waives demand and presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, protest, notice of protest, bringing of suit, and diligence in taking any action to collect amounts called for hereunder, and shall be directly and primarily liable for the payment of all sums owing and to be owing hereon, regardless of and without any notice, diligence, act or omission with respect to the collection of any amount called for hereunder or in connection with any right at any and all times that the Holder had or is existing hereunder.

     6. Miscellaneous.

          (a) Amendment and Modification. This Note shall not be changed, modified or amended except pursuant to a written agreement between the parties hereto.

          (b) Severability. If any provision of this Note shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Note, and this Note shall be construed as if any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had not been contained herein.

          (c) Successors and Assigns. Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in the Purchase Agreement, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder of this Note will be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

          (d) Headings. The headings of this Note are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provisions hereof.

          (e) Lost or Stolen Note. If this Note is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company may issue a new Note of like form and maturity to the Holder upon presentment and surrender of the mutilated Note in the case of mutilation, and upon receipt of evidence of loss, theft or destruction and of indemnity in all other cases, each in form satisfactory to the Company.

          (f) Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflicts of laws provisions.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-3-

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed.

SPECIALTY RISK SOLUTIONS, LLC
By:	/s/ Scott H. Keller
	Name:	Scott H. Keller
	Title:	Managing Director

-4-

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated May 6, 2004 relating to the financial statements of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc., which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Experts” and “Selected Financial Data” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois
October 19, 2004

EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated October 14, 2004 relating to the financial statements of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc., which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Experts” and “Selected Financial Data” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois
October 19, 2004

EX-23.3

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our reports dated June 11, 2004 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedules of Potomac Insurance Company of Illinois, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Experts” and “Selected Financial Data” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

October 19, 2004